V1b PDF

6.
Project Description
6.1 Overview
A pulp mill is a manufacturing facility that dissolves the lignins (the natural gluing
agents in wood), leaving cellulose fibre for the production of paper. Pulp is the
intermediate stage between wood fibre and paper.
Woodchips are cooked in the pulp mill and the cellulose fibre is separated, washed and
brightened to the colour of paper. The pulp is dried and baled for on-sale to paper
manufacturers.
At present, woodchips are exported from Tasmania to numerous international clients

for the production of pulp. This project will allow the pulping process to take place in
Tasmania and the export of a value added product to occur.
Gunns proposes to construct an elemental chlorine-free (ECF) bleached hardwood and

softwood Kraft pulp mill at Bell Bay, northern Tasmania, adjacent to its existing
woodchip mills. The pulp mill is designed according to best environment and
technology practices (Jaakko Pyry, 2005).
In the initial stages of operation, approximately 3.2 million tonnes of wood per year will
be processed to produce an estimated 820,000 air-dry tonnes per annum (ADt/a) of
bleached Kraft pulp. The pulp will be sold into domestic and international markets.
Production at the pulp mill will ultimately be up to 1.1 million ADt/a (processing
approximately 4.0 million tonnes of wood per year).
This section describes the pulp mill components.
Ancillary infrastructure will be required for the operation of the pulp mill, and includes:
A new wharf facility;

A quarry, landfill and water reservoir adjacent to the pulp mill site;
A water supply pipeline from Trevallyn Dam to the pulp mill; and
An effluent pipeline from the pulp mill site to Four Mile Beach on the north coast of
Tasmania.
The source of information for this Section 6 (unless stated otherwise) is Jaakko
Pyry, March 2006, Pre-engineering for the New Pulp Mill, Bell Bay Pulp Mill
Project Tasmania. The full details of this report are provided in Appendix 7,
Volume 6. The pulp mill configuration and technology described in this section
is based on a conceptual design and is subject to permits/consents and detailed
design.
32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Draft Integrated Impact Statement
Volume 1: 6-194
6.1.1 Simplified Process Description
A detailed technical description of the pulp mill project and pulping process is provided
in the following sections. A simplified description of how a pulp mill works is provided
here for readers unfamiliar with a pulp mill and/or those who do not require a detailed
understanding of the process. This simplified description is not intended to address the
technical requirements of the Scope Guidelines.
An integrated pulp mill, as proposed for Bell Bay, converts woodchip (either hardwood
or softwood) into pulp. Pulp is essentially an intermediary step in the process of
converting woodchip to paper. The Bell Bay project includes the following (with the
paragraph numbers below corresponding to the numbering in Figure 6-1):
1. Woodchip Mill/Wood Yard The existing woodchip mill will be utilised to
convert the transported logs into chips. The chips are screened from fines
(sawdust and small wood pieces) and this waste is fed to the power boiler to
be used as biofuel to generate power. The chips are fed to the digester for
cooking.
2. Cooking The chips are mixed with recycled caustic soda (white liquor) to
dissolve the lignin (a natural gluing agent in wood) and to separate this from
the cellulose fibre.
3. Washing The cellulose fibre is separated from the lignin (black liquor) and
the white liquor by washing the pulp. Water is removed from the pulp after
each wash to remove as much lignin as possible before the next washing
stage. Practically all of the chemicals used in the cooking process are
recovered in this way and recycled.
4. Oxygen Delignification Part of the remaining lignin is removed from the
fibre through the use of oxygen.
5. Bleaching Common bleaching agents including chlorine dioxide are utilised
to eliminate all residual lignin and colour, leaving white pulp.
6. Pulp Drying The pulp is dried, baled, packaged and stored ready for sale.
7. Evaporation Water is removed from the black liquor by evaporation to bring
the black liquor to a sufficient concentration for use as a fuel in the recovery
boiler.
8. Recovery Boiler The black liquor is burnt in the recovery boiler, generating
steam, which produces electrical energy for the pulp mill and recovers
inorganic cooking chemicals for reuse in the digester. The steam is used to dry
the pulp. Excess electrical energy will be sold back to the electricity grid.
9. Recausticising The inorganic chemicals from the recovery boiler are
reacted with burnt lime to produce white liquor (for the digester) and lime mud,
which are both recycled.
10. Lime kiln The lime mud is fed to and burnt in the lime kiln before being
recycled for recausticising. Lime is an essential ingredient in the manufacture
of caustic soda which is used in the cooking process.

Volume 1: 6-195
11. Power Boiler Using sawdust from sawmills, fines from the woodchip mill and
other biofuel materials, steam and electrical energy are produced for the pulp
mill and for the Tasmanian grid, generating renewable energy certificates.
12. Oxygen Plant Oxygen is extracted from the air to be utilised for the oxygen
delignification process.
13. Bleaching Chemical Preparation Inorganic salt is utilised to produce
bleaching agents in an Integrated Chemical Plant which can also be used for
the production of merchant chemicals. An alternative process for chlorine
dioxide production has been considered based on the on-site production of
sodium chlorate and the purchase of sulphuric acid.
Diagrammatic representation of the above is shown in Figure 6-1.
Photographs of these components are shown in Photograph Sheet 6-1. The

photographs, which are appropriate for visualisation of scale and form were taken in a
new, similar sized Kraft pulp mill.
6.1.2 Design Objectives
The lead design objective of the project is to build a cost-effective, state-of-the-art,

single-line pulp mill. The pulp mill capacity will initially be 820 000 ADt/a, and may
achieve up to 1.1 million ADt/a.
The pre-engineering started in January 2005 and the main objectives of this work were
to:
Develop the project concept by involving appropriate engineering and through
discussions with suppliers, and to develop a cost estimate for the project;
Develop the implementation plan for the project and to prepare time schedules for
the project; and
Define the best available production and environmental technology for the pulp mill
to comply with the Emission Guidelines as well as the BAT required by the
Stockholm Convention.
The following main objectives were set for the pulp mill design:
Full advantage will be taken of the effect of scale. The pulp mill will be designed for
optimal capacity in a single-line operation.
The pulp mill will represent state-of-the-art technology. The latest and best available
technology will be used in the design and the pulp mill will be highly automated and
efficient, with low maintenance costs.
The pulp mill will fully utilise forest biofuel to generate net sellable electricity and
The pulp mill will be designed to comply with the Emission Guidelines. The NOx
emission limit needs to be reviewed and revised upwards in consideration that
natural gas will be burnt in the lime kiln.

Volume 1: 6-196
6. Pulp drying
Figure 6-1 Simplified Diagram of the Pulp Mill Process

Photo 1: External View of the Digester Photo 2: Part of the Effluent Treatment Plant
Photosheet 6-1. Hainan Island Pulp Mill
6.1.3 Compliance with Emission Guidelines
In October 2004, the Tasmanian government adopted the Recommended

Environmental Emission Limit Guidelines for any New Bleached Hardwood Kraft Pulp
Mill in Tasmania Volume 2 prepared by the RPDC. The Emission Guidelines provide
a detailed environmental management and technology framework for any new pulp mill
project to be considered in Tasmania.
Liquid Effluents
According to the Emission Guidelines, the final effluent limits for any new pulp mill in
Tasmania discharging to the marine environment are as follows:
Table 6-1 Effluent Limits

BOD5 COD(Cr) TSS AOX Colour
kg/ADt kg/ADt kg/Adt kg/ADt kg/ADt
Monthly average 2.1 20 2.6 0.2 42
Daily maximum 3.6 34 4.5 0.4 72
The limits are valid for pulp mills using both ECF and TCF bleaching processes, except
for the absorbable organic halogens (AOX) limit which applies only to the ECF pulp
mills since the AOX load from TCF bleaching is, by definition, non-detectable.
The Emission Guidelines also stipulate limits for acute (LC50/EC50) and chronic (EC50)
toxicity and for 2,3,7, 8-TCDD, 2,3,7,8-TCDF, (commonly referred to as dioxins and
furans), chlorate, and trihalomethanes in the final effluent. LC50 is the lethal
concentration in water having a 50 % chance of causing death to aquatic life and EC50
is the median effective concentration (required to induce a 50 % effect) .The limits are
as follows:
Acute toxicity, LC50/EC50 a
Chronic toxicity, EC50 b
2,3,7,8-TCDD, pg/L 10
2,3,7,8-TCDF, pg/L 30
Chlorate, mg/L 10
Trihalomethanes, incl. chloroform, mg/L 2
Oil and Grease No visible contamination
a Acute toxicity should be measured in 100 % effluent. The effect from the effluent should be
less than 50 %.
b Chronic toxicity should be measured in effluent at various dilutions above and below the
dilution expected at the edge of the mixing zone. The concentration at which a 50 % effect is
obtained should be determined. The Lowest Observed Effect Concentration (LOEC) and the No
Observed Effect Concentration (NOEC) should also be determined. The discharge limit will be
set such that the NOEC is not exceeded at the edge of the mixing zone.

Volume 1: 6-199
As described below, all the limits listed above can be met with the Best Available
Technology (BAT) environmental safeguards already in use in existing new bleached
Kraft pulp mills.
In addition to the Emission Guidelines, the final effluent of the pulp mill must be
assessed against the requirements contained in the Australia and New Zealand
Environmental Coordination Committee (ANZECC) Guidelines, which list the maximum
allowable ambient concentrations for 200 hazardous chemicals in the marine
environment 3 .
Gaseous Emissions
The gaseous emission limits stipulated in the Emission Guidelines for the recovery
boiler, power boiler, lime kiln flue gases, NCG incinerator, bleach plant and chemical
plant are as follows:
Table 6-2 Gaseous Emissions Limits
Recovery Boiler (mg/Nm3, 3 % O2, 273 K, dry, 101.3 kPa, [monthly average])
PM (particulate matter) 50
SO2 see below
TRS (total reduced sulphur as H2S) 7 (> 99 % of time)
NOx see below
3
PCDD/PCDF (as ng/Nm ) 0.1
Power Boiler (mg/N m3, (8 % O2, 273 K, dry, 101.3 kPa), monthly average)
PM 30
SO2 see below
NOx 80 mg NO2/MJ fuel input
3
PCDD/PCDF (as ng/Nm ) 0.1
Lime kiln (mg/N m3 , 3 % O2, 273 K, dry, 101.3 kPa) [monthly average])
PM 40
SO2 see below
NOx see below
TRS (as H2S) 16
PCDD/PCDF (as ng/Nm3) 0.1
3
NCG Incinerator (mg/N m , 3 % O2, 273 K, dry, 101.3 kPa) [monthly average])
TRS (as H2S) 7
NOx see below
3
A full analysis of emission limits and their consistency with the ANZECC Guidelines is contained in ANNex
XV, Appendix 5

Volume 1: 6-200
SO2 see below
SO2 (from all sources, annual average)

Kg S/ADt 0.4
NOx (from all sources, except for power boiler, annual average)
Kg NO2/ADt 1.3
Inorganic chlorine compounds (HCl, etc., all sources, monthly average)

Mg Cl/N m3 50
The power boiler SO2 and NOx limit are recorded separately from the pulp mill-wide
sources.
A report 16B01040-E0014 NOx Issues is contained at Annex XV, Appendix 8,

Volume 7 and considers NOx emissions in greater detail.
The Emission Guidelines stipulate a strict, 3-minute average ground level

concentration for TRS outside the pulp mill property limit. The figure is 1.4 micrograms
H2S/m3 of ambient air, which is similar to the lowest reported odour threshold of H2S.
NOx emissions come from the following primary sources in the pulp mill: recovery
boiler, lime kiln, NCG boilers, and the power boiler. Under the Emission Guidelines, the
power boiler emissions are treated separately. The recovery boiler, lime kiln and NCG
boilers are grouped together under a single value 1.3 kg/ADt.
The recovery boiler NOx emissions come almost entirely from the Nitrogen (N) content
of the black liquor fuel to the recovery boiler. The nitrogen content of air has no
influence on the recovery boiler NOx emissions. Hardwoods (including hardwoodus)
contain significantly higher nitrogen content than softwoods which ends up in the black
liquor. The difference in pulp mill NOx emissions from the recovery boiler does not
come from differences in recovery boiler technology, but from differences in yield (kg
black liquor/ADt pulp) and differences in liquor nitrogen content (gN/kg black liquor).
Based on the specific dry flue gas flow from the recovery boiler on hardwoodus and
also on the vendor guarantee values, the equivalent calculated NOx emission per
tonne of pulp is 1.15 kg/ADt. This NOx emission value from the recovery boiler can be
reduced by decreasing the combustion temperature. However this action has the
impact of higher SO2 formation and higher TRS emissions both of which are
environmentally undesirable. Additionally, recovery boilers can decrease the NOx
emissions by decreasing the amount of air to furnace. This action, however, results in
increased CO emissions which in turn mean a higher amount of incombustibles, and
therefore the VOC and PAH (polyaromatic hydrocarbon) emissions will be higher. This
is also environmentally undesirable. It is environmentally more satisfactory to run lower
CO levels instead of only a 10 % reduction in the NOx level.

Volume 1: 6-201
For the lime kiln, the guaranteed NOx emissions by vendors are 300 400 mg/DNm3
when firing oil and 500 mg/DNm3 when firing natural gas. These values for the lime kiln
flue gas NOx concentrations correspond to 0.3 kgNO2/ADt with fuel oil and 0.5
kgNO2/ADt with natural gas. The reason for the difference is that fuel oil has only about
10 % the amount of nitrogen that natural gas has. Therefore the NOx emissions can be
decreased by firing lime kiln with oil. However fuel oil contains sulphur and burning fuel
oil increases both the total sulphur (SO2) and the total reduced sulphur compounds
(TRS) emissions from the pulp mill. For this reason it is environmentally better to run at
as low SO2 and TRS levels as possible (i.e. by burning natural gas) instead of a
marginal reduction in pulp mill NOx level (i.e. by burning oil).
In order to destroy the odorous gases the NCG boiler will be run at all times in order to
have 100 % destruction of the gases. By doing this there is an increased amount of
NOx formed compared to a conventional pulp mill which will only start the NCG boiler
when the upset occurs. Starting the NCG boiler only when the upset occur means that
a quantity of odorous gases will be emitted to the environment. However it is
environmentally better to run NCG boiler at all times and produce as low TRS and H2S
levels as possible instead of marginal reduction in pulp mill NOx level (=NCG boiler
fired only during upsets). The total NOx emission due to the NCG boiler is
approximately 0.03 kg/ADt.
The total NOx when burning natural gas is 1.63 kg/ADt, (1.15, 0.5, 0.03 for the
recovery boiler, lime kiln, and NCG boiler respectively).
The actual ambient concentrations due to the pulp mill have been verified by running
the emission dispersion models for emission level of 1.68 kg NO2/ ADt which equals
5852 kg NO2/ d. The air dispersion modelling shows that a higher NOx-emission of the
pulp mill will not cause any compliance problem with the ambient NOx-standards. A
realistic emission guideline should be acceptable from the environmental and
ecological point of view.
The traditional pulp mill is configured so that it produces pulp and the biomass boiler,
at the same site, produces electricity. For pulp production the pulp mill is allowed to
produce a certain amount of emissions to air. For electricity (energy) production with
biofuel boiler the pulp mill is allowed to produce certain amount of emissions to air.
The pulp mill will produce both pulp and electricity without the biomass boiler.
However, the Emission Guidelines specify emission levels in terms of pulp production.
If the pulp mill was to be designed like a typical traditional pulp mill with the same
green electricity output, it would produce a certain amount of emissions from pulp
production and more from electricity production. Presently the NOx emissions from the
recovery boiler are calculated on pulp production only, although approximately 20 % is
applicable to excess power production. If the pulp mill were to produce 10 MW sellable
renewable green electricity from the recovery boiler it would avoid NOx production in
the power boiler by approximately 0.15 kgNO2/ADt.
There is no provision of how the pulp mill should operate when pulping wood species
other than hardwoodus. It is recommended that the emission limits are set on a kg/day

Volume 1: 6-202
and kg/month basis to correspond to the pulping of hardwoodus. That is if the pulp mill
pulps other species than hardwoodus its emissions as averages kg/day and kg/month
should not exceed the emissions allowed when pulping hardwoodus.
In summary, the Emission Guidelines for NOx require clarification since the set NOx
emission limit value is extremely low for the following reasons:
The emission value reflects more the value that is applicable for unbleached grade
operation.
Higher NOx emission from the pulp mill will still be within the environmental
guidelines.
The environmental benefits of added electricity production are not addressed and
do not show in the NOx value.
There are no provisions for NOx emission limits when pulping softwood.
The Emission Guidelines annual average NOx emission value from the process
sources excluding the NOx emission of the power boiler is set at or below 1.3 kg as
NO2/ADt. The limit value of 1.3 kg/ADt is unattainable under some operating
conditions that will be experienced. With natural gas used in the lime kiln, the limit
value will be definitely exceeded.
It is recommended by Jaakko Pyry that the allowable NOx emission limit value be
changed from 1.3 kg/ADt to 1.7 kg/ADt in case of natural gas fired lime kiln or
alternatively changed from 1.3 kg/ADt to 1.5 kg/ADt in case of oil fired lime kiln. A
report 16B01040-E0014 NOx Issues is contained at Annex XV, Appendix 8, Volume
7 and considers NOx emissions in greater detail.
Other Environmental Stipulations

Other environmental stipulations developed in the Emission Guidelines focus on solid
waste disposal. These aspects of the Emission Guidelines are typical for all modern
BAT-level pulp mills and they can be complied with.
6.1.4 Design Basis
The pulp mill design is based on modern, proven production technology and with the
choice of pulp mill equipment that provides the best possible environmental
performance. This strategy combines the best available techniques in plant safeguards
with BAT external environmental protection measures to achieve lowest possible
environmental emissions by the pulp mill.
Bleaching will be done with an ECF sequence.
The design basis defines the main values for dimensioning of pulp mill departments,
unit processes and equipment. The material, energy and water balances give the base
data, which are then adjusted with design factors for sizing of the pulp mill
departments. The design factors include information on availability, efficiency and
maintainability based on implemented projects and operating pulp mills. The design

Volume 1: 6-203
basis also includes allowance for raw material variations and different operational
modes of the pulp mill.
Taking into account the annual maintenance shutdown and minor shutdowns that may
occur, the budgeted number of operating days has been initially set at 350 days per
annum. The overall operating efficiency of the pulp mill has been set at 90 %. These
figures are summarised below:
Table 6-3 Operational Efficiency at Peak Pulp Mill Capacity*
Plantation Hardwoods
Annual operating days d/a 350
Average daily production, bleached pulp ADt/d 3 143
Efficiency factor % 90
Design capacity, bleached pulp ADt/d 3 492
*At peak pulp mill capacity the pulp mill will process 100 % plantation hardwood.
The pulp mill will use two basic types of hardwood raw material: plantation eucalyptus
and mixed species of native hardwood. These two types have different cooking yields
and different cooking liquor requirements, which result in different amounts of black
liquor solids produced in the cooking process. There are significantly more black liquor
dry solids produced from cooking mixed native hardwood than from cooking plantation
eucalyptus. Since the pulp mill is being designed so that the maximum amount of pulp
produced depends on the recovery boiler capacity, there will be less pulp produced
when processing mixed native hardwood than when processing plantation eucalyptus.
The possibility and potential of processing softwood (radiata pine) in the pulp mill have
been studied and are addressed in detail in Annex X of Appendix 8, Volume 7. No
major issues arise from the processing of softwood (pine) either from an environmental
or an operational point of view. Some additional equipment will be required and is
discussed in Annex X of Appendix 8, Volume 7.
6.2 Pulpwood Supply

This section provides background to the operating framework for forest operations
within Tasmania, as well as an outline of the statutory basis for operations (on both
public and private land) supplying pulpwood to the pulp mill. It also provides an
overview of Gunns certified environmental management and forest operation systems.
6.2.1 Background to Forest Operations in Tasmania
Forest operations in Tasmania are governed by a number of legislative and policy

instruments, and are overseen by a number of key government and non-government
agencies. In addition, both Gunns and Forestry Tasmania conduct their forest

Volume 1: 6-204
operations in accordance with their relevant environmental and forest management
systems.
The key components of this operating framework for supply of forest products to the
pulp mill are:
the Tasmanian Regional Forest Agreement (including amendments and the

Supplementary Agreement to the Regional Forest Agreement); and
the Forest Practices Act 1985, and the Forest Practices Code 1920.
Pulpwood supply for the pulp mill will be sourced from forest managed in accordance
with the Tasmanian Regional Forest Agreement (for so long as that Agreement or any
renewed, extended or replacement Agreement remains in force see Section 6.2.6),
the Tasmanian Forest Practices Act 1985 (or any amending or replacement Act that
regulates the forest industry in Tasmania) and the resultant Forest Practices Code, and
other relevant legislation relating to forest management.
Gunns and Forestry Tasmanias forest and environmental management systems meet
both the Australian Forestry Standard [AS4708 (int)] and the International Organisation
for Standardisations ISO 14001 [AS/NZS ISO 14001].
Tasmanian Regional Forest Agreement

The Tasmanian Regional Forest Agreement (RFA) was signed by the Australian and
Tasmanian Governments in 1997. An agreement was made to vary the RFA on 19 July
2001, and a supplementary RFA was made on 13 May 2005. These agreements are
collectively referred to as RFA in this section of the IIS.
The RFA establishes mechanisms for the management and use of Tasmanian forests
(both public and private) through achieving a balance between effective conservation,
forest management and forest industry practices. A review of the performance of the
RFA must occur every five years, and it will expire after 20 years unless the two
Governments agree to renew the RFA. The RFA includes a renewal procedure which
must commence five years before its anticipated expiry in 2017.
The RFA is a mechanism for fulfilling the goals of the National Forest Policy Statement
1992 (NFPS), a national strategy endorsed by the Australian Government and by all
State and Territory Governments (see Vol 1, section 2.6). The RFA provides a
framework to deliver the following objectives (as detailed in Clause 19 of the RFA):
1. Developing and implementing ecologically sustainable forest management (ESFM)
within Tasmania.
The establishment of fully integrated and strategic forest management systems
capable of responding to new information.
The maintenance of a Permanent Native Forest Estate to maintain the
sustainability of total estate conservation and productive values.

Volume 1: 6-205
Adopting a continuous improvement approach including research elements and
regular performance reviews of the ecological sustainable forest management
framework.
2. Establishing a Comprehensive, Adequate and Representative (CAR) Reserve
System.
3. Facilitating the development of an internationally competitive wood production and
wood products industry.
Provide for certainty of resource access to the forest industry.
Development of a sustainable yield approach for management of public forests
within Tasmania to guarantee resource availability into the future.
Active encouragement of the development of downstream processing within
Tasmania such that the preferred market for growers is within the State.
The implementation of new intensive forest management initiatives, including
plantation development, to balance changes in forest inventory resulting from
the implementation of conservation initiatives promoted through the Agreement.
4. Promoting the conservation and management of the Private Forest Estate.
Detail on elements resulting from delivering the objectives of the RFA is provided
below.
Comprehensive, Adequate and Representative Reserve System public land

Clause 24 of the RFA imposes an obligation on the State of Tasmania to legislate for
public land classification to create a comprehensive, adequate and representative
reserve system (CAR Reserve System), and to manage the CAR Reserve System in
accordance with conservation objectives listed in the RFA. The RFA lists the reserve
classifications for the CAR Reserve System and Attachment 7 of the RFA details the
objectives of each classification.
It is within these areas that the RFA contemplates no forestry activities are to take
place. Forestry activities are permitted only on State Forest which is not within the CAR
Reserve System, the only exception being for clearly defined and regulated
infrastructure development.
The categorisation of land within the CAR Reserve System has been based upon the
JANIS Reserve Criteria, which are defined in the RFA and referred to in this Draft IIS
as CAR Values.
This categorisation of land included detailed scientific assessment of biological, social

and cultural values in both public and private forests within Tasmania at a bioregional
level. The assessments produced:
Classification and distribution of 50 different native forest communities, along with
their conservation status and significance.
Distribution of old growth forests by forest community and their conservation status.
Distribution of threatened plant and animal species and their likely habitats.

Volume 1: 6-206
Areas of indigenous or historical heritage value.
The Supplementary Agreement signed in 2005 commits the parties to augment the
CAR Reserve System by adding 141,000 ha of public land to the CAR Reserve
System. These additions are to include old growth forest, bringing the total area of old
growth forest reserved on public land to 977,000 ha. The Supplementary Agreement
sets out procedures and timelines for these commitments to be achieved.
The CAR Reserve System in Tasmania includes Formal and Informal Reserves
created under the Nature Conservation Act 2002, the Forestry Act 1920 and the Crown
Lands Act 1976.
The National Parks and Reserves Management Act 2002, Forestry Act 1920 and
Crown Lands Act 1976 require management plans to be prepared for all reserved land.
The management plans describe the purpose of the land reservation, its values and
uses and restrictions on use of land.
Further restrictions on the use of reserved lands for forestry and commercial activities,
such as the removal of trees, are contained in the National Parks and Reserves
Management Act 2002.
Comprehensive, Adequate and Representative (CAR) Reserve System - Private

land
The RFA contains commitments to conserve and manage the Private Forest Estate,
including the encouragement of voluntary participation by landowners to protect certain
values listed in Attachment 8 to the RFA.
Under the Private Forest Reserves Program, the Tasmanian government (through
DPIWE) has negotiated with private landowners to protect CAR values on private land.
Under this Program, landowners have been provided with assistance and funding to
manage forests of conservation value, and in some instances land has been
purchased by the State. However, the Program has focussed primarily upon
negotiating covenants and management agreements with landowners to bring privately
owned forests into the CAR Reserve System.
Although the Private Forest Reserve Program ceased in June 2006, the Australian
Government is establishing, in cooperation with Tasmania, a market based program to
protect and manage up to 45,600ha of private forested land.
Permanent Native Forest Estate

Under the RFA, Tasmania agreed to adopt the policy framework in Attachment 9 of the
RFA in order to design and maintain an extensive Permanent Native Forest Estate. In
so doing, Tasmania committed itself to maintaining the Permanent Native Forest
Estate to retention thresholds at a State, bioregional and forest community level. At a
State level, the commitment is to retain a minimum of 95 % of the 1996 native forest
estate.

Volume 1: 6-207
The Forest Practices Authority is required under the Forest Practices Act 1985 to
monitor and report on harvesting and reforestation activity in relation to the
maintenance of the Permanent Forest Estate. In its 2004-2005 Annual Report, the
Authority reported that Tasmanias native forest estate had been maintained at a level
equivalent to 96.9 % of the native forest area, in excess of the threshold level. Where
forest communities were at or approaching the threshold levels, the Authority reported
that it had taken various actions including the imposition of interim moratoriums on the
clearing of rare, endangered or vulnerable forest communities (Annual Report on
Forest Practices 2004-2005, Part 1.8 and Appendix 4).
The Permanent Native Forest Estate Policy is implemented through the provisions of
the Forest Practices Act 1985.
Timber production
The Tasmanian and Australian Governments committed to the objective of ESFM. To
achieve this objective, Tasmania committed itself to the ongoing development and
implementation of its Forest Management Systems, which include the Forest Practices
Act 1985 and the Forest Practices Code.
With respect to the Forest Management System, Tasmania also signalled its
intention to ensure Forest Practices Plans specify, where relevant, best-practice
reforestation standards and provide for ongoing monitoring; and
Where threatened species are identified in an area for which Forest Practices Plan
approval is sought by private landowners, the plan must include appropriate
management prescriptions to those species.
The Tasmanian and Australian Governments also committed to enhance the future
growth and development of Tasmanias industries associated with forests and
timber products. To achieve this objective, intensive forest management initiatives
were included in the RFA for the purpose of providing from State Forest a minimum
of 300,000 cubic metres per annum of high quality hardwood sawlog/veneer log
and 10,000 cubic metres per annum of blackwood sawlogs. In the Supplementary
Agreement, Tasmania agreed to deliver, with Australian Government financial
support, an integrated program of existing plantation productivity improvement and
development, new plantation establishment, and enhanced native forest thinning
programs designed to maintain these targets on State Forest.
Employment and Industry Development

In the RFA, the Tasmanian and Australian Governments recognise the contribution of
forest-based industries to the Tasmanian economy, and agreed to co-operate in
implementing a series of actions that are listed in clause 74 and Attachment 12 of the
RFA.
These actions include:

active encouragement of the development of downstream processing in Tasmania
such that the preferred market for growers is within the State;

Volume 1: 6-208
a range of new and enhanced initiatives designed to encourage investment,
plantation development, downstream processing, value-adding, industry
development and employment growth in Tasmanias forest-based industries; and
the implementation of new intensive forest management initiatives, including
eucalypt and blackwood plantations, and native forest thinning, to balance changes
in forest inventory resulting from the RFA, and to expand that inventory.
For more information about how forestry operations and supply of pulpwood for the
pulp mill will address the objectives and provisions of the RFA, see Section 6.2.4.
The RFA has been a catalyst for the implementation of its key outcomes (Objectives 1-
4) through legislation. The resultant legislative framework is outlined below in Statutory
Framework for Conduct of Forest Operations.
Statutory Framework for Conduct of Forest Operations

As discussed above, the RFA provides for the legislative framework to implement
ESFM practices within Tasmania. This framework is comprised of the following key
elements;
Forest Practices Act 1985, establishes the Forest Practices Authority, which has
primary responsibility for oversight and implementation of the Act, and provides for
the appointment of forest practices officers (including a chief forest practices
officer). It also establishes a Forest Practices Advisory Council, which provides
specialist advice and assistance to the Authority.
Forest Practices Code, issued by the Forest Practices Authority under section 30 of
the Forest Practices Act 1985. The Code prescribes the manner in which forestry
operations must be conducted so as to provide reasonable protection to the
environment.
Regional Forest Agreement (Land Classification) Act 1998, gives effect to
Tasmanias commitments in the RFA to expand the CAR Reserve System.
Private Forests Act 1994, establishes Private Forests Tasmania to promote the
development of private forests in Tasmania.
Forestry Act 1920, establishes Forestry Tasmania and provides for the dedication of
State Forests and Forest Reserves. Forestry operations undertaken on State
Forests and/or undertaken by Forestry Tasmania must comply with the Forest
Practices Act 1985 and the Code.
Further details on each of the above statutory elements are set out below and in
chapter 2 of Volume 1.
Forest Practices Act 1985

The Forest Practices Authority established by this Act is part of Tasmanias forest
practices system. Schedule 7 to the Act provides that the objective of this system is to
achieve sustainable management of Crown and private forests with due care for the
environment and heritage values, while delivering certain outcomes listed in the

Volume 1: 6-209
Schedule including self-regulation, forest planning, forest practices plans and the
Forest Practices Code, consultation and education.
Other key features include:

The Authoritys power to issue, after consultation with Private Forests Tasmania
and a public exhibition process, the Forest Practices Code.
The process for creating private timber reserves on which forest operations may
occur. This is a public process, which includes third party objections and appeals to
the Forest Practices Tribunal. The establishment of forests, and the growing or
harvesting of timber, on private forest reserves must comply with the Forest
Practices Code.
The process for certifying, and independently verifying that forest operations
conform with, Forest Practices Plans.
Forest Practices Code

The Forest Practices Code is issued by the Forest Practices Authority after
consultation with Private Forests Tasmania, and after undergoing a public notification
and comment process. It is the key regulatory instrument by which Tasmanian
authorities ensure Tasmanian forest practices protect the environment and heritage
values.
The current Forest Practices Code was issued in 2000, and provides a practical set of
guidelines and standards for the protection of environmental values, with a particular
emphasis on:
soils and geomorphology;
visual landscape;
water quality and flow;
flora, fauna and genetic resources; and
cultural heritage.
The Code is supported by various manuals and technical instructions endorsed from
time to time by the Forest Practices Authority after consultation with the Forest
Practices Advisory Council.
Forest Practices Plans

Central to the implementation and achievement of ESFM is the requirement to prepare
and submit Forest Practices Plans (FPPs) to the Forest Practices Authority for
certification. FPPs must be prepared for all road construction and quarrying required to
provide access for forestry operations, and for forest harvesting and forest
establishment (for both native forests and plantations).
FPPs must be in accordance with the Forest Practices Code and specify various
matters prescribed by the Forest Practices Act 1985, including the environmental

Volume 1: 6-210
values occurring within the plan area and the prescriptions that will be applied to
protect those values.
It is an offence (aside from exemptions as regulated under the Forest Practices Act
1985 relating to small areas or volumes) to carry out any of the following activities
without a certified FPP:
establish forests;
harvest timber;
clear trees; and
construct roads or conduct quarrying operations in connection with any of the above
activities.
Failure to comply with a certified FPP is an offence, and the Authority has broad
powers to revoke a FPP for any reason it considers sufficient.
Forest Practices Officers, who are trained and accredited by the Forest Practices
Authority, prepare and approve Forest Practices Plans. Input into plan preparation is
obtained from specialists employed by the industry and the Forest Practices Authority.
The process for preparing and implementing FPPs includes:
1. Assessment of the natural and cultural values of the coupe - all areas where forest
operations are to be conducted are assessed for natural and cultural values,
including fauna, flora, cultural heritage, geomorphology, visual management, soil
and water.
2. Operational Planning Aspects such as road locations and associated engineering
plans are determined, along with coupe timber inventories and harvest strategies.
Boundaries are marked in the field to ensure that the harvest area (and reservation
areas) is clearly delineated.
3. Plan Review and Approvals On completion of peer review, FPPs are certified by
Forest Practices Planning Officers, as delegates of the Forest Practices Authority.
4. Operations Management systems and procedures are used to ensure proper
process is followed during forest operations.
5. Monitoring Compliance and Continuous Improvement The forest industry
conducts internal audits regularly to ensure that forest operations are occurring in
accordance with the FPP, and the holder of a FPP must provide a compliance
report to the Forest Practices Authority within 30 days after the completion of each
discrete operational phase of the authorised forest practice. In addition, the Forest
Practices Authority annually audits a sample (about 15 % - Source: Annual Report
on Forest Practices 2004-05, section 1.7.1) of Forest Practices Plans to ensure
that forestry practices comply with certified FPPs.
Tourism
A protocol agreement exists between the forest industries (through Forestry Tasmania
and Private Forests Tasmania) and the tourism industry (through Tourism Council

Volume 1: 6-211
Tasmania). The protocol provides a framework and process for an integrated strategic
approach by both industries on issues of mutual concern and interest.
Key areas identified in the protocol include planning, regeneration burning and smoke,
logging and visual amenity, transport issues, 1080 and other chemical use, and
consultation matters.
System and Forest Management Certification

To ensure effective implementation of the legislative framework described above and
to ensure best practice and continuous improvement in sustainable forest
management, both Gunns Limited and Forestry Tasmania maintain certification to both
ISO 14001 and the Australian Forestry Standard.
Supply of forest products from Gunns processing facilities adheres to a Chain of

Custody Standard. The Australian Forestry Standard and the Chain of Custody
Standard are elements of The Australian Forest Certification System, which is
internationally recognised by the Programme for the Endorsement of Forest
Certification Schemes (PEFC).
These elements of system and forest management certification are further detailed
below.
EMS Certification
Both Gunns Forestry Division and Forestry Tasmania maintain certified environmental
management systems (EMS) to AS/NZS ISO14001 (Environmental Management
Systems Specifications and guidance for use). The International Organisation for
Standardisations ISO14001 is a globally respected benchmarks for environmental
management system implementation and performance.
Gunns Forestry Divisions EMS (encompassing its wood fibre processing mills,
harvesting, native forest and plantation activities across all land tenures) was certified
to ISO14001 in 1998. Gunns plans to extend EMS certification to include its pulp mill
processing operations.
Forestry Tasmanias EMS applies to all of its operations on State Forest including
native forest and plantation areas.
Australian Forestry Standard

The Australian Forestry Standard (AS 4708(Int)) is the national benchmark for
independently verifying environmental, economic and social sustainability in forest
management. The objective of the Australian Forestry Standard is to provide forest
managers and owners with economic, social, environment and cultural criteria and
requirements that support the sustainable management of forests for wood production.
Forest managers must demonstrate both system and performance adherence to these
criteria, which are summarised in Figure 6-2.

Volume 1: 6-212
Gunns certification under the Australian Forestry Standard (certification No. 00001-
2003-AFS-SYD-JAS-ANZ) was achieved in 2003 and applies to 249,916 hectares of
native forest and plantations (as at 31 December 2005). Gunns certification covers
company freehold lands and private property under company management (native
forests, hardwood (eucalypt) and softwood (pine) plantations).
Forestry Tasmanias certification (certification No. FMS 200001) applies to State Forest
areas under its management control, including native forest and plantations, a
cumulative total area of 1.4 million hectares.
Figure 6-2 Sustainable Forest Management context under the Australian

Forestry Standard [Source Gunns Limited Australian Forestry
Standard Manual 2005]
As part of an integrated management system approach, Gunns maintains detailed

Geographic Information System (GIS) databases to ensure an integrated basis for
environmentally, socially and economically sustainable management of forests.
Programme for Endorsement of Forest Certification Schemes (PEFC)

The Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification Schemes (PEFC) is an
independent, non-government international forest certification scheme that promotes
sustainably managed forests through independent third party certification. The PEFC
has endorsed an Australian Forest Certification System, which consists of:
the Australian Forestry Standard (AS4708);

Volume 1: 6-213
the Chain of Custody Standard (AS4707); and
JAS-ANZ Accreditation Programmes (outlining accreditation criteria for bodies
seeking accreditation for the Australian Forest Certification System).
PEFC is the worlds largest sustainability recognition framework.
Chain of Custody Standard

Gunns operations are also certified under AS4708 (Int) [Chain of Custody for certified
wood and forest products] for all of its chip, timber and veneer processing sites within
Tasmania. This Standard is the national benchmark for verification to guarantee a
trace back system from the finished product to the forest. It sets out minimum criteria
and requirements for Chain of Custody certification for wood and forest products
originating from a defined forest area that has been certified to the Australian Forestry
Standard or sourced from other forests managed under schemes recognised as
substantively equivalent to the Australian Forestry Standard.
Adherence to this Standard ensures products sold by Gunns have originated from
sustainably managed AFS and PEFC certified forests. The pulp mill will obtain Chain of
Custody certification, and that pulp produced will be sold as AFS and PEFC certified
pulp.
Independent Auditing and Data Management

To ensure ongoing compliance and continuous improvement, Gunns forestry
operations have been independently audited and certified by JAS-ANZ accredited
bodies as conforming to AS/NZS ISO 14001, the Australian Forestry Standard, and the
Chain of Custody Standard. Surveillance audits typically occur for each of the above
Standards every six months with full recertification audits occurring every three years.
6.2.2 Statutory Regulation of Different Sources of Pulpwood
A mixture of wood from native forests, softwood and hardwood plantations will be used
as feedstock for the pulp mill. The quantity of plantation wood is likely to increase over
time as the plantation estate in Tasmania matures and becomes available for
harvesting.
Wood will be sourced from forests and plantations that are grown and maintained on a
range of different forms of land tenure including Crown land and State Forests
managed by Forestry Tasmania, private forest owners, and land either owned or
managed by Gunns.
Further detail on each of these resource categories is described below.
Gunns Owned or Managed Wood Supply

Gunns manages timber and harvesting operations from a variety of sources. The
timber is grown on land either owned (188,686 ha as at 31 December 2005) or leased,

Volume 1: 6-214
joint ventured or managed under a Forest Practices Plan (61,230 as at 31 December
2005) by Gunns (or one of its related companies).
Ownership
Of the 188,686 ha of freehold land owned by Gunns, approximately 75,000 ha are
plantations, 40,000 ha are managed native forest, 38,000 ha are informal conservation
reserves, and the balance is made up of inaccessible and non-commercial land.
Pursuant to its leases with landowners, Gunns manages and controls the plantation
wood grown on 36,921 ha (as at 31 December 2005) of land leased and joint ventured
by Gunns. The plantation wood is either wholly owned by Gunns, by joint ventures with
third parties, or by investors in Managed Investment Schemes.
Plantation timber
All plantation wood is planned for harvest through a range of thinnings and clear fell
when it reaches maturity, which occurs 10 to 25 years after planting.
Native forest
Native forest is managed on a sustainable yield basis over a notional 60 to 80 year

rotation, and is managed mostly under selective harvest regimes.
Pulp Mill Supply

Timber harvested from plantations and native forests on land owned or leased by
Gunns, either as sole tenant or as a joint venture party, will be a significant source of
timber supply to the pulp mill. These harvesting operations will:
Continue to comply with the Forest Practices Act 1985, or any replacement or
amending Act, and the Forest Practices Code (as varied or revised from time to
time). Importantly, this means that any forestry operations must be undertaken in
accordance with a certified FPP.
Be undertaken in accordance with Gunns independently certified environmental,
forest and chain of custody management systems.
Forestry Tasmania Wood Supply

Forestry Tasmania is the name given to the Forestry Corporation, a statutory
corporation established by the Forestry Act 1920. The Forestry Act 1920 requires
Forestry Tasmania to make available for the veneer and saw milling industries, from
State Forest each year, a minimum of 300,000 cubic metres of high quality hardwood
sawlog. The sustainable high quality hardwood sawlog supply from Tasmanian State
Forest is reviewed every 5 years as required by the RFA. The review is published.
Pulpwood is a residue arising from the production of sawlogs. From strategic wood
supply modelling, and market demand, wood production targets are set. A Three Year

Volume 1: 6-215
Wood Production Plan is published, listing areas available for harvest, which takes
account of a number of Forestry Tasmanias key SFM tools, including:
Sustainable Forest Management Policy;
Permanent Native Forest Estate Guidelines;
Rainforest Policy;
Management Decision Classification System;
Strategic Threatened Species Management Agreements; and
District Forest Management Plans.
Forestry Tasmania supplies plantation and native hardwood to Gunns under various
contractual arrangements. Wood supplied by Forestry Tasmania is sourced from State
Forests, and harvesting operations are controlled by either Gunns or Forestry
Tasmania under, and in accordance with, Forestry Tasmanias Three Year Wood
Production Plan. Timber harvested from State Forests will be a significant source of
timber supply to the pulp mill in its early years under existing and future contractual
arrangements between Gunns and Forestry Tasmania. These harvesting operations
will:
Comply with the Forest Practices Act 1985, or any replacement or amending Act,
and the Forest Practices Code (as varied or revised from time to time). Importantly,
this means that any forestry operations must be undertaken in accordance with a
certified FPP.
Where carried out by Forestry Tasmania, conform to Forestry Tasmanias
independently certified EMS and forest management systems.
Where carried out by Gunns, be undertaken in accordance with Gunns
independently certified environmental, forest and chain of custody management
systems.
Private Property Wood Supply

Gunns employs specialist staff who negotiate and secure a supply of wood from third
party landowners, including private timber reserves declared under the Forest
Practices Act 1985. This wood supply is a mixture of plantation and native forest, with
the proportion of wood sourced from plantations continuously increasing. The
harvesting operations on private land are usually controlled or supervised by Gunns.
Because of the speculative nature of negotiating and purchasing a supply of wood from
third party landowners, the average planning horizon for third party private wood
supply is less than 12 months.
Privately owned forests and plantations will be an important source of wood supply for
the pulp mill. Importantly, harvesting operations on private land for supply to the pulp
mill will:

Volume 1: 6-216
Comply with the Forest Practices Act 1985, or any replacement or amending Act,
and the Forest Practices Code. Importantly, this means that any forestry operations
on privately owned land must be undertaken in accordance with a certified FPP.
Where harvesting operations are carried out by Gunns, be undertaken in
accordance with Gunns independently certified environmental, forest and chain of
custody management systems. Even where Gunns does not carry out the
harvesting operations itself, it will still be able to track the source of the timber from
its chain of custody systems.
Be undertaken in accordance with a statutory Wood Production Plan, as required
by the Forest Practices Act 1985.
Further detail in relation to the indications of quantities of pulpwood from these sources
is contained in Section 6.2.7 Likely Supply Zones for Sourcing Mill Resource.
6.2.3 Feedstock from Outside the RFA
No feedstock for the pulp mill will be sourced from Tasmania outside the framework of
the RFA (as amended). The Scope Guidelines require the IIS to provide details of any
feedstock for the pulp mill intended to be sourced outside the RFA (as amended).
From the perspective of harvesting timber, this requires the IIS to identify:
any native forests within the CAR Reserve System from which wood supply for the
pulp mill is proposed to be sourced; and
any wood supply that is proposed or is likely to be established, maintained and
harvested in non-conformity with Tasmanias Forest Management Systems, which
include the Forest Practices Act 1985 and the Forest Practices Code.
It is illegal to undertake any of these activities. There are also a range of penalties for
breaching the Forest Practices Act 1985, including fines and the revocation of FPPs.
The supply of timber to the pulp mill will involve none of these activities.
6.2.4 Supply of Pulpwood Addressing Objectives of the RFA
The forestry operations and supply of pulpwood to the pulp mill will address the
objectives and provisions of the RFA by:
complying with this legislation, which has been enacted by the Tasmanian
Parliament to give effect to its obligations under the RFA; and
implementing the systems and procedures described above to ensure its operations
comply with that legislation and, in the unlikely event of non-compliance, redress
that non-compliance.
Further information about how the forestry operation and the supply of pulpwood for
the pulp mill and the investment in the pulp mill will implement objectives 1 to 4 of the
RFA are set out below.

Volume 1: 6-217
Developing and Implementing Ecologically Sustainable Forest Management
(ESFM)
Provision of wood supply for the pulp mill will operate under the legislative framework
described by, and enhanced consequent to, the RFA to meet the objectives of the RFA
for delivery of ESFM. Tasmanias commitment to developing and implementing ESFM
has mainly been achieved mainly through its Forest Management Systems. The
cornerstones of these Forest Management Systems are the Forest Practices Act 1985
and the Forest Practices Code.
Tasmania also agreed to develop and implement EMS's in accordance with the
principles set out in Attachment 5 of the RFA to a standard comparable to ISO 14001.
As discussed previously, Forestry Tasmania has an EMS that has been accredited
under AS/NZS ISO 14001 and the Australian Forestry Standard. The application of
continuous improvement concepts to ecologically sustainable forest management will
be supported via both Gunns and Forestry Tasmanias commitment to sustainable
forest management, currently guided by certification under ISO 14001 and the
Australian Forestry Standard.
As explained at sections 4.2.2 and 4.2.3, timber feedstock for the pulp mill will be
sourced from native forests and plantations on private and public land and will comply
with the Forest Practices Act 1985, the Forest Practices Code, and any other laws or
regulations that from time to time apply to the establishment, maintenance and
harvesting of timber in Tasmania.
The supply of timber as feedstock to the pulp mill will therefore not affect or prevent the
implementation of this RFA objective.
Establishing a CAR Reserve System

Tasmania has established the CAR Reserve System through legislation and executive
actions, and has protected conservation values on public and private land under the
Nature Conservation Act 2002, the Forestry Act 1920 and the Crown Lands Act 1976.
The Private Forest Reserve Program was established under the RFA to improve the
voluntary protection of privately owned high conservation value forest. About 30,000 ha
of private land has been secured to date under this program. Under the terms of the
Supplementary RFA signed in May 2005 the program ceased on 30 June 2006 and
has been replaced by a market based program, the Forest Conservation Fund,
managed by the Australian Government to protect up to 45,600 ha of private forested
land. As explained at Sections 6.2.3 and 6.2.4, timber feedstock for the pulp mill will be
sourced from native forests and plantations on private and public land where timber-
harvesting operations can lawfully be carried out. No timber for the pulp mill will be
harvested illegally from CAR Reserves or outside any areas of production forest
defined by the RFA.

Volume 1: 6-218
Facilitating the Development of an Internationally Competitive Industry
Gunns investment in the pulp mill will support this objective of the RFA by enabling the
downstream and value-added processing of timber into high grade pulp, a key wood
product for which there is a significant Australian and international demand.
The project entails the redirection of a currently exported resource (see section 6.2.11)
to the pulp mill for value adding within Tasmania (producing social and economic
benefits as detailed in Volume 2, Chapter 6 Economic Impact Assessment).
Stimulating investment (in, for example, the pulp mill) is one of the significant
objectives of the RFA. The Australian and Tasmanian Governments have provided a
framework for stimulation of investment through the RFA, and the pulp mill is an
example of industry responding to this framework by delivering investment,
downstream processing and employment opportunities.
Promoting the Conservation and Management of the Private Forest Estate

The harvesting of pulpwood from private lands will also provide opportunities for better
management of the Private Forest Estate, for example, the development of property
management plans and the identification and protection of significant values as part of
the planning process.
As explained at Section 6.2.2, a significant source of timber feedstock for the pulp mill
will be private forests whether owned by third parties or owned or leased by Gunns.
This timber will be harvested in accordance with the Forest Practices Act 1985, the
Forest Practices Code and any relevant certified FPP. Where harvested by Gunns,
these harvesting operations will also be conducted in accordance with Gunns
independently certified environmental, forest and chain of custody management
systems.
In addition, clause 74 of the RFA provides for the active encouragement of the
development of downstream processing in Tasmania such that the preferred market for
growers is within the State.
The pulp mill will provide added security to private forest growers and managers, and
will ensure that the preferred Australian market for private forests is within Tasmania.
The supply of timber as feedstock to the pulp mill from private lands will provide
opportunities for promoting the conservation and management of the Private Forest
Estate, thereby supporting the implementation of this RFA objective.

Volume 1: 6-219
6.2.5 Intensification of Forestry Operations
Introduction
All wood for the pulp mill will be sourced from wood that will otherwise have been
exported as woodchips. The pulp mill will be a downstream processing initiative, based
upon diverting forest resource that would otherwise have been exported in chip form to
the pulp mill for value-adding processing into high-grade pulp. The pulp mill is not
dependent on changes to the manner in which forestry activities are carried out, nor
will it intensify timber production or forest operations within Tasmania.
Resource projections contained in this section are sourced from Gunns pulp mill
Resource Modelling. Details of the modelling methodology, outputs and validation are
provided in Section 6.2.7. Gunns pulp mill Resource Modelling has analysed, subject
to relevant assumptions as indicated previously, the total resource potentially
available to Gunns. This terminology includes resource from all tenure and supply
types that Gunns has modelled to potentially be available to it into the future, subject to
landowner intent and commercial arrangements. It is not a reflection of the total
Tasmanian pulpwood resource, but rather the component of that total resource, based
on Gunns pulp mill Resource Modelling and inherent assumptions, that Gunns
considers will be available to it for pulpwood processing or woodchip export into the
future.
No Intensification of Forestry Operations in Tasmania
Pulpwood volumes
Native forests presently available for lawful harvesting and timber production activities
will be a potential source of timber feedstock for the pulp mill. However, the analysis
presented in this section demonstrates that demand for timber as feedstock to the pulp
mill will not increase the area of native forest to be made available for timber
harvesting.
Furthermore, the current trend to develop hardwood (eucalypt) and softwood (pine)
plantations on private land is expected to continue, with no increase in intensification
required as a result of the pulp mill. Managed Investment Schemes, over recent years,
have encouraged greater development of plantations.
Figure 6-3 reveals that over the past five years, Gunns has exported an average of 4.7
million GMt (log equivalent) per annum of woodchips from Tasmania.
It is estimated that the pulp mill will process 3.2 to 4.0 million GMt (log equivalent) of
pulpwood per year. This is less than Gunns average woodchip exports over the past
five years, and substantially less than the 5.3 to 6.7 million GMt per annum of
pulpwood that is forecast to be available to Gunns annually over the life of the pulp
mill. Further information about the derivation of future resource volumes is contained in
Section 6.2.7.

Volume 1: 6-220
As demonstrated by Figure 6-3, the availability of timber sourced from plantations will
increase over time as the existing plantation estate matures. The anticipated mix of
plantation and native wood supply to the pulp mill is described in Section 6.2.7.
Pulpwood from native forest

The available pulpwood resource from native forest within Tasmania is predicted to
reduce significantly over the life of the project (Gunns pulp mill Resource Modelling
Section 4.2.6). As demonstrated in Figure 6-3, available native forest resource to
Gunns is expected to reduce from current levels of approximately 4 million GMt to
approximately 2 million GMt over the life of the project. Based on Gunns Pulp Mill
Resource Modelling (refer Section 4.2.6) the relative contribution of native forest wood
to the pulp mill is predicted to reduce significantly over the life of the project, from an
initial 80 % contribution to a 20 % contribution.
On this basis, the level of timber production from native forests is not expected to
intensify, nor are the areas of native forest available for timber production expected to
increase, because of the pulp mill.
Pulpwood from plantations

As shown in Figure 6-3, plantation forest resource available to Gunns is expected to
increase from current levels of approximately 1 million GMt to approximately 4 million
GMt over the life of the project. The relative contribution of plantation wood to the pulp
mill under the anticipated strategy is predicted to increase significantly over the life of
the project, from an initial 20 % contribution to an 80 % contribution.
Plantations Native Forests Pulp Mill Requirement
7.
Actual Predicted
6.
5.
Green Metric Tonnes (millions)
4.
Pulp Mill Requirement 3.2 - 4.0 GMt

3.
2.
1.
.
2001
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2002
Figure 6-3 30yr Actual and Predicted Review of Gunns Statewide Pulpwood
Resource [Source: Gunns pulp mill Resource Modelling]

Volume 1: 6-221
Note that achievement of 100 % plantation wood supply to the mill is possible as
demonstrated by approximately 2017, and has been modelled as required by the
Scope Guidelines and is further explored within Section 4.2.13 and in the Transport
analysis, Appendix 43, Volume 15, for the IIS. This scenario is not necessarily an
anticipated strategy, with the ultimate weighting of the resource mix dependant on the
availability and cost of projected resource categories into the future along with the
commercial aspects of the sale of pulp.
In terms of the intensify the establishment of plantations in Tasmania to supply this

increasing plantation supply to the pulp mill, no additional intensification outside of the
current Gunns Owned or Managed planting levels is envisaged or required because of
the pulp mill development.
As shown in Figure 6-4, Gunns plantation estate (on land owned or managed by
Gunns) has grown at a rate of approximately 10,000 ha per year for the past five years.
The resource analysis undertaken for the purpose of the pulp mill was based upon a
total Gunns plantation estate of 150,000 ha being achieved in approximately 10 years
(consistent with Gunns previous and current business strategy for a 150,000 ha
plantation estate within Tasmania).
Based on these predictions and the planned growth of Gunns plantation estate, the
current trend to develop hardwood (eucalypt) and softwood (pine) plantations is
expected to continue, with no increase in intensification required because of the pulp
mill. The necessary growth in plantation development in Tasmania to underpin
potential resource for the pulp mill is less than the inherent growth already occurring
within the industry.

Volume 1: 6-222
Gunns Plantation Estate actual Gunns Plantation Estate forecast
160,000
150,000
140,000
130,000
120,000
110,000
Area (ha)
100,000
90,000
80,000
70,000
60,000
00/01
01/02
02/03
03/04
04/05
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Year
Figure 6-4 Gunns Owned or Managed Plantation Estate, Actual and Forecast
Growth [Source: Gunns Pulp Mill Resource Modelling: refer Section
4.2.6]
The growth of plantations in Tasmania is consistent with the framework provided for by
the RFA. This framework has been designed to achieve (as detailed in Clause 74 of
the RFA) the implementation of intensive forest management initiatives, including
plantation development, in order to balance changes in forest inventory resulting from
the native forest conservation initiatives brought about by the Agreement.
It should also be noted that expansion in the plantation estate is occurring throughout
Australia, consistent with frameworks brought about because of the National Forest
Policy Statement, Regional Forest Agreements and the Plantations 2020 Vision.
Plantation stimulation brought about by these frameworks has been initiated and is
aimed at addressing the national trade imbalance in forest products through
investment in export oriented processing of the resource.
In relation to conversion of native forest to plantations, the Permanent Native Forest

Estate Policy in Tasmania provides a framework to ensure that significant conservation
values are protected from conversion activities. Conversion of native forests to
plantations is limited within Tasmania as prescribed under the Permanent Native
Forest Estate Policy, recently updated under the Supplementary RFA (Community
Forest Agreement), to ensure that Tasmania retains a minimum of 95 % of the area of
native forest mapped in the RFA. Any expansion in the plantation estate is occurring
within the framework implemented through the Forest Practices system.

Volume 1: 6-223
No relevant impacts to be assessed and/or mitigated
As there will not be any significant change in the extent or nature of current levels of
forestry operations in Tasmania, there are no relevant environmental, social, economic
or community impacts to be assessed and/or mitigated.
The pulp mill project is a downstream processing initiative and is not based on any
required changes to forest access or intensification. It is based upon diverting
resources that will otherwise have been exported in chip form to the pulp mill for further
processing. Further detail on volumes of export redirection is contained within Section
6.2.11.
6.2.6 Potential Tasmanian RFA Expiry
The Tasmanian RFA remains in force until 8 November 2017, subject to its terms. The
RFA provides for the Australian and Tasmanian Governments to agree to extending its
duration during the third Five Yearly Review due in 2012 (see clauses 7 and 45 of the
RFA). However, if the Australian and Tasmanian Governments cannot agree to extend
the RFA, it will expire in 2017.
Minimal impacts if RFA expires

Since the RFA came into force in 1997, a number of key statutory amendments have
been enacted and policy changes have been made in Tasmania to ensure that the
Tasmanian legislative framework implements the RFA.
The RFA includes commitments for legislative and management system change to
maintain and improve ecologically sustainable forest management, along with
structural adjustments to assist in achieving these objectives. These commitments
have now been given effect through the Tasmanian legislative and policy framework,
and related management systems for the conduct of forestry operations, and for the
protection of forests on private and public land that have demonstrated CAR Reserve
values. This framework has been described in greater detail at Section 6.2.1.
In the unlikely event that the RFA is not renewed beyond 2017, Tasmanias
environment protection, forestry and national parks and reserve legislation will continue
to have legal effect (until amended or revoked by the Tasmanian Parliament). All
timber sourced from plantations and native forests for the pulp mill will comply with
applicable laws, policies and codes which regulate the establishment, maintenance
and harvesting of timber, whether before or after 2017 and regardless of whether or
not the RFA is in force.
In addition, regardless of the regulatory framework that is in place after 2017, Gunns is
committed to maintaining best practice and continuous improvement in sustainable
forest management, and to maintaining certification to AS/NZS ISO14001, the
Australian Forestry Standard, and the Chain of Custody Standard (or the successors or
future equivalents of those Standards).

Volume 1: 6-224
On this basis, the principles and codes of practice that will be considered, incorporated
and applied in undertaking forestry operations for the supply of pulpwood to the pulp
mill into the future are as detailed in Section 6.2.1.
6.2.7 Likely Supply Zones for Sourcing Pulp Mill Resource
This section provides information about the likely supply zones (public and private
sources) in Tasmania from which pulpwood of any type (native forest, hardwood
(eucalypt) and softwood (pine) plantations) will be obtained over the projected life of
the pulp mill, and sets out the locations of native forests and plantations which are, or
are likely to be, covered by relevant wood supply agreements.
This section considers four key issues:

the modelling process undertaken to determine resource availability;
the sources of pulpwood availability within Tasmania input data for Gunns
Pulpwood Resource Modelling;
the total predicted pulpwood availability within Tasmania over the life of the pulp
mill; and
the anticipated source of timber for the pulp mill.
Information about existing or potential wood supply agreements is set out in Section
6.2.13.
Resource Modelling Process
Introduction
Gunns has conducted resource modelling to forecast total pulpwood availability
predicted to be available within Tasmania to Gunns over the life of the project. A range
of resource input data and assumptions have been used to conduct this resource
modelling.
Gunns resource management (and subsequent processing of that resource) currently

occurs within three operational catchments; the North-West (woodchip processing
operations at Hampshire south of Ridgley), the North-East (woodchip processing
operations at Tamar), and the South-East (woodchip processing operations at
Triabunna). Subsequent detail in this Section will refer to pulpwood resource origin
from these notional regions, which are geographically shown in Figure 6-5.
Outputs from the resource modelling process undertaken by Gunns are referenced to
this Section and throughout the IIS as Gunns Pulpwood Resource Modelling, which
has included all pulpwood supply types, specifically native forests, hardwood (eucalypt)
and softwood (pine) plantations.

Volume 1: 6-225
Forest Modelling Process
The Woodstock Forest Modelling System (computer software developed by Remsoft
Inc.) has been used by Gunns as a strategic planning tool to model wood flows from
the forecast forest resource available within Tasmania to Gunns.
This planning tool has modelled wood flows from resource supply categories to Gunns
pulpwood processing sites around Tasmania (namely Hampshire, Tamar and
Triabunna).
A range of input data for each of these resource supply categories, including forest
inventory, Geographic Information System (GIS) resource location information and
projected woodflow variables, has been used to determine resource availability
geographically over the life of the project.
Derivation of input data to facilitate the modelling process is described further below.
Due to the long-term nature of the project (until 2039) and the projections on future
available forest resource during this period, the modelling process contained within this
section analyses different time ranges for forward projections. The assumption should
be made that no fundamental change is occurring in relation to output data after the
referenced time range through to 2039.
Verification of Forest Modelling

Jaakko Pyry Consulting has conducted an independent review of the forest modelling
processes undertaken by Gunns. The review included assessment of resource
availability assumptions, Gunns Geographic Information Systems (GIS) and resource
management systems, Gunns inventory and forest growth assumptions, and quality
and cost information relating to the transport of the available resource.
That review has validated the data outputs from the Gunns pulpwood resource
modelling described here.

Volume 1: 6-226
Figure 6-5 Notional resource management catchments [Source: Gunns GIS]
Input Data: Sources of Pulpwood in Tasmania

Sources of pulpwood available in Tasmania to Gunns as resource for the pulp mill can
be categorised into the following four categories:
Gunns owned or managed resource;
Private property resource;
Crown resource managed by Forestry Tasmania; and
Sawmill residues.
Background on each of these resource supply types across Tasmania, and derivation
of input data to be used in Gunns Pulpwood Resource Modelling is now discussed in
more detail.

Volume 1: 6-227
Gunns Owned or Managed Forests
As described in Section 6.2.2, the forests owned or managed by Gunns are held under
a variety of tenure arrangements, including Gunns freehold land, other private freehold
land, and State forest land.
As at 31 December 2005, Gunns owned 188,686 ha of freehold land in Tasmania and,

in addition, managed approximately 61,230 ha of private and Crown land, for a total of
249,916 ha under company ownership and management. Gunns forest management
is undertaken in three geographic regions of the State based around existing woodchip
mills at Hampshire, Bell Bay and Triabunna. Gunns owned or managed forest
resource locations are shown in Figure 6-6.
Of the above-mentioned land holding at 31 December 2005, 111,117 ha are managed

as hardwood (eucalypt)/softwood (pine) plantations and, 70,459 ha are managed as
productive native forests, with the balance consisting of reserves for social and
environmental values, set aside as inaccessible or non-commercial, or managed for
infrastructure needs.
Figure 6-6 Gunns Owned or Managed Resource Location as at December 31,

2005 [Source: Gunns GIS]
Gunns maintains an extensive GIS in order to manage its owned or managed

resource. The GIS is a digital mapping system that allows the capture of spatial (i.e.
location) data and of associated attributes for that spatial feature.

Volume 1: 6-228
Attribute data relating to the Gunns owned or managed resource has been extracted
from the GIS to allow forest modelling to occur. Based on growth assumptions inherent
within the GIS, modelling entails simulation of growth, harvest, and regeneration of the
resource in order to predict future potential pulpwood outputs.
Gunns expects to continue to acquire land for forestry operations, in accordance with
its current business strategy, with the intention of increasing the owned or managed
plantation estate to at least 150,000 ha of softwood (pine) and hardwood (eucalypt)
plantations. This will sustain resource requirements into the future, and is consistent
with the inherent decline in native forest resource harvest levels over time (as
determined through Gunns pulpwood resource modelling).
Expectations of this plantation estate have been built into model input assumptions for
Gunns owned or managed resource.
As explained in Section 6.2.5, it should be noted that no intensification of forestry

operations are required or envisaged because the pulp mill will use wood that is
otherwise exported as woodchips.
Private Property Resource

Private forests are an important source of wood supply to Gunns existing facilities and
will remain so into the future. As described in Section 6.2.2, Gunns currently sources
both plantation and native forest pulpwood resource from across Tasmania to its
processing sites, paying a market royalty for this pulpwood.
Private Forests Tasmania (PFT) has supplied Gunns with base woodflow and area
data (as demonstrated in Figure 6-7) on the private forest resource (both plantation
and native forest) for use within Gunns pulpwood resource modelling. This base data
has been formulated by PFT from air photo analyses, GIS analysis, landowner intent
surveys, previous experience and yield analyses. Indications of the potential statewide
Tasmanian hardwood (eucalypt) resource are contained in Figure 6-8, (note that
Figure 6-10 excludes expected woodflows from Gunns owned or managed sources).

Volume 1: 6-229
Proposed pulp mill
site
Private Plantation
Private Natural Forest
Main Road
Figure 6-7 Privately Owned Resource Locations [Source: Private Forests Tasmania]
Hardwood Plantation Native Forest Pulpwood
2.0
1.8
Volume (Green Metric Tonnes) Millions
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
2007-11 2012-16 2017-21 2022-26 2027-31
Period
Figure 6-8 Tasmanian Private Hardwood Log Supply Estimate

State Forest Resource
Forestry Tasmania (FT) is a Government Business Enterprise (GBE) with a board of
directors. FT manages approximately 1.5 million hectares of public land (Figure 6-9) of
which approximately 1 million hectares of native forests are available for multiple use,
including wood production.
Within the State forest resource as at 30 June, 2005 there are approximately 100,000
ha of plantations, made up of 54,000 ha of softwood (pine) and 45,000 ha of hardwood
(eucalypt), including joint ventures and Forestry Rights.
As described in Section 6.2.2, FT currently supplies both plantation and native forest
pulpwood resource to Gunns under various contractual arrangements. The
sustainability of wood supply from State forest is outlined in regular reviews published
by FT, most recently in 2005 (Towards a New Silviculture in Tasmanian Public
Oldgrowth Forests: Final Advice to the Tasmanian Government, April 2005).
FT has provided a schedule of future volume predictions that will be available to the
pulp mill project (and Gunns export chip businesses) under a 20-year agreement. This
projected data has been used in the Gunns pulpwood resource modelling.
Sawmill Residues
Gunns currently obtains sawmill residues from its own and from other mills in
Tasmania. Currently this augments the supply of Gunns export pulpwood but a
component of this statewide supply is planned to be redirected to the pulp mill.
Currently, on a statewide basis Gunns export chip sites process approximately

350,000 green metric tonnes of sawmill residues per annum. This resource has been
projected into the future. Specifics of the anticipated supply to the mill are provided in
Section 6.2.11.

Volume 1: 6-232
Figure 6-9 Public Land Classification and State Forests after the Supplementary RFA May
2005 [Source : Community Forest Agreement 2005]
Total Projected Pulpwood Availability within Tasmania
Previously stated modelling techniques, along with input data and assumptions on the
resource categories described in section 6.2, has been utilised to project the total
Tasmanian resource predicted to be available to Gunns to confirm wood availability
and the economics of the project. This process is referred to as Gunns pulpwood
resource modelling.
This modelling has projected a total available resource over the life of the project in the
order of 5 to 7 million GMt/yr (log equivalent).
This total Tasmanian pulpwood resource is shown in Figure 6-10, together with a
historical actual reflection of previous Gunns sales volumes (in log equivalent GMt).
Gunns Sawmill Residues Crown Private Property

8
Green Metric Tonnes (Million tonnes logs)
4
pulpmill requirement 3.2-4.0 million GMt
-
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
02/03 Actual
03/04 Actual
04/05 Actual
Year
Figure 6-10 Gunns Business Volumes (Actual and Forecasts) by Resource

Ownership [Source: Gunns pulpwood resource modelling and sales
data]
The projected annual supply capacity of the collective resource available to Gunns
within each notional forest management region is illustrated in Figure 6-11.
As demonstrated, the projected available pulpwood resource in North-eastern

Tasmania (the existing catchment for the current Gunns export woodchip facilities at
Bell Bay) could almost satisfy pulp mill requirements into the future.
A number of strategies in relation to resource supply have been employed by Gunns to

determine the feasibility of the pulp mill. These scenarios have used previously
described modelling techniques to determine anticipated combinations of resource

Volume 1: 6-234
supply from the available Tasmanian resource to the pulp mill and Gunns export chip
facilities around Tasmania.
North-East North-West South-East Pulp Mill Requirement

8
Green Metric Tonnes (Millions)
0
2008-2012 2013-2017 2018-2022 2023-2027 2028-2032
Figure 6-11 Projected Tasmanian Pulpwood Availability to Gunns by Region

[Source: Gunns pulpwood resource modelling]
A plantation preference strategy has also been analysed, and its implications are
examined in Volume 2. As shown in Figure 6-12, based on the modelled Tasmanian
resource available to Gunns it is possible from 2017 to feed the pulp mill with 100 %
plantation wood. While this scenario is not Gunns preferred strategy, it is further
explored in Section 6.2.15 and is also modelled within the transport section of the IIS
(refer to Volumes 2 and 3).

Volume 1: 6-235
Plantation Native Forest
7
Green Metric Tonnes (Millions)
6
4
-
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
Year
Figure 6-12 Projected Tasmanian Pulpwood Availability by Type
The ultimate weighting of the resource mix will depend on the future availability and
cost of projected resource categories. It is planned to monitor and optimise the wood
intake annually depending on the quality, quantity and cost of wood from various
sources and the commercial aspects associated with the sale of pulp.
Hence, the scenario considered in this Section is Gunns preferred strategy for
redirecting available Tasmanian Gunns resource to the pulp mill, based on
assumptions reflecting the current financial and operating framework. Details of a
plantation-only strategy are also considered.
6.2.8 Sources of Pulpwood for the Pulp Mill
This section discusses the origin of pulpwood feedstock for the pulp mill, which has
been modelled based on two scenarios Gunns preferred strategy of sourcing timber
from a combination of plantations and native forests, and an alternative scenario of
preferentially sourcing timber from plantations (even under this scenario, resource will
initially be sourced from native forests).
Preferred Strategy
Gunns preferred strategy is to source a mix of resource from plantations and native
forests, on private and public land. The total supply requirements of the pulp mill range
from approximately 3.2 million GMt/yr of pulpwood at start-up to approximately 4.0
million GMt/yr over the project life.
The likely amounts of pulpwood resource to supply the pulp mill, including public
sources (crown resource from Forestry Tasmania), private sources (Gunns managed
resource and private property resource) and sawmill residues are shown in Figure

Volume 1: 6-236
6-13. The figure shows the volume and source of wood for the pulp mill between 2008
and 2032.
Gunns Sawmill Residues Crown Private

4.000
3.500
Volume (million GMT logs)
3.000
2.500
2.000
1.500
1.000
.500
.000
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032
Figure 6-13 Anticipated Pulp Mill Resource Volumes by Source [Source: Gunns
pulpwood resource modelling]
Figure 6-14 depicts the relative contribution to the pulp mill of native forest and
plantation wood from each forest management region within Tasmania over a 25 year
period. Approximately 70 % of total pulpwood supply to the pulp mill is anticipated to
originate from North-eastern native forests when the pulp mill commences operations,
but 10 years later this will reduce to less than approximately 20 %. As the plantation
estate within Tasmania matures, over the same period the relative contribution of
north-eastern plantations will increase from 20 % to 50 %.

Volume 1: 6-237
North-East Native North-East Plantation
North-West Native North-West Plantation
South-East Native South-East Plantation
100%
90%
80%
Percentage Contribution
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032
Figure 6-14 Anticipated Contribution to Total Pulp Mill Supply by Regional

Supply [Source: Gunns pulpwood resource modelling]
To provide a different perspective of the contribution of plantation and native forest

supply in a regional context over the life of the project, an average annual contribution
(averaged over the period 2008-2032) is shown in Figure 6-15.
South-East Native
6%
South-East Plantation
5%
North-East Native
30%
North-West Plantation
14%
North-West Native
0%
North-East Plantation
45%
Figure 6-15 Total 25 year Anticipated Analysis by Regional Supply [Source:

Gunns pulpwood resource modelling]

Volume 1: 6-238
The likely supply to the pulp mill over a 25 year period will consist of approximately 65
% plantation resource. Over the same period approximately 75 % of the resource
requirements (plantation and native forest) for the pulp mill will be sourced from the
North-eastern catchment of Tasmania.
For transport modelling purposes, resource availability has been broken down into 35
notional catchments. Supply from these 35 catchments is further analysed in Volume ,
sections 2.12 and 4.11.
Plantation Preference Strategy

The plantation preference strategy is considered below.
It is important to note that under this strategy, there is insufficient plantation available
within Tasmania during the initial stages of the project to provide the pulp mills total
wood requirements. Instead, plantation supply will ramp up to approximately 80 % after
5 years, and to approximately 100 % after 10 years from the projects commencement.
Indications of the likely sources of pulpwood resource under a plantation preference

strategy to supply the pulp mill, including public sources (crown resource from Forestry
Tasmania), private sources (Gunns managed resource and private property resource)
and along with sawmill residues, are shown in Figure 6-16. The figure shows the
source contributions to the pulp mill over the period 2008 to 2032.
Gunns Sawmill Residues Crown Private

4.000
3.500
3.000
2.500
2.000
1.500
1.000
.500
.000
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032
Figure 6-16 Plantation Preference Strategy Volumes by Source [Source:

Gunns pulpwood resource modelling]
Figure 6-18 shows the relative contributions of the supply categories over a 25 year
period. It is anticipated that approximately 65 % of the total pulpwood resource supply

Volume 1: 6-239
to the pulp mill will originate from the North-eastern region native forests at the
commencement of the pulp mill, but this will cease within about 5 years.
Under the plantation preference strategy, it is predicted that the pulp mill could operate
by 2017 with 100 % plantation pulpwood resource supply. To achieve this, there would
need to be a heavy reliance on sourcing resource from outside the North-east
catchment, with resultant transport cost and environmental impacts. Implications of this
supply on the transport network are further analysed in Volume 2, Section 4.11.
To provide a different perspective of the contribution of plantation and native forest

supply from regions over the life of the project, an average annual contribution
(averaged over 2008-2032) is demonstrated in Figure 6-18.
North-East Native North-East Plantation

North-West Native North-West Plantation
South-East Native South-East Plantation
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032
Figure 6-17 Plantation Strategy Contribution to Total Pulp Mill Supply by Region

Volume 1: 6-240
South-East Plantation North-East Native
12% 12%
South-East Native
4%
North-West Plantation
28%
North-East Plantation
44%
North-West Native
0%
Figure 6-18 Total 25 year Plantation Preference Strategy Analysis by Region

(Source: Gunns pulpwood resource modelling)
The likely supply to the pulp mill over a 25 year period under the Plantation Preference
Strategy will consist of approximately 84 % plantation resource. Over the same period,
approximately 56 % of the resource requirement for the pulp mill (plantation and native
forest) will be sourced from the North-east region.
For transport modelling purposes, resource supply availability has been broken down
to 35 notional catchments. Supply from these 35 catchments is further analysed in
Volume 2, section 4.11.
Comparison between Preferred and Plantation Preference Strategies

Table 6-4 shows the relative contributions of supply regions and native forest and
plantations under the Preferred and Plantation Preference strategies.

Volume 1: 6-241
Table 6-4 Comparison of Preferred and Plantation Strategies (Source: Gunns
pulpwood resource modelling)
Supply Region Preferred Strategy (%) Plantation Strategy (%)
North-east Native 30 12
North-east Plantation 45 44
North-west Native 0 0
North-west Plantation 14 28
South-east Native 6 4
South-east Plantation 5 12
Native Forest Combined 36 16
Plantation Combined 64 84
North-east combined 75 56
North-west 14 28
South-east 11 16
The ultimate weighting of the resource mix will depend on commercial aspects such as
the availability and cost of projected resource categories, and export markets for
woodchips and pulpwood. Gunns will monitor and regularly optimise the wood intake
across its Tasmanian pulpwood processing sites annually, depending on the quality,
quantity and cost of the wood from various sources and locations.
It is predicted that the total Tasmanian pulpwood resource available to Gunns will be
processed, either at an export chip facility or at the pulp mill. The residual resource will
be allocated for processing and exporting as woodchips from existing processing
facilities.
6.2.9 Preferred Strategy - Imports of Pulpwood from Non-Tasmanian Sources
Gunns does not plan to source any resource for the pulp mill from interstate or
international source.

Volume 1: 6-242
6.2.10 Preferred Strategy - Type and Species of Pulpwood Required for the
Project
The tree species proposed to be utilised as feedstock for the pulp mill will be the native
forest species and plantation Eucalyptus nitens (Shining Gum), Eucalyptus globulus
(Tasmanian Blue Gum) and Pinus radiata (Monterey Pine).
The anticipated contribution of these species over 2008-2032 is depicted in Figure

6-19.
100%
Plantation Pine
Species
90%
80%
70%
60%
Plantation Eucalypt
Species
50%
40%
30%
20%
10% Native Forest Species
0%
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Figure 6-19 Likely Contribution over time of Pulpwood Species to Pulp Mill
6.2.11 Quantity of Pulpwood Required for the Project
The annual quantity of pulplog intake (measured in GMt/yr) required over 2008-2032,
and the intake of sawmill residues (reflected as log equivalent GMt/yr for comparative
purposes) is shown in Figure 6-20.
Pulplog intake is estimated to range between 3 3.75 million GMt during the 25 year
time span, whilst sawmill residue supply is anticipated to range from 0.2 - 0.25 million
GMt. Total intake of pulpwood and residues is anticipated to be in the range of 3.2 to
4.0 GMt/yr (log equivalent).

Volume 1: 6-243
4.000
3.500
Sawmill Residues (log equivalent)
3.000
2.500
2.000 Pulplog Intake
1.500
1.000
.500
.000
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
Figure 6-20 Quantity of Wood Supply for Pulp Production [Source: Gunns
pulpwood resource modelling]
The forecast use of softwood (pine) and hardwood (eucalypt) species are described in
Section 6.2.10 and depicted in Figure 6-19. In summary, the quantities are:
softwood plantations up to 10 % (up to 0.4 million GMt/yr);
hardwood plantations between 20-70 % (0.6 - 2.8 million GMt/yr); and
native forests between 20-80 % (0.6 - 2.8 million GMt/yr).
On this basis, the total use of plantations will range between 20-80 %.
The significant shift from native forests to plantations over the life of the project reflects
the inherent maturation of the Tasmanian plantation resource. This will occur over the
first 10 years or so of the project, with a predicted plateau of the sustainable harvest
yield from the plantation estate occurring in 2017.
6.2.12 Indication of the Age Class of Resource
Varying proportions of young and old wood will form the feedstock for the pulp mill.
Plantations will be harvested at less than 30 years of age, whilst native forests will be
harvested at greater than 30 years.
Pulpwood or biofuels will not be sourced from RFA-defined old growth forest.
The ratios and proportions of resource supply from native forest and from plantation
are described in Sections 6.2.10 and 6.2.11 directly represent the relative contributions
of younger and older wood.

Volume 1: 6-244
The pulp mill design, and the impact assessment described by this IIS, have taken into
account the age of the resource and the variations in age over the life of the project.
Despite the variations in wood age, the pulp mill will comply with the Emission
Guidelines.
6.2.13 Arrangements in Place to Secure Sufficient Supply of Resource
As detailed earlier, the pulp mill will process approximately 3.2 to 4.0 million GMt/yr. As
depicted in Figure 6-21, this is substantially less than the 5.3 to 6.7 million GMt/yr of
pulpwood forecast to be available to Gunns over the life of the pulp mill, and the 4.5 to
5.0 GMt/yr processed by Gunns over the past three years.
Gunns Sawmill Residues Crown Private Property

8
Green Metric Tonnes (Million tonnes logs)
4
-
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
02/03 Actual
03/04 Actual
04/05 Actual
Year
Figure 6-21 Gunns Available Pulpwood Volumes (Actual and Predicted) by

Supply Category [Source: Gunns pulpwood resource modelling]
The sources of pulpwood are Gunns owned or managed forests, sawmill residues,
public forest resource supplied by FT, and private property resource (see Section
6.2.2).
Figure 6-21 shows that Gunns will, over time, own or control a large component of the
wood supply to the pulp mill and will have two other major sources (FT and private
property) to make up the difference.
Gunns undertakes systematic inventory and audit procedures of its forest estate to
assess and model the standing volume in the native forest and plantation forest

Volume 1: 6-245
resource it owns or manages. As described in Section 6.2.1, Gunns forest
management practices are certified to the Australian Forestry Standard.
Yield analysis of harvested resource is conducted to further calibrate forest resource

information. There is little or no inherent risk from the Gunns owned or managed
resource yielding a large component of the pulp mill supply.
Supply of private property resource (Section 6.2.2) is carried out by Gunns staff
dedicated to the task of securing private native forests and plantations. The supply of
plantation resource is projected to increase. PFT conducts a five-yearly resource
review to predict private forest resource availability. The data obtained from these
reviews includes a provision for landowner intent and environmental discounts.
Arrangements for supply of the private forest resource will be maintained on an as

needs basis. Previous experience and predictions of resource availability indicate no
difficulty in ensuring that a secure supply of pulpwood is available to the pulp mill over
the project life.
Gunns has, as part of an intended long-term supply agreement with FT, been provided
with initial volume estimates from the public forest resource (Section 6.2.2). Projections
of future resource availability, and of the long term sustainable yield from public forests
(Section 6.2.10), demonstrate a secure supply of potentially available pulpwood.
As the wood requirement for the pulp mill is significantly less than the total harvest in
Tasmania, any unforeseen reductions in wood availability from a particular source will
readily be overcome by supply from another source. This would result in the reduction
of wood processed for export chips.
Planning and sourcing the harvest and delivery of 3.2. to 4.0 million GMt/yr will not be
a difficult logistical exercise for Gunns, given that it has processed up to 5.0 million
GMt/yr through three separate export ports. This project will redirect this resource to
the pulp mill for further processing.
6.2.14 Variation of Security Through the Project Life
As previously discussed, the extent to which the pulp mill is expected to rely upon
wood provided by private landowners and FT is predicted to decrease during the life of
the project.
On this basis, and given that no constraints on the supply of wood from private
landowners and FT are predicted (Section 6.2.13), there are no expected variances in
security of pulpwood resource over the life of the pulp mill.
Furthermore, and as discussed in Sections 6.2.1 and 6.2.6, the RFA and the
Tasmanian regulatory framework have established a regime that encourages intensive
forest management initiatives, including:

Volume 1: 6-246
the forecast expansion of plantations, which is encouraged by the national policy
Plantations for Australia: The 2020 Vision and the by RFA (clause 74 and
Attachment 12), and is facilitated by PFT;
the expansion of the level of intensive management of hardwood plantations on
public land; and
achieving sustainable yield targets for forests.
This framework provided by the RFA has injected security into the future of available
pulpwood resource for the project.
6.2.15 Maintenance of a Sustainable Yield
The supply of pulpwood will be maintained on a sustainable yield basis, in line with the
sustainability indicators provided for under the RFA.
Gunns Owned and Managed Resource

In line with its Sustainable Management Policy, the above resources are managed on
a sustainable yield basis through the application of a range of principles. Gunns
adherence to the policy is independently audited against the Australian Forestry
Standard.
Compliance with the Forest Practices Act 1985 ensures that regeneration is addressed
post-harvesting to ensure future resource availability in perpetuity.
Gunns pulpwood resource modelling predictions of volumes have been conducted on

the basis of a non-declining yield. When determining future resource volumes and
coupe scheduling, this modelling constraint ensures that annual yield from the estate
does not decline on a year to year basis.
Forestry Tasmania (Public) Resource

The RFA provides for a sustainable yield approach for the management of public
forests in order to guarantee resource availability. This sustainable yield, based on a
minimum annual supply from State forests of 300,000 cubic metres of high quality
hardwood sawlog and veneer log, is reviewed and reported by FT every five years to
ensure a sustainable resource supply from public forests. Pulpwood supply, as an
arising from this sustainable supply of sawlogs, varies over time.
Further detail on the sustainable yield of FTs resource is contained in Forestry

Tasmanias Sustainable High Quality Eucalypt Supply from Tasmanian State Forest,
2002, Final Advice to Tasmanian Government on Alternatives to Clearfall Silviculture
on Public Land, 2005 and Annual Forestry Tasmania SFM Reports.
Compliance with the Forest Practices Act 1985 ensures that regeneration requirements
must be addressed post-harvesting to ensure future resource availability.

Volume 1: 6-247
Private Property Resource
PFT conducts five-yearly reviews of the private forest resource, and reports estimates
of future yield to help determine government policy to promote sustainable resource
supply from private forests in order to comply with the Forest Practices Act 1985. This
ensures that regeneration requirements are addressed post-harvesting to facilitate
future resource availability.
It is in Gunns commercial interests to ensure a long-term sustainable yield for

pulpwood supply from all available resources so that the project can operate for its
planned life.
6.2.16 Quantity of Pulpwood Currently Exported to be Redirected
Projected resource volumes (along with calculations and assumptions) on a

sustainable yield basis, for Gunns preferred strategy and the plantation preferred
strategy, are described in Section 6.2.7.
As detailed above, approximately 3.2 to 4.0 million GMt/yr of currently exported

pulpwood will be redirected to the supply to the pulp mill (Figure 6-22).

Volume 1: 6-248
Figure 6-22 Gunns Available Pulpwood Volumes Actual and Predicted by
Supply Category (remaining resource available for export) (Source:
Gunns pulpwood resource modelling)
6.2.17 Selection of the Pulp Mill Processes
This section sets out the technical, economic and environmental reasons for selecting
the chosen processes for the pulp mill. The key pulp mill process selection decisions
were the choice of:
Fibreline
pulping process;
processing of pinus radiata;
modern cooking process, Compact Cooking or Low Solids Cooking;
re-cooking of knots;
ECF bleaching process;
minimised water usage;
optimised steam economy; and
reduction of fugitive emissions.
Chemical Plant:
chlorine dioxide process;
on site generation of chemicals to include caustic soda production; and
merchant chemical plant capabilities for chlorate, oxygen and hydrogen
peroxide.

Volume 1: 6-249
Recovery Island:
high electrical energy output from recovery boiler, power boiler, and
turbine;
recovery boiler multi-stage air system to reduce NOx emissions;
recovery boiler to burn biosludge from the effluent treatment plant;
recovery boiler to burn black liquor at 80 % dry solids to reduce SO2 and
TRS emissions;
evaporation plant with at least seven effects and black liquor dry solids of
80 %;
all secondary condensates used within the process;
generous design margin for the evaporation capacity; and
soap collection, turpentine and soap firing in the recovery boiler for pinus
radiata.
Power Generation
power boiler to burn forest residues, rejects from chip screening, sawdust
and residues, and primary sludge from the effluent treatment plant, as
biofuel;
multiple steam extractions from the turbine to generate higher electrical
power; and
maximum sales of green electricity.
Odorous Gas system
two flame tube boilers to allow for odorous gas destruction even when the
pulp mill is shutdown;
power boiler capable of burning the diluted non condensable gases
(DNCG);
recovery boiler capable of burning concentrated non condensable gases
(CNCG) and DNCG; and
sodium bisulphite solution manufactured as a by-product of the odorous
gas destruction to be used to scrub chlorine dioxide gases.
Drying Machine:
one pulp drying machine with high pulp consistency after the press section
to reduce heat consumption;
selection of low pressure steam; and
pressurised screening in order to reduce power consumption.
Effluent Treatment Plant:
The use of heat exchangers instead of direct effluent cooling towers to
reduce fugitive emissions;
anoxic chlorate removal stage;
emergency effluent basin; and

Volume 1: 6-250
recovery of clean storm water.
The selection process which resulted in the choice of the Bell Bay site and the location
of the ancillary infrastructure for the pulp mill is discussed separately in Section 10.
As a first step in evaluating the pulp mill project and reviewing the alternative bleaching
sequences, Gunns commissioned a detailed feasibility study by Jaakko Pyry. Jaakko
Pyry is a leading consulting and engineering company that provides services to the
global pulp and paper industry. Gunns personnel have made a number of overseas
visits to inspect modern pulp mills and to discuss experiences with industry personnel.
Many discussions have also been held with suppliers and government personnel.
Relevant scientific literature has also been reviewed.
Pulping Process
The proposed pulping process is known as the Kraft (or sulfate) process.
Gunns commissioned Jaakko Pyry to undertake a review of alternate pulping

methods (refer to Annex XV of Appendix 8, Volume 7), including soda and sulphite
processes and chemi-thermo-mechanical pulp technology.
These alternatives were not pursued because:

the soda and sulphite processes produce pulp of a lower strength than Kraft, are
less efficient than Kraft, and have not been developed to the same extent as has
the Kraft process in recent years; and
the chemi-thermo-mechanical pulping process produces lower quality pulp than the
Kraft process, and targets different end-uses. While there is some demand for this
pulp, quantities traded on world markets are far smaller than those of bleached
Kraft pulp. To maximise the value added potential of the wood supply available to
Gunns, the Kraft process has therefore been selected.
The findings of the Jaakko Pyry review are summarised below.
Alcell Pulping Technology

Alcell pulping technology was developed between 1985 and 1995 by Repap
Enterprises (USA) and the Canadian government.
The batch cooking process is carried out in three stages. The cooking liquor consists of
a denaturised ethanol/water mixture (50/50 weight-%). The first-stage spent liquor
entering the by-product recovery area is first flashed and then diluted with process
water to precipitate the dissolved lignin. After settling, the solid lignin is separated by
centrifugation, washed and dried. The filtrate enters a distillation tower, where alcohols
and some acetic acid and furfural are recovered. Finally the remaining aqueous liquor
can be further evaporated to sugar syrup.
Alcell pulp is slightly easier to bleach with an ECF sequence than is sulphate pulp.

Volume 1: 6-251
The Alcell technology will need to be developed to a continuous process large-scale
pulp mills. A major challenge is the design of the digester (extractor) due to the very
high operating pressure of 2700-3400 kilopascals.
The Alcell pulp mill requires a large quantity of purchased energy since there is no
recovery boiler. The purchased power demand is approximately 850 kWh /ADt. Large-
scale sulphate pulp mills are typically self sufficient for energy consumption or produce
excess power for sales. The power sales can, in some cases, exceed 500 kWh/ADt.
Environmental Evaluation - In principle, the Alcell process, incorporated with an

efficient recovery of lignin, alcohol, furfural and acetic acid, could be designed for low
water consumption and low effluent discharge. The final delignification and bleaching
are the only marked sources of effluent discharge.
The Alcell process has fewer odours compared to the sulphate process. There are no
TRS (total reduced sulphur) emissions because of the sulphur free process. Air
emissions, such as SO2 and particulates, originate only from power boilers.
Pulp Quality Evaluation - The physical properties of bleached hardwood (eucalypt)

Alcell and sulphate pulp for fine paper are comparable. There are, however, some
differences. The Alcell pulp requires more beating energy. Other properties that are
less favourable include lower tear strength, bulk and stiffness. Slightly more favourable
properties include in wet and tensile energy absorption index (TEA) strength,
brightness reversion, porosity, smoothness, and Z-strength.
Economic Evaluation - The variable production costs for Alcell hardwood (eucalypt)
ECF bleached pulp were approximately 400 Canadian Dollars/ADt in 1995. The
corresponding costs for sulphate pulp were much lower at approximately
300 CAD$/ADt. The fixed production costs are more or less the same for both
processes. The Alcell process may have a substantial cost advantage over an
equivalent-sized sulphate pulp mill since there is no recovery boiler, lime kiln,
causticising, or brown stock washers to be considered. However, by-product refining
will need additional equipment.
Jaakko Pyry did not recommend the Alcell concept for the Gunns pulp mill because:
Alcell is an unproven technology for large scale, continuous pulp mills;
The digester design (and possibly some other equipment)is not yet available;
The possibility of a single line process is unclear;
The Alcell mill poor energy economy;
Variable production costs were much higher compared to Kraft (sulphate) pulp mills;
The profitability of an Alcell mill is heavily dependent on the selling prices of the by-
products (lignin, acetic acid and furfural);
Project realisation time is unclear given the unproven technology; and
Project cost estimate is unclear (given the unproven technology).

Volume 1: 6-252
Organocell Process
The Organocell process is a sulphur-free technology utilising caustic soda as the main
cooking chemical and methanol as a regulator during the impregnation phase.
After more than 10 years of intensive research and trials performed in a pilot plant with
a capacity of 5 ADt/d, a commercial application with an annual capacity of 150
000 ADt/a was built. The experience of the first year of operation was characterized by
start-up problems, downtime caused by the control of steam and electricity demand as
well as damage to the digester (built for a pressure of 3000 kilopascals) and in the
recovery boiler. Severe problems were experienced due to the design scale-up for the
digester operations from the pilot plant size to the full commercial size. The mill ran for
approximately one year and was shut down. After standing idle for several years, was
finally dismantled and sold as scrap-metal a few years ago.
The reason for highlighting the organocell process is to emphasise the difficulty in
moving from a pilot scale plant to full scale production (especially at a level of 820,000
ADt/a of market pulp). The process development has to continue and this affects the
mill operating efficiency and the economics of operations.
Jaakko Pyry advised Gunns against taking on the role of a process developer and
bearing the associated risks.
Jaakko Pyry concluded that the only commercially viable process is Kraft pulping
(refer to Annex XV of Appendix 8, Volume 7).
Bleaching Process - Totally Chlorine Free (TCF) vs Elemental Chlorine Free

(ECF)
The Emission Guidelines define the ECF process as a bleaching process that uses no
chlorine gas, no chlorine water and no sodium hypochlorite as bleaching agents, with
the only chlorine-containing bleaching agent being chlorine dioxide (ClO2). The
Emission Guidelines further define the TCF bleaching process as one that uses no
chlorine-containing bleaching agents. Annex XV of Appendix 8, Volume 7 provides
detailed technical information on ECF and TCF bleaching processes.
Gunns proposes to produce bleached Kraft pulp using ECF technology, which uses
chlorine dioxide as the principal bleaching agent. There are other types of pulps used
in the world such as mechanical pulps, chemi-mechanical pulps, sulphite pulps and
unbleached Kraft pulps. These have different properties and different end users.
The purpose of bleaching is to remove remaining lignin and impurities (non-fibrous

particles and extractives) and thus meet pulp quality criteria with respect to brightness,
brightness stability, cleanliness and strength.
The selected process satisfies the Emission Guidelines definition of Accepted Modern
Technology for the reduction of emissions to the marine environment. Annex XV of
Appendix 8, Volume 7 provides detailed technical information on ECF and TCF

Volume 1: 6-253
bleaching processes. Further discussion on Best Available technology is provided in
Section 6.2.18.
Traditionally, bleaching of Kraft pulps has used chlorine containing chemicals, primarily
molecular chlorine (chlorine gas) and chlorine dioxide (ClO2), together with caustic
soda (sodium hydroxide, NaOH).
ECF bleaching means that molecular chlorine has been completely replaced by
chlorine dioxide. The main bleaching and delignifying chemicals used in ECF bleaching
are chlorine dioxide (ClO2), oxygen (O2) and hydrogen peroxide (H2O2). Chlorine
dioxide is usually the main bleaching agent. Ozone (O3) is also used, but is not as
common as ClO2, O2 and H2O2. Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) is used for the extraction of
dissolved lignin and to create the right pH conditions in other alkaline bleaching stages.
Acid, usually sulphuric acid (H2SO4) or hydrochloric acid (HCl), is added to some acidic
stages for pH control.
In TCF bleaching, no chlorine containing chemicals at all are used and the term TCF is
frequently used to indicate when oxygen based compounds are used for bleaching.
The TCF bleaching sequence uses hydrogen peroxide (H2O2), oxygen (O2), ozone
(O3), and to a lesser extent peracetic acid (CH3CO3H) as the main bleaching and
delignifying chemicals. Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) is used for the extraction of
dissolved lignin and also to create the right pH conditions in the other alkaline
bleaching stages. Acid, usually sulphuric acid (H2SO4), is added to some acidic stages
for pH control. Peroxide based sequences include one or more chelation stages to
control and remove heavy and transition metal ions, which decompose hydrogen
peroxide. The chelating chemicals are typically either ethylenedinitro tetraacetic acid
(EDTA) or diethylene triamine penta acetate (DTPA).
Comparison of ECF and TCF

Annex XV of Appendix 8, Volume 7 provides a more detailed comparison of ECF and
TCF in terms of:
market demand and supply;
availability of technology;
pulp quality;
safety;
plant and process reliability;
source materials and
environmental impacts.
A summary of Annex XV of Appendix 8, Volume 7 is set out below.

Volume 1: 6-254
Market Demand and Supply
In Australia there are currently no TCF or ECF bleached Kraft pulp mills. Australias
only bleached Kraft pulp mill (Australian Papers integrated pulp and paper mill at
Maryvale, Victoria) has recently commenced a major mill upgrade including conversion
to ECF.
There is no significant demand for TCF Kraft pulps from Australian paper
manufacturing companies and no TCF Kraft pulps are imported into Australia. Many
Australian paper manufacturers who import pulp often insist that it must be bleached
using the ECF process.
Hardwood mechanical pulp mill projects are proposed at Heywood in Victoria and
Penola in South Australia. These projects will involve production of bleached chemi
thermomechanical pulp (BCTMP), which is a different product to the bleached Kraft
pulp (BKP) that the Gunns pulp mill will produce. The BCTMP process uses hydrogen
peroxide for bleaching the pulp to the required brightness, which is substantially lower
than that required for BKP.
Jaakko Pyry estimates that in 2004, TCF Kraft pulp represented 2.5% of the total
worldwide bleached Kraft demand. ECF is the dominant pulp bleaching method
worldwide used in 75 % of total bleached Kraft production (RPDC 2004b). The
remainder of the worlds bleached Kraft production utilises chlorine gas.
The demand for TCF pulp has declined since 1995 after research showed that effluent
qualities from ECF and TCF mills do not differ substantially and that the overall
environmental benefits of TCF mills over ECF mills were not apparent considering the
overall mill emissions (Tana et al 1996 cited in Jaakko Pyry December 2005).
Annex XV of Appendix 8, Volume 7 provides a list of all new bleached Kraft pulp mills
or new bleached Kraft pulp fibrelines in existing pulp mills that have commenced
operation in the last 10 years (Paperloop, 2006 cited in Jaakko Pyry 2005). Only two
of these new lines are TCF and these both started up in 1996. Further evidence of the
declining market for TCF pulp are:
the recent conversion of the German Stendal mill, which was designed to be able to
run both ECF and TCF bleaching processes into an ECF-mill;
the recent announcements by Rottneros, Sweden, to halt TCF pulp production at its
Vallviks Bruk pulp mill and replace it with ECF bleaching technology (Paperloop, 11
January 2006); and
the recent announcements by Metsa-Botnia, Finland, to modify the TCF bleaching
process at its Rauma pulp mill to allow the production of ECF bleached pulps in the
future. The work is due for completion in May 2007. Botnia has stated that the
reasons for the change are to improve pulp quality characteristics in line with
customers changing needs and to improve cost-effectiveness. They also stated
ECF bleaching technology produces higher pulp brightness, has better run ability on
paper machines, lower energy consumption and wood consumption than the TCF
process and little difference in the environmental impact.

Volume 1: 6-255
The demand for, and supply of, TCF pulp mostly occurs in Western Europe
(particularly Sweden and Finland) where it accounts for 16 % of bleached Kraft pulp
production. A large proportion of the pulp produced in Western Europe is sold into
Germany where demand for paper produced from TCF pulps was previously strong but
has now declined (RPDC 2004b).
There are no pulp mills using TCF sequences in the United States.
The pulp from the Gunns mill will be less competitive in northern European markets
than other suppliers because of transport costs, and the main market for the pulp will
be Asia. There is a marketing disadvantage associated with TCF pulp, especially in
Asia, because:
TCF pulp suffers from brightness reversion; and
TCF pulp has lower strength properties than ECF pulp.
Availability of Technology.
The technology for both ECF and TCF is readily available. The United Nations
Environment Program, in its draft Guidelines on Best Available Technology and Best
Environmental Practices produced pursuant to the Stockholm Convention on
Persistent Organic Pollutants, identifies both TCF and ECF processes as Best
Available Technology. These issues are discussed in greater detail at section 6.2.18.
Pulp Quality
Pulp produced using TCF and ECF may be bleached to the same brightness level.
However, pulp produced using TCF is at risk of more yellowing (brightness reversion)
with time (RPDC 2004b). Consequently, pulp mills producing TCF pulp often supply to
markets where initial brightness and/or brightness reversion is less critical (for
example, coffee filters, tissue and sanitary products).
TCF pulp has a tendency towards lower strength properties (lower fibre length and
pulp viscosity) when the pulp is bleached to the same high brightness levels as ECF
pulp. There can also be problems with sticky material, dewatering properties and
refinability.
Safety
TCF pulp mills do not use or store any chlorine compounds, so there is no risk of
inadvertent leaks of these compounds. ECF plants use and store chlorine dioxide and
the risk exists at these plants for inadvertent leaks, although these can be managed
through sound occupational health, safety and environmental management practices.
The safety benefit of not having to store chlorine dioxide at TCF pulp mills is partially
offset by the potential leaks of ozone, a risk that does not exist at ECF pulp mills.
However, it must be stressed that occupational and public health risks associated with
both ECF and TCF pulp mills can be readily managed through risk analysis and
modern management practices.

Volume 1: 6-256
Plant and Process Reliability
There is no significant difference in the reliability of equipment between ECF and TCF
pulp mills since, apart from the chemical plant and minor items in the bleach plant, the
equipment is similar. In particular, the use of ozone in TCF bleaching sequences
makes TCF bleaching less reliable than Gunns proposed ECF technology because:
ozone is produced and consumed instantaneously, which means that any
disturbances in the supply of ozone results in product quality being impaired; and
while some ECF mills use ozone, Gunns proposed mill will not require the use of
ozone.
Source Materials and Security
For TCF pulp mills a number of chemicals, namely, peroxide, caustic soda, sulphuric
acid and peracetic acid, must be imported into the pulp mill. By contrast, for ECF mills
where chlorine dioxide and caustic soda is generated onsite, only salt and a small
amount of peroxide and hydrochloric acid needs to be imported onto site. The reduced
dependence on hazardous imported materials increases the security of the supply of
source materials in ECF mills.
Environmental Impacts
There is often the discussion that the use of TCF bleaching will allow pulp mills to have
a closed-loop water system, which will mean that there will be no effluent discharges
into the marine environment. However, there are no Kraft mills, with either TCF or ECF
bleaching, which operate with a closed-loop water system.
Attempts to reduce water consumption in TCF and ECF mills have resulted in
increased operating costs (RPDC 2004b). This is highlighted by the fact that
equipment vendors warn of a higher chemical consumption with lower water
consumption. Completely closing the water loop system in pulp mills means that all the
organic and inorganic compounds eventually end up at the recovery boiler. This leads
to a build up in the concentration of elements, some of which include chlorine and
potassium from the wood, which eventually result in plugging of the recovery boiler.
Recycling of water and filtrates is undertaken in both ECF and TCF mills in order to
minimise water and heat trade-off but there is a compromise between increased
chemical consumption and decreased water consumption. Although closed loop
technology has been tried there are no closed looped BKP mills operating in the world.
There are no significant differences in gaseous emissions, solid waste emissions,

noise and visual impacts between TCF and ECF mills.
In terms of water discharges from ECF and TCF mills, research has shown the
following:
For TCF mills, the AOX in effluent is below 0.05 kg/ADt. For ECF, the AOX is
between 0.10-0.20 kg/ADt after biological treatment.

Volume 1: 6-257
The AOX concentrations in water bodies receiving effluents from TCF or ECF pulp
mills in Scandinavia are of the same order of magnitude and comparable with the
background levels of AOX in water bodies receiving no bleached pulp mill or other
AOX-containing effluents. Based on current Scandinavian research, there are
indications that the half-life of AOX of modern ECF mills is approximately one year
(Tana et al, 1996 cited in Jaakko Pyry, 2005).
Concentrations of PCDD and PCDF generated from TCF mills are non-detectable or
very low. The concentrations of PCDD and PCDF generated from ECF mills are of the
same order of magnitude as those generated from TCF mills
TCF bleaching requires the use of chelating agents, which may cause ecological
hazards in recipients by immobilizing essential trace elements and in this way retard
primary productivity. No chelating agents are used in ECF bleaching (European
Commission, 2001, cited in Jaakko Pyry, 2005).
The sub-lethal eco-toxicological impacts of the TCF and ECF effluents are
comparable, with the exception of the possible adverse impacts on primary
productivity of EDTA or DTPA, chelating agents required in TCF pulp mills (Tana et
al, 1996, cited in Jaakko Pyry, 2005).
The chemical oxygen demand from effluent is slightly lower for ECF pulp mills than
for TCF pulp mills (Mounteer et al, 2001, cited in Jaakko Pyry, 2005).
The heat and power requirement of TCF pulp is higher than for ECF pulp
(Papermaking Science and Technology cited in Jaakko Pyry, 2005).
The effluent from TCF pulp mills is slightly less coloured than effluent from ECF
pulp mills.
In developing the Emission Guidelines the RPDC has undertaken detailed studies of
the scientific literature and the state-of-the-art technology (RPDC 2004b and c). These
studies have concluded that both ECF and TCF sequences can be considered
Accepted Modern Technology.
A key finding of the RPDC in volume 1 of the Emission Guidelines is that a step
change in the environmental impact of bleach plant effluents was made when
elemental chlorine bleaching was completely eliminated and substituted for either ECF
or TCF bleaching.
It must also be noted that the Emission Guidelines are an update of previous
Guidelines developed by the Australian Government in 1995. These were based on a
$7 million National Pulp Mills Research Program, which specifically investigated
pulping and bleaching technologies and environmental impacts for Australian
conditions.
Economics
The operating cost difference between producing TCF and ECF pulp has to be studied
case by case, since variations depend on specific circumstances such as location, cost
of chemicals, and process design. In previous pulp mill case studies, the cost could be

Volume 1: 6-258
$15/ADt to $30/ADt higher for producing TCF pulp (Papermaking Science and
Technology cited in Jaakko Pyry, 2005). Part of the higher operating cost of TCF pulp
is because TCF bleached pulp production requires a lower cooking kappa number,
thereby lowering the cooking yield and consequently increasing wood consumption
and inducing higher wood raw material costs. Additionally, a higher degree of cellulose
degradation may be present in the case of TCF bleaching, causing a loss of yield and
a lowering of pulp strength.
The construction cost of an ECF or TCF Kraft pulp mill, excluding the production of
bleach chemicals, is similar. If the bleaching chemicals are taken into consideration,
constructions costs can vary. If only chlorine dioxide is generated for the ECF case and
ozone for the TCF case, there is no significant difference between the construction
costs. However, if caustic soda as well as chlorine dioxide is to be generated at the
pulp mill site, then the construction cost is higher for an ECF plant.
The increased operating costs of TCF pulp mills were offset in the early to mid-1990s
by a price premium for TCF pulps. The price premium was a consequence of there
being insufficient supply to meet TCF demand. In late 1992 to early 1993, the premium
over ECF peaked at US$150/tonne for bleached softwood Kraft pulp (BSKP) and
$US75/tonne for bleached hardwood Kraft pulp (BHKP). By early 1996 the premiums
had dropped to $US50/tonne for BSKP and $US25/tonne for BHKP as supply
gradually increased. Since late 1996, no premiums have been paid in either grade
(information from Jaakko Pyry databank).
In fact, in weak market conditions, such as in 1997-1998 and again in 2001-2002,

discounts for TCF pulp were larger than for ECF in southern parts of Western Europe
to compensate for the lower brightness and strength of the TCF pulps.
Selection of ECF over TCF

Gunns decision to adopt ECF rather than TCF as the preferred bleaching sequence
was based on consideration of the following key issues:
Pulp markets including market size and quality requirements;
Operating and investment costs and overall profitability of the alternatives;
Environmental impacts of the alternative processes;
Requirements of the Emission Guidelines for and the findings of the detailed
studies commissioned by the RPDC on state-of-the-art technology;
Safety and community risks;
Technology, including process reliability and ability to meet quality requirements;
and
Community and government attitudes and perceptions.

Volume 1: 6-259
Gunns has selected the ECF process for the following reasons:
There are no significant differences in the environmental impacts of TCF pulping
compared to ECF pulping. This is supported by the detailed studies undertaken by
the RPDC to evaluate Accepted Modern Technology (Volume 1, Emission
Guidelines).
There are increased operating and quality risks with TCF pulp compared to ECF.
Both alternatives can make acceptable quality pulp. However, when there are
conditions that upset processes, (which occasionally occur in an operating pulp mill
and result in lower product brightness), it is easier to increase brightness again with
an ECF sequence. Strength of TCF pulp can be lower than ECF pulp when
bleached to the same brightness level.
TCF pulp represents only 6 % of bleached market pulp (only 2.5 % on bleached
Kraft demand - which also includes integrated production of bleached pulp) and
increases in demand have been supply driven. The demand is almost entirely in
northern Europe, and transport costs from Tasmania make this pulp less
competitive. The Gunns pulp mill will supply mainly pulp to the Asian region where
there is no market preference for TCF pulp and no price premium for this grade.
The ECF alternative has a significantly lower operating cost, but requires a higher
initial investment cost. Overall, project profitability will be higher with ECF.
Gunns is aware that in some sections of the community there is a perception that the
TCF sequence has a lower environmental impact. This view is not supported by the
scientific research.
Overall, it is concluded that there are no significant differences in impact on the

environment or on the community between the two processes and the project
profitability is considerably better with an ECF sequence.
Integrated Chlorine Dioxide Plant (IDP)

The Emission Guidelines refers to conventional plants where the chlorine content of
the chlorine dioxide solution is greater than 0.22 kg/kg ClO2. There are no such plants
operating in Australia, but there are two plants operating in New Zealand. Both of these
plants are classified as ECF. There are numerous other IDP plants operating
worldwide.
For the main process option of producing chlorine dioxide the Gunns pulp mill may use
an IDP process. Gunns is also considering a merchant chemical plant for the
production of sodium chlorate and hydrogen peroxide. For this option also a non-IDP
ECF process may be used as one alternative for producing chlorine dioxide.
The Emission Guidelines also refer to the low chlorine systems for IDPs but state that
there are no references for these. However, since preparation of the Guidelines, there
are now three ECF pulp mills operating with this technology. These plants are shown in
the following table.

Volume 1: 6-260
Table 6-5 Low Chlorine Integrated Chlorine Dioxide Plants
Location Capacity (t CIO2/d Start Up
Indah Kiat P & P, Indonesia 50, 2005
Lontar Papyrus, Indonesia 25 2005
Hainan Jiang Lin, PRC 70 2004
ECF-IDP pulp mills are safer than non-IDP ECF pulp mills since the latter require the
importation, transport and storage of a much larger quantity of dangerous goods
(Jaakko Pyry, 2005).
ECF-IDP pulp mills are more environmentally friendly than non-IDP ECF pulp mills
because:
Non-IDP pulp mills have to import a substantial amount of caustic soda. The main
raw materials for caustic soda are power and salt. The power consumption is quite
substantial. For an IDP, the caustic soda is generated on-site from excess power
generated by the plant. The power consumption to produce caustic is approximately
2,600 kWh/t caustic. If the caustic soda is imported, (which it will be in the case of a
non-IDP pulp mills), it will most probably have been generated from power from
fossil fuel; Australia is an importer of caustic from overseas
Non-IDP pulp mills have an excess of sodium sulphate as a by product which has
to be removed from site; and
The reliability of both can be considered the same.
The differences between the IDP and non-IDP ECF pulp mills can be summarized as
follows:
In terms of pulp quality, there is no significant difference;
In terms of liquid emissions from bleaching, there are no differences if the IDP is of
the low chlorine type process, which the Gunns pulp mill will use. The process will
be low chlorine as expected by the Emission Guidelines. The amount of
polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and dibenzofurans (PCDD/PCDF) are either non-
detectable or well below the AMT standards in the bleach plant effluents;
For a non-IDP pulp mill there is some excess sodium sulphate from the process
which has to be disposed of;
The overall pulp mill operating cost is significantly lower with an IDP compared to a
non-IDP; and
The environmental impact, with respect to power use, is significantly less for an IDP
due to the use of excess green power from the pulp mill to produce caustic soda, which
is otherwise imported with a non-IDP (Jaakko Pyry, 2005).

Volume 1: 6-261
Design Capacities
To reach the final target production of up to 1.1 million ADt per year, the pulp mills
departments have been sized in the following way based on material balances and
empirical design margins. The corresponding design capacity on softwood is also
included. The following amounts are based on the average daily quantities for the pulp
mill operating for 350 days per annum.
Table 6-6 Department Design Capacities

Process Unit Unit Plantation Pinus Radiata
Eucalyptus Comparative
Calculated Production
Design
Wood Handling
- Chip screening m3l/h 1 850 1 802
Fibre Line
- Cooking ADt/d 3 540 2 467
- Deknotting ADt/d 3 505 2 442
- Screening ADt/d 3 487 2 430
- O2 delignification ADt/d 3 417 2 357
- Bleaching ADt/d 3 315 2 274
- Drying ADt/d 3 492 2 321
Power and Recovery

- Evaporation t H2O/h 1 200 1 098
- Recovery boiler (virgin t DS/d 4 100 4 096
solids)
- Recausticising m3 WL/d 10 000 9 338
- Lime kiln t lime/d 850 795

- Power Boiler kg/s 55 39
-Turboset MW 190 177
Chemical Plant
- Chlorine dioxide plant t ClO2/d 50 39
(1)
- NaClO3 plant t/d 200 72
- Hydochloric acid plant t/d 100 69
- Chloralkali plant (1) t/d 50 31
- O2 plant t/d 200 (1) 80
(1)
based on merchant sodium chlorate of 137 t/d and
merchant oxygen production of 110 t/d
Water and Effluent

Treatment
Water treatment plant m3/h 4 100 2 665
3
Effluent treatment plant m /h 3 720 2 415
Source: Jaakko Pyry, 2006

Volume 1: 6-262
Detailed information regarding each unit of operation is provided in Appendix 7,
Volume 6.
The footprint of the pulp mill is estimated to be 95 hectares.
6.2.18 Best Available Techniques Under the Stockholm Convention
The Stockholm Convention

As discussed in Chapter 2.5 of Volume 1 of this Draft IIS, the Stockholm Convention
on Persistent Organic Pollutants has particular relevance to the Pulp Mill Project.
Under Article 5 of the Convention, Australia must (among other things) promote and
require the use of best available techniques for new sources of persistent organic
pollutants and promote the use of best environmental practices.
The Stockholm Convention does not specify the best available techniques for pulp
mills. Instead, the Convention requires parties, where feasible, to give priority
consideration to processes and techniques that prevent the formation and release of
persistent organic pollutants (POPs) in light of a number of factors, including:
the technical characteristics of the installation;
the geographic location and the local environmental conditions;
the characteristics of the particular releases concerned;
the need to prevent or reduce the overall impact of releases to the environment;
the need to prevent accidents and ensure safety; and
the likely costs and benefits.
The Stockholm Convention also requires consideration of guidelines on best available

techniques adopted by the Conference of Parties. As explained in Section 2.5, a
checklist approach to assess alternatives is encouraged by the Draft Guidelines on
best available techniques and provisional guidance on best environmental practices
relevant to Article 5 and Annex C (draft UNEP guidelines).
Gunns Consideration of Alternative Bleaching Options

Gunns and Jaakko Poyry have considered various bleaching processes to prevent the
formation and release of POPs, as well as other alternatives to limit the formation and
release of POPs. Specifically:
through this Draft IIS, Gunns has had regard to the principles of sustainable
development. It has considered the economic and market demands on the mill and
alternative bleaching techniques, and the environmental and social impacts of the
mill and the alternative techniques;
Gunns and Jaakko Poyry have considered health, safety and environmental
impacts of the pulp mill and alternative processes; and

Volume 1: 6-263
as demonstrated in Section 6.2.17 and Appendix 7, Volume 6 of the Draft IIS,
Gunns has undertaken a comparative evaluation of the principal possible and
available alternatives for pulp manufacture and bleaching.
A number of bleaching options, including TCF bleaching, have been considered as part
of the environmental assessment of the Pulp Mill Project. Based on the size of the
proposed mill, its markets, the quality of the pulp required to be produced, and overall
environmental impacts and costs, Gunns and Jaakko Poyry have concluded that ECF
bleaching is the best of these alternatives. The comparative assessment undertaken
by Gunns and Jaakko Poyry concluded that TCF and ECF bleaching do not have the
same usefulness in terms of paper quality produced, and neither is an outstanding
alternative when taking into account social, economic, environmental, health and
safety factors.
Draft UNEP Guidelines

While ECF bleaching will not prevent the formation and release of POPs, it is widely
recognised, on a national and international basis, to be a best available technique for
the purposes of the Stockholm Convention.
The draft UNEP guidelines on best available techniques lists the principal best
available techniques for maximizing or eliminating the formation of 2,3,7,8-
TCDD/TCDF [ie furans and dioxins] in wood and non-wood bleaching processes. The
first two of these techniques are:
Reduction of the application of elemental chlorine by decreasing the multiple or
increasing the substitution of ClO2 for molecular chlorine; and
Elimination of elemental chlorine by replacing it with ClO2 (elemental chlorine-free
bleaching) or with chlorine-free chemicals.
The ECF bleaching techniques proposed for the Pulp Mill Project respond precisely to
these measures. As explained in Chapter 6.2.17 of Volume 1 and Annex XV of Jaakko
Poyrys report at Appendix 7, Volume 6, Gunns proposes to substitute molecular
chlorine with chlorine dioxide, eliminating the use of elemental chorine in the bleaching
process.
In addition to ECF bleaching, Gunns will employ a number of other best available
techniques to minimise the release of POPs. Gunns Pulp Mill Project will conform with
each and every one of the principal best available techniques recommended by the
draft UNEP guidelines on best available techniques:
it will use de-foamers in the fibre line that do not contain dibenzo-p-dioxin (DBD) or
dibenzo furan (DBF);
the pulp mill will utilise high efficiency brownstock washing equipment, both before
and after oxygen delignification The black liquor solids which are washed out and
separated from the fibre in the wash process will be sent to the chemical recovery
department. The chemical recovery department will recover the usable chemicals
from the solids for recycling back in the bleaching process, while the organic

Volume 1: 6-264
constituents of the black liquor solids will be burnt in the power boiler to generate
electricity. In line with the recommendations contained in Emission Guidelines, this
post-oxygen washing stage will achieve 99% overall recovery of dissolved wood
solids and pulping chemicals from pulp. By employing high efficiency brownstock
washing, the chlorine multiple will be significantly reduced;
the cooking process will be either Lo Solids or Compact Cooking. In both processes
the reject pulp content, knots and rejects is minimal. Any knots and rejects that are
formed will be removed in a series of pressurised, high-efficiency screens. Any
knots that are removed from the process will be washed before being recycled back
to the cooking process. Any rejects removed from the process will also be washed
and pressed to remove black liquor contaminants and then burnt in the power boiler
to generate electricity. The elimination of the knots and rejects from entering the
bleach plant will significantly reduce the chlorine multiple in the bleach plant; and
the pulp mill will not process wood chip produced from wood that has been treated
with polychlorinated phenols or that has been affected by paint, cutting oils and
other inadvertent inputs. Only fresh wood, from forest or plantations, is proposed to
be used in the proposed pulp mill.
In addition to these specific responses to BAT contained in the draft UNEP guidelines,
Gunns also proposes the following further measures that will significantly reduce
chlorine levels:
an ash processing system will be located in either the evaporation plant or in the
recovery boiler area. This system will remove chlorine and potassium from the
precipitator ash so that the chlorine level in the virgin black liquor will remain under
0.2 w% and the potassium level under 1.0 w%. By using this technology to reduce
the chlorine multiple in the black liquor, the generation of POPs in the boilers will
also be reduced; and
the power boiler in the pulp mill will not process any coastal waste wood. Coastal
waste wood contains high amounts of chlorides from sea water. High chlorine
content in burnt coastal wood is known to increase the release of POPs.
All of these measures have been incorporated into the design of the pulp mill, and all
accord with the recommended BAT contained in the draft UNEP guidelines. These
measures will be particularly important for avoiding synthetic dioxins precursors and
reducing the chlorine multiple in the pulp. As discussed at Section 6.2.19, the
measures also accord with the accepted modern technologies contained in the
Emission Guidelines.
Emission Guidelines
The Emission Guidelines state that ECF bleaching and TCF bleaching are both
considered accepted modern technology (AMT). AMT is a Tasmanian policy
requirement that shares strong similarities to the concept of BAT contained in the
Stockholm Convention.

Volume 1: 6-265
The Emission Guidelines recommend a series of measures that constitute best
practice environmental management (BPEM) and AMT for ECF and TCF pulp mills,
and recommend emission limit guidelines for discharges to air and water (see Chapter
6.2.19). However, the guidelines do not attempt to specify the technologies for
installation and operation of a mill.
Despite this, Gunns considers that BAT are those methods or processes that will
ensure compliance with the emission limits specified by the Emission Guidelines. This
is apparent from part C.3 of Volume 2 of the Emission Guidelines, which states that the
Emission Guidelines establish stringent emission limits based on accepted modern
technology (AMT), and best available techniques (BAT).
As discussed elsewhere in this DIIS, the liquid effluent and atmospheric emissions
from the Bell Bay Pulp Mill will comply in all respects with the Emission Guidelines,
except in those instances where anomalies have been identified. Those anomalies are
discussed in the relevant supporting studies, and outlined at Chapter 6.1.3 of Volume 1
of DIIS.
Australias National Implementation Plan Stockholm Convention

Australias National Implementation Plan under the Stockholm Convention was still in
draft form at the time of publication of this Draft IIS (DEH, 2005). The most current draft
of this Plan states that details of how Australia will comply with its obligations under
Article 5 of the Stockholm Convention are included in Australias National Dioxins
Programme National Action Plan.
The National Action Plan for Dioxins endorses the Emission Guidelines as consistent
with the BAT and BEP guidance for production of pulp developed under the Stockholm
Convention.
Accordingly, compliance with the Emission Guidelines also, by implication, constitutes

compliance with the National Action Plan for Dioxins and the draft National
Implementation Plan.
Overseas Comparison
European Union
ECF bleaching is considered a best available technique by the European Commission.
Chapter 2 of the European Commissions Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control
(IPPC) Reference Document on Best Available Techniques in the Pulp and Paper
Industry identifies ECF and TCF bleaching as best available techniques, each having
particular benefits and draw backs. According to the IPPC Reference Document, while
ECF bleaching results in higher emissions of chlorine compounds than TCF bleaching,
both forms are acknowledged as eliminating furans and dioxins to non-detectable
levels. TCF bleaching is also recognised as being more expensive compared with
ECF bleaching, and results in the emission of chelating agents.

Volume 1: 6-266
The IPPC Reference Document also sets emission limits for ECF and TCF pulp mills.
Effluent from the Bell Bay Pulp Mill will comply with these emission limits (see Table 4-
1 of the Jaakko Poyry pre-engineering report at Appendix 7, Volume 6).
United States
Regulations and guidance used in the United States of America support the use of
ECF bleaching. Part 430 of the relevant Federal Regulations addresses emissions
from pulp and paper mills. For kraft mills, emissions limits are provided for TCF mills
and non-TCF mills. In much the same manner as the Emission Guidelines, the Federal
Regulations (EPA, 1993) do not prescribe a process or technique, but stipulate that
best available techniques must comply with the emission limits prescribed by the
Regulation.
Effluent from the Bell Bay Pulp Mill will comply with these emission limits (see Table 4-
1 of the Jaakko Poyry pre-engineering report at Appendix 7, Volume 6).
World Bank Guidelines

The World Banks Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook (World Bank 1998),
a guideline the World Bank refers to in deciding whether to finance projects, includes
industry sector guidelines for pulp and paper mills. With respect to bleaching
processes, the World Bank states:
Elemental chlorine-free (ECF) processes, which use chlorine dioxide, are

required for bleaching certain grades of pulp. The use of elemental chlorine for
bleaching is not recommended. Only ECF processes are acceptable, and, from
an environmental perspective, TCF processes are preferred.
In other words, while TCF is preferred by the World Bank it nevertheless considers
ECF to be an acceptable pulping method that is required in order to produce certain
grades of pulp. As has been explained by Jaakko Poyry, the type of pulp that will be
produced by Gunns proposed pulp mill requires ECF bleaching to meet quality
standards expected by Gunns desired market.
The World Bank Handbook also includes a set of emission limit guidelines.
Scientific and Market Assessment of ECF and TCF

While the international, domestic and overseas legal and policy frameworks
overwhelmingly support the view that both ECF and TCF bleaching are best available
technologies, Gunns recognised that the UNEP guidelines, National Implementation
Plan and European Commission guidance were either in draft form or under review at
the time of its decision to select ECF bleaching for the Pulp Mill Project. Consequently,
it sought advice from Jaakko Poyry on the current state of science and market
demands for ECF and TCF bleaching.

Volume 1: 6-267
As discussed in Jaakko Poyrys report titled Literature review of issues relating to
bleaching of kraft pulp using ECF and TCF methods, the current state of science and
paper demand is:
a peer-review study conducted by the German Institute of Papermaking at
Darmstadt Technical University in 2003, with input from the German Federal
Environment Agency, concluded that there were no differences between the effects
of ECF and TCF pulp production on aquatic ecosystems. These conclusions were
supported by the biological toxicity tests at Rosenthal pulp mill in Blankstein, which
produces pulp from ECF and TCF sulphate bleaching processes. These tests
revealed no difference between the effects of ECF and TCF effluent. The study did
however conclude there was a need for further research on the long-term effects of
ECF and TCF pulp mills;
the above study also concluded that while TCF and ECF bleaching processes can
achieve the same degree of whiteness, the higher armouring potential of ECF pulp
gives papermakers greater flexibility in achieving the necessary mechanical
strength for further processing of the paper than when using exclusively TCF
sulphate pulp;
the review of industry and scientific literature undertaken by Jaakko Poyry indicates
that the conclusions of this 2003 study remain the status quo. Jaakko Poyry or
Gunns are aware of, and considered, the issues and concerns raised by some
stakeholders such as the WWF and the CEDA about TCF bleaching technology.
Nevertheless, they are not aware of any scientific and engineering research or
studies which have significantly advanced the science on the environmental
impacts of ECF and TCF effluent, nor suggest that TCF pulp can be produced to
the same whiteness and durability of ECF pulp in commercially viable quantities;
these conclusions are reinforced, albeit anecdotally, by the decisions of Metsa-
Botnia and Rottneros to recently change the Rauma and Vallvik mills from TCF to
ECF bleaching technologies;
chelating agents (EDTA) used in TCF bleaching processes have been identified as
a possible cause of advanced mobilisation of heavy metals in the wider
environment, with possible long-term chronic toxic effects. However, the science
behind these potential adverse environmental effects of TCF bleaching is uncertain;
and
ECF bleaching technology is overwhelmingly the most widely used technology
throughout the world. According to Jaakko Poyry, 94% of total pulp production is
manufactured at mills that use ECF technology. Only 4% of this production uses
TCF technology.
Conclusions
The draft UNEP guidelines, Emission Guidelines, and overseas standards in the
European Union and United States all support the view that ECF bleaching is BAT for
the purposes of the Stockholm Convention. Furthermore, the scientific literature and
overseas experience in the pulp mill industry support the view that ECF bleaching

Volume 1: 6-268
sequences produce a brighter and longer-lasting pulp than TCF bleaching. For this
reason, the TCF pulp is viewed by the Asian and domestic markets as being of lesser
quality than ECF pulp, and of less value. Furthermore, the environmental benefits of
TCF bleaching over ECF bleaching are marginal.
Accordingly, Gunns considers that its proposed ECF bleaching technology for the Pulp
Mill Project is a BAT, is consistent with domestic and international guidelines, and
accords with current best practice.
6.2.19 Best Environmental Practices, Best Practice Environmental

Management and Accepted Modern Technology
Best environmental practices under the Stockholm Convention

Under Article 5 of the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants,
Australia is obliged to promote the use of best environmental practices for new
sources of POPs. Best environmental practices is defined in the Convention as the
application of the most appropriate combination of environmental control measures
and strategies.
The draft UNEP guidelines prepared for the purposes of the Stockholm Convention
provide provisional guidance on best environmental practices for various source
categories of POPs. While the draft UNEP guidelines provide extensive information
about BAT for pulp mills, very limited guidance is provided for best environmental
practices. They do however recommend that emissions of dioxins and furans from pulp
mills should be monitored at appropriate intervals to ensure the emissions of these
substances comply with target values which, in the case of the proposed Bell Bay
Pulp Mill, are the values prescribed by the Emission Guidelines.
Despite this, extensive and detailed environmental management and monitoring

regimes are proposed for the pulp mill and associated infrastructure. The approval and
implementation of those management and monitoring regimes will be subject to
Commonwealth and Tasmanian Government approval and oversight. A breach of
approved environmental management plans and monitoring regimes will constitute a
criminal offence in both jurisdictions. Detailed information about the proposed
environmental management and monitoring regimes for the pulp mill is included in
Volume 4 of the IIS.
Accordingly, the proposed Bell Bay Pulp Mill satisfies the requirements of the
Stockholm Convention and the draft UNEP guidelines relating to best environmental
practices.
Best practice environmental management in Tasmania

Under the Scope Guidelines, Gunns is required to demonstrate how it will employ best
practice environmental management measures to manage the impacts of the Bell Bay
Pulp Mill. Section 4 of the Environmental Management and Pollution Control Act 1994
defines best practice environmental management as:

Volume 1: 6-269
the management of the activity to achieve an ongoing minimization of the
activitys environmental harm through cost-effective measures assessed against
the current international and national standards applicable to the activity.
Section 4(2) further specifies that:
In determining the best practice environmental management of an activity, regard

must be had to the following measures:
a. strategic planning by the person carrying out, or proposing to carry out, the
activity;
b. administrative systems implemented by the person, including staff training;
c. public consultation carried out by the person;
d. product and process design;
e. waste prevention, treatment and disposal.

Volume 1: 6-270
In 2004, the RPDC listed general measures for best practice environmental management for kraft pulp mills 41 in the Emission Guidelines. The
proposed Bell Bay Pulp Mill implements each of these measures:
Table 6-7 General Measures for Best Practice Environmental Management for Kraft Pulp Mills
BPEM Purpose Gunns Response

High standard of To maintain the efficiency of unit operations of Gunns proposes to implement a safety, health,
maintenance pulp mills and the associated pollution abatement environmental and quality management system (SHEQ-MS)
technologies at a high level. that will, among other things, include operational and
maintenance procedures. While these procedures will be
developed once the detailed design of the mill is underway,
they will include a preventative maintenance program for
SHEQ-critical equipment identified during the risk
assessment process.
See Chapter 2.10 of Volume 4.
Emission monitoring Development and implementation of protocols for Point source and ambient monitoring for atmospheric and
monitoring the performance of pollution abatement liquid effluents, as well as ambient monitoring for air quality,
facilities and compliance with the environmental odour, noise, water quality and the receiving environmental
permits. water quality, is proposed.
See Chapter 7 of Volume 4. See also Chapters 6.3.6,
6.3.14, 6.4.1 of Volume 1.
Environmental management A system which clearly defines the responsibilities The SHEQ-MS custodians will be the safety, health, security
system for environmentally relevant aspects of the mill. It manager, environmental management and quality control.
raises awareness of issues and includes goals Overall responsibility will lie with Gunns Managing Director.
and measures, process and job instructions,
See Chapter 2.4 of Volume 4 for allocation of responsibilities
checklists and other relevant documentation.
for the SHEQ-MS.
The EMS needs to be independently audited to an Internal and independent audits will be carried out of the
international standard and include environmental SHEQ-MS as well as environmental and safety field audits,
monitoring and a response mechanism. audits of major contractors, and audits of the facility. See
Chapter 2.17 of Volume 4.
41
Recommended environmental emission limit guidelines for any new bleached eucalypt kraft pulp mill in Tasmania, Volume 1, Table 1, page 12.

Volume 1: 6-271
BPEM Purpose Gunns Response
The reporting framework of the EMS needs to be The monitoring and reporting regime is described in Chapter
open and transparent. 2.16 of Volume 4.
Community consultation is recommended to Ongoing stakeholder consultation is proposed.
ensure that interested communities are informed
See Chapter 5.23 of Volume 1 and Chapter 7.3 of Volume 4.
and involved in any new kraft mill development
and its impacts on them.
Planning Investment planning/cycles, coordination of This is commercially sound and good business practice, and
process improvements to reduce technical is proposed.
bottlenecks and introduces AMT.
Process control monitoring To be able to reduce different pollutants The pulp mill has been designed to optimise and minimise
and optimisation simultaneously and to maintain low emissions. environmental impacts, including the discharge of pollutants.
See Chapters 6.3 and 6.4 of Volume 1.
Raw materials specification and monitoring of raw Wood chips will be derived from timber and plantations, and
materials for precursor materials. are not expected to contain precursors. Fines and organic
rejects from wood handling will be burnt in the power boiler.
See Chapter 6.4.2 of Volume 1.
Substitution Identification and substitution of potentially The pulp mill design has been optimised to minimise the use
harmful compounds with less harmful alternatives. of potentially harmful compounds.
Use of a detailed inventory of raw materials used, EMP for hazardous materials storage handling is proposed
chemical composition, quantities, fate and (see Chapter 3.2.8 of Volume 4) and information on
environmental impact. chemical use and production is set out at Chapter 6.5 of
Volume 1.
Training, education and Pulp and paper mills are operated by people. Gunns agrees this is a very important aspect of
motivation of personnel Training of staff can be a very cost effective way environmental management and risk mitigation. An outline of
to reduce environmental impact and use of how the SHEQ-MS will address training, awareness and
resources. competencies is at Chapters 2.5 and 2.18 of Volume 4.

Volume 1: 6-272
Accepted modern techniques
Accept modern techniques, or AMT, is defined in the State Policy on Water Quality Management 1997 and Draft Environment Protection Policy
(Air Quality) and Regulatory Impact Statement 2001 as a technology which is a demonstrated capacity to achieve the desired emission
concentration in a cost-effective manner, takes account of cost-effective engineering and scientific developments and pursues opportunities for
waste optimisation.
Volume 1 of the Emission Guidelines outline various technologies that it considered to be AMT for the reduction of emissions to the aquatic
environment, the atmosphere, and the reduction and handling of solid waste.
The proposed AMT for the reduction of emissions to the aquatic environment of the proposed Bell Bay Pulp Mill are:
Table 6-8 Accepted Modern Techniques for Emisions to Aquatic Environment
Topic or Mill Area Description of AMT Gunns Response
Avoidance of synthetic dioxin Exclusion of woodchips produced from wood treated with Only fresh wood from plantations and forests
precursors polychlorinated phenols. is proposed to be used at the pulp mill. This
will be controlled and managed at the mill
gate.
Exclusion of defoamers containing more than 10 ppb Defoamers with these characteristics will not
dibenzo-p-dioxin and 40 ppb dibenzofuran by weight. be used in the fibre line.
Exclusion of polychlorinated phenols in paint, cuttings or The pulp mill will only source pulp wood from
other inadvertent inputs to the process. plantations and timber. Wood containing
polychlorinated phenols from paint or other
inadvertent inputs will not be used.

Volume 1: 6-273
Optimised wood handling Optimisation of raw material storage, seasoning period, This optimisation is proposed, and described
chipping process, chip storage and chip dimensions. in Chapter 6.3.1 of Volume 1. The logs will be
chipped in chippers to the optimum chip
dimensions for processing. Chips will be
stored in the appropriate pile to be processed
(softwood, native wood, plantation wood).
Dry de-barking. The wood will be de-barked in the forest, and

converted into wood chip into the existing and
proposed wood chip mills adjacent to the
proposed pulp mill site.
Pulping and brown stock Modified batch cooking or modified continuous cooking. The cooking process will be continuous,
processing based on either Lo Solids or Compact
Cooking. Both of these processes are the
most modern cooking techniques available,
and minimise the amount of reject pulp and
optimise the degree of lignin removal before
the bleaching process.
See Chapter 6.3.2 (parts (a), (b) & (c)) of

Volume 1.
Closed brown stock screening and washing (ie. return of all A closed brown stock washing process is
filtrates to chemical recovery). proposed before oxygen delignification to
separate processed chemicals and dissolved
organic material from the fibre pulp flow.
Oxygen delignification followed by efficient washing (99% The post-oxygen delignification washing
overall recovery of dissolved wood solids and pulp and process will remove the dissolved wood
chemicals from the pulp). solids and spent cooking chemicals from the
pulp. The overall washing efficiency will be
99%.

Volume 1: 6-274
Chemical recovery and handling of Effective control, containment, recovery and storage of all Spill monitoring, collection, container and
accidental discharges spills, leakages and releases of process liquids and solids recovery system will be installed in
and avoidance of any loss of these materials prior to their accordance with AS1940 and other
re-introduction to the process or their disposal in an regulatory requirements. The system will
approved manner. include measures such as buffer tanks, canal
sump, monitoring of conductivity and/or pH in
effluent drains, spill monitoring and bunding
or critical process areas.
See Chapter 6.4.6 of Volume 1 and Chapters

2.8, 2.12, 2.13, 2.14, and 5.3 of Volume 4.
Adequate size of black liquor evaporation plant and The buffer tanks referred to above will store
recovery boiler to handle additional liquor and dry solids spilled cooking and recovery liquors and dirty
loads due to collection of spills and possible recycle of condensates to prevent sudden peaks of
selected bleached plant effluents. loading and occasional upsets in the effluent
treatment plant. Adequate extra capacity to
process spills has been taken into account in
the dimensioning of the evaporation plant.
Stripping and appropriate re-use of foul condensates. A seven-stage evaporation plant will include
a condensate column to strip the foul
condensate. The clean condensate
generated by this process will be re-used as
wash water in different process departments,
brownstock washing and causticizing. Both
methanol and turpentine will be separated out
of the condensate and disposed of.

Volume 1: 6-275
Collection and re-use of clean cooling and sealing waters, Clean cooking waters will be collected and
including those from cooling towers. recycled back to the cooling towers and then
re-used as clean cooling water. Water that
has been used as sealing water for pumps
and other equipment will be collected after
use, filtered and (if clean) recycled back as
sealing water. The blow down from the
cooling towers will be recycled back to the
water treatment plant for re-use.
Efficient washing of lime mud. Before it is sent to the lime kiln for conversion
to calcium oxide, lime mud will be filtered and
washed in a high-efficiency disk filter to
remove alkali.

Volume 1: 6-276
Bleaching chemical preparation On site generation of chlorine dioxide with low Gunns proposes to establish an on-site
contamination of elemental chlorine (methanol or hydrogen bleaching chemical plant which will produce
peroxide processes). chlorine dioxide for bleaching. One of the
options being considered by Gunns is an
integrated chlorine dioxide plant.
The integrated chlorine dioxide plant would
generate chlorine dioxide by reacting sodium
chlorate with hydrochloric acid. The
hydrochloric acid would be produced in a
hydrochloric acid synthesis unit by burning
hydrogen with chlorine. The chlorine will be
manufactured in a chlor-alkali plant which will
be used to produce caustic soda. The
chlorine dioxide will be a by-product from the
production of caustic soda.
The Emission Guidelines did not consider this
technology to be AMT in 2004, but Jaakko
Poyry and Gunns consider the technology
has sufficiently advanced since then to
warrant further consideration (see below).
Effluent treatment Primary and secondary (biological) treatment of all process All processed effluent, excluding
effluent, excluding uncontaminated cooling water. uncontaminated cooling water, will be subject
to primary and secondary treatment. In the
primary treatment the effluent will be cooled
to approximately 35C to enable the growth of
microbes in activated sludge, and clarified to
remove suspended solids. The secondary
stage comprises an extended aeration
activated sludge process integrated with an
anoxic chlorate removal stage.
See Chapter 6.3.14 of Volume 1

Volume 1: 6-277
Anoxic selector for chlorate reduction. See above.
Provision of containment basins to temporarily store for Each department that produces, contains and
subsequent treatment, untreated process effluent that had processes black liquor will be equipped with a
sufficiently high levels of contamination to adversely affect recovery system in the event of any liquor
the operation of the effluent treatment plant. spilling from the process. The recovery
system will comprise conductivity alarms and
meters, sumps to contain the liquors, and
pumps to recover and recycle the liquor back
to the process.
In addition, there will be an emergency basin

to protect the biological treatment against
shock loads such as high temperature, high
COD-load, high TSS, high TDS, and minor
equipment failure. Retention time of the basin
will be approximately 25 hours.
Cooling water Recirculation to a cooling tower and re-use of indirect Water that is required for cooling services will
water. be recirculated to the cooling towers in order
to remove the heat and then recirculated
back to the cooling services.

Volume 1: 6-278
Volume 1 of the Emission Guidelines recommended the following AMT for reducing emissions to the atmosphere. Gunns responses to these
recommended AMT are as follows:
Table 6-9 Accepted Modern Techniques for Emisions to Atmosphere
Pollutant(s) Description of AMT Gunns Response
Chlorine dioxide and related Collection and scrubbing in the bleach plant scrubber, Chlorine dioxide and chlorine compounds will
compounds which uses alkaline scrubbing media. be collected and treated with alkaline
scrubbing media in the bleached plant
scrubber and chlorine dioxide plant
environmental scrubbers.
Collection and scrubbing in the chlorine dioxide plant See above.

environmental scrubber, which uses alkaline scrubbing
media.
Inorganic chlorinated compounds Collection and scrubbing in the bleach plant scrubber, These will be collected and treated in the
which uses alkaline scrubbing media. bleach plant scrubber and chlorine dioxide
plant environmental scrubber using alkaline
scrubbing media.
Collection and scrubbing in the chlorine dioxide plant See above.

environmental scrubber, which uses alkaline scrubbing
media.
Total reduced sulfur (TRS) Collection and incineration of concentrated CNCGs will be collected from the digester
non-condensable gases (CNCG) in either the recovery plant, evaporation plant and incinerated in the
boiler or a stand alone low-NOx incinerator. high redundancy CNCG system comprised
either or both the recovery boiler and two
incinerators (flame tube boilers).

Volume 1: 6-279
Back up system for the CNCG which is activated during There are multiple back ups for incineration of
upsets, maintenance or other downtimes of the main CNCGs in the event of an upset or break
system consisting of: down. The recovery boiler and two incinerators
(flame tube boilers) can be used
a flare/incinerator and secondary incineration unit (eg. the interchangeably if one or more of those
lime kiln); or systems are not operative. In the unlikely
event that all three of these systems are not
a pre-purged alternative disposal point immediately operative, CNCGs will be diverted to the main
available with interlocks permitted to allow switching
stack, which contains a dedicated inner stack
without venting (without bump less transfer) to a power for these gases.
boiler.
See Chapter 6.3.11.
Collection and incineration of dilute NCG (DNCG) in the DNCGs will be collected from the digester,
recovery boiler after their addition to its secondary or fibre line recovery boiler, evaporation plant,
tertiary combination air. causticizing plant and lime kiln and disposed of
in the DNCG system. The gases will, firstly, be
cooled to remove foul condensate, which will
be returned to the evaporation plant for
stripping. The gases will then be reheated
before being sent the DNCG destruction
system. This system is comprised of the
recovery boiler, with back up systems
available through the power boiler, the two
incinerators (flame tube boilers) and DNCG
inner stack.
Methanol recovery from the foul condensate stripper off The small amounts of contaminated
gases. condensate will be recovered from the cooking
plant and diverted to the foul condensate tank
in the evaporation plant. The stripper gases
will be taken to a methanol column, where the
methanol concentration will be increased,
cooled and collected in the methanol tank.

Volume 1: 6-280
For the recovery boiler: computerised combustion control The recovery boiler will be operated by
and carbon monoxide measurement. controlling the crucial parameters in order to
have controlled combustion. There will be a
supervisory computer control system which will
ensure that this occurs. In addition, there will
be on-line measurements of carbon monoxide,
oxygen and temperature levels, and smelt bed
cameras to observe the combustion.
For the lime kiln: control of the excess oxygen, use of TRS emissions from the lime kiln will be
low-sulfur fuel, and control of the residual soluble sodium controlled by efficient washing of lime mud
in the lime fed to the kiln. (which usually has low sulfur levels because of
low soluble alkali in the mud), use of
mud/dryer and maintaining a high air fraction
and flue gas temperature. The fuel for
combustion will be natural gas, with very low
sulphur content. The combustion will be
controlled by monitoring the oxygen levels with
on-line instruments.
Spot monitoring program carried out by measuring odour Continuous on-line measurements for TRS will
with a mobile gas chromatograph/mass spectrometer be used for the lime kiln flue. Spot checks will
(GC-MS). Testing will be more frequent initially and less also be made of the flue gas.
frequent later in the program.

Volume 1: 6-281
Dioxins and furans Inhibiting the formation of dioxins and furans within power The firing of fuels under controlled combustion
and recovery boilers by appropriate designs to achieve the conditions almost eliminates the formation of
most suitable time/temperature profile, and by appropriate furans and dioxins. The on-line measurements
operation including control of oxygen content, instituting for oxygen, carbon monoxide and temperature,
systematic soot blowing and the firing of fuels having coupled with the control of the fuel to the
minimum contamination with dioxins, furans and their furnaces, will enable controlled combustion to
precursors to minimise dioxins and furans in the flue occur.
gases.
The power boiler will not accept salt-laden
waste wood (coastal waste wood). There will
be an ash processing system, either in the
evaporation plant or in the recovery boiler
area, that will remove chlorine and potassium
from the precipitator ash. This will ensure
chlorine levels in the virgin black liquor will
remain under 0.2 w% and potassium levels
under 1.0 w%. The reduction of chlorine in the
liquor will reduce the generation of POPs in
the boilers.
Sulfur dioxide For the recovery boiler: firing of black liquor with high Both of these measures are proposed. See
dissolved solid concentration to mitigate sulphur dioxide Chapter 6.3.6 of Volume 1.
formation or flue gas scrubbing, or both.
For a stand alone CNCG incinerator: flue gas cooling with The CNCG destruction system has a number
either steam boiler or quench coolers and flue gas of elements to it, including two incinerators
scrubbing. (flame tube boilers). The flue gas from the
flame tube boilers will be cooled by generating
steam for the process. The gases will finally be
scrubbed to remove any sulphur gases. The
resulting sodium bisulphate solution will be
recycled in the process to scrub the gases
from the bleach plant and chemical plant. See
Chapter 6.3.11.

Volume 1: 6-282
For the power boiler: use of bark, gas, low-sulphur oil, The power boiler will use the following as fuel:
low-sulphur coal, or flue gas scrubbing. fines from the chip screening operation,
primary sludge from the effluent treatment
plant, forest residue comprising bark and
treetops, sawdust and fines from other
sawmills, natural gas.
Nitrogen oxides For the recovery boiler: control of combustion temperature The main methods of reducing NOx are
profiles; air distribution and excess air; and black liquor through controlled combustion conditions,
nitrogen content; and also appropriate design (low NOx). properly designed air systems, staged air
levels in the recovery boiler and on-line
monitoring of all the process parameters.
Gunns proposed recovery boiler will have all
of these features. However, nitrogen levels in
the black liquor fuel cannot be entirely
eliminated due to the nitrogen content in the
wood.
For the lime kiln: control of firing conditions and also The lime kiln will be fully automatic and
appropriate design (low NOx). controlled from the distributed control system.
Flows (including lime mud, combustion air,
gas, water, condensates, etc), temperature,
pressure, tank levels will be measured,
recorded and controlled as well as effluent
flows and relevant quality parameters. The
NOx level in the flue gas correlates to the
nitrogen content of natural gas.
For the power boiler: control of firing conditions and also NOx emissions derive mostly from the biofuels
appropriate design (low NOx). since the furnace temperatures in fluidised bed
firing are normally less than 900C. The
combustion conditions will be controlled using
on-line measuring devices.

Volume 1: 6-283
Particulate matter or dust Cleaning of the flue gases from the recovery boiler, the High efficiency electrostatic precipitators will
power boiler (in which other biofuels or fossil fuels, or both, be used for the recovery boiler, power boiler
are burned) and the lime kiln with efficient electrostatic and lime kiln to clean the flue gases leaving
precipitators. these items.

Volume 1: 6-284
The Emission Guidelines recommended various AMT for the reduction and handling of solid waste. Gunns response to each of these measures
are as follows:
Table 6-10 Accepted Modern Techniques for the Reduction and Handling of Solid Waste
AMT Gunns Response
Minimised generation of solid waste and recovery, recycle and re-use Recovery and re-use of waste will be the primary objective, though
of these materials as far as possible. some solid waste incapable of being recoverable will be disposed of to
landfill (e.g. bottom ash for the power boiler, green liquor dregs, lime
kiln dust and domestic putrescible waste).
See Chapter 6.9.1 of Volume 1 and Chapter 5.3 of Volume 4.
Separate collection of waste fractions at the source and, if necessary, This is proposed, generally described throughout Chapters 6.3 and 6.4
intermediate storage of residuals/waste to make possible an and 6.9 of Volume 1, and Chapter 5.5 of Volume 4.
appropriate handling of the remaining waste products.
Incineration of non-hazardous organic material (eg. bark, wood waste, A description of the power boiler can be found at Chapter 6.3.10 of
effluent sludge) in a power boiler especially designed for burning of Volume 10. The boiler will burn biofuel such as fines from screening,
moist, low calorific value fuels (eg. a fluidised bed boiler), biosludge sawdust, forest residues and dewatered primary effluent sludge.
may be burned in the recovery boiler.
All material to be burned after pressing to the maximum possible Prior to combustion, the solid waste to be burned in the power boiler
consistency. will be dewatered and pressed in order to achieve the highest possible
dry solids before it is mixed with the other fuels.
Disposal of hazardous waste should be carried out by authorised firms This is proposed by Gunns. Waste transportation and disposal will
only. comply with the relevant Tasmanian laws and the project EMP.

Volume 1: 6-285
AMT Gunns Response
Material that cannot be re-used, recovered or has to be handled Gunns proposes to develop and operate a landfill on the eastern side of
differently should be taken to a secure landfill facility. Only inert, the East Tamar Highway in the vicinity of Tippogoree Hills. The waste
primarily inorganic waste should be landfilled. All material to be will be comprised of solid domestic waste, boiler ash and green liquor
landfilled after pressing to the maximum possible consistency. Organic process dregs, slaker sands and lime kiln (ESPN) dust. Solid wastes
waste should not be landfilled. are primarily inorganic in nature and relatively benign.
See Chapter 12 of Volume 2.
Generation of dioxins and furans can occur in the convection back The dioxin and furan content of boiler ash is predicted to be extremely
passes (the cooler sections) of power and recovery boilers. Depending low. Special measures are proposed to lower precursors to dioxin and
on concentrations, dust from these sections should be managed in the furan generation. These include lowering the chlorine and fuel to
same way as other special waste and not spread on land. extremely low atomic chlorine-to-sulfur ratios by managing the chlorine
levels. Before disposal, concentration measurements will be
undertaken.
Efficient washing of green liquor dregs prior to disposal to landfill, to If raw green liquor is not filtered efficiently to remove suspended solids
minimise leaching of caustic. (dregs) from the liquor, the dregs contaminate the lime mud so that it
cannot filter correctly. When this occurs, the lime mud will enter the lime
kiln at low solids concentration, resulting in relatively high TRS, sulfur
dioxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from the lime kiln.
Gunns proposes a system that will remove dregs from the green liquor.
The dregs will then be washed to remove alkali before being disposed
of to landfill.
Efficient washing of lime mud prior to re-use in the lime kiln to minimise The lime mud will be washed in high-efficient disk filters in order to
the formation of hydrogen sulphide during the mud drying process. ensure that there is minimal alkali content in the lime mud. This process
will minimise the amount of residual sodium, and thus the formation of
hydrogen sulphide.
External utilisation of residuals/waste at substitutes and forestry, Given the environmental and economic benefit of reusing waste
agricultural or other industries, if possible and subject to approval under streams from the pulp mill waste, all reasonable options will be
the Waste Management Regulations 2000. considered by Gunns during detailed design and during the operation of
the mill.

Volume 1: 6-286
Integrated chlorine dioxide plant
In 2004, the RPDC found that there were two AMT for the on-site generation of
chlorine dioxide for ECF bleaching with low contamination of elemental chlorine:
the methanol process; and
the hydrogen peroxide process.
The RPDC also considered whether low-chlorine integrated chlorine dioxide plants
(IDP) was AMT. The RPDC concluded that while the benefits of IDP are proven, the
low-chlorine capability is not and there are no installed IDP generated low-chlorine
dioxide solutions. It was therefore considered to be an emerging technology or future
option for kraft pulp mills.
As discussed in Appendix 7, Volume 6 and in section 6.2.17 of Volume 1, Gunns

proposes to generate chlorine dioxide on-site. One of the on-site generation options
under consideration by Gunns is the installation of a low-chlorine IDP. In support of the
view that a low-chlorine IDP is AMT, the following considerations are relevant:
a company involved in the design of low-chlorine IDPs trialled this technology at a
pilot plant over a 2 year period, involving 28 runs on the generator to investigate
various operating conditions;
in addition, field verification of this pilot plant was carried out at a sodium chlorite
producers full scale plant in Wichita, Kansas, in the United States. The results
confirmed the chlorine dioxide solution with low levels of chlorine could be achieved
with the IDP design with an absorber/stripper; and
since publication of the RPDC emission limit guidelines in 2004, the low-chlorine
IDP technology has been installed and is now operating at three main line kraft pulp
mills, two in Indonesia and one in China. Monitoring data from these pulp mills
indicates the average chlorine concentration in the solution was 0.17 g/l in the
chlorine dioxide solution.
These extremely low levels, when combined with the other benefits of low-chlorine IDP
technology and the environmental constraints with the non-IDP technology discussed
in Section 6.2.17, are submitted as the basis for concluding that low-chlorine IDP is in
AMT for the purpose of Tasmanian policy and environmental law.
6.3 Pulp Production Process

This section describes and illustrates the pulp production process in operation in a
step-by-step manner from the delivery and storage of wood and other raw materials
through to the end product, baled pulp. Descriptions of ancillary infrastructure for the
pulp mill are contained in Chapter 7.
The final selection of plant and process will be based on technical and economic
considerations, and the conditions of the projects environmental approvals. This will
be determined during the detailed design phase of the project.

Volume 1: 6-287
The pulp production process contains seven major stages (Figure 6-23):
Wood handling;
Cooking;
Screening;
Oxygen delignification;
Bleaching; and
Drying and baling.
Figure 6-24 is a flow chart illustrating the various stages and each stage is discussed
below. The final selection of individual machinery for the pulp mill will be based on
technical and economic criteria, which will be determined during the detailed design
phase of the project. The following descriptions have been extracted from Jaakko
Pyry (2005).

Volume 1: 6-288
Hot Water
Chips from Chip Mill Secondary Condensate
126 Bleaching
Wash Wash Wash
Press Press Press
114 Screening MgSO4
BS-Storage
Tower
A D0 EOP
D0
Chip Silo Chip Silo
V=10000m3 V=10000m3 MP Steam
Knots
NaOH
(H2SO4) (H2SO4) O2
Filtrate HCl HCl
Knot Filtrate H2O2 Filtrate
Scalper Reject 123 Washing & Screening ClO2
Washer Tank Tank Tank
Screen Washer
Press
Filtrate
121 Cooking Filtrate
LP Steam
Chips
Chip Condensate
MP Steam Collection
Screening
Magnet Screen Alkaline
Warm Water Room Effluent
Secondary Screen Screen Cooling Hot
Screen Water Water Acid
HP-
Impregnation Effluent
Chip ClO2 ClO2 Water
Vessel Black Liquor Combi Wash
124 Oxygen Delignification
Bin Wash
Screens Press Press
Vent Gas
Wash Wash Wash
Tertiary 1st 2nd to Atm
Press Press Press
Hot Water Screen O2-Reactor O2-Reactor Scrubber
Digester NaHSO3
Blow
Tank D2(P)
Filtrate D1
Oxygen
Filtrate Buffer
Gas
Filtrate Tank
Buffer Filtrate NaOH
Filtrate
Tank Tank Oxygen Gas MP Steam NaOH
(H2O2) NaHSO3
Warm Liquor Filtrate Filtrate
Dump Filtrate ClO2 ClO2
Water Tank Tank Tank
Tank Tank
Pulp
White Liquor
NaHSO3
Oxidized White Liquor
Filtrate
Filtrate LP Steam
Filtrate
Knots
132 Wire & Press Section 134 Dryer 136 Baling Lines
Scale Bale Wrapper Tying Turn Folder Tying Bale Unitizer
Press Dispenser Table Stacker
Bale storage
Swing
Table
Movable
131 Bleached Stock Screening Conveyor
Storage
Head Conveyors
Tank Storage
Conveyors
135 Cutter & Layboy Movable
Conveyor
Warm Water Swing
Table
Heat Recovery
Bale storage
Warm Water Cutter
Layboy
Scale Bale Wrapper Tying Turn Folder Tying Bale
Press Dispenser Table Stacker Unitizer
Warm Water Primary Screens Secondary Tertiary Quarternary Dryer
Movable
Conveyor
Broke
Bow Storage
Conveyor
Screen Conveyors
Machine Wire White Wet End Warm Dry End
HD 1 HD 2
White Chest Silo Water Pulper Felt Water Pulper
Broke
Tower Water Tank Water Tank
3 HD 3 Tower Tank Scale Bale Wrapper Tying Turn Folder Tying Bale Unitizer
10000m
10000m3 Blend Press Dispenser Table Stacker
4500m3 Chest Bale storage
Swing
Table
White Water Movable

Conveyor
Trim Broke Storage
Conveyors
White Water
Broke
White Water
White Water White Water

139 Bale Warehouse
White Water White Water White Water Bales to Port
Warehouse
Effluent
Treatment
141 Evaporation 142 Recovery Boiler Including ESP 144 Turbine & Steam Distribution 143 Power Boiler
HP Steam
MP Steam
MeOH
Liquefaction, Condensate Feedwater HP Steam
Turpentine and HP Steam HP Steam M
Steam LP Steam
Cooling Feedwater SMP30
Distribution MP Steam M
Tower SMP20
Pressure Reduction
SMP10
and Desuperheating
CNCG Stations Turbine Generator
Collection
Biofuel
IA IB IC ID III IV V VI VII Feedwater Feedwater for Desuperheating Handling
II
Natural Gas Plant
Surface STACK +192.5m
A B Condenser FLUE GASES: Bio-
Condensate
fuel Blowdown
1. Recovery Boiler and
Silos
2. Lime Kiln SMP10 Steam Feedwater
FD Fans
3. CNCG Boilers SMP30 Steam Sand S/
M M ECO3
Silo H
4. Power Boiler ECO2 Air
SMP30 Steam Cooling Water Heater
SMP20 Steam ECO1
M Bed
SMP10 Steam Water A/H
FBC
Demineralizing A/H
M M M
A/H
DNCG A/H
Electrostatic M M M
Precipitator ID Fan
Sootblowing
Feed water ESP
MP Steam M
Electrostatic
Plant Stripping to Mill MP Steam
Precipitator
Column
Load Burners Electrostatic
Tertiary Air Precipitator Recirculation
Natural Gas M M M M
MeOh +62.5m MP Steam Header Gas Fan
Distribution
Recovery Boiler Ash
Cooking Plant Air CNCG-Burner
Liquor Guns
Heaters
LP Steam
Secondary Air
LP Steam LP Steam M M
CNCG Start-up Burners
CNCG Boiler DNCG Mixing to Mill
DNCG Primary Air
Collection Feedwater Tank Auxiliary
System Condensate Condensors
Biosludge Effluent Cooling Cooling
Treatment Water Water Fly
Weak LP Steam Header Ash
Black Liquor Odorous Gas DNCG
Silo
Strong Half Handling
Firing
Liquor Black Strong
Liquor Liquor Spray Liquor
Tank Weak Weak
Tank Tank Inter-
Black Black Soap Soap Spill Saltcake M
Mixing Secondary mediate
Foul Secondary Liquor Liquor Collec- Collec- Liquor Silo Sieve
Tank Cond. A Liquor
Cond. Cond. B Tank Tank tion tion Tank M
Tank Tank Cooling Water Primary Air
Tank Tank 2 1
FD Fans Air Heaters

Ejector Dissolving
Spill Tank Dump
Tank Secondary Air
Collection Spill Liquor
Evaporation Methanol
Sump
Plant
Turbine
Plant MP Steam
Bottom
Green Liquor Ash
Weak White Liquor Water Silo
To Mix Tank Cooling Water
Distribution
From Mix Tank Condensate To Condensate Tank M
To Liquor Guns and

Secondary Condensate Feedwater M
Turbines and LP Steam
Effluent
Steam
Treatment
Distribution
Mill Water
147 Recausticizing
Warm Water
Water 164 Odorous Gas Handling

Distribution
148 Lime Kiln 146 Feedwater System
Including NCG Boilers
Compressed LP Steam
Compressed Air Ejector
Air Atm. Atm.
Distribution Droplet
Water Cooling Water
CNCG Separator MP Steam
Distribution Hot Water Cooking
Water
Hot Water CNCG Lock
Water Evaporation Ejectors
Distribution Area SO2-
Purchased Scrubber
Lime Dosing Burnt Lime Mud
Bin Lime Dosing Disc Filter Odorous
Bin Evaporation gas boiler
Cooling Chemical for Oxygen Removal Area
Lime Mud After Dosing CNCG from Stripper/Methanol Plant
Dregs Filter Dregs Towers Chemical for pH Control
Chemicals
Filtrate Effluent Cooking and Bleaching Plant
Green Treatment Condensates Drying Machine
Liquor from Process Methanol
Evaporation
Cooler Natural Gas NaOH
Deaerator Lamella
Slaker Turbine Condensate
Turbine Plant Clarifier
Electrostatic Precipitator
Sand
3 Fields filter
Pump
Bleaching
Burnt Tank
Lime Dosing Feedwater
Bin Recovery From Air Heaters Tank From Recovery Recovery
Boiler Boiler Boiler
Cold Water Warm Water DNCG by-pass to NCG Boiler By-pass to Stack
Demineralized Water Continuous
Demin Plant Air LP Steam
Blow Down Tank Evaporation DNCG
Causticizing Tanks DNCG
Area
Foul Condensate
Methanol Condensate Cooling Droplet
Evaporation Tank
Green Heat Water Separator
Liquor Green Liquor Burning Demineralized Precoat Filters Exchangers Recovery Boiler,
Lime Kiln
Dregs tank Filters To Flue Gas Stack System Water Tank at Secondary Air Level
White Liquor Mixed bed

Cold Water Warm Water Power Boiler
Exchanger
Natural Gas at Tertiary Air Level
Green Liquor
Make-up Chemical Fiberline DNCG
Crusher
Limestone Silo Plant Area
Filtrate Foul Condensate
White Liquor Precoat
Filter Tank HP Steam Recovery Dissolving Tank Scrubber
CaCO3 Feedwater Boiler
White Make-up Pumps
Liquor Weak Lime Mud Lime Mud Limestone M M M
Raw Green Green Liquor White Storage Water
Tank Dilution
Liquor Storage LiquorTank Distribution
Tank MP Feedwater
Storage Cold Water Warm Water
Laboratories HP Feedwater to
Recovery Boiler Causticizing DNCG
Chemical Bottom
Blow Down Tank HP Feedwater to Area
Acid Plant
Wash Tank Power Boiler LM Filter Foul Condensate
Lime Kiln
Lime Mud Demin Plant Demineralized Water
Figure 6-24
Gunns Limited
Bell Bay Pulp Mill Project
Tasmania
16B0104-02034 Pre-engineering project
18.5.2005 Process Orientation Diagram
ARE/KMN Pulp Mill
REVISED 7/4/2006 9:51 AM
6.3.1 Wood Handling
General
The wood handling activities are chipping, chip conveying and chip screening
operations.
The pulp mill will use the existing woodchip mills to supply woodchips to the site. The
wood raw material will be received as debarked roundwood at the existing North and
South Mill of the Tamar Woodchip Mill facility of Gunns Ltd.
The most important factor in chip quality management will be to maximise the
acceptable fraction (size) and then maintain it in as uniform a size distribution as
possible. Oversized and undersized fractions must be kept low. A new chip screening
system with chip silos will be installed to promote high chip quality (Figure 6-23).
A new chipping line will be built to ensure the required chip production capacity and
quality is met. The new chipping capacity will be 5 million tonnes/annum. The new line
will consist of the existing log receiving deck and feed to the chipper. The chips will be
conveyed from the new chipping line to the new chip pile which will be located between
the existing chip piles. The chips will be fed to the pile with a slewing belt conveyor. A
new reclaimer will be located under the chip pile to reclaim the chips and transport
them to the pulp mill with belt conveyors. The new line will comprise a log washing
stage where the log washing water will be circulated. A small amount of make-up
water will be required - reclaimed storm water will be used and when that is not
available fresh water). The respective amount of effluent will be sent to the pulp mill
effluent treatment plant. The new chipper will be erected inside a totally closed
concrete building.
Modifications to the existing woodchip mills will also be required to meet the chip
production capacity and quality. At the South Mill, the log decks for the 96 and 153
chippers will be modified from a width of 12 m to 15 m due to the longer wood length.
The housing around the chippers will be closed and noise reduction measures installed
inside the building. By-pass chutes and the existing ship loading conveyors will be
modified to feed to the new chip conveyor delivering chips to the pulp mill. One railway
line will be installed to the north of the existing lines in the log yard and the existing
rails will be demolished. The maintenance workshop for mobile equipment will be
relocated to a more practical place to service both pulp mills. The refuelling station will
also be relocated.

Volume 1: 6-291
At the North Mill, the existing incoming weighbridge will be relocated to act as an
outgoing weighbridge. A new larger incoming weighbridge will be installed. The waste
conveyor from the infeed log deck will be realigned by 90 and the unused log
conveyors will be demolished. The disused burner will be removed and the crib-room
relocated. A by-pass chute around the existing North mill chip screening will be
installed to the loading line which will be modified to feed to the new chip conveyor
delivering chips to the pulp mill. A whole truck chip unloading station will be installed
alongside the existing one.
The log storage area will remain unchanged. The operation of the wood yard and
chipping area will be a continuous 24 hour operation (refer to source Jaakko Pyry
(Figure 1-7).
Process Description
Plantation and native hardwood logs will be chipped with the existing Nicholson (for
plantation wood) and Black Clawson (for native wood) chippers. The new chipper will
process the plantation logs.
Chipped wood will be transferred to existing chip piles with belt conveyors. New
conveyors will be installed to fulfil capacity requirements.
Chips are reclaimed from the chip piles by drag-chain reclaimers. The use of
bulldozers to fill reclaimers from stockpiles will be reduced from the current
requirement.
It is also possible to run plantation and native wood in campaigns if needed. In this
case, chip silos will be fed from either the plantation chip pile or the native chip pile as
required.
Chips will be reclaimed to a collecting belt conveyor and transferred to two chip silos
each with a volume of 10 000 m3-loose. The conveyor will be enclosed, with walkway.
The design of the conveyor system will include noise attenuation. Metal particles will
be removed from the collecting conveyor before reaching the silos.
There are several advantages favouring intermediate chip storage in silos near to the
new pulp mill. A long distance between the drag chain reclaimers at the main chip
stockpiles and the digester plant causes long delays in changes of chip conveying. The
control and operation of chip feed to the digester plant are more stable when silos are
installed. Chip silos also enable flexible manning, negating the need for a night shift at
the chip storage area. Chip silos located before chip screening enable a steady load on
screening to promote good chip quality. The digester plant chip bin will be small in
volume, with no substantial buffer capacity, and the chip bin level will be targeted to be
constant to facilitate efficient chip pre-steaming. Chip silos also equalise capacity
changes in the fibre line.
After leaving the silos, the chips are fed through screening to a digester plant chip bin.
Chips are transported by screw reclaimers from the silos to a collecting conveyor

Volume 1: 6-292
equipped with belt scales. Chip silo screw reclaimers and belt conveyors located after
the silos are controlled by the level of the digester chip bin.
The purpose of screening will be to form a chip size distribution that is as even as
possible for cooking. Particles that are unsuitable for processing are removed.
Oversize particles are removed with a scalper screen prior to chip screening
operations. Oversize chip fractions from the scalper screen and chip screening are fed
to a rechipper. Rechipped wood material will be fed back to screening. Fines from
screening are removed from the process and sent to the burner.
The accepted chip fraction will be transferred by a screw conveyor to a belt conveyor
equipped with a magnet to remove metal particles. The digester chip bin silo will be fed
by a belt conveyor equipped with a belt weighing scale.
6.3.2 Fibre Line
General
The fibre line consists of the cooking plant, screen room (including equipment for
deknotting, screening and reject handling), brown stock washing, the oxygen
delignification plant with white liquor oxidation, and the bleaching plant.
The main criterion for selecting the fibre line design concept was to ensure the best
possible product quality with the maximum production achievable from a single-line
pulp mill.
The fibre line concept will be based on the most modern AMT and BAT cooking,
washing and bleaching technology. The final selection of individual machinery will be
made based on technical and economic criteria.
Cooking
In cooking, the fibres of the wood material are released from the wood structure by
dissolving the organic material out with cooking chemicals at elevated temperature.
The cooking chemicals, hydrogen sulphide ions and hydroxide ions, degrade the lignin
structure and make the lignin soluble in water. At the same time the carbohydrates are
attacked by the hydroxide ions resulting in lower pulp yield and lower pulp strength.
The rate of reaction for lignin and carbohydrate degradation can be affected by the
temperature.
The cooking plant consists of a chip feeding system, chip bin and a cooking system.
Gunns proposes to adopt either the Compact Cooking process or the Lo Solids
process.

Volume 1: 6-293
a. Compact Cooking
In the Compact Cooking process, the temperature will be kept low in order to minimise
the degradation of carbohydrates. Chips enter a special atmospheric bin which serves
as a chip bin (providing buffer time and reducing chip feed variations) and as an
impregnation vessel.
A mixture of white and black liquor will be added to this impregnation bin by extracting
from the upper digester screen sections and adding below the chip level via a central
pipe. The liquor to wood ratio will be kept high and the temperature will be
approximately 1000C. A small amount of liquor will be withdrawn from the impregnation
bin screens and sent to evaporation. The chips are removed from the impregnation bin
after approximately 60 minutes retention time by an outlet device and sent to the high-
pressure feeder which transports the chips from a low pressure exiting the
impregnation to the digester which operates at high pressure. The digester will be
divided into three zones. The upper and lower cooking zones have a total of 180
minutes retention while the washing zone has an additional 50 minutes retention. The
upper digester screen separates the two cooking zones and the washing screen will be
located below the lower digester screen section.
In the Compact Cooking the whole digester, except the washing zone, will be used for
cooking. The actual cooking temperature (typically 144 1460C) depends on the raw
material and the production level. The liquor to wood ratio will be also maintained high.
The top separator separates the chips from the transporting liquor and allows the chips
to fall to a steam phase at the digester top where they are subjected to direct steam to
reach the final cooking temperature. White liquor will be added through an internal
header at the digester top and adjusted according to the residual liquor in the upper
digester extraction liquor. The chip level in the digester will be measured by three
mechanical level indicators. The black liquor extracted from the upper digester screen
section (which consists of four screen rows) will be mixed with the transfer circulation
liquor before it is re-circulated to the impregnation bin. The lower digester screen also
consists of four rows of screens which are located close to the digester bottom. The
black liquor from the lower cooking zone and the displaced liquor from the washing
zone are extracted from this screen section and sent to evaporation. The washing zone
uses filtrate from the brown stock washing as the wash liquor. The filtrate will be
distributed through the vertical and horizontal nozzles and through the bottom scraper
arms. The pulp will be discharged at 10 % consistency to the blow tank by the outlet
device.
b. Lo Solids
In the Lo Solids process, the chips are heated in a chip bin to 1000C by clean steam
which has been generated in a reboiler. The chips are discharged from the chip bin by
a double screw conveyor to a chip tube. After the chip tube three pumps in series
convey the chips directly to the impregnation vessel which operates at 100 - 1100C.
The impregnated chips are discharged from the impregnation vessel by an outlet
device and transferred via the transfer circulation pump to the digester top separator.

Volume 1: 6-294
At the digester top medium pressure steam will be added to heat the chips to
approximately 1400C. After the first cooking zone, the chips enter the upper extraction
screen where liquor will be extracted from the upper most set of screens. The chips
then meet the fresh liquor from the cooking circulation (2nd row of upper digester
screen set). This liquor heats the chips to the 2nd cooking stage temperature of
approximately 1500C. White liquor and liquor extracted from the bottom set of screens
in the digester are combined and pre-heated by extracted black liquor before being
added to the digester cooking circulation. This liquor displaces the liquor from the first
cooking zone. A portion of this liquor flows upwards to heat the chips from the first
cooking stage. The remainder of the liquor flows together with the chips downward to
the 2nd cooking zone. After the 2nd cooking zone, the rest of the liquor will be extracted
from the digester at the lower extraction screens. Washing in the digester will be
accomplished by passing wash liquor in the counter-current direction through the pulp
in the digester bottom wash zone. This liquor passes upwards in the pulp column and
will be continuously extracted through the lower extraction screens. The pulp will be
discharged at 10 % consistency to the blow tank by the outlet device.
c. General Cooking Process Description
In the following paragraphs, a two-vessel steam/liquor phase continuous digester with

a separate vessel for impregnation is described. However, it should be noted that there
are variations in this process description for different plant suppliers and the specific
cooking plant will be subject to the specifications of the successful suppliers plant.
Screened chips will be conveyed to a chip bin and steamed with either fresh low
pressure steam or steam produced in a reboiler. The purpose of the steam will be to
remove air entrapped in the chips and to bring the chips to a uniform moisture content
and temperature. The bin has a retention time of approximately 30 minutes.
The chips flowing from the bin will be metered and proportioned by a chip feeding
system to the top of the chip impregnation tower. The chip feeding system controls the
production through the digester. In the impregnation vessel, the chips are impregnated
with hot black liquor, recycled from the digester, before they enter the digester.
After impregnation, the chips will be discharged and transferred to the digester top. In
the digester, the chips are heated to cooking temperature.
The final heating to the desired cooking temperature will be done by means of direct
MP steam at the digester top. By using direct steam, the heat will be distributed evenly
throughout the cross-section of the digester. Having a part of the chip column above
the liquor level enables the packing degree to be controlled by adjusting the distance
between the top of the chip column and the liquor level.
A vertical up-going top separator at the top of the digester separates chips from the
returning liquor. The chip level will be controlled by means of three mechanical level
indicators, while the liquor level will be controlled by a level transmitter and the
extraction valve.

Volume 1: 6-295
Depending on the type of process chosen, the digester can consist of two concurrent
cooking zones with screen sets. The cooking will be performed in the whole digester,
excluding a heat lock zone at the bottom of the digester, with a total cooking time of
approximately four hours. The cooking temperature will be approximately 140 - 150oC.
The weak black liquor from the digester will be fed to the evaporation plant through
fibre filters.
Any concentrated non-condensable gases (CNCG) from the cooking plant will be
cooled and fed to the CNCG collection system. Modern continuous digester plants,
generally, do not generate CNCG when cooking hardwood due to the use of a reboiler
and indirect cooling of weak black liquor. However the processing of Pinus radiata
results in CNCG from the turpentine decanter, turpentine storage tank, and the
contaminated condensate tank. The CNCGs that are generated will be collected and
incinerated in the odour abatement system of the pulp mill.
The plant design will be such that there will be a small amount of contaminated
condensate from the cooking plant which will be collected and sent to the foul
condensate tank in the evaporation plant.
The exhaust gases from the chip bin are cooled in a condenser and fed to the diluted
non-condensable (DNCG) collection system.
The first stage of brown stock washing will be performed at the bottom part of the
digester, which will be designed for handling the whole amount of wash liquor coming
from the brown stock washing system, without jeopardising the good movement of the
chip column. Wash liquor from the following wash train will be pumped with a high-
pressure pump into the bottom of the digester. The wash liquor will be counter current
to the pulp flow and will be adjusted to maintain a desired dilution factor.
The cooled wash liquor added to the digester bottom cools the hot pulp to 90-95C
before it is blown to the pulp blow tank. The blow tank will be designed for low
consistency (pulp at a concentration of approximately 3 to 6 %) discharge.
The cooking plant includes the following main tanks:

Blow tank (4,000 m3); and a
Hot water tank (300 m3).
Screen Room
In screening, the uncooked particles and impurities are separated from the accepted
fibre flow.
The screening consists of knot separation, knot washing and knot returning systems,
pressurised screening in three stages and a reject dewatering system.
From the cooking plant blow tank, pulp will be pumped to two parallel combined
pressurised screens performing knot separation and primary screening in one unit. The

Volume 1: 6-296
accepted flow from the combined screens will be fed directly to the pre-oxygen
washing stage.
The knot reject flow from the combined screens will be fed to the knot washer, where
the knots are separated and returned to cooking. The acceptable flow from the knot
washer will be fed back to the screen room feed through a dump tank and sand
separator.
The reject from primary screening will be handled in the pressurised secondary and
tertiary screens in a normal cascade coupling. All the screens are equipped with
slotted screens and provided with a light reject separation system.
The reject from the tertiary screen goes through sand separation to the reject washer
where the good fibres are washed off to the accept line in the same way as in the knot
washer. The reject flow from the reject washer will be fed through the screw press to
the screw conveyor to be discharged from the process. The screening reject will be
burned in the power boiler as biofuel. The accepted flow from the reject washer goes
back to the tertiary screen feed.
The screening plant includes the following main tanks:

Filtrate buffer tank;
Dump tank;
Filtrate tank;
Filtrate tank; and a
Level tank.
Pre-oxygen Washing
In the washing of pulp, the process chemicals and dissolved organic material are
separated from the fibre pulp flow as weak black liquor for recovery and production of
energy. A displacer drum or press drum type of equipment can be used. The different
types of washing equipment are described in the following text.
The drum displacer washer (DD) consists of a solid steel drum surrounded by a
pressurised housing. The drum will be partitioned with ribs that form compartments.
Near the bottom of the compartment will be a screen plate, which acts as a barrier as
pulp fills the channel above the screen. Once pulp is in the compartment and in the
washing zone, filtrate will be displaced through the mat and through the screen into the
channel beneath the screen. The displaced filtrate exits the wash zone through a valve
located at the end of the drum. Pulp will be fed either at low or medium consistency to
the web-formation section of the drum displacer. In the first washing stage the pulp will
be washed with filtrate from the second stage. The washer can be equipped with up to
four washing stages and the wash liquor can be circulated counter-currently through
the stages. No filtrate tanks are needed between the stages. After washing, the pulp
mat travels through a vacuum stage to increase the consistency of the fibre cake. The

Volume 1: 6-297
pulp will be released at medium consistency. The washing operation will be carried out
under pressurized, air-free conditions.
The wash (compact) press will be a two drum equipment which relies on both pressing
and washing the pulp. The incoming pulp will be fed into the two distribution screw
trays, one for each drum. The distribution screws distribute pulp along the working
width of the machine. In the decreasing space between the drum and the flap, into
which the pulp will be forced by the drum rotation, the pulp will be compressed and
dewatered to approximately 15 % consistency. This pulp at relatively high consistency
will be washed in the zone between the vat and the drum. Wash liquor will be injected
into the pulp by nozzles placed lengthwise along the drum. Decreasing pulp area
provides further dewatering all the way to the press nip where the two pulp webs meet.
At pressing a final consistency of approximately 32 % will be reached. Doctor blades
remove the pulp from the drums to a shredding and conveying screw, which transports
it axially to the dilution screw where the pulp will be diluted to the required consistency.
In the free drum area between the shredder screw and the distribution screws, nozzles
clean the drums by means of internal filtrate pumped from the filtrate tank. All filtrate,
which will be displaced and dewatered from the pulp mat flows inside drum channels
and will be collected in chambers at the end of the drums. From these chambers the
filtrate flows down to the filtrate tank.
The pressure diffuser will be a fully enclosed unit to which the pulp will be fed to at
medium-consistency. Depending on the specific vendor, the pulp moves up (or down
for an alternative vendor) the diffuser through an opening between the vessel wall and
a cylindrical screen assembly. Wash liquor will be distributed into the vessel through a
piping system that runs the length of the vessel. It will be displaced through the pulp
mat, through the screen assembly, and into the centre chamber, exiting through an
outlet at the bottom (or top for an alternative vendor) of the diffuser. The tapered
screen assembly reciprocates up and down. The tapered shape forces the filtrate back
through the screen and "wipes" the pulp mat from the screen, thus preventing screen
plugging. The washed pulp from the top (or bottom for an alternative vendor) of the
pressure diffusers will be discharged to the blow tank.
In the following, press washer type washing is described.
Pre-oxygen washing takes place in two wash presses in series. After de-knotting and
screening, pulp will be fed at low consistency to the first wash press. Washed pulp will
be transferred by a screw conveyor to the drop leg of an MC pump. A MC pump is one
which pumps pulp at Medium Consistency (which is approximately 10 to 13 %). The
MC pump feeds pulp to the second wash press, which will be an MC feed wash press.
After the press, pulp will be taken by a screw conveyor to the drop leg of an MC pump
and further into the oxygen stage.
Circulated filtrate from post-oxygen washing will be used as washing and dilution liquor
in the last pre-oxygen press. The filtrate from the last wash press will be sent counter-
currently back to the digester bottom through the first wash press and a liquor buffer
tank.

Volume 1: 6-298
Oxygen Delignification
In the oxygen delignification stage, removal of lignin compounds from the fibre
structure is continued.
The oxygen delignification plant consists of two pressurised oxygen reactors, a blow
tank and a white liquor oxidation system.
After the last pre-oxygen wash press, pulp will be pumped by an MC pump through an
oxygen mixer to the first reactor, with a retention time of approximately 10-20 minutes.
Caustic soda (oxidised white liquor) for pH control will be added to the drop leg of the
feeding MC pump.
Between the oxygen reactors there will be an MC booster pump, which gives extra
head for the second oxygen reactor and a second oxygen mixer. For temperature
control medium-pressure steam will be added together with oxygen to the pulp in the
mixer. From the mixer and to ensure a uniform flow in the reactor that has a
hemispherical bottom, pulp will be transferred via an MC flow discharger, , to the
second oxygen reactor with a retention time of approximately 60 minutes.
From the second oxygen reactor, pulp will be discharged by a flow discharger to the
blow tank for effective degassing. From the blow tank, pulp will be fed to the post-
oxygen washing system.
In order to use white liquor instead of caustic (NaOH) for oxygen bleaching the Na2S-
content of the white liquor has to be oxidised in a process known as white liquor
oxidation. White liquor oxidation will be carried out in a pressurised reactor by gaseous
oxygen. In white liquor oxidation, sodium sulphide (Na2S) will be oxidised to sodium
thiosulphate (Na2S2O3). Sodium thiosulphate reacts further to sodium sulphite
(Na2SO3) and sodium sulphate (Na2SO4). The pressurised white liquor oxidising
system consists of a stirred reactor and heat exchangers. White liquor will be pumped
to the upper part of the reactor and oxygen will be fed to the reactor proportion to with
white liquor flow.
The oxidation reactions are exothermic, and excessive heat will be removed by water
filled cooling coils located inside the reactor or in a separate heat exchanger.
Oxidised white liquor will be pumped with a booster pump directly to the consumption
places.
Inert gases from the reactor are removed through a vent gas scrubber and discharged
to the atmosphere together with the bleach plant vent gas.
The oxygen delignification plant comprises the following main tanks and reactors:
First oxygen reactor;
Second oxygen reactor;
Filtrate tank;
BS storage tower;

Volume 1: 6-299
Filtrate buffer tank; and a
Filtrate tank.
Post-oxygen Washing
The post-oxygen washing system before the bleaching plant consists of two MC feed
wash presses in series with an unbleached storage tower between the presses.
At the bottom of the oxygen delignification blow tank, pulp will be diluted to a
consistency of 6-8 % by weight and pumped to the first post-oxygen wash press. After
the press, pulp will be conducted by a screw conveyor to the drop leg of an MC pump
and pumped to the brown stock storage tower.
The brown stock storage tower acts as a buffer between brown stock operation and
bleaching. It also accomplishes the leaching of lignin substances before final washing
prior to bleaching. The tower has an MC discharge.
From the brown stock storage tower, pulp will be transferred by a discharge scraper to
an MC pump feed chute and to an MC pump, which feeds pulp at a consistency of 6-
8 % to the last wash press prior to bleaching.
After the press, pulp will be conducted by a screw conveyor to the drop leg of an MC
pump and further into the first bleaching stage.
Secondary condensate will be used as washing liquor on the last wash press. Due to
the accumulation of non-process-elements in the recovery liquor cycle it has not been
accepted modern technology to close the bleach plant filtrate cycles. Additionally
closing up the filtrate systems will lead to increased bleaching consumptions and
poorer effluent characteristics. However the system will be designed so that filtrate
from the EOP stage of the bleach plant can, in the future if research and developments
progress successfully, be recycled back as washing liquor on the last press. The filtrate
from the wash press will be sent counter-currently back to the brown stock washing
system through a liquor buffer tank. The volume of the liquor buffer tank corresponds
to the volume of the brown stock storage tower.
The department will be provided with a spill recovery system, which will recover all
contaminated spills, emptying equipment or tanks to a spill liquor sump located in the
brown stock area of the fibre line.
Bleaching
It is anticipated bleaching will be carried out in a four-stage sequence:
D addition of chlorine dioxide;
EOP oxygen and peroxide added at the alkali extraction bleaching stage;
D1 second chlorine dioxide stage; and
D2 - third chlorine dioxide stage.

Volume 1: 6-300
The first D stage will have the capability of operating with high temperature and under
strong acid conditions.
At the beginning of the bleaching sequence (D - EOP), the removal of lignin

compounds from the fibre structure will be further continued. In the latter part of the
sequence, the residual organic compounds will be converted into water-soluble
substances and subsequently removed from the pulp by washing it with hot water. The
resulting bleached pulp will be chemically very clean cellulose and features high
brightness.
The sequence consists of alternating acidic and alkaline stages to enable removal of
the reaction products of the previous stage from the fibre flow. The chemical reactions
take place in reaction towers during the retention time at certain temperatures specific
for each stage. In between the reaction stages, the dissolved reaction products are
washed out.
Washing can be undertaken using displacer drum or press drum types of washers. The
following process description refers to press washer type washing. The process
description for drum displacer does not differ significantly from that for the presses.
From the last brown stock wash press after the brown stock storage tower, pulp will be
transferred to an MC pump feed chute, where sulphuric acid or hydrochloric acid will
be added. Whether sulphuric or hydrochloric acid will be used has no impact on the
bleach plant effluent. Pulp will be pumped with an MC pump at 11-12 % consistency to
an up-flow tower operating at a high temperature of 90-95oC. The high temperature will
be reached by heating the dilution liquor of the last brown stock wash press with MP
steam. The retention time in the reactor will be 120 minutes. From the A tower, pulp
will be discharged into the standpipe of the MC pump feeding the pressurised D0 (first
chlorine dioxide stage) reactor with a retention time of 15 minutes. In the chemical
mixer, chlorine dioxide will be added to the pulp before the reactor. The temperature in
the reactor will be 85oC.
Pulp will be discharged from the D0 reactor into the MC drop leg of the MC pump
feeding the wash press. Circulated filtrate from the D1 stage will be used as washing
liquor in the press.
After the D0 stage wash press, magnesium sulphate and sodium hydroxide are mixed
into the pulp through the dilution liquor in the press dilution screw. Filtrate from the
EOP stage (oxygen and peroxide added at the alkali extraction bleaching stage) will
be used as dilution liquor.
After the dilution screw, pulp drops to an MC pump feed chute where peroxide will be
added. An MC pump feeds the pulp through a chemical mixer and booster MC pump to
a pressurised up-flow EOP reactor. In the chemical mixer, gaseous oxygen and MP
steam are mixed into the pulp. The retention time in the EOP reactor will be 60-70
minutes. The temperature will be approximately 90-100oC.
Pulp will be discharged from the reactor by a flow discharger to a blow tank where it
will be diluted to 6-8 % and pumped to the EOP stage wash press. Hot water will be

Volume 1: 6-301
used as washing water in the press and circulated filtrate from D1 stage will be used
for screw dilution.
From the EOP stage wash press, pulp drops into an MC drop leg and will be pumped
through a chemical mixer for chlorine dioxide to an atmospheric D1 tower. The D1
tower will be an up-flow tower , but operating at a lower temperature of 70-75C.
Pulp will be discharged from the tower into an MC drop leg and pumped at a
consistency of 6-8 % directly to the D1 stage wash press. After the D1 stage wash
press, sodium hydroxide will be mixed into pulp through the dilution liquor in the press
dilution screw. Filtrate from the D2 stage will be used as washing liquor in the press.
After the dilution screw, pulp drops to an MC drop leg and will be pumped through a
chemical mixer for chlorine dioxide addition to an atmospheric D2 reactor. The size of
the D2 reactor will be equal to that of the A and D1 towers. The operating temperature
will be 70-75C. The design will allow for the possibility to operate the D2 stage as a
peroxide stage by adding hydrogen peroxide (instead of using chlorine dioxide) if at
some stage a higher pulp brightness will be required by the market. The use of chlorine
dioxide or hydrogen peroxide in the final bleaching stage is considered AMT and BAT.
Pulp will be discharged from the tower into an MC drop leg and pumped at a
consistency of 6-8 % to the D2 stage wash press. White water from the drying machine
will be used as washing water in the press and for screw dilution.
From the D2 stage wash press, pulp drops into an MC dropleg and will be pumped to
three parallel bleached pulp high density (HD) towers before feeding to the drying
machine. There are two HD towers proposed.
Acid vents from the bleaching plant are collected and fed to the bleaching plant
scrubber. Alkaline vents are collected and blown to the scrubber stack. The acid vents
are scrubbed with alkaline sodium sulphite water to absorb the residual chlorine
dioxide from the vent gases. The sodium bisulphite will be produced on site in the NCG
destruction system.
Alkaline effluent from the EOP stage and acid effluent from the A/D stage are filtered to
recover fibres from the press filtrate. The system will be designed so that filtrate from
the EOP wash stage of the bleach plant can, in the future if research and
developments progress successfully, be recycled back as washing liquor on the last
press in the post oxygen delignification stage.
The temperature of the effluents will be approximately 85C. The bleach plant effluent
will be cooled at the bleaching plant with heat exchangers. The acidic effluent heat will
be used for heating of the chlorine dioxide water and white water from the drying
machine. The alkaline effluent heat will be recovered in a heat exchanger to produce
hot water.

Volume 1: 6-302
6.3.3 Drying Machine
The concept design will be based on one twin-wire type machine, including a press
section with two shoe presses, airborne pulp dryer, cutter layboy and three baling lines.
The drying department consists of the following parts:

Stock handling;
Bleached stock cleaning;
Broke handling;
White water system;
Wire and press section;
Dryer including heat recovery and web cooler;
Sheet cutters; and
Baling lines.
In bleached stock screening, the physical cleanliness of the pulp is ensured by

removing small impurity particles, like sand, fibre bundles and sticks. In drying, the
fibre pulp will be formed into a web (a web is the term used for the continuous sheet of
pulp formed on the wire of a pulp machine) by removing water with presses and by
evaporating. The web will be cut into sheets, which are baled and packed into
transportation units.
Stock will be diluted at the bottom of the tower to 45 % by using water from the white
water tower and stock will be diluted and consistency controlled to about 4 % on the
suction side of the stock pump. Stock will be pumped to one of the stock chests. The
tanks are equipped with agitators. Dilution water will be taken from the white water
tank.
Broke is the term used for pulp fibre that is not processed through to the baling line and
pulp storage. Broke can also consist of repulped bales of pulp. It will be recovered and
recycled through the process and stored in the broke tower. Broke from the broke
tower is consistency controlled and pumped to the stock chest.
Stock will be consistency controlled after the stock chest and pumped to the bleached
stock cleaning. The bleached stock cleaning will be based on four-stage screening with
slotted screens followed by two-stage forward cleaning and two-stage reverse
cleaning. Both heavy and light rejects are removed. The fourth-stage screen will be
equipped with a separate guard screen with 5 mm holes for removing oversized dirty
particles before the cleaners. The accept stock from the first-stage reverse stage will
be returned to the stock chest.
Otherwise, the system is cascaded. Accept stock from the first stage will be led to the
machine chest, which will be equipped with agitators. From the machine chest, stock
will be pumped to the suction side of the fan pump. This flow will be flow controlled and
the production of the machine will be controlled with this flow.

Volume 1: 6-303
Dilution water for the screens will be taken from the white water tank and the dilution
water to the cleaners will be taken from the same pipeline via a dilution head tank.
The headbox and wire section consist of a hydraulic headbox including basis weight
profile control in cross-machine direction and a double wire section, where the web will
be dewatered in both directions. The water removal will be controlled so that the
pressure of the stock between the wires will be kept constant. Removed water will be
mainly led to one side of the machine, but a smaller portion will be led to the other side
to keep the pressure constant in cross-machine direction. The twin-wire section will be
followed by a felted press nip and a shoe press pressing the web between the bottom
wire and the top felt. The wire section will be followed after the first open draw by a
double-felted shoe press.
Shower water will be produced by heating pulp mill water in the heat recovery system
and adding also cooling water from the vacuum pumps after filtering to the warm water
tank.
The vacuum system consists of three vacuum pumps serving three felts and vacuum
boxes at the end of the wire section. Vacuum is needed in the twin-wire section only
during start-ups. The felt water will be collected into a tank and returned after filtering
to the white water tank.
Broke will be led from the first open draw to the wet end pulper and broke after the
shoe press will be conveyed by a broke conveyor to the same pulper. Dilution water
will be taken from the white water tower and the broke will be pumped to the broke
tower during web breaks. Tail trims from the wire section are returned to the stock tank
during normal operation.
The web will be fed to the dryer, will be carried through the dryer between blow boxes
and will be turned to the next deck by turning rolls at both ends of the dryer. The air in
the dryer will be circulated through the blow boxes by fans. Humid air will be blown out
from the dryer through the air/air heat exchangers, where the drying air will be heated
with exhaust air. The heat in the exhaust air will be utilised for heating process water
for use as shower water and for heating the machine hall ventilation air. Drying and
exhaust air-flows are controlled according to the humidity of the exhaust air and the air
balance.
Condensate from the dryer will be collected into a condensate tank. The condensate
tank will be connected to a condenser by an orifice plate for condensing the blow-
through steam. The condensate will be pumped to a heat exchanger to be cooled to
100C. The heat will be utilised for heating the white water, which will be taken from
and returned to the wire silo.
Broke pulp after the dryer and from the cutter will be led to a pulper. Dilution water will
be taken from the white water tower. Broke pulp will be pumped to the broke tower.
The web from the dryer will be cut into two parts between two nips and the webs are
fed into two cutters.

Volume 1: 6-304
The baling consists of three baling lines, which can produce:
Wrapped and tied 250 kg bales; and
1,000 kg unwrapped bales.
The bales are unitised with wire into 2000 kg lifting units in three unitisers with wire and
the units are conveyed to the discharge conveyors.
Inside the bale storage area, the units are loaded into a terminal truck by a 24 t clamp
truck. The terminal truck transports the units to the wharf warehouse and the units are
either unloaded into the warehouse by clamp truck or are lifted straight into the ship in
24 t (12 units) loads. The terminal trucks are normal road trailers with fixed canopy to
cover the pulp units from rain and dirt. Two trucks and trailers in continuous 24
hour/day operation will be used to transfer the produced pulp from pulp mill to wharf
warehouse.
All pulp produced that is not taken directly to ship loading will be transferred to the pulp
warehouse immediately after production. At the end of the pulp production line, there
will be an emergency storage area for smaller amounts of pulp.
At the wharf warehouse the trailers will be unloaded and pulp units piled into stacks by
fork-lift trucks. The fork-lift trucks in the wharf warehouse are similar to those at the
pulp mill and are equipped with bale clamps capable of handling four units at the same
time.
In the wharf warehouse different pulp unit quantities will be piled into separate stacks.
Normally stacks will be four units high. In an emergency, five high piling could be used,
with horizontal strapping of units used to stabilise the stacks.
The total floor area of the pulp warehouse will be designed to be 20,000 m2. Under
normal operating conditions the warehouse could store 50,000 tons of pulp. Under
extreme situations an additional 20,000 tons could be placed under cover using the
warehouse aisles.
The dimensioning of the pulp warehouse is to take up to 30 days of pulp production.
Further details on the warehouse and wharf operation are provided in Annex XV,
Appendix 8, Volume 7.
6.3.4 Bleaching Chemical Preparation
The pulp mill will produce most of its own bleaching chemicals (those to be imported
are identified below). Chemicals used at the bleach plant will be: sodium hydroxide,
oxygen, chlorine dioxide, hydrogen peroxide, hydrochloric acid, and sodium bisulphite.
Under some situations, such as the final bleaching stage, sulphuric acid will need to be
used in the bleach plant.
There will be on-site facilities for the production of oxygen and nitrogen.

Volume 1: 6-305
Chlorine dioxide will be produced on-site from sodium chlorate and hydrochloric acid.
There are several methods to produce chlorine dioxide and all involve the use of
sodium chlorate. The methods differ in the use of the other reducing chemicals
required for the reaction to take place. There are, at present, no facilities that
manufacture sodium chlorate in Australia. Approximately 11,000 t/yr is imported from
Europe or North America for both the mining and pulping industry. The chemical plant
will require approximately 25,000 t/yr of sodium chlorate based on the bleach plant
requirements for chlorine dioxide. The logistics of importing the above amount of
sodium chlorate and the excess power available from the pulp mill gives good
economics for producing the sodium chlorate on site.
As a basis for the concept design for the environmental assessment the maximum
amount of production of on-site bleaching chemicals has been assumed. The following
on-site facilities are planned:
Chlor Alkali plant including brine preparation;
Integrated chlorine dioxide plant consisting of:
Hydrochloric acid synthesis;
Sodium chlorate electrolysis;
Chlorine dioxide plant; and
Oxygen plant.
The sodium bisulphite will be produced in the NCG burning system. This is an
environmental benefit since the by-product from the process will be being recycled
rather than importing sulphur dioxide to the site.
The following bleaching chemicals and raw material chemicals required for the
integrated chemical plant will need to be imported to site:
Salt
Hydrogen peroxide
Caustic soda (additional to balance the pulp mill requirements)
Chemical plant filter aids, and flocculating agents for brine treatment
Sodium carbonate
Sulphuric acid (under some operating scenarios for pH control)
The merchant production of some chemicals is considered as an alternative since
there will be considerable excess power available for such a facility. The merchant
producing units considered are the following:
Sodium chlorate from a larger capacity sodium chlorate electrolysis plant
Hydrogen peroxide using hydrogen produced from the sodium chlorate plant
Oxygen from a larger oxygen plant
For the production of merchant chemicals two different alternative concepts have been
considered. The first alternative (alternative 1) concept for the merchant chemical plant

Volume 1: 6-306
uses the same process as outlined for the bleach plant chemical plant, Integrated
Chemical Plant, but with a larger capacity for producing sodium chlorate and oxygen
only. Under this concept the merchant chemical products and merchant quantities are:
Sodium chlorate (48 000 t/yr)
Oxygen (49,000 t/yr)
The second alternative (alternative 2) concept for the merchant chemical plant uses a
different process for generating chlorine dioxide, requires a larger quantity of caustic
soda and sulphuric acid to be imported and considers the following on-site facilities:
Brine preparation
Sodium chlorate electrolysis
Chlorine dioxide plant
Hydrogen peroxide plant
Oxygen plant
The alternative 2 merchant chemical products and merchant quantities are:

Sodium chlorate (48,000/yr)
Oxygen (49,000 t/yr)
Hydrogen Peroxide (21,000 t/yr)
The two alternative concepts are discussed later in this section. The differences in the
raw materials imported, plant capacities, between the two alternatives for the merchant
chemical plants are shown in the following table:
Table 6-11 Comparison of Alternative Chemical Plants

Merchant Case: Merchant Case:
On-Site Production Capacity Base Case Alternative 1 Alternative 2
Units: as t/yr as 100 %
chemicals
Process Type Chloralkali Plant Chloralkali Plant
Integrated ClO2 Integrated ClO2 H2O2/H2SO4 based
Plant Plant ClO2 plant
Merchant Chlorate Merchant Chlorate
Plant Plant
Merchant
Peroxide Plant
Chlorine dioxide 16,730 16,730 16,730
Caustic soda 18,700 18,700 0
Sodium chlorate, Total 30,699 78,699 78,699
- For ClO2 generation 30,699 30,699 30,699
- For merchant 0 48,000 48,000
Hydrochloric acid 28,000 28,000 0
Hydrogen peroxide, Total 0 0 19,554
- For ClO2 generation + bleach
plant 0 0 7,554

Volume 1: 6-307
Merchant Case: Merchant Case:
On-Site Production Capacity Base Case Alternative 1 Alternative 2
- For merchant 0 0 12,000
Oxygen, Total 21,000 70,000 70,000
- For pulp mill 21,000 21,000 21,000
- For merchant 0 49,000 49,000
Imported Chemicals for Merchant Case: Merchant Case:
Bleaching and Chemical Plant Base Case Alternative 1 Alternative 2
Caustic soda 5,075 5,075 31,240
Sulfuric acid 0 0 23,238
Hydrogen peroxide 2,200 2,200 0
Chloralkali Plant
The chloralkali plant will consist of the following main process equipment:
Salt (sodium chloride) storage;
Salt dissolver;
Brine treatment;
mixing tank;
clarifier;
filters;
deionisers;
treated brine storage;
Membrane cell electrolyser; and
Transformers / rectifiers.
The process for the chloralkali plant is described below. It can vary in specific details
and equipment description due to the final vendor selection.
The main raw material is salt (sodium chloride) which is first dissolved in demineralised
water to form a brine solution. Raw salt will be received by boat to the pulp mill wharf
and stored in a shed measuring 90 m x 112 m. The design of the brine preparation and
treatment system is based on a solar salt specification. Salt will be transferred by a
front-end loader into a salt pit. Recycled brine from the brine chlorination area and
demineralised water are fed into the salt pit to provide the pumping fluid. From the salt
pit the brine will be pumped to a brine saturator tank where more recycled brine and
demineralised water are added. The saturated raw brine will be drawn off and pumped
to the brine treatment tank. Insoluble material from the saturator will be collected at the
bottom of the saturator and pumped to brine sludge collection tank. The sludge from
the sludge collection tank will be pumped to a sludge filter. The filtered brine will be
returned to the brine treatment tank and the sludge discharged to the effluent system
as slurry.
Calcium, magnesium and sulphate, the major impurities, enter the brine system with
the salt and must be controlled during the plant operation. Calcium and magnesium will

Volume 1: 6-308
be removed by chemical precipitation, clarification and filtration followed by ion
exchange. Chemical treatment of the raw brine will be performed by adding sodium
carbonate which reacts with the calcium ions to form insoluble calcium carbonate.
Sodium hydroxide will be added to react with the magnesium ions to form insoluble
magnesium hydroxide. These reactions are carried out in the brine treatment tank
which then overflows to the clarifier where the suspended solids are removed by
adding a coagulant solution. Sludge will be pumped from the bottom of the clarifier to
the sludge collection tank. The clarified brine overflows to the clarified brine tank and
then pumped to a brine filter to remove remaining solids. The filter is of a pre-coat type
and a filter aid is added to the brine to prevent blinding of the pre-coat by fine
magnesium hydroxide precipitates. The clear brine solution from the filter will be pH
adjusted by adding hydrochloric acid as it overflows to the filtered brine tank. From the
filtered brine tank the brine will be pumped to the secondary brine treatment,
performed by a brine ion exchange unit, to ensure that any residual hardness will be
removed to a level required for the electrolysis operation. The resulting solution,
deionized brine, will be stored in the deionized brine storage tank before it will be
pumped to the electrolyzer via a heat exchanger to maintain the solution at 900C.
The deionized brine will be pumped through the electrolysers, where electrolysis takes
place, to the weak brine tank. Sodium hydroxide, as well as the principal by-products
chlorine and hydrogen are produced in the electrolysers. Chlorine will be produced at
the anodes, while the sodium hydroxide and hydrogen are produced at the cathodes.
The overall reaction is as follows:
2 NaCl + 2H2O Cl2 + 2 NaOH + H2

Sodium hydroxide (caustic soda) will be produced in the electrolysers at a
concentration of approximately 32 % NaOH and a temperature of 90oC. Solution from
the catholyte tank will be pumped by the catholyte pump through the cell caustic cooler
to the intermediate caustic tank. This tank will be used to supply sodium hydroxide for
internal consumption in the plant and as feedstock for the caustic dilution system.
After passing through the electrolysers the brine contains dissolved and free chlorine
which must be removed before the brine will be resaturated to prevent damage to the
ion exchange resin. This chlorinated weak brine will be acidified with hydrochloric acid
in the weak brine tank in order to liberate some of the dissolved chlorine. Chlorine gas
from the weak brine tank will be pulled from the top of the tank to the chlorine cooler
and chlorine candle filter. The brine will be pumped from the weak brine tank to the
brine dechlorinator in order to separate the remaining chlorine by a dechlorination
vacuum pump. The removed chlorine gas will be transferred back to the weak brine
tank and the dechlorinated brine flows to the dechlorinated brine tank. The
dechlorinated brine is acidic since it contains residual chlorine and has to be
neutralised by adding sodium hydroxide to prevent insolubles in the salt being
dissolved by the acidic brine when it will be returned to the salt pit. The residual
chlorine will be removed by reacting with the reducing agent, hydrogen peroxide.

Volume 1: 6-309
In addition, chlorate will be produced to a small extent during electrolysis and will be
controlled chemically by adding hydrochloric acid to a side stream of weak brine in the
chlorate destruction unit. The chlorate destruction unit consists of a steam-jacketed
reactor where the brine will be heated and the chlorate will be decomposed to chlorine
and sodium chloride. The chlorine will be sent to the chlorine cooler and the treated
brine will be returned to the weak brine tank.
The sulphate level will be controlled by treating a side stream from the dechlorinated
brine tank in a sulphate removal filtration unit. The dechlorinated brine flows through a
filter to remove any carbon fines. The solution will be then pumped into a sulphate
removal system (SRS) which comprises a filtration unit where monovalent ions pass
through the membrane as permeate. The brine system then flows to back to the
dechlorinated brine tank with a reduced sulphate level. The filtration unit purges a
sulphate ion stream to the effluent system.
The hot, saturated chlorine gas from the electrolysers will be cooled by the chlorine
cooler to condense water. The condensate drains back to the weak brine tank. The
cooled chlorine contains brine and water mist which will be filtered by a candle filter
and then compressed by a blower and sent to the chlorine dioxide plant hydrochloric
acid units. There will be no storage of liquid chlorine in the process.
Hydrogen gas will be produced, under pressure, in the electrolysers together with
sodium hydroxide. Some hydrogen will be vented to atmosphere in order to control the
pressure in the system. The hydrogen gas does not contain chlorine. The remainder of
the hydrogen gas will be cooled to remove water vapour in the hydrogen cooler before
it will be passed to a liquid ring hydrogen compressor. The hydrogen separator and
hydrogen compression mist separator separate out the compressor seal water. The
compressed hydrogen will be then either sent to the lime kiln for use as fuel or vented
to atmosphere.
Vent gas streams containing chlorine from the alkali plant and the integrated chemical
(chlorine dioxide) plant are scrubbed with sodium hydroxide to form sodium
hypochlorite. The system consists of two scrubbing towers and a chlorine dioxide
scrubber which uses hydrogen peroxide solution to absorb residual chlorine dioxide. A
chlorine dioxide scrubber will be added to improve the absorption of chlorine dioxide
from the vent gases during start-up and shutdown when the hydrochloric acid unit will
be not running. The operation of the hypo system is continuous. For safety reasons the
critical equipment will be provided with a secure electric supply to ensure continued
operation if a power failure occurs. Vent gases are drawn into the hypo system through
the first hypo scrubbing tower by the hypo fan situated at the end of the scrubbing
system. A hypo tower cooler removes the heat of reaction caused by the hypochlorite
formation. Caustic solution will be circulated through the tower. The gases pass to a
second hypo scrubbing tower also using circulating caustic solution. A second hypo
tower cooler removes the heat of reaction. The two tower system will be designed to
absorb chlorine from both the alkali plant and the chlorine dioxide plants
simultaneously for a period of ten minutes at full production rates. This means that if
the hydrochloric acid production is stopped the system will take the production from the

Volume 1: 6-310
alkali plant giving sufficient time to shut down. After the second hypo scrubbing tower
the gases enter the chlorine dioxide scrubber before emitting to atmosphere via the
hypo fans. The vent gases in the chemical plant are derived from the following
sources:
Candle filter;
Chlorine pressure/vacuum seals;
Hydrochloric acid measuring tank; and
Chlorine dioxide absorber.
The sodium hypochlorite (lowest state) product will be transferred to the sodium
hypochlorite storage tank. The sodium hypochlorite destruction system will be used to
decompose surplus hypo solution and recover sodium chloride.
Integrated Chlorine Dioxide Plant

There are several methods to produce chlorine dioxide. All involve the use of sodium
chlorate. However the methods differ in the use of the other reducing chemicals
required for the reaction to take place since either sulphuric acid or hydrochloric acid
can be used. Hydrochloric acid can be produced by reacting the chlorine from the
caustic production with hydrogen generated in the chlorate production process. This
process referred to as the Integrated Chlorine Dioxide Plant (IDP) since it incorporates
sodium chlorate production, hydrochloric acid generation with chlorine dioxide
generation.. For chlorine dioxide generation using the sulphuric acid based processes,
a large quantity of sulphuric acid will have to be imported as well as additional reaction
chemicals either methanol or hydrogen peroxide.
Until recently the IDP process generated a higher quantity of chlorine contained in the
chlorine dioxide solution than the sulphuric acid based processes. However technology
improvements has meant that the chlorine content of the chlorine dioxide can be
reduced to the same level as these processes by such methods as improved
stripper/absorption column design, adding peroxide to the chlorine dioxide, and
adjusting the chlorine dioxide solution acidity. In Annex XV the merits of chlorine
dioxide manufacture by the IDP are further discussed in Integrated Chemical Plant
Discussion Report.
The IDP consists of three plant areas to produce the two intermediate products,
sodium chlorate (NaClO3) and hydrochloric acid (HCl), and the final product, chlorine
dioxide (ClO2).
The system chemistry is:
Chlorate electrolysis: NaCl + 3H2O -> NaClO3 + 3H2
ClO2 generation: NaClO3 + 2HCl -> NaCl + ClO2 + 0.5Cl2 + H2O
HCl synthesis: H2 + Cl2 -> 2HCl

Volume 1: 6-311
The process for the sodium chlorate plant is described below. It can also vary in
specific details and equipment description due to the final vendor selection.
Sodium chlorate is produced by passing an electric current through a solution

containing sodium chloride. The sodium chlorate production area consists of the
following main process equipment:
Electrolysers
Degasifiers
Chlorate reactor
Electrolyte cooler
Strong chlorate feed tank
Chlorate liquor holding tank
Chlorate filter
Chlorate cooler
Hydrogen scrubber
In the electrolysers, essentially a number of cells connected together, sodium chloride

and water are electrochemically converted to chlorine, sodium hydroxide, and
hydrogen gas. The liquor/gas mixture rises to the degasifiers where the hydrogen is
separated from the liquor. The liquor then passes to the chlorate cooler where the
reaction to form sodium chlorate is completed. The electrolyte cooler removes the heat
generated during the electrolysis. The sodium chloride is a recycled by-product from
the chlorine dioxide production reaction.
Hydrogen gas is co-produced with the sodium chlorate and most of it is used as a
feedstock for hydrochloric acid production. The rest of the hydrogen gas will be passed
through the hydrogen scrubber for chlorine removal before venting to the atmosphere.
Prior to start-up and shutdown the gas space in the sodium chlorate system will be
purged with nitrogen to prevent an explosion of hydrogen and air from forming.
The process for the hydrochloric acid plant is described below. It can vary in specific
details and equipment description due to the final vendor selection. The hydrochloric
acid production area consists of the following main process equipment:
HCl synthesis unit;
Tail gas scrubber;
HCl start-up fan;
Hydrogen cooler;
Hydrogen demister; and
Hydrogen flame arrestor.
Hydrochloric acid (32 %) will be produced by burning chlorine gas and hydrogen gas.
The hydrogen gas comes from the sodium chlorate electrolysis area. Make-up chlorine

Volume 1: 6-312
gas comes from the alkali plant. Weak chlorine gas, a recycled by-product of the
chlorine dioxide generation reaction, will be combined with this chlorine make-up
stream prior to being burned with the hydrogen gas. The tail gas scrubber will be used
to remove hydrogen chloride gas from the vent gases leaving the hydrochloric
synthesis unit. Absorption water for hydrochloric acid production enters the top of the
scrubber and flows counter current to the gas stream.
Chlorine dioxide gas is produced, along with chlorine gas and sodium chloride, by
combining strong sodium chlorate liquor and hydrochloric acid in the chlorine dioxide
generator. The process for the chlorine dioxide plant is described below. It can vary in
specific details and equipment description due to the final vendor selection. The
chlorine dioxide production area consists of the following main process equipment:
ClO2 generator;
Generator heater;
ClO2 condenser;
ClO2 absorber; and
Weak chlorine vacuum tank.
The chlorine dioxide gas will be absorbed in chilled water to produce a chlorine dioxide
solution for use in the bleaching plant. The two-stage absorber-stripper column
removes chlorine from the chlorine dioxide gas and reduces the chlorine content in the
chlorine dioxide solution to approximately 0.2 g/l by stripping with air.
The liquor leaving the generator contains unreacted sodium chlorate and the by-
product salt. This solution will be recycled back to the sodium chlorate electrolysis area
for re-concentration. The chlorine by-product, which will be not absorbed, is sent to the
hydrochloric acid synthesis area to be used as a feedstock for hydrochloric acid
production.
Vent gases from chlorine dioxide plant are fed to the sodium hypochlorite system in the
alkali plant for destruction in emergency situations. Gases leaving the hypo system
enter a chlorine dioxide scrubber which uses alkaline hydrogen peroxide solution to
absorb residual chlorine dioxide. The circulating liquor is a mixture of hydrogen
peroxide and caustic soda. The chlorine dioxide reacts to produce sodium chlorite
which will be returned to the hypo storage tank.
Chlorine Dioxide Alternative Process (Merchant Chemical Plant) Alternative 1

Refer to line diagram 16B0104-02043 (refer to Appendix 8, Volume 7)
A process alternative (merchant chemical plant alternative 1) will be to export chlorate

from the pulp mill. Under this scenario the merchant chlorate production will require a
crystallisation plant and export handling facility capable of processing 48,000 t/yr of
sodium chlorate. The process description is as described above for the IDP except that
the sodium chlorate area has increased capacity including electrolysers, tank storage

Volume 1: 6-313
volumes, chlorate coolers, pumps, etc to produce chlorate for external sales. The
following additional areas are required:
Crystalliser
Dryer
Bulk Storage
Bag loading
The process for the additional areas of the chlorate merchant plant is described below.
It can vary in specific details and equipment description due to the final vendor
selection.
The sodium chlorate solution from the electrolytic cells contains some residual sodium
chloride and hypochlorites which cause it to be corrosive. The solution passes through
the hypochlorite destruction tank from which the solution will be dosed with hydrogen
peroxide (H2O2) to convert the residual hypochlorites into sodium chloride. The
solution is then suitable for storage and transfer in less resistant materials such as
stainless steel.
The chlorate solution flows to a crystalliser from the storage tank and produces sodium
chlorate crystals in slurry form. This slurry will be sent to a centrifuge to remove the
majority of the remaining liquid. The sodium chlorate solution that will be separated
from the crystals contains sodium chloride, sulphate, sodium dichromate, sodium
perchlorate and any sodium chlorate that did not crystallise. The solution will be then
stored in a mother liquor tank for recycle back to the electrolytic cells.
The sodium chlorate crystals, with approximately 1.5 % moisture content, leave the
centrifuge and are conveyed to a fluidised bed dryer. Using hot air, the dryer
evaporates the remaining moisture from the sodium chlorate crystals. Air will be blown
through a dryer heater before entering the dryer where it passes through the crystals.
The air exhausted from the dryer will be scrubbed with water in the dryer scrubber and
the majority of entrained sodium chlorate crystals are dissolved into this water stream
and therefore removed from the exhausted air. The scrubber solution will be returned
to the centrifuge, and the scrubbed air vented to atmosphere.
After the dryer the sodium chlorate crystals will be conveyed to a crystal receiving bin
that temporarily stores the crystals before they are bagged in Flexible Intermediate
Bulk Containers (FIBC) or in rigid ISO containers. For international transport, the
sodium chlorate will be packed in 1 tonne FIBC bulk bags or in rigid ISO containers.
The bags or containers are aligned on a platform beneath the crystal receiving bin and
a funnel from the bin will be completely sealed within the liner of the bag or container
to prevent any crystal loss. The bags are sealed, packed into containers that are
loaded onto flat bed trucks for transport to the port at Bell Bay. Rigid containers are
sealed prior to shipping on flat bed trucks. Approximately 150 bags or up to 15
containers will be filled and transported each day.

Volume 1: 6-314
All substances that are incompatible with sodium chlorate, particularly acids and
organic substances, will be stored and handled in a separate section of the facility.
Sodium chlorate has a dangerous goods classification of Class 5.1 Oxidising

Substances Packaging Group II. All trucks will conform to current Australian and
Tasmanian requirements.
All personnel handling the crystals will be appropriately trained in accordance with the
site Safety Management System. These mandated steps help to reduce transportation
risks and conform to standard policies and procedures across Australia.
Chlorine Dioxide Alternative Process (Merchant Chemical Plant) Alternative 2

Refer to line diagram 16B0104-02040 (Appendix 8, Volume 7).
The second alternative (merchant chemical plant alternative 2) uses the large amount
of hydrogen produced from the merchant chlorate plant to generate hydrogen peroxide
both for sales for consumption within the pulp mill, and for an alternative process of
generating chlorine dioxide. There will be no alkali plant and hence no generation of
caustic at the pulp mill site for this alternative. The alternative method for generating
chlorine dioxide uses sulphuric acid instead of hydrochloric acid, and hydrogen
peroxide and comprises the following main departments:
Caustic handling;
Sulphuric acid handling;
Chlorate plant;
Chlorine dioxide plant; and
Hydrogen peroxide plant.
The caustic handling plant will handle all the caustic required for the pulp mill being
supplied by boat to the pulp mill wharf. The caustic will arrive by boat (approximately
5,000 tonnes) and discharge to a larger caustic tank located in the chemical plant and
bunded to prevent overflows. The caustic unloading facility and unloading operations
will also be subject to statutory rules and regulations appropriate for caustic soda. The
caustic will be unloaded by the ships pump into a pipeline which will convey the caustic
up to the storage tank located in the chemical plant. The unloading operation will take
approximately 12 hours to complete. A small stripper pump located at the wharf will
pump the contents of the unloading pipeline and convey by a smaller pipeline also to
the larger storage tank to ensure that the larger unloading pipeline does not contain
caustic after the unloading operation. The smaller pipeline will be emptied to the
caustic storage tank by flushing with water. Both pipelines will be continuously welded
stainless steel pipes running above ground on an easement from the wharf to the
storage tank. The lines will have a valving arrangement that will comprise non return
valves, double block valves and bleed valves to ensure that the line will be emptied
correcting after the unloading procedure is completed. The storage tank will be fitted
with level indication, high level alarm, and high level alarm which will be both indicated
at the tank, control room and a separate panel located at the wharf.

Volume 1: 6-315
Strong sulphuric acid (98 %) will be received by truck and off-loaded to the storage
tank which will be bunded to prevent overflows, spills and tank rupture.
The chlorate plant comprises the following main department areas:

Brine treatment
Sludge treatment
Chlorate electrolysis
Transformer rectifier
Chlorate crystallization and storage
Hydrogen treatment
The raw material, either rock salt or sea salt, will be treated in the brine treatment to
sufficient purity for use in the chlorate process. Raw salt will be received and stored in
a shed measuring 90 m x 112 m. The raw salt will be dissolved in a dissolver
consisting of various compartments using heated water. Sodium carbonate and caustic
are added in order to precipitate out calcium contained in the raw salt. The brine will be
heated to optimum temperature before the treatment and the precipitate will be
eliminated in a settler with natural precipitation of the formed sludge. The sludge will be
pumped to the sludge treatment department for treatment and conditioning. The settled
and clarified brine will be filtered in two parallel filters in order to ensure the elimination
of particles and remaining suspended sludge. An ion exchange unit will be used in
order to eliminate the last traces of calcium and magnesium in the brine.
The chlorate electrolysis generates chlorate electrolytically in the same manner and
according to the same reaction equation described above. The electrolyte, which will
be enriched in salt added to the electrolyte circuit, overflows to the electrolyte storage
tank. The electrolysis takes place in a series of electrolytic cells fed with DC current
from the transformer and rectifier department. The electrolyte circuit consists of the
electrolytic cells, hydrogen-electrolyte separators, primary and secondary reaction
tanks and an electrolyte cooler. The electrolyte will be filtered in two parallel filters
before being fed to the crystallization department. Any internal spillage of electrolyte
will be collected and sent to the filtration step for recovery. The sludge from the
electrolyte filtration, containing mainly iron and small amounts of chromium, will be sent
for sludge treatment.
The sludge treatment department ensures that there is no uncontrolled discharge of

sludge containing iron, calcium, gypsum and small amounts of chromium. After this
pre-treatment both the electrolyte sludge and the brine sludge will be dewatered in filter
presses in order to obtain a solid cake that can be handled in a feasible way and
thereafter sent to landfill in a controlled manner.
The purpose of the chlorate crystallization and storage area is to produce pure chlorate
crystals in an evaporative crystallizer. Produced crystals will be stored in a bulk storage
area. The amount of chlorate needed for the production of chlorine dioxide will be re-
dissolved and stored as solution. Pre-heating of the electrolyte will be performed with a

Volume 1: 6-316
plate type heat exchanger before it is sent to an agitated evaporative crystallizer. The
condenser and the vacuum system of the crystallizer will be cooled by chilled water.
The chlorate slurry that will be produced from the crystalliser will be dehydrated on a
table filter before being fed to the dryer area. The wet chlorate crystals are converted
into dry sodium chlorate crystals in the dryer section. The main equipment comprises a
dryer and dust scrubbers.
Hydrogen gas from the electrolytic chlorate cells contains a minor amount of chlorine
that needs to be eliminated, returned to the process line, and the cleaned gas will be
sent to the lime kiln as a fuel or discharged to the atmosphere. This operation will be
performed by two hydrogen scrubbers using alkaline solution. The alkaline solution will
be then fed to the hypo storage towers and then to the weak brine tank and then
returned to the process.
The process for hydrogen peroxide generation will be based on palladium fixed bed
catalyst technology. The circulating working solution consists of a solvent mixture and
ethyl anthraquinone (AQ) as active reagent-carrier of H2 and O2. The process involves
the following main process steps. The catalytic hydrogenation of AQ to AQH2, will be
carried out in a hydrogenation reactor with catalyst and filtering arrangement. The
oxidation of AQ-H2 to AQ + H2O2 with oxygen will be performed in an oxidation reactor.
The H2O2 is then extracted as a 30 % aqueous solution by means of an extraction
column and coolers. Unwanted side reactions which occur in the hydrogenation and
oxidation steps are reversed in an alumina oxide regeneration system. The resulting
hydrogen peroxide will be stored in a storage tank and delivered as a 30 w% solution.
The peroxide will be then pumped to the chlorine dioxide reactor for the production of
ClO2 and to the pulp mill for bleaching.
The chlorine dioxide production will be based on using sodium chlorate as the chlorine
source, hydrogen peroxide as the reduction agent and sulphuric acid as the acidifier.
The chlorine dioxide will be supplied as an aqueous solution with a concentration of 10
g/l and a temperature in the chlorine dioxide storage tanks of 12 to 15 oC. The
chemical reaction for the ClO2 generation with this process is as follows;
2NaClO3 + H2O2 + H2SO4 -> 2ClO2 + Na2SO4 + O2 + 2H2
In this process the ClO2 generator acts as both a reaction vessel and a crystallizer. The
gas produced by the reaction will be cooled and the water vapour condensed in order
to increase the partial pressure of chlorine dioxide before the entry into the ClO2
absorber. The ClO2 absorber will be a two bed packed column with a built in pump
sump in the bottom. The cooled reactor gas enters the ClO2 absorber under the lower
packed section and chilled water enters the absorber above the top packed section.
The ClO2 solution from the absorber will be pumped to the ClO2 storage tanks and
from there by high pressure pumps to the bleach plant. Recycled water from the off-
gas scrubber also enters the scrubber between the two packed sections. The vacuum
in the ClO2 system will be created by vacuum pumps installed after the ClO2 absorber.
The off-gas scrubber will be used to reduce the ClO2 concentration in ventilation air
from various sources, but mainly from the ClO2 storage tanks and any gas remaining

Volume 1: 6-317
from the ClO2 absorption. The draft for the off-gas scrubber will be ensured by parallel
ventilation fans. A neutral salt cake consisting of sodium sulphate will be formed in the
reaction. The salt cake will be separated on a drum filter and after that dissolved in
water and sent to the black liquor evaporation plant. A dump tank will be provided
which allows maintenance on the reactor without dumping the generator liquid to
sewer.
Effluent Disposal
Two sumps will be provided in the chemical plant for collection of effluent.
Equipment wash water and contaminated effluents will be sent to a trench system and
collected in alkaline and acid sumps. Effluents will be transferred by the alkaline and
acid sump pumps to the alkaline and acid neutralisation tanks for a rapid pH
neutralisation and discharge to the effluent treatment plant.
The plant effluent will consist of

Chlor-alkali plant scrubber blow down, containing sodium chloride
Chlorine dioxide plant tail gas scrubber, containing sodium bisulphite
Cooling tower blow down, containing dissolved solids in the pulp mill water
Ion exchange regeneration effluent both from alkali plant ion exchangers and
demineralised water treatment plant, containing regeneration hydrochloric acid, and
regeneration caustic and in addition the dissolved salts removed from pulp mill
water in demineralisation
Brine clarification sludge, containing precipitated calcium carbonate and
magnesium hydroxide in sodium chloride solution
Wasted brine filtration pre-coat material, anthracite
Chilled Water System

A chilled water system provides chilled water for the production of chlorine dioxide. The
water chiller will be either an absorption type unit that uses steam and a circulation
fluid to produce chilled water or a mechanical type.
Oxygen Plant
The separation of oxygen and nitrogen can be achieved using the cryogenic process or
the vacuum/pressure swing absorption (VSA or PSA).
In the cryogenic process, air stream will be processed through compression/purification

units. The purified air passes through an air separation module containing a
rectification column with condenser, heat exchanger and expansion turbine. Liquified
oxygen will be collected in a storage tank followed by an oxygen vaporiser. The
nitrogen produced will be used as a safety gas in the chemical plant.

Volume 1: 6-318
In the vacuum/pressure swing absorption (VSA or PSA) molecule filters are used to
increase the concentration of oxygen to about 93 %.
Purchased Chemicals
The storing and handling systems for purchased sodium hydroxide, hydrogen
peroxide, sulphuric acid, magnesium sulphate and magnesium silicate (talc) are
included in the chemicals preparation plant.
Caustic Soda
Sodium hydroxide, at normal transport concentration of 46 % will be off-loaded from

trucks to the concentrated caustic storage tank. The concentrated caustic soda and the
32 % solution from the alkali plant will be diluted to 10-15 % and pumped through the
dilution tank to the pulp mill. There will always be a need for the purchase of caustic
soda to meet the total pulp mill requirements. In the case of an integrated chemical
plant the caustic requirements amount to approximately 15 t/d to the pulp mill (as 100
% caustic) and can be supplied by trucks from Hobart. The sodium hydroxide (46 %)
will be off-loaded from trucks to the concentrated caustic storage tank. The
concentrated caustic and the 32 % solution from the alkali plant will be diluted to 10-
15 % and pumped via the dilution tank to the pulp mill.
In the merchant chemical plant alternative 2, all caustic to the pulp mill (approximately
90 t/d as 100 % caustic) will need to be imported. The volume is such that the
importation by road will be impractical and therefore caustic will be imported by ship to
the pulp mill wharf. The method used for this procedure is discussed in the section on
merchant chemical plant alternative 2.
Sulphuric Acid
Sulphuric acid, at normal transport concentration of 98 % will be received by truck and

off-loaded to the storage tank. The tank will be bunded to prevent overflows and tank
rupture. The storage tank will be fitted with level indication and a high level alarm which
will be both indicated at the tank and in the control room. The unloading pump will be
hard-wired with the tank level to prevent overfilling. The acid will be pumped to the
chemical plant and pulp mill.
Hydrogen Peroxide
Hydrogen peroxide at normal transport concentration of 59.5 % will be received by

truck and off-loaded to the storage tank. The tank will be bunded to prevent overflows
and tank rupture. The storage tank will be fitted with level indication and a high level
alarm which will be both indicated at the tank and in the control room. The unloading
pump will be hard-wired with the tank level to prevent overfilling. The peroxide will be
pumped to the pump tank located in bleaching plant. From the pump tank hydrogen
peroxide will be fed to the EOP stage after dilution to 10 %.

Volume 1: 6-319
Magnesium Sulphate
Magnesium sulphate powder will be delivered by truck in bulk form and blown to the
storage silo. MgSO4 will be taken out at the bottom of the silo with a measuring screw
and fed to the mixing tank where powder will be dissolved with warm water to produce
a solution of 150 g MgSO4/l. Magnesium sulphate solution will overflow to a small
compartment inside the mixing tank and be pumped from there directly to
consumption.
Depending on the bleaching sequence, magnesium sulphate may not be needed in the
bleaching plant.
Talc
Magnesium silicate (talc) will be delivered by truck in bulk form and blown to the
storage silo. Talc will be taken out at the bottom of the silo with a measuring screw and
fed to the mixing tank where powder will be dissolved with warm water to produce a
solution.
Talc will be added at various locations in the fibre line (in the wash plant and the
bleach plant) to control pitch.
6.3.5 Evaporation of black liquor
General
An evaporation plant consists of an evaporation train of seven effects (or stages) in
order to increase the concentration of black liquor high enough in order to burn in the
recovery boiler. In addition, the evaporation plant comprises a condensate stripping
column to remove the COD component of the contaminated condensates, methanol
liquefaction unit, and black liquor storage tank farm.
The main criteria for selecting the evaporation plant design concept were the following:
Good steam economy achieved with seven-effect system;
High dry solids content of the product liquor for good combustion and to minimise
emissions from the recovery boiler;
High availability promoted by ash collection to strong black liquor;
Possibility of handling biosludge; and
Reliable combustion of CNCG achieved by implementing the optional methanol
liquefaction.
The evaporation plant needs also to be able to process softwood black liquor.
Therefore the following additions have been made to the hardwood configuration:
Soap collection system;
Red oil separation changed to turpentine decanting; and

Volume 1: 6-320
Intermediate liquor tank.
Process Description
The evaporator train consists of a concentrator unit running with medium pressure
steam and evaporation effects 1-7 running with low-pressure steam. All the units have
forced circulation pumps, which are also used to transfer the liquor to the following
effect. The stripper will be connected to receive the steam from effect 1.
The weak black liquor will be introduced into the evaporation train and evaporated
towards the first effect. A stream from effect 2 will be diverted to the boiler mixing tank
to pick up the boiler ash. This flow returns to effect 1. The finally concentrated product
liquor will be flashed and pumped into pressurised storage tanks. The excess
biosludge from the biological effluent treatment plant will be mixed with the product
liquor at the inlet of # 1 effect. The amount of the biosludge will be approximately 20
BDt/d at approximately 12 % dry solids. This corresponds to only approximately 2 % of
the total heavy black liquor flow to the recovery boiler.
The concentrated black liquor ready for firing in the recovery boiler, from the product
liquor tank will be first fed to a flash vessel for final temperature adjustment and will be
then pumped to the recovery boiler.
The secondary condensates are separated into several streams according to their
purity. The most contaminated fraction will be fed to the stripper together with the foul
condensate from the cooking plant. This system makes the reuse of secondary
condensates in the process as effective as possible.
Secondary condensates are utilised at the fibre line and at the causticising plant to
reduce process water consumption.
Surface condensers may be split to two sections; the first part of the condensers are
used for producing warm or hot water from pulp mill water, needed in the process and
the second part will be cooled with cooling water circulated through cooling tower.
The CNCG from the firing liquor tank, stripper, surface condenser and foul condensate
tank are collected, cooled and evacuated to the recovery boiler plant and to the NCG
boilers for incineration. DNCG are collected from various sources, treated in a cooling
scrubber and sent by a fan to the recovery boiler.
Methanol will be liquefied and stored for burning in the lime-kiln or recovery boiler.
Turpentine from the decanting tank will be pumped periodically to be burned in the
recovery boiler CNCG burner or in the NCG boilers.
The stripper gases, (non-condensible gases from the condensate stripping column),
are taken to a methanol column, where the methanol concentration will be increased.
Fresh steam will be fed to the bottom of the column. Concentrated methanol vapour
will be condensed in a cooler and the liquid methanol will be collected in a methanol
tank.- The condensate from the methanol column will be led to a turpentine decanter.

Volume 1: 6-321
Turpentine will be pumped to the methanol tank. Inert gasses from the methanol plant
are fed to the CNCG collection system.
During and after the softwood production run, the soap in weak and intermediate liquor
tanks will be transferred to soap collection tanks. The contents of the soap collection
tanks are continuously pumped at low flow rate with a displacement pump to be mixed
with black liquor just before the black liquor will be fed into the recovery boiler.
6.3.6 Recovery Boiler
General
The recovery boiler plant consists of the boiler with auxiliaries, electrostatic
precipitator, thermal feedwater treatment, condensate treatment and chemical after-
dosing system.
The main criteria for selecting the recovery boiler design concept are the following:
Steam values 104 bar(a), 505C for high power generation rate;
Low sulphur emissions through high dry solids black liquor combustion;
Low particle emissions through dust removal with electrostatic precipitator with
three chambers/four fields per chamber;
Possibility of incinerating dissolving tank vent gases, methanol, turpentine, DNCG
and CNCG in the recovery boiler; and
Low NOx emissions through combustion air levelling (primary, lower secondary,
higher secondary, tertiary and quaternary air; the actual specified names depend on
the boiler Vendor).
Process Description
Clean condensates from the pulp mill are collected into the main condensate tank.
Condensates are then cleaned in a precoat filter and fed forward to the feedwater tank
for thermal feedwater treatment.
Feedwater from the feedwater tank to the recovery boiler will be pumped by three
pumps, two of which are electrically driven and furnished with hydraulic couplings of
variable speed drives while the third will be turbine-driven. Normally, one or two
electrically driven pumps are running. The turbine-driven pump will be for emergencies.
A separate feedwater pump will be used for the power boiler.
Feedwater will be fed from the feedwater pumps through the economiser to the drum
where water and steam are separated. Non-volatile compounds are removed from the
drum by continuous blow-out. Saturated steam from the drum will be led to the
superheater, which will be divided into several sections. There will be desuperheating,
a process of spraying demineralised water to control the steam temperature, between
each stage. Superheated steam will be then finally fed to the turbogenerator plant.

Volume 1: 6-322
The floor of the recovery boiler will be made of carbon steel tubes. On the front and
rear walls the Sanicro 38 tube section extends onto the floor and above primary air
ports. The lower furnace walls extending up to two metres above the centre line of the
tertiary airports are made of composite tubes.
Strong black liquor from the evaporation plant will be fed to the mixing tank. Ash from
hoppers and the electrostatic precipitator will be mixed and the liquor will be pumped
back to the evaporation plant for final evaporation. It will be also possible to extract part
of the ash from the circulation. Firing liquor from the evaporation plant will be pumped
to the liquor guns of the recovery boiler. The direct liquor preheater will be used if
necessary. Normally, the temperature will be already adjusted at the evaporation plant.
A salt cake make-up system and a system for extraction of ash are included.
Smelt from the recovery boiler will be fed to the dissolving tank through water-cooled
smelt spouts. Smelt will be dissolved in weak white liquor from the causticising plant
and thus green liquor will be formed. Green liquor, the term given to the recovery boiler
smelt dissolved in weak white liquor due to its green appearance, will be then pumped
back to the causticising plant. Weak white liquor and green liquor pipelines are
frequently swapped in order to keep the lines clean. Vent gases from the dissolving
tank are treated in a vent gas scrubber and fed to the recovery boilers furnace
together with secondary air.
Combustion air for the boiler will be introduced with primary, secondary and tertiary air
fans. All air fans are furnished with a frequency drive. All airflows are first heated with
hot pressurised water recovered from the flue gas coolers, further heated with medium
pressure steam to final combustion temperature. There are automatic air port cleaners
for both primary and secondary air. DNCG and dissolving tank vent gases are
introduced into the furnace as secondary air. Maximum steam generation with natural
gas only will be approximately 50 % of MCR.
CNCG gases are incinerated in a burner located on the front wall at the secondary air
level. The burner will be optionally furnished with separate lances for methanol and
turpentine incineration.
Flue gases from the recovery boiler are fed to a three-chamber (four fields per
chamber) electrostatic precipitator. The recovery boiler ESP has been designed for 40
% load/chamber. Each chamber can be isolated with remote-operated dampers. After
each chamber there will be a flue gas fan. Flue gas fans are frequency controlled. Flue
gases are finally fed to a stack of approximately 130m height.
There will possibly be an ash processing system. This system removes chlorine and
potassium from the precipitator ash so that chlorine level in the virgin black liquor
remains under 0.2 w % and potassium level under 1.0 w-%. There are three systems
available for this (two based on ash recrystallisation and one based on ash leaching).
The selection of the system will depend on final vendor negotiations. The NaCl and
KCl purge from the process will be directed to effluent treatment plant.

Volume 1: 6-323
A sufficient number of soot blowers will be provided to keep the heat transfer surfaces
clean. Soot blowing steam will be normally taken from the turbine. Alternatively, it can
be taken in conventional fashion directly from the recovery boiler (after the primary
superheater).
The afterdosing chemical system includes necessary pumps and tanks for injection of
oxygen removal chemicals to the feedwater tank and pH control chemicals for the
feedwater to the drum. The oxygen scavenger chemicals will be used to eliminate
oxygen in the boiler water and condensate to minimize corrosion and thus the possible
damages to the equipment and process caused by corrosion. The chemicals used are
those with Australian Quarantine Inspection Service (AQIS) approval for boiler water
use and commercially available in Australia.
Continuously monitored steam and water samples are taken as follows:

Conductivity from
demineralised water to demineralised water tank;
condensates from departments to main condensate tank;
condensate after condensate filter;
feedwater after feedwater tank;
boiler water from drum;
saturated steam before superheater; and
superheated steam after superheater.
Silicate from:
demineralised water to demineralised water tank;
condensate after condensate filter; and
saturated steam before superheater;
pH from:
feedwater after feedwater tank;
boiler water from drum; and
superheated steam after superheater;
Sodium (optional) from:
Total organic carbon (optional) from; and
Oxygen from:
condensate from turbine condenser.
Sealing water for the recovery boiler plant will be produced from pulp mill water by
filtration

Volume 1: 6-324
6.3.7 Causticising
General
The recausticising process consists of green liquor filtering, lime slaking and
causticising, white liquor filtering, lime mud washing and lime mud thickening.
The criteria for selecting the recausticising plants design concept were:
Low suspended solids content in green liquor;
White liquor high active alkali and low suspended solids content; and
Efficient lime mud washing.
Process Description
Raw green liquor will be pumped from the smelt dissolving tank to a raw green liquor
tank. The raw green liquor will be then pumped from the raw green liquor tank to green
liquor filters. Clear green liquor received from the filters will be stored in green liquor
storage. Green liquor will be then pumped from the green liquor storage for slaking.
Dregs are removed from the filters to the dregs tank, from where dreg slurry will be
pumped to dreg filtration. The dreg filter consists of a vacuum-operated drum filter
using lime mud precoat. Lime mud will be dewatered on the filter drum, forming a dry
lime mud precoat. Scraper plates located on the outer position scrape dregs out of the
drum.
Prior to feeding into the slaking system, the green liquor will be cooled in a flash cooler.
Lime will be fed to the slaking system from the reburnt lime bin by a screw feeder. Lime
will be slaked in a slaker where lime mud particles are formed. Grits are scraped out
from the slaker bottom chamber to the classifier screw, which takes the grits upwards.
The grits are washed before leaving the process. The liquid products from the slaker
overflows from the slaker to the causticizers.
There are three causticizer vessels in series, each designed with three or two
compartments. Lime milk from the last vessel will be pumped forward for white liquor
filtering.
White liquor filtering takes place in a pressurised disc filter. The system consists of a
filter furnished with the necessary number of discs, agitated lime mud slurry vessel,
filtrate vessel and filtration and booster compressors with separators. Pressure
difference forces the white liquor through the cake and filtering cloths inside the
sectors. The white liquor then flows through the shaft channels into the filtrate vessel.
Lime mud will be attached to the surface of the filtering discs and hot water showers
pre-wash it while rotating. Dry and pre-washed lime mud will be scraped from the discs
with scraper plates to the lime mud chutes and moved forward to the lime mud vessel.
White liquor from the filtrate vessel will be pumped to the white liquor tank.
Lime mud slurry at approximately 35 % consistency will be pumped from the lime mud
slurry vessel to the lime mud storage. From the storage tank, lime mud will be pumped

Volume 1: 6-325
to lime mud washing and thickening. Lime mud washing and thickening take place in a
disc-type lime mud filter. The lime mud, which will be attached to the surface of the
filtering discs, rotates with the discs and the washed and dry lime mud will be scraped
from the discs for conveying to the lime kiln. The separated weak wash liquor will be
pumped to the weak wash storage tank and forward to the recovery boiler for green
liquor dilution.
DNCG gases are collected from various sources, treated in a cooling scrubber and
sent by a fan to the recovery boiler or lime kiln as secondary air. Vent gases from the
lime mud filter are fed to a scrubber for dust removal.
Secondary condensate from the evaporation plant will be used as the main source of
water in the recausticising plant.
6.3.8 Lime kiln
General
The lime kiln plant consists of a lime kiln with flash dryer, auxiliaries, burner for natural
gas (optional for hydrogen and methanol, heavy fuel oil) and an electrostatic
precipitator.
The criteria for selecting the lime kiln plants design concept were:
long retention time for burned lime;
limestone used as make-up; and
low emissions.
Process Description
The lime mud drying system with flue gas (flash drying) consists of feed end housing,
lime mud feeding system, cyclone, rotary feeders, and necessary ducting. Lime mud
scraped from the lime mud filter drops onto the belt conveyor, which takes it to the
feeding system. The feeding system conveys lime mud to the feed end. In the dryer
flue gases exiting from the kiln carry lime mud through the ducting to the cyclone
where hot flue gases will dry the lime mud. Dry lime mud will be fed from the bottom of
the cyclone into the lime kiln.
Flue gas cleaned from lime mud dust in the cyclone will be fed to the electrostatic
precipitator (ESP). The induced draft fan located after the electrostatic precipitator
leads the flue gases to the stack. Dry dust separated from flue gas will be fed back into
the kiln.
The lime kiln will be a horizontal cylinder sloping towards the firing zone. The kiln will
be carried by supports and rotated with a driving mechanism. The firing and heating
zones have a two-layer brick lining, against which the kiln shell will be insulated with a
brick bed and a firebrick bed will be the inner layer of the kiln.

Volume 1: 6-326
Lime mud calcinates in the kiln, and the formed burnt lime will be conveyed towards
the firing hood of the kiln. The energy needed for lime calcination will be produced by
feeding and burning natural gas in the lime kiln. It is also, as an option, possible to
burn hydrogen and/or liquefied methanol. Lime will be removed from the kiln through a
cooler where heat contained in the kiln product will be recuperated to the secondary
air. Lime leaving the cooler will be separated into fine and coarse material. The small
particles drop directly onto the hot lime conveyor, while big particles are taken through
the crusher onto the same conveyor. Burnt lime will be conveyed by bucket elevators
and conveyors to the lime bin. The lime bin storage capacity will be two days.
The make-up limestone will be transported to the pulp mill and it will be loaded with a
frontend loader to a hopper. The limestone will be delivered in crushed form to the pulp
mill and lifted to the limestone bin by an elevator. Alternatively there may be a lime silo
for make-up lime. The separate feed system of make-up lime to the slaker means it
can be mixed at the desired ratio.
6.3.9 Turbogenerator
General
The power plant will feature a turbo-generator and the necessary auxiliary facilities.
Whether one or two turbo-generators will be installed will be subject to detailed
engineering and discussion with vendors. The total installed capacity will be
approximately 200 MW.
The purpose/aim for the turbogenerator plant is as follows:

sufficient throughput in the turbine even in order to cover peaks in the pulp mill
production rate; and
maximising the power generation by sliding extraction.
Process Description
The plant will consist of one extraction-back-pressure turbogenerator with condensing
tail or single turbine with separate high pressure and condensing sections or two
turbines. The final decision will be subject to the vendor negotiations.
The turbine will be furnished with the necessary number of uncontrolled bleeds for
supply of soot blowing steam at 30 bar(a), higher medium pressure steam for recovery
boiler air heating at 22 bar(a), medium pressure process steam at 10 bar(a) and low
pressure process steam at 4.5 bar(a) pressure after the external control valves and
surplus steam will be fed to the condensing tail.
There are desuperheaters to decrease the steam temperature to an appropriate value

for the process.
The plant consists of by-pass stations to by-pass the turbine from the high-pressure
steam net to the 10 bar(a) and 4.5 bar(a) steam nets when the turbine will be out of

Volume 1: 6-327
operation. The by-pass stations are furnished with necessary desuperheaters for
steam cooling.
Furthermore, the plant contains two auxiliary condensers to serve as a back-up when
the turbine is out of operation. To complement the system there will also be a vent
valve to the atmosphere.
The turbine will be directly coupled to a synchronous air-cooled generator(s) running at

3000 RPM. The rated capacity will be 200 MW.
There will be a start-up and back-up power connection to the state grid.
6.3.10 Power Boiler
The power boiler will be a bubbling fluidised bed combustion boiler (BFB) suitable for
100 % biofuel firing (fines from screening, sawdust, forest residues and dewatered
primary effluent sludge). Natural gas will be used when the steam and power balance
of the pulp mill cannot be maintained with black liquor and biofuel firing alone. This
situation will occur during start-up of the pulp mill.
The area comprises the combined biofuel, sludge and natural gas fired boiler including
auxiliary equipment like biofuel handling, ash silo with emptying device and
electrostatic precipitator.
The power boiler operates in parallel with the recovery boiler and generates high-
pressure steam at the same pressure and temperature. The power boiler will control
the pressure of high-pressure steam.
Combined biofuel will be stored in the waste wood area and transferred with sludge
into the boiler silo and from there the fuel mixture will be fed into the boiler furnace.
The primary sludge from the effluent plant will be dewatered in the biofuel handling
area and then conveyed to the boiler and mixed with the biofuels prior to its
introduction into the furnace.
The combustion air will be divided into primary air and secondary air. Both air systems
have their own fan. Secondary air will be heated with flue gas in an air heater. The
secondary air system will be also equipped with a steam coil air heater. The primary
air will be heated in the same way.
The induced draft (ID) fan located after the electrostatic precipitator creates the draft
required to transfer the flue gas from the furnace to the stack outlet. By using a flue
gas recirculation fan, the flue gas will be recirculated from the ID fan discharge back to
the primary air pressure duct after the air heater in order to control the bed temperature
by lowering the oxygen content in the bed.
After the furnace the flue gases pass through the superheater and economiser and
through an electrostatic precipitator to the stack. The fly ash will be collected in a
storage silo. The extraction system from the silo contains both dry and wet extractions.

Volume 1: 6-328
The bottom ash will be cooled, screened and the accepted material will be recycled
back to the furnace through the sand silo, whereas the reject will be taken into a
container for dumping.
The boiler will be furnished with the possibility of receiving and burning DNCG if the
recovery boiler is out of operation or if due to any other temporary reason the gases
cannot be burned there.
The NOx emissions of the power boiler derive almost exclusively from the biofuels,
since the furnace temperatures in fluidised bed firing are typically less than 900C.
The TSS (Total Suspended Solids) concentration in the flue gas will be controlled with
an ESP (Electrostatic Precipitator).
Cleaned flue gases will be discharged to the air through the stack common with
recovery boiler, but in a separate flume.
6.3.11 Malodorous Gas Handling
Concentrated Non-condensable Gases (CNCG)

Concentrated non-condensable gases (CNCGs) from the cooking plant, stripping
column, evaporator hot well, foul condensate tank, and pressurised firing liquor tank
are collected into a water seal. The water seal acts like a check valve which prevents
gases going backwards, does not permit flame propagation to continue, and separates
condensate from the gas pipes. The gases are blown with steam ejectors to
incineration. The gas line from the seal tank and the line from the stripper will be
provided with drop separators, flame arrestors and explosion plates. Most of the
CNCGs are incinerated in the recovery boiler in a dedicated burner at the secondary
air level.

Volume 1: 6-329
Ejector CNCG
Recovery
Droplet By-pass to Stack Boiler
CNCG Separator MP Steam
Cooking
Water
CNCG Lock
Evaporation Ejectors
Area SO2-
Stack
Scrubber
Odorous
Evaporation gas boiler
Area
CNCG from Stripper/Methanol Plant
Methanol
Natural Gas NaOH
Lamella
Clarifier
Sand
filter
Pump
Bleaching
Tank
Feedwater
Cold Water Warm Water DNCG by-pass to NCG Boiler By-pass to Stack
Air LP Steam
Evaporation DNCG
Area
Foul Condensate
Droplet
Separator Recovery
Recovery Boiler, Boiler
at Secondary Air Level
Cold Water Warm Water Power Boiler

Power Boiler
at Tertiary Air Level
Fiberline DNCG
Area
Foul Condensate
Recovery Dissolving Tank Scrubber

Boiler
Figure 6-25
Cold Water Warm Water PRELIMINARY
Gunns Limited
Causticizing DNCG Bell Bay Pulp Mill Project
Area Tasmania
Foul Condensate 16B0104-02027
Lime Kiln LM Filter Pre-engineering project
9.2.2005
ARE/KMN
Odorous Gas Handling
REVISED 14/12/2005 1:50 PM

There will be a CNCG incineration system comprising two flame tube boilers to serve
as the first back-up. However, a portion of the CNCGs are continuously fed to one of
the incinerators (flame tube boilers) to keep it hot and to produce sodium bisulphite for
the bleach plant. CNCGs are burned in this designated incinerator with the help of
natural gas and methanol. Heat from the boiler will be used to produce medium-
pressure steam, which in turn will be used to drive the CNCG ejectors. Flue gases are
washed in the sulphur dioxide scrubber. Sulphur dioxide in the flue gases reacts with
the added sodium hydroxide forming sodium bisulphite liquor. Sodium bisulphite liquor
will be pumped to the bleaching plant, where it will be mainly used to destroy the
residual chlorine dioxide in the pulp after the D stages and in the bleach plant vent
gases. One of the incinerators (flame tube boiler) will be operating on the CNCGs at all
times while the other will be on stand-by.
In the event that neither the recovery boiler nor the designated NCG incinerator will be
available, the second back-up will be the spare CNCG incinerator.
In the event that all three incineration positions are unavailable, the gases will be
diverted into a dedicated vent gas flume in the stack. The need for this back-up to be
used will be unlikely, as in a situation when both the recovery boiler and the
incinerators are unavailable, the pulp mill will be shut down.
During pulp mill shutdown and in situations where DNCG burning will be impossible in
both recovery and power boilers they can be fed to both of the NCG incinerators. The
SO2 scrubber removes sulphur-containing gases from the flue gas stream. The
situation may arise that there will be an excess of sodium bisulphite. It this case it will
be still sent to the bleach plant and chemical plant scrubbers and sewered with the
effluent from the scrubber at that point. If the sodium bisulphite remaining is left it will
be oxidised in the effluent treatment plant to sodium sulphate. The design of the
aeration plant capacity will be sufficient for this small amount.
Diluted Non-condensable Gases (DNCG)

Gases collected from the fibre line and evaporation plant tanks are dried, heated and
normally burned in the recovery boiler. Where the diluted gases cannot be burned in
the recovery boiler they will be directed to the power boiler. Where the gases cannot
be burned in either of the boilers, they will be sent to both of the NCG incinerators for
destruction.
The NCG boilers will also be used to burn DNCG gases from the black liquor storage
tanks in the brown stock and evaporation area, and from storage tanks in the
causticising plant during shutdown periods. This will minimise the odour impact of the
pulp mill during shutdowns.
Compressed Air Plant

A compressed air plant serving the instrument air and pulp mill air needs will be
located on the ground floor of the turbine house.

Volume 1: 6-331
The compressed air will be produced with four parallel compressors, of which two will
normally be in operation, one (or two) will be for peak consumption and one will be a
back-up.
The compressed air will be dried with air driers and fed to two parallel receivers, one
for instrument air and the other for pulp mill air. The quality of the instrument air and
pulp mill air will be the same; the only difference will be in pressure. When the pressure
in the instrument air system starts to decrease, a control valve limits the flow to the
pulp mill air system granting a constant and continuous pressure for the instrument air
system.
Pulp mill air will be used for maintenance equipment, cleaning and some contingent
purposes and therefore a continuous pressure is not essential.
6.3.12 Pulp Mill Water Treatment and Cooling Towers
Water Quality
The raw water for the pulp mill will be delivered from Trevallyn Dam, some 40 km from
the pulp mill site. Based on information available from Esk Water, the water quality to
the treatment plant is shown in Table 6-12.
Table 6-12 Quality of the Water Source
Parameter Unit Water Quality

o
Temperature C 5 20
Turbidity NTU 0 30
Colour PCU 5 100
Conductivity mS/m 5 20
Calcium mgCa/L 10 50
Magnesium mgMg/L 5 10
Sodium mgNa/L 10 20
Chlorides mgCl/L 10 50
Sulphates mgSO4/L 10 30
Nitrates mgNO3/L 05
Silica mgSiO2/L 5 15
Total iron mgFe/L 0.1 0.5
Total manganese mgMn/L 0.01 0.1
COD (Chemical Oxygen Demand) mgO2/L 3 30
The target quality of the treated pulp mill water, is as follows:

Volume 1: 6-332
Table 6-13 Target Quality of the Treated Pulp Mill Water
Parameter Unit Target
Turbidity less than NTU 1
Total iron less than mgFe/L 0.05
Total manganese less than mgMn/L 0.05
COD less than mgO2/L 4
Colour less than mg TCU/L 5
Water Consumption
The preliminary water balance of the pulp mill is presented in the MWWB (Pulp Mill
Wide Water Balance), Annex III of Appendix 8, Volume 7. The raw water consumption
of the pulp mill is estimated at 23.4 KL/ADt of bleached pulp. At the pulp mill capacity
of 1,100,000 ADt/a this corresponds to an average water flow of 73,600 KL/d. The
fresh water demand of the pulp mill depends on the final selection of certain process
equipment and systems determined as part of the detailed design phase. The above
estimated balance demand includes all commercially available main process
equipment.
Department Design Criteria

The water treatment capacity is calculated as follows:
Criteria Unit Value
As daily average KL/d 73,550
Design factor 1.1
Treatment plant capacity (at design capacity) KL/h 4,100
Pulp mill water storage volume KL 12,000
Retention time with average consumption h 3
Description of the Chemical Water Treatment Process

The raw water will be pumped to the pulp mill through a 40 km long pipeline from the
existing Trevallyn Dam on the South Esk River. A water reservoir will be built northeast
of the pulp mill site to provide buffer storage in case of temporary problems in the raw
water supply to the pulp mill (e.g. power black-out or pipeline failure).
Clean storm water from the large building roofs and comparable areas, which do not
feature any contamination risk, will be reclaimed to the water treatment system and
used as make-up to the water treatment.
The fresh water will be delivered to the inlet well, from where it flows to chemical
treatment by gravity. Flocculation and pH control chemicals are added and mixed with

Volume 1: 6-333
the water, which then flows to the flocculation chambers. At the end of flocculation,
polymer may be added and the flocculated water will be fed to the flotation sand filters.
The floc will be collected at the surface of the filters, scraped to a channel and fed
further to the effluent treatment plant or alternatively to primary sludge dewatering.
Clarified water will be filtered through sand filters and fed to the pulp mill water storage.
Sand filters are washed with pulp mill water, which will be recovered to a wash water
tank and pumped to the beginning of the process. The same wash water tank will be
used for recovery of the storm water and cooling water blow down as water treatment
plant inlet.
Sodium hypochlorite will occasionally be added to the clarified water to prevent the
growth of microbes and other aquatic organisms in the water treatment plant.
A flocculation chemical will be delivered to the site at about 50 % concentration and

pumped from the storage tank. Diluted caustic soda for pH control will be pumped from
the alkali plant to the caustic soda day tank. Polymer will be delivered to the site in 500
kg bags and diluted at site to 0.2 % concentration before consumption.
Sludge from the water treatment plant will be led to either the effluent treatment plant
or fed directly to the primary sludge dewatering and dewatered together with the
primary sludge.
Pulp mill water will be pumped to consumption with three frequency controlled drive
pumps, two normally in operation and one in stand-by or serving peak conditions.
Potable water will be taken from the existing potable water main of Esk Water 1 km
north-east of the pulp mill.
Cooling Water
The pulp mill will have two cooling towers. The main cooling tower will serve three
cooling water distribution nets; the first serving the pulping and recovery plants, the
second the turbine condenser of the power plant and the third HVAC systems. The
chemical plant cooling tower will serve the chemical plant.
The cooling tower type, number of cells and dimensions will be defined when the final
purchase negotiations with the suppliers are completed. The type can be either
mechanical draft counter or crossflow cooling tower with plastic film fill.
The recycled cooling water will be screened with microscreens before leading to the
cooling water basins for reuse.
The final number of loops and their capacities will be defined in the detailed design
engineering phase, when the detailed cooling requirements are available.
Both cooling tower sets will be equipped with their own conditioning chemical system.
The cooling tower conditioning chemicals will be used to minimize corrosion, scaling
and slime formation and hence the possible damage to the equipment and process

Volume 1: 6-334
caused by corrosion or scaling. Chemicals used will have AQIS approval for cooling
water use and be commercially available in Australia.
The cooling tower water conditioning will prevent damage due to corrosion, scaling or
microbiological growth. There will be no odour emissions from the cooling tower.
The closed cycle cooling water systems will be built and operated in compliance with
Australian cooling tower standards and the Legionella regulations. The outputs from
the cooling tower circuits are evaporation, minor drift loss and blow down. The only
input to the circuit will be the make-up water. The pulp mill management plan and the
required pulp mill operational instructions, including the compliance with Legionella
regulations, will be issued during the detailed engineering phase of the project and well
before the pulp mill start up. The plan will consist of the following:
Registration of the cooling towers;
Occupational Health and Safety;
Risk management;
Environmental management;
Sampling locations in the cooling water net, basin and tower;
Chemical feeding nozzles and drainage arrangements;
Continuous cooling water quality measurement with conductivity meter and blow
down flow control;
Laboratory testing program both in the pulp mills own laboratory and in outside
accredited laboratory; and
Training
The cooling tower will be purchased, and will meet and comply with all the appropriate
Australian regulations.
6.3.13 Feedwater Treatment
Feedwater consists of demineralised water and cleaned fresh steam process

condensates. It will be degased and heated in the Boiler Feedwater tank. It is not to be
confused with pulp mill water which is the raw water to the pulp mill which has
undergone treatment for use in the process.
Demineralised Water
Demineralised water will be produced from pulp mill water by ion exchange. Reverse
osmosis followed by mixed bed filter may also be used. The final decision between the
processes will be made in the detailed engineering phase.

Volume 1: 6-335
Design Criteria
The preliminary energy balances are presented in Section 6.3.8. Those balances
indicate the need for make-up water to be 34 kg/s. The final make-up amount will
depend on the selected equipment and the final energy balance for the pulp mill. The
demineralised water consumption in the other departments will be 9 kg/s. The
demineralised plant design capacity is as follows:
Table 6-14 Demineralised Plant Design Criteria
Criteria Unit Value
Design continuous demin water requirement kg/s 120
Treatment stream capacity kg/s 2 x 75
Treatment capacity Eqv/cycle 19,000
Demineralised water quality
Sodium + potassium, less than g/m3 20
Silica, less than g/m3 5
Demineralised Water Treatment

The demineralisation consists of two streams: anion and cation exchangers or
alternatively seven to eight RO (Reverse Osmosis) streams followed by two mixed bed
filters. The streams can be operated in parallel. The exchangers are regenerated with
caustic soda and hydrochloric or sulphuric acid. The regeneration effluents are mixed
in a neutralisation tank for pre-neutralisation and fed to the effluent treatment plant.
The chemicals for regeneration are delivered from the chemical plant to the day tanks
at the demineralisation plant.
Demineralised water will be used as make-up water mainly in the boiler house. In
addition, smaller amounts will be needed for chemical production, for the chlorine
dioxide and alkali plant, for filling of the closed-loop cooling circulation systems, and in
the laboratories.
6.3.14 Effluent Treatment Plant
Raw Effluent Loads

As the result of the BAT-level in-plant control measures described in 6.3and 6.4, the
raw effluent loads of the pulp mill per tonne of pulp will fall below the limits contained in
the Emission Guidelines and in the international effluent standards.
The average and design raw effluent loads at the maximum production of up to 1.1
million ADt/a are estimated as follows:

Volume 1: 6-336
Table 6-15 Average and Design Raw Effluent Loads
Parameter Average from Process Design including

effluent from
woodchip mill and
storm water
Effluent flow, m3/d 63,770 94,690
TSS, kg/d 41,790 58,760
BOD5, kg/d 49,128 66,280
CODCr, kg/d 143,172 196,080
AOX, kg/d 1,453 1,615
TDS, kg/d 211,792 285,880
Colour, kg/d 31,429 50,000
Chlorate, kg/d 4,756 5,285
Design Criteria
Target Process Effluent Loads
Item 1.3.1 of the Emission Guidelines define the primary design targets of the process
effluent treatment plant. In addition, the international BAT guidelines, like the BAT
guidelines of the European Union and the New Source Performance Standards of the
USEPA, should be complied with. The comparison of the Emission Guidelines, the EU
BAT guidelines, the raw effluent loads, and the removal efficiencies required to achieve
the standards set in the guidelines are as follows.

Volume 1: 6-337
Contaminated
Storm Water
Waste Nutrient Dosing
Disposal Sulphuric
Area Acid
Storm Water
If contaminated Phosphoric Acid

Undirect Cooling or Ammonium
Tower,Option
Lime Defoamer
M
Emergency Urea
Storage Basin
Pulp Mill
High Solids
Effluents
Air Blowers
Pre-treated Equalizing Basin

Sanitary
Effluent
Aeration Basin
M
Primary Clarifier
Primary Sludge
Scum
Sludge
Secondary M Secondary
M
Clarifier Clarifier
Return Sludge Clean
Storm Water
Effluent Pipe 18km Discharge to

Sea
M Service Water
Polymer
Sludge Handling ETP
Sludge
Sludge Silo or Evaporation
Tank Pile Plant
Biosludge
Dewatering
Biofuel Conveyor
Figure 6-26
PRELIMINARY
M
Gunns Limited
Screw Presses Bell Bay Pulp Mill Project
Tasmania
16B0104-02026
Pre-engineering project
17.2.2005
Effluent Treatment
ARE/KMN
REVISED 14/3/2006 10:33 AM

Table 6-16 Comparison of Emission Guidelines with EU BAT Guidelines, Raw
Effluent Loads, and the required removal Efficiencies to Achieve the
Guidelines
Parameter Emission EU Raw effluent load Required removal

Guidelines efficiency (%)
Monthly Annual
average average
TSS, kg/ADt 2.6 0.6 1.5 8.4 80.5

BOD5, kg/ADt 2.1 0.3 1.5 12.5 86.6
COD, kg/ADt 20 8 - 23 39.2 56.1
AOX, kg/ADt 0.2 (0) - 0.25 0.49 56.8
Colour, kg/ADt 42 n/a 10 zero
The Emission Guidelines also define, in addition to the above indicated parameters,
the following treated effluent parameters.
Table 6-17 The Comparison of the Emission Guidelines and the Treated Effluent
Parameter Emission Guidelines Treated effluent load

Acute toxicity, LC50/EC50 a) no acute toxicity
Chronic toxicity, EC50 b) e)
2,3,7,8-TCDD, pg/L 10 less than detection limit of 1ppq
2,3,7,8-TCDF, pg/L 30 less than detection limit of 1ppq
Chlorate, c)d), mg/L 10 less than 10
Trihalomethanes including d) f)
chloroform, d)
Oil and grease No visible contamination No visible contamination
Notes:
a Acute toxicity should be measured in 100 % effluent. The effect from the effluent should be less than 50 %.
b Chronic toxicity should be measured in effluent at various dilutions above and below the dilution expected
at the edge of the mixing zone. The concentration at which a 50 % effect is obtained should be determined.
The lowest observed effect concentration (LOEC) and the no observed effect concentration (NOEC) should
also be determined. The discharge limit will be set such that the NOEC is not exceeded at the edge of the
mixing zone.
c If the proponent proposes to use the ECF bleaching method in the pulp mill process, the environmental
impact assessment must include a study of the effects of chlorate ion on any sensitive marine flora and
fauna species living within a 1 kilometre radius of the proposed discharge point for treated pulp mill effluent.
The discharge limit for chlorate will be set based on the results of this study so that no detectable
environmental damage occurs beyond the dilution zone. Laboratory tests suggest that concentrations
required to protect brown algae are less than 10 g/L [Rosemarin et al. 1986]. It is strongly recommended
that the EIS include specific study of the effects of appropriate levels of chlorate on algal communities in the
particular discharge zones.
d These limits are not applicable to BEK pulp mills employing a TCF bleaching sequence.
e) The chronic toxicity is handled in a separate report. The chronic toxicity of the effluent will not differ from
the modern pulp mill chronic toxicity levels.
f)) Some amount of trihalomethanes may form in case of hypochlorite is used in bleaching. In this pulp mill
hypochlorite is not used and trihalomethane content will be negligible.

Volume 1: 6-339
Due to the low raw effluent loads achievable with modern BAT-level in-plant control
measures, both the Emission Guidelines and the EU guidelines can be achieved with
the AMT effluent treatment plants featuring properly designed primary and secondary
effluent treatment stages (Table 6-17).
Main Design Data of the Process Effluent Treatment Plant

The design data for the effluent treatment plant are based on the untreated effluent
loads and on the primary objective of complying with the Emission Guidelines and the
EU-BAT final effluent loads. However, in addition to the AMT set by the Emission
Guidelines, the design of the effluent treatment plant conforms to the design principles
of the most modern effluent treatment plants in operation in the pulp industry. This
means that the parameters comply with the Emission Guidelines. Typical examples are
the TSS and BOD loads, which will be substantially lower than the guidelines, because
that the critical design parameters are the COD (Chemical Oxygen Demand) and AOX
(Adsorbable Organic Halides) loads. The compliance with the guidelines for these
parameters results in a very high removal efficiency of BOD and TSS.
The design data for the main unit operations of the effluent treatment plant are as
follows (see Annex V of Appendix 8, Volume 7 for details).
Table 6-18 Design Criteria of Effluent Treatment Plant Units of Operation

Design Criteria Value
Primary clarifier, diameter, m 70
- Rise rate with design flow, m/h 1.025
- Typical design range, m/h 0.9 1.5
3
Equalisation basin, volume, m 45,000
- Retention time, h 11.4
-Typical design range, h 4 12
3
Anoxic chlorate removal stage, volume, m 8,000
- Retention time, h 2
- Typical design range, h 13
3
3-stage selector part, total volume, m 3 x 3,200
- Retention time, h 3
- Typical design range, h 24
3
Final aeration basin, volume, m 77,900
- Suspended solids content (MLVSS), g/m3 4.5
3
- Typical design range, g/m 2.5 - 6
Secondary clarifiers, 2 pcs., diameter, m 2 x 68
- Rise rate with design flow, m/h 0.55
- Typical design range, m/h 0.5 0.6
Biosludge thickener, diameter, m 30
- Surface loading, kg/d m2 34
2
- Typical design range, kg/d m 25 50
Primary Sludge dewatering plant, t DS/d 50

Volume 1: 6-340
Design Criteria Value
- Design amount, kg/ADt 17.5
- Typical design range, kg/ADt 10 - 20
Bioludge dewatering plant, t DS/d 24
- Design amount, kg/ADt 0.5 1.0
- Typical design range, t DS/d 10 30
Final effluent pumping basin, volume m3 25,000
Final effluent pipeline to bass strait, length, km 22
Total installed power to the effluent treatment plant, kW 5,000
Process Description of the Effluent Treatment Plant

Process Outline
The effluent treatment plant comprises a modern primary and secondary effluent
treatment facility.
Effluent entering the effluent treatment plant will have been cooled within the
respective departments to approximately 35oC, which is an optimum temperature for
the growth of microbes in activated sludge. An alternative will be to cool the raw
effluent at the ETP by using heat exchangers and a closed loop clean water-cooling
tower.
The primary treatment stage includes a large gravity clarifier, which removes the
suspended solids from the effluent. To guarantee that the treatment plant will be able
to perform properly under variable hydraulic loading conditions, a large buffer basin will
be built to provide hydraulic resilience to the system. The primary stage includes an
equalisation basin, which reduces the variations in the raw effluent quality. This will
ensure that the operation of the subsequent biological treatment stage will be as stable
as possible.
The secondary treatment stage comprises an extended aeration activated sludge

process integrated with an anoxic chlorate removal stage and a selector (2 to 3
selectors in series). The details of the main design criteria of these unit operations are
presented in Annex V of Appendix 8, Volume 7.
The alternative to cool the untreated effluents will be to use heat exchangers at the
specific pulp mill departments. The priority in this case will be to utilise the heat from
the mill effluent in the pulping process. The remaining heat from the effluent will be
then transferred to cooling water and then cooled in the cooling tower.
An alternative will be to have a separate indirect cooling tower system at the effluent
treatment plant to cool the effluent. In this alternative the effluent will be cooled by
circulating cooling water which will be then pumped to a cooling tower.
These options are being considered by Gunns so that it can make an economical
comparison for the cooling system to be used. In none of the alternatives will the
effluent be in direct contact with the atmosphere.

Volume 1: 6-341
Pre-treatment and Primary Treatment
Effluent will be discharged from process departments through flow meters, sampling
devices, and pH controls. The effluent will be screened with non-mechanical (fixed with
no moving parts) and mechanical screens and fed to the inlet chamber of the primary
clarifier. Overflow from the inlet chamber will be fed to the buffer basin. Primary sludge
settling at the bottom of the clarifier will be pumped to the sludge dewatering plant.
The clarified effluent from the primary clarifier will be fed to an agitated equalisation
basin. The first section of the equalisation basin consists of a neutralisation zone to
adjust the effluent pH in order to have optimum conditions for the biological process.
From the equalisation basin the effluent will be pumped to the secondary treatment
stage.
Emergency Basin
The emergency basin will be used in exceptional cases to protect the biological
treatment against shock loads such as high temperature, high COD load, high TSS,
high TDS, and minor effluent treatment plant equipment failure. Under normal pulp mill
operating conditions the equalisation basin will balance the effluent quality variations.
In order to evaluate the need to use the emergency basin, the effluent quality from
each department and the effluent quality to the effluent treatment plant will be
continuously monitored for turbidity, pH, conductivity, and temperature. If the effluent
quality entering the effluent treatment plant exceeds biological treatment plant
requirement parameters, it will be led to the emergency basin either partially or totally
according to the situation.
The effluent contained in the emergency basin will then be pumped back under flow
controlled conditions to the effluent treatment plant as soon as treatment plant
parameters allow. There will be capacity reservations in the effluent treatment plant for
storm water treatment and also for the difference between average and design flow for
this to occur.
The emergency basin retention time of 25 hours will be sufficient for minor
maintenance or repair work at the effluent treatment plant to be performed if required.
The pulp mill operating target and procedure will be to keep emergency basin empty
and use it only in exceptional conditions. Major maintenance work will be performed
during the planned pulp mill annual shut down which occurs once per year. Some
effluent can be collected to the emergency basin to ensure continuous feed and
maintain a good quality biomass for the pulp mill start-up.
The emergency basin will also be used to feed storm water to the effluent treatment
plant on occasions if the stormwater is contaminated. The emergency basin will also
be used as a buffer for stormwater in order to minimize the effluent quality changes at
the inlet to biological treatment. The content of contaminants in stormwater is expected
to be much lower then the untreated effluent, although it will still need to be treated.

Volume 1: 6-342
Secondary Treatment
The secondary treatment comprises the anoxic chlorate removal stage, the aerobic
selector basins, the final aeration basin, and two secondary clarifiers. The total volume
of the chlorate reactor will be up to 8,000 m3 and the volume of the aeration basin will
be up to 87,500 m3. The diameter of the secondary clarifiers will be up to 68 m each.
Chlorate, which is a by-product of chlorine dioxide bleaching, will be removed from the
effluent in an anaerobic treatment stage, which has a hydraulic retention time of about
one to three hours. This stage will be followed by two to three aerated selector basins
in series. The total volume of the selectors will be up to 9 600 m3 and the hydraulic
retention time will be 3 to 4 hours. These basins could feature a modern moving
biological bed technology (MBB) to maximise the treatment efficiency. The exact
configuration will be determined as part of detailed engineering design.
The design chlorate removal efficiency will be 97.5 %. The chlorate-removal will be
carried out in an anoxic reactor, with a HRT (hydraulic retention time) of 1 to 3 hours
(the actual HRT will depend on the final supplier selection). Moving bed bioreactors,
MBBR, have different conditions than in anoxic selectors. The REDOX (reduction
oxidation) potential in the reactor will be adjusted properly to achieve the required
reduction efficiency. The target is to arrange the anaerobic conditions so that chlorates
can be decomposed. In addition to lowering the REDOX potential some nutrients will
be released from the sludge. The latter can contribute to the improved selector and
final aeration performance.
Return sludge from the secondary clarifiers (see below) will be pumped continuously to
the selector section of the plant. The typical return sludge ratio will be 80-100 % of the
incoming effluent. The target mixed liquor volatile suspended solids (MLVSS) in
aeration will be 4.5 g/L. This means that the total amount of active biomass in the
aeration basin purifying the effluent will be 400 tonnes.
The volume of the final aeration basin will be up to 78,000 m3 and the water depth 7 to
9 m. The selectors and the final aeration basin will be provided with submerged fine
bubble aerators, which maintain the mixed liquor dissolved oxygen concentration at 1.5
to 3 mg/L. Aeration air to the selectors and the final aeration basin will be supplied by 2
to 3 turbo-compressors. The total installed power to the aeration system will be 2.5 to
3 MW depending on the final equipment selection. The aerated effluent will be
discharged from the final aeration basin to two parallel secondary clarifiers. The
activated sludge in the mixed liquor undergoes a bio-flocculation process and the
biosludge will be settled at the bottom of the secondary clarifiers. Most of the settled
biosolids are returned to aeration, while the excess biosolids corresponding to the net
amount of microbial biomass formed as the result of BOD and COD removal will be
wasted from the system as excess biosludge.
The treated clarified effluent will be fed to the surge basin from where it will be pumped
to Bass Strait.

Volume 1: 6-343
Sludge Treatment
The excess biosludge may be pumped to a sludge thickener and from there to the
evaporation plant for further handling. Alternatively the thickener can be located under
a secondary clarifier and no pumping is then required. The sludge from the primary
clarifier will be pumped to a storage tank in the sludge dewatering plant at the biofuel
area, close to the power boiler. Sludge dewatering may consist of two dewatering lines,
each provided with pre-dewatering equipment, a screw press and polymer dosing
equipment. Dewatered sludge will be conveyed to a sludge silo and from there to the
power boiler for incineration. Sludge can also be withdrawn from the conveyor to a
container in case the silo is out of order. The silo can be emptied to a container on
demand.
Chemical Handling
The neutralisation chemicals, hydrochloric or sulphuric acid and calcium oxide, as well
as phosphoric acid, urea (needed as nutrient) and defoamer are delivered to the
treatment plant by trucks. The nutrients are added to the biological treatment phase.
Phosphoric acid will be used to provide the phosphorous source and urea will be used
as the nitrogen source. The nutrient level in the process will be controlled by laboratory
measurements and the dosage adjusted according to the results. The defoamers are
pumped directly from the transport container to the aeration basin as required.
Polymers are delivered to the effluent treatment and sludge dewatering in bulk bags
and are diluted on site.
Final Effluent Loads and Disposal
Due to the advanced treatment process, modern in-plant effluent control measures and
the preferred pulp bleaching technology, all control parameters stipulated in the
Emission Guidelines, including the final effluent colour and COD will be complied with
by a clear margin. The estimated average final effluent loads are as follows:
Table 6-19 Final Effluent Loads
Parameter mg/l t/d kg/ADt Monthly Average

Discharge Limit*
kg/ADt
Effluent amount n/a 63,770 20,317
TSS 20 1.3 0.41 2.6 kg/ADt
BOD5 11 0.69 0.22 2.1 kg/ADt
CODCr 361 23 9.4 20 kg/ADt
AOX 6.8 0.44 0.14 0.2 kg/ADt
TDS 1,896 121 38.5
Colour 450 31.4 10 42 kg/ADt
Acute toxicity, none
LC50/EC50

Volume 1: 6-344
Parameter mg/l t/d kg/ADt Monthly Average
Discharge Limit*
kg/ADt
Chronic toxicity, no differences to
EC50 other modern
pulp mills 1
2,3,7,8-TCDD, less than 10 pg/L 10 pg/L
pg/L
2,3,7,8-TCDF, pg/L less than 30 pg/L 30 pg/L
Chlorate, mg/L 1.9 0.119 0.04 10 mg/L
Trihalomethanes Less than 2 negligible negligible 2 mg/L

including negligible
chloroform,
Oil and grease no visible no visible
contamination contamination
Note 1), the chronic toxicity has been handled in the separate toxicity report.
2) Some amount of trihalomethanes may form in case of hypochlorite is used in bleaching. In this pulp mill
hypochlorite is not used and trihalomethane content will be negligible
The final effluent will also comply with all relevant acute and sub-lethal eco-toxicity and
TCDD/TCDF criteria as stipulated in the Emission Guidelines.
The final effluent will be discharged to Bass Strait through an effluent pipeline and
multi-port diffuser.
As part of development of the pre and post operational monitoring plan, interim water
quality objectives for the effluent outfall mixing zone have been developed in
consultation with DTAE. These are detailed in Section 5 of Volume 4 of the Draft IIS.

Volume 1: 6-345
Clean
Water
Stormwater
Treatment
From Roofs:
Drying,
Warehouse
etc.
Stormwater Effluent
Warehouse Treatment,
Stormwater, Emergency
WARF Pond
Stormwater
From Pulp Mill Effluent
15000m3 Treatment,
Surge Basin
Settling and
Oil Catchment Pond
9000m3 River
Contaminated
Stormwater Storage Pond
Effluent
Treatment,
Emergency
Pond
Stormwater
from Effluent
Chemical 3
3750m Treatment,
Plant Surge Basin
Settling and
Oil Catchment Pond
2250m3 River
Contaminated
Stormwater Storage Pond
Stormwater
from ETP
Clarifier Area
Stormwater PRELIMINARY Figure 6-27

Oil-Grid Catchment
Gunns Limited
Tasmania
16B0104-02025
Pre-engineering project
10.2.2005
ARE/KMN
Stormwater Treatment
REVISED 14/2/2006 1:39 PM

Sanitary Effluent Treatment
The total amount of sanitary sewage (including canteen effluent and shower water) is
estimated at 100 m3/d. The preliminary design flow will be 20 m3/h (480 m3/d), which
represents less than 1 % of the treatment plants hydraulic loading
Sewage will be collected from the change rooms and other sanitary facilities, from
offices and from the canteens in a sewerage system that is separate from the process
effluent system. The sewage will be clarified in a standard septic tank system, and
pumped to the inlet of the process effluent treatment plant. In this way, the treated
sewage will be discharged to the sea together with the treated process effluent.
Leachate from Landfill
Effluent from the solid waste landfill will be collected and piped to the effluent treatment
plant.
The leachate quality will depend greatly on the stormwater intensity and amount, and
how soon the landfill will be covered. The leachate from the solid waste landfill will
have no effect on the final effluent discharge. The leachate quality is estimated to be
as follows.
Temperature, oC 10 25
pH 9.5 12
Conductivity, mS/m 200 2,500
Total suspended solids, mg/l 150 1,000
COD, mg/l 200 2,200
BOD, mg/l 50 500
Total phosphorus, mg P/l 1 15
Total nitrogen, mg N/l 5 - 30
The average leachate flow is estimated to be approximately 7 m3/d (Pitt and Sherry,
2006a). This represents approximately 0.01 % of the flow to the treatment plant.
Stormwater Treatment
The stormwater drains from the pulp mill site are divided into two separate systems.
Clean stormwater from the building roof and comparable areas (with minimal,
contamination risk), will be either reclaimed to the water treatment system or,
discharged directly into a stormwater drain and sent to the treated effluent pumping
basin for ocean discharge with the effluent. Refer to line diagram 16B0104-02025 in
Appendix 8, Volume 7 and the following flow chart.
Rain water from other areas at the pulp mill site, including unused land between pulp
mill departments, site roads, and process storage tank and equipment areas, will be
collected into another storm water drain system and taken to a stormwater collection
basin, in which suspended solids and floating debris will be separated, especially from

Volume 1: 6-347
the first flush waters. The basin will also be provided with oil separation equipment to
ensure that no oil spills (eg. from mobile machinery) are discharged into the ocean
discharge. In the event of contamination is found by continuous conductivity
measurement or oil detection instruments, the storm water will be pumped to the
effluent treatment plant. Clean storm water will be led to the second lagoon and further
pumped to the effluent treatment plant surge basin. In an extreme high storm, once in
ten years, stormwater from the second lagoon will overflow to the Tamar River.
Figure 6-28 Stormwater Flow Chart
Effluent Monitoring
Continuously monitored effluent and storm water samples will be taken as follows:
Flow
effluent from each department to underground piping
inflow to the effluent treatment plant
inflow to secondary treatment
ocean discharge
each sludge streams

Volume 1: 6-348
Automatic composite sampling devices equipped with refrigerator
ocean discharge
Conductivity from
effluent from brown stock area, recovery, causticising and chemical plant to
underground piping
effluent from the spill basin
ocean discharge
pH from
inflow to the secondary treatment phase
ocean discharge
Temperature
effluent from each department to underground piping
ocean discharge
TSS
effluent from brown stock, causticising, lime kiln area
inflow to primary clarifier
Oxygen
selectors,
aeration basin
ocean discharge
Turbidity, NH4, NO3, COD, TOC, BOD, colour, PO4,
ocean discharge
Effluent treatment process and quality will be monitored on a daily basis with laboratory
analysis from the composite samples, such as BOD, COD, TSS, TDS, P, N, pH,
conductivity and content. Specifics of the monitoring program will be determined in
consultation with DTAE.
In addition to composite samples some grab samples from sludge streams, mixed
liquor in selectors and aeration basin, such as TSS, SVI, MLSS, MLVSS. There will be
effluent quality analyses from inflow to the treatment plant and ocean discharge in

Volume 1: 6-349
weekly, monthly or annual basis for such parameters as iron manganese, heavy
metals and AOX, other parameters defined in the Emission Guidelines.
6.3.15 Solid Waste Management
Non-hazardous Waste
The estimated amounts, sources, and the quality of the non-hazardous and hazardous
solid wastes generated at the pulp mill are presented in Annex VII of Appendix 8,
Volume 7.
The total non-hazardous solid waste is estimated at 49,000 actual t/a at up to 1.1
million ADt/a pulp mill capacity. The pulp mills landfill has a concept design life of 20
years, with a capacity of 50,000 m3/a, which is based on a conservative, worst-case
assumption of no beneficial reuse of process waste.
In fact, there are significant opportunities for beneficial reuse of caustisizing and lime
kiln waste, such as for fertiliser, soil conditioning or cement production (Pitt and Sherry
2006b) and it is expected that much of this process waste will be able to be directed to
beneficial reuse, subject to economic and environmental constraints.
The landfill design incorporates progressive construction of 100,000 m3 cells so that

the footprint of the landfill can keep pace with the rate of waste disposal. If waste
reuse rates are high, the nominal 20 year life of the concept design will extend
accordingly. If waste reuse rates are low, the nominal 20 year life of the landfill could
be extended by the additional of more cells beyond the 20 year footprint. There will be
sufficient space within the landfill area for a 50 year life landfill even if there is no waste
reuse at all.
Putrescible wastes from the pulp mills domestic operations (canteens, social facilities,
and site cleaning waste) will also be disposed of to the pulp mills landfill. The amount
of this waste is estimated to be approximately 5,000 m3/a. This waste will be disposed
into dedicated compartments within the process waste cells, sharing the process
wastes leachate collection system.
Solid waste from the pulp mills construction will be reused or sold for recycling to the
maximum extent achievable. It is estimated that approximately 25,000 m3 of unuseable
construction waste will remain, however. This will be disposed of to a dedicated cell in
the pulp mills landfill.
The amount of scrap metal and other reusable waste from the operating pulp mill is
estimated to be up to 5,000 t/a, depending on the maintenance and reinvestment
schedules of the pulp mill. This amount can be sold for recycling.
Hazardous Waste
The types and the estimated amounts of hazardous wastes expected to be generated
at the pulp mill are presented in Annex VII of Appendix 8, Volume 7. The total amount

Volume 1: 6-350
of hazardous waste generated will be 220 t/a. This comprises used lubrication and
hydraulic oils, used electrical equipment and various maintenance chemicals and
materials.
The hazardous wastes will be collected, packed, and stored in dedicated hazardous
waste areas and sent to authorised hazardous waste contractors for final disposal.
6.4 Environmental Controls
6.4.1 Emission Control Strategy
The pulp mill will use modern, proven technology and comply with relevant
environmental laws and approvals. The external environmental safeguards at the pulp
mill, like the effluent treatment plant, gaseous emission control systems, solid waste
management systems and noise abatement systems will further limit any
environmental impacts of the pulp mill. Potentially hazardous emissions into the
environment cannot effectively be controlled with external safeguards alone. They can
be controlled effectively only by selecting the production process conditions that
eliminate the production of potential pollutants.
The objective will be to meet Australian regulations fully, including but not limited to the
Emissions Guidelines as well as international standards and recommendations for
modern pulp mills (section 6.2.18).
In addition to the environmental controls on the pulp mills processes, the siting of the
pulp mill and its associated infrastructure also requires environmental control and
management strategies.
Environmental Safeguards by Pulp Mill Departments
Chip Handling
As is current practice, all logs will be debarked before they arrive at the existing
woodchip mill, which is adjacent to the pulp mill site.
The environmental emissions from the existing woodchip mill are primarily noise and
dust. They will be controlled to comply with relevant environmental laws.
Chip screening fines and other organic rejects from wood handling will be burnt in the
pulp mills power boiler, minimising the potential for dust emissions.
No contaminated process effluents will be discharged to drain from the wood handling
area at the woodchip mill. Chip pile leachate waters and other effluents from the
existing woodchip mill will be pumped to the effluent treatment plant at the pulp mill.

Volume 1: 6-351
Unbleached Fibre Line Area
The production technology in the unbleached fibre line will feature modern, modified
continuous cooking, closed brown stock washing and screening, 2-stage oxygen-
delignification, and post-oxygen washing.
The process water circuits in the unbleached fibre line will be completely closed. The
pulp will be washed counter-current to pulp flow from the second post-oxygen stage
washer to the displacement section of the digester plant. In this way the recovery
efficiency of black liquor solids will be 99 % and the solids loss following the pulp to
final bleaching will be 8 kg COD/ADt.
Brown stock screening and cleaning rejects comprise uncooked particles, like knots
and fibre bundles (approximately 0.5 % of pulp) and final cleaner rejects
(approximately 0.5 % of pulp). The uncooked particles are washed and returned to
cooking, while cleaner rejects (primarily comprising fines, sand and other impurities),
are discharged and recovered in the primary clarifier, dewatered together with the rest
of the primary sludge before incineration in the power boiler.
The plant design is such that there will be a small amount of contaminated condensate
from the cooking plant which will be collected and sent to the foul condensate tank in
the evaporation plant.
In normal operating conditions, the fibre line drain receives small amounts of clean
sealing and cooling water. The normal effluent amount, flowing to the effluent
treatment plant will be 0.1 m3/ADt.
The production equipment and the drain system of the whole unbleached pulp
production area will be provided with a spill containment and recovery system, which
will recover all contaminated spills, equipment emptying and wash-downs to the fibre
line spill liquor tank located at the digester area. The recovery system will be
automatically operated in accordance with the electrical conductivity, TSS and the level
of the water in the pump sump of the department drain.
Additionally the two filtrate liquor tanks will be contained by a bunded wall to comply
with AS 1940.. The system will be connected to the pulp mills distributed control
system (DCS). A line diagram of a modern spill control system is presented in drawing
16B0104-02036 of Appendix 9, Volume 7. A similar system will be used at the pulp
mill.
The pulp mills digester should not generate any non-condensable strong malodorous
gases (CNCGs) due to AMT. There will be no flashing of the hot black liquor which in
older digester systems was a source of CNCG. However the processing of softwood
(pine) results in CNCG from the turpentine decanter, turpentine storage tank, and the
contaminated condensate tank. These CNCG gases that are generated will be
collected and incinerated in the odour abatement system of the pulp mill. The dilute
malodorous gases (DNCGs) from various equipment and tank vents of the unbleached
fibre line will be collected and burnt as part of the tertiary or secondary air of the
recovery boiler.

Volume 1: 6-352
Bleach Plant
The final bleaching of pulp to target brightness of 90+ ISO is based on a modern
elemental chlorine-free (ECF) sequence, Do-EOP-D1-D2. The bleaching yield will be
approximately 97 % of the pulp input.
The bleach plant will use modern washing equipment and counter-current water
circuits. The washing water at the D2-stage washer will be white water from the drying
machine. Fresh hot water will be used as washing water only at the EOP-stage
washer. Clean secondary condensate (so-called A condensate) will also be used as
washing water. The resulting total bleaching filtrate amount will be only 10 to 16
m3/ADt.
The actual amount of bleaching filtrate will depend on the final equipment selection.
The above effluent amounts cover all commercially available equipment.
The specific TSS, BOD5, COD loads per ton of bleached pulp and including the carry-
over from oxygen delignification are 4, 8, and 30 kg/ADt respectively. The ECF process
will result in a raw effluent AOX load of 0.5 kg/ADt.
The raw effluent will be cleaned in the primary and secondary effluent treatment plant
to achieve the final effluent loads in full compliance with the Emission Guidelines and
international guidelines.
The bleach plant will also feature the AMT level gaseous emission control systems
typical of modern bleached Kraft pulp mills. In these systems, the chlorine dioxide
containing ventings from the D-stages are collected and scrubbed with alkaline sodium
bisulphite solution to remove the residual chlorine dioxide from the vent gases.
The gaseous emissions volume and amount from the bleach plant scrubber are
contained in Annex VIII Environmental Emissions Diagrams.
The bleach plant will be also fully automated and controlled by the DCS to the same
level as the fiberline. Flow rates to the process, (including pulp, all bleaching
chemicals, wash waters, filtrates), temperatures, pressures, tank levels, residual
chemicals, pulp brightness and colour, are all measured, recorded and controlled. The
electrical interlocking system ensures that the relevant bleach plant equipment (or
relevant sections) are shut down in the event that critical parameters are exceeded.
The bleached pulp storage towers have various stages of level alarms and activate
interlocking sequences to shut down the process if the safe level is exceeded. The
level of automatic control will be also an environmental safeguard to enable the best
quality product at the lowest chemical consumption.
Bleached Pulp Cleaning and Pulp Drying

The process system in bleached pulp cleaning will be completely integrated with the
white water system of the pulp drying machine and no fresh water will be used in pulp
dilution. The cleaning reject (approximately 2 BDkg/ADt) will be discharged to the
process effluent drain from the last cleaner stage of the plant at approximately 3 %

Volume 1: 6-353
consistency. The corresponding liquid effluent amount is anticipated to be 0.067
m3/ADt.
The pulp-drying machine will be a modern airborne drying machine. The machine will
as far as possible feature closed water circuits. The fresh water consumption of the
drying machine will be approximately 3 to 4 m3/ADt. This will comprise the wet end
showers and vacuum system and pump and agitator sealing water.
White water from the machine will be reused counter current at the final bleaching (D2)
washing stage. The excess white water, on average 0.2 m3/ADt, will be discharged to
drain, together with the cleaner rejects and the bleach plant filtrate, for subsequent
treatment in the effluent treatment plant.
The bleached cleaning and pulp drying machine will be fully automated and controlled
by the DCS. All flows to the process, (including pulp, steam, water, etc), temperatures,
pressures, tank levels, drying profiles, are measured, recorded and controlled as well
as effluent flows and relevant quality parameters.
Effluent from the area will be continuously monitored as discussed in Volume 4.
Chemical Plant
The environmental emissions from the chemical plant comprise liquid effluents,
gaseous emissions from various equipment vents and scrubber stacks, and chemical
sludge from brine purification. In addition, a substantial amount of clean cooling water
will be recycled through a cooling tower and sent back to a number of indirect cooling
positions in the chemical plant.
The untreated process effluent from the chemical plant to drain comprises almost
exclusively pump and equipment sealing waters. According to the MWWB the total
amount of floor drain effluent will be 500 KL/d, or 0.15 KL/ADt. In normal operating
conditions the effluent quality will be practically the same as the sealing water quality.
The point sources of gaseous emissions comprise gas vent stacks from the alkali and
integrated chlorine dioxide plants. These vents are as follows:
Hydrogen scrubber;
Hydrochloric acid gas scrubber;
Chlorine dioxide scrubber Hydrogen vent (alternatively sent to the lime kiln) ; and
Hydrogen vent to atmosphere.
The gaseous emissions volume and amount from the chemical plant vents and
scrubbers are contained in Annex VIII Environmental Emissions Diagrams of Appendix
9, Volume 7 and shown on the plot diagram in Annex VI Gaseous Emissions of
A small amount of brine purification sludge will be generated at the alkali plant. This
sludge contains non-hazardous inorganic salts, like calcium and magnesium sulphates
and carbonates (refer to Appendix 7, Volume 6), which are impurities in the purchased

Volume 1: 6-354
common salt. The sludge will be directed to the process effluent drain. The better
quality salt means less impurities and therefore less sludge. The following sludge and
minor effluents, containing the components, NaCl, NaClO3, CaCl2, MgCl2, CaCO3,
Na2SO4, Mg(OH)2, filter aid, coagulant will be discharged to the effluent treatment
plant:
Reject from the sulphate removal system (nano-filtration);
Brine ion exchange effluent;
Chlorate filter backwash;
Salt dissolver insolubles;
Brine filter cake; and
Clarifier filter cake.
All storage and process facilities at the chemical plant will be constructed maintained,
and operated in accordance with all relevant Australian chemical safety standards. A
preliminary risk assessment has been undertaken of the chemical plant facility and is
included in Volume 2 of the IIS.
Sodium chlorate will be generated and used on site in aqueous solution and, in the
case of the merchant alternatives, exported from the site in solid crystal form. The
handling of sodium chlorate will comply with the Dangerous Substances (Safe
Handling) Act 2005, the Dangerous Substances (Safe Transport) Act 1998, and the
Dangerous Goods (Road and Rail Transport) Regulations 1998. A detailed hazard
analysis, risk assessment and information concerning how the risks for sodium
chlorate will be managed according to the dangerous substances, workplace, health
and safety, electricity and gas safety legislation will be undertaken during the detailed
engineering phase of the project. The sodium chlorate plant is contained in a bunded
area. All spills of sodium chlorate are returned to the process. This pertains both to the
base case and merchant alternatives.
Caustic soda will be generated and used on site and also an additional amount will
need to be purchased to meet the total needs of the pulp mill. The caustic will be
stored at site and all caustic tanks being bunded to prevent overflows and tank rupture.
The handling of caustic soda will comply with the Dangerous Goods Act 1998, the
Dangerous Goods Regulations 1998, the Australian Code of Practice for the Transport
of Dangerous Goods, the Australian Standard AS3780 for the storage and handling of
Corrosive Substances.
A detailed hazard analysis, risk assessment and information concerning how the risks
associated with caustic soda will be managed according to the dangerous substances,
workplace, health and safety, electricity and gas safety legislation will be undertaken
during the detailed engineering phase of the project. For the merchant chemical plant
alternative 2, caustic will be delivered to the pulp mill by ship and will comply with the
Australian Maritime Safety Authority as well as the above rules and regulations stated.
The process description for the unloading system for ship delivery of caustic is
provided later in this section.

Volume 1: 6-355
Sulphuric acid will be purchased, imported to site and stored before use in the
respective areas. The handling of sulphuric acid will comply with the Dangerous Goods
Act 1998, the Dangerous Goods Regulations 1998, the Australian Code of Practice for
the Transport of Dangerous Goods, the Australian Standard AS3780 for the storage
and handling of Corrosive Substances. The tank area will be bunded to prevent
overflows and tank rupture. A detailed hazard analysis, risk assessment and
information concerning how the risks associated with sulphuric acid will be managed
according to the dangerous substances, workplace, health and safety, legislation will
be undertaken during the detailed engineering phase of the project.
Hydrogen peroxide will be purchased and imported to site for the chemical plant base
case concept. However for the merchant chemical plant alternative 2 a hydrogen
peroxide plant is proposed. The handling of peroxide acid will comply with the
Dangerous Goods Act 1998, the Dangerous Goods Regulations 1998, the Australian
Code of Practice for the Transport of Dangerous Goods, the Australian Standard
AS3780 for the storage and handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids. A
detailed hazard analysis, risk assessment and information concerning how the risks
associated with hydrogen peroxide will be managed according to the dangerous
substances, workplace, health and safety, legislation will be undertaken during the
detailed engineering phase of the project.
Chlorine will be generated on site and used for the manufacture of hydrochloric acid,
used for the manufacture of chlorine dioxide. There will be no storage of liquid chlorine
on site. The maximum amount of chlorine gas in the system (pipes, vessels) is
approximately 60 kg. This only applies to the base case system of an integrated
chemical plant. In the alternative chemical plant concepts, there is no chlorine gas in
the system. The mill is fitted with chlorine alarms and the containment system is such
that chlorine gases are taken to hypo scrubbers leaving no release to the atmosphere.
Hydrochloric acid will be stored before use in the manufacture of chlorine dioxide and
in the bleach plant. Chlorine dioxide will be contained in storage tanks before use in
the bleach plant. A detailed hazard analysis, risk assessment and information
concerning how the risks associated with chlorine, hydrochloric acid, and chlorine
dioxide will be managed according to the dangerous substances, workplace, health
and safety, legislation will be undertaken during the detailed engineering phase of the
project.
Oxygen will be generated and stored on site and in the case of the merchant
alternative, exported from the site in liquid form. The handling of liquid oxygen will
comply with the Dangerous Goods Act 1998, the Dangerous Goods Regulations 1998,
the Australian Code of Practice for the Transport of Dangerous Goods, the Australian
Standard AS3780 for the storage and handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids.
A detailed hazard analysis, risk assessment and information concerning how the risks
associated with oxygen will be managed according to the dangerous substances,
workplace, health and safety, legislation will be undertaken during the detailed
engineering phase of the project.

Volume 1: 6-356
The chemical plant will be fully automated and controlled by the DCS. All process
parameters, such as, flows, temperatures, pressures, tank levels, are all measured,
recorded and controlled. The chemical storage tanks have various stages of level
alarms. The effluent flows and quality parameters are also monitored with staged alarm
limits. Hence, the environmental risk due to overflows and spills will be greatly
diminished.
Effluent from the chemical plant will be led with two pipelines; acid and alkaline
effluent, to the effluent treatment plant neutralisation chamber, ahead of the
equalisation chamber. In the event of high pH, conductivity or temperature, the effluent
will be led to the emergency basin instead of entering the equalisation chamber. From
the emergency basin it will be pumped back, under controlled conditions, to the
treatment plant.
The chemical tanks will be located in bunded area, separately for acid and alkaline
chemicals. The bunded volume will be about 110 % of the highest tank volume. Inside
the bund there will be a pump sump from where the chemical will be pumped with
transformable pump to the suitable treatment, for instance back to the process, effluent
treatment plant or tanker car.
If an accidental event of high amount of bleaching chemical to the effluent treatment

should occur, it will be led to the emergency basin, where the chlorine based
compounds can be neutralised with calcium hydroxide, caustic soda or sodium sulphite
thus avoiding disturbing effects on the biological treatment.
Both effluent streams will be continuously monitored as discussed in Volume 4 which

will indicate any release of chemicals to the sewer system.
Evaporation Plant
The black liquor evaporation plant will be a 7-effect falling film plant, provided with
three parallel concentrators in the first effect.
Strong black liquor concentration to recovery boiler will be greater than 80 % dry
solids.
The plant will also have an integrated foul condensate stripper between the first and
second effects and a modern secondary condensate segregation system separating A,
B, and foul condensate fractions. This system cleans any foul condensate that will be
produced and makes the reuse of all secondary condensates in the process as
effective as possible. The methanol content serves as the measure of the condensate
quality. The A condensate will be mixed with the cleaned stripped condensate and
has a methanol content of less than 100 mg/l. This condensate (A plus stripped
condensate) will be recycled to the fiberline to replace water required for washing the
pulp. The B condensate will be of lower quality with a methanol content of less than
600 mg/l. The B condensate will be recycled back to the recausticising plant and
replaces water that will be normally used for washing the lime mud.

Volume 1: 6-357
The foul condensate handling system also includes a methanol condensation unit. The
condensed methanol will be normally used as fuel in the NCG incinerator.
The evaporator plant will be provided with BAT-level CNCG and DNCG malodorous
gas handling and elimination systems as well as washing liquor and spill containment
and recovery systems.
Any spills, wash-downs, and equipment drainage will be collected and recovered to a
dedicated spill liquor tank. The recovery system will be automatically operated in
accordance with the electrical conductivity and the water level in the pump sump of the
department drain. A line diagram of a modern spill control system is presented in
Figure 6-29. Additionally evaporation plant tank farm comprising, the weak black liquor
tanks, spill tank, soap tanks, intermediate liquor tank, and secondary and foul
condensate tanks will be contained within a bund wall to comply with AS 1940.
The operation of the evaporation plant will be fully automated and will be controlled
from the DCS. All flows to the process, (including black liquor, steam, water,
condensates), temperatures, pressures, tank levels, are measured, recorded and
controlled as well as effluent flows and relevant quality parameters. The tanks have
various stages of alarm levels to ensure that the safe level will be not exceeded.
Recovery Boiler
The recovery boiler will be a modern, low-odour type recovery boiler in which all
gaseous emissions are mitigated to meet or better prescribed environmental laws and
standards.
The recovery boiler will serve as the primary incineration facility of the malodorous
CNCG and DNCG from the fibre line and the recovery island.
The recovery boiler flue gases will be cleaned in a highly efficient 3-chamber (4 fields
per chamber) electrostatic precipitator (ESP). The design dust concentration after the
ESP will be 30 mg/Nm3. The recovery boiler ESP has been designed for 40 %
load/chamber (120 % total). This means that if one chamber of the three is out of
operation the pulp mill can operate at reduced rates (approximately 80 % of the
recovery boiler capacity) so that the emission limits can be met. This occurrence will be
rare. A more common occurrence will be one of the four fields out of operation in a
chamber. If this occurs the recovery boiler can still run at full load by operating with two
of the ESP chambers on a higher load and the chamber with the faulty field on reduced
load. When one field of an ESP chamber has a fault, it will be closed and the
maintenance on the field performed during a pulp mill shut down.
Dissolving and mixing tank vents will be scrubbed and used as part of the tertiary or
secondary air in the recovery boiler.

Volume 1: 6-358
An ESP ash re-crystallisation plant may also be installed to leach the ESP dust to
control the accumulation of non-process elements in the tightly closed cooking
chemical cycle.
The green liquor dissolving tank, located underneath the recovery boiler, will be
contained within a bund wall to contain overflows. The tank also has various stages of
alarm levels to ensure that the safe level is not exceeded. If overflows do occur they
are recovered in the spill collection system.
BAT-level spill containment and recovery systems will also be installed and operated in
the recovery boiler area. The recovery system will be automatically operated on the
basis of electrical conductivity and the water level in the pump sump. A line diagram of
a modern spill control system is presented in reference Figure 6-29. Local and
international standards will be taken into consideration during the detailed engineering
phase.
The recovery boiler will be fully automated to a high degree of sophistication and
controlled by the DCS which takes care of all the elementary process functions of the
plant. All flows to the process (including concentrated black liquor, boiler feed water,
airs, steam, water, condensates, etc), temperatures, pressures, boiler drum level, are
measured, recorded and controlled as well as effluent flows and relevant quality
parameters. The burning process will be controlled to minimise the emissions from the
boiler. The boiler will be also equipped with CCTVs for the bed zone burning zone and
the steam drum level. Density recorders also record the black liquor concentration to
ensure that it is maintained at a value to minimise emissions. The recovery boiler will
be equipped with electrical interlocking systems as well as emergency shut down
procedures in the event that critical parameters are exceeded.
The following continuous on-line measurements for the recovery boiler flue gases will
be implemented:
SO2 emission;
TRS (measured as H2S) emission;
NOx emission;
Opacity;
Particulate emission;
Oxygen content;
CO measurement; and
Temperature measurement.
Monitoring will be undertaken on a frequency determined by the regulatory
requirements.

Volume 1: 6-359
Causticising
This department will feature modern causticising, white, green, and weak white liquor
systems and lime mud washing, as well as BAT level spill control systems.
Clean secondary condensate from the evaporation plant will be used as the main
source of process water in the area.
The department will also be fitted with a modern DNCG gas system. The collected
gases are piped to the recovery boiler or lime kiln for incineration as part of secondary
air.
The process effluent drain in the causticising area will be provided with a spill detection
and recovery system to prevent concentrated alkaline effluents from flowing to the
effluent treatment plant. The recovery system will be automatically operated in
accordance with the electrical conductivity and the water level in the pump sump. A
line diagram of a modern spill control system is presented in Appendix 9, Volume 7.
The causticising tank farm area, comprising, the green liquor storage tank, weak wash
liquor storage tank, causticisers, green liquor equalising tank, and white liquor storage
tank with a bund system complying with AS 1940 to contain overflows. The acid tank
for the cleaning of the filters will be contained by a bund wall in accordance with the
safety regulations.
The operation of the causticising plant will be fully automated and will be controlled
from the DCS. All flows to the process, (including green liquor, burnt lime, water,
condensates, etc), temperatures, pressures, tank levels, are measured, recorded and
controlled as well as effluent flows and relevant quality parameters. All tanks have
alarm levels to ensure that the safe level will be not exceeded. If overflows do occur
they are recovered in the spill collection and control system described above.
Lime kiln
The lime kiln will be fired with natural gas and may be supplemented with methanol
and hydrogen. Total reduced sulphur (TRS) emissions of the lime kiln will be controlled
effectively by efficient washing of lime mud, use of a mud flash dryer, and maintaining
a high air factor and flue gas temperature. The normal TRS concentrations will be well
below 10 mg H2S/NDm3.
The TSP concentrations are effectively controlled with an Electrostatic Precipitator

(ESP). The design TSP concentration is 30 mg/Nm3. The lime kiln ESP has three
fields. With one field out of operation the lime kiln can be operated with approximately
65 % load while still meeting the Emission Guidelines. During the pulp mill operation
the lime kiln can be shut down for ESP maintenance without affecting the pulp
production since there will be sufficient storage of burnt lime, lime mud, and liquor to
allow the time required for maintenance.

Volume 1: 6-360
The SO2 concentrations are normally less than 200 mg/Nm3 because of low soluble
alkali in lime mud, and because no CNCGs or fuel oil are normally burnt in the kiln.
NOx emissions from the lime kiln should normally be at the same level as in ordinary
natural gas fired furnaces, in the order of 560 -850 mg NO2/DNm3. This equates to 0.4
to 0.6 kg/ADt.
Cleaned flue gases are discharged to the air through the stack, but in a separate
flume.
The lime kiln will be fully automated and controlled from the DCS. All flows to the
process, (including lime mud, combustion air, natural gas, water, condensates, etc),
temperatures, pressures, tank levels, are measured, recorded and controlled as well
as effluent flows and relevant quality parameters. All mud tanks have alarm levels to
ensure that the safe level is not exceeded. If overflows do occur they are contained in
a bunded area.
The following continuous on-line measurements for the lime kiln flue gases will be
implemented:
SO2 emission
TRS (measured as H2S) emission
NOx emission
Opacity
Particulate emission
Oxygen content
CO measurement
Temperature measurement
Effluent from the area will be continuously monitored as follows:

Flow
Conductivity
Temperature
Turbidity
Power Boiler
The power boiler will be a bubbling fluidised bed combustion boiler (BFB) suitable for
100 % biofuel firing (fines from screening, sawdust, forest residues and dewatered
primary effluent sludge) in which all gaseous emissions are mitigated to at least meet
prescribed environmental laws and standards. Natural gas will be used when the
steam and power balance of the pulp mill cannot be maintained with black liquor and
biofuel firing alone.

Volume 1: 6-361
The power boiler will be furnished with the possibility of receiving and burning all the
DNCGs if the recovery boiler is out of operation or if due to any other temporary reason
the gases can not be burned there.
Since, in normal operation, the power boiler will burn only biofuels, the SO2
concentrations in the flue gas are low, normally less than 100 mg/Nm3.
The NOx emissions of the power boiler derive almost exclusively from the biofuels,
since the furnace temperatures in fluidised bed firing are normally less than 900C.
The normal level of NOx emission in bark and biofuel firing is less than 80 mg NO2/MJ.
The TSP concentration in the flue gas will be effectively controlled with an ESP below
30 mg/Nm3. The power boiler ESP has four fields. With one field out of operation the
boiler can be operated with approximately 75 % load while still meeting the Emission
Guidelines. During the pulp mill operation the power boiler can be shut down for ESP
maintenance without affecting the pulp production. The power supply to the grid under
this situation is lower.
The oxygen scavenger chemicals used to eliminate oxygen in boiler water and
condensate to minimise corrosion will be stored in the power plant close to the point of
consumption for the chemical with minimal quantity stored on site. The area will be
contained to prevent any leak to the environment of these chemicals. The handling of
the chemicals will comply with all the relevant rules and regulations. A detailed hazard
analysis, risk assessment and information concerning how the risks associated with
the oxygen scavenging chemicals will be managed according to the dangerous
substances, workplace, health and safety, legislation will be undertaken during the
detailed engineering phase of the project.
Cleaned flue gases will be discharged to the air through the stack in a separate flume.
The power boiler will be fully automated and controlled by the DCS. All flows to the
process (including bio-fuel, boiler feed water, combustion airs, steam, water,
condensates), temperatures, pressures, boiler drum level, are measured, recorded and
controlled as well as effluent flows and relevant quality parameters. The burning
process will be controlled to minimise the emissions from the boiler. The boiler will be
also equipped with CCTVs for the bed zone, burning zone, and the steam drum level.
The following continuous on-line measurements for the power boiler flue gases will be
implemented:
SO2 emission
Particulate emission
NOx emission
Opacity
Oxygen content
CO measurement

Volume 1: 6-362
Effluent from the area will be continuously monitored as follows:
Flow
Temperature
CNCG and DNCG Incinerators

The CNCG and DNCG destruction unit will comprise two flame tube boilers. One of the
incinerators will be in normal operation continuously to produce sodium bisulphite
required for the bleach plant scrubbing system.
The flame tube boilers are fully automated and controlled from the DCS. All flows to
the process, temperatures, pressures, tank levels, are measured, recorded and
controlled.
The following continuous on-line measurements for the flame tube boilers flue gases
will be implemented:
SO2 emission
NOx emission
Oxygen content
CO measurement
Wharf Facilities
Stormwater from the wharf facilities will be collected in a retention pit. The stormwater
will then be pumped to the effluent treatment plant. A more detailed description is
included in the wharf facilities report.
Caustic soda will be pumped from the ship pump to the storage tank via an unloading
pipeline. A small stripper pump, located in a bunded area at the wharf, will pump the
contents of the unloading pipeline and convey by a smaller pipeline also to the larger
storage tank to ensure that the larger unloading pipeline does not contain caustic after
the unloading operation. The smaller pipeline will be emptied to the caustic storage
tank by flushing through with water. The lines will have a valving arrangement that will
comprise non return valves, double block valves and bleed valves to ensure that the
line will be emptied correctly after the unloading procedure is completed. The storage
tank will be fitted with level indication, high level alarm, and high high level alarm which
will be both indicated at the tank, control room and a separate panel located at the
wharf.
Water Supply
The fresh water supply of the pulp mill will be described in section 6.3.13.
According to the present plans, raw water will be taken from Trevallyn Dam about
40 km from the pulp mill site.

Volume 1: 6-363
The off-site fresh water intake facilities are described in detail in a separate
engineering report prepared by GHD. The potential environmental considerations of
the proposed raw water supply system will be assessed in the Draft IIS.
6.4.2 Treated Effluent Compliance with Guidelines
An assessment of the expected ambient concentrations of pollutants in receiving

waters against the ANZECC Guidelines (2000) has also been undertaken (Jaakko
Pyry, 2006).
Following identification of interim water quality objectives with DTAE, the effluent outfall
mixing zone is defined by these water quality objectives. The objectives will be further
refined based on the pre-operational monitoring program.
A comparison of Effluent Emission Guidelines values against international guidelines is

provided in Table 6-20.
Table 6-20 Comparison of the Effluent Guidelines and International

Environmental Guidelines
Standard/ guideline Liquid Effluents
system BOD5 COD (Cr) AOX
kg/ADt t/a kg/ADt t/a kg/ADt t/a
RPDC 2.1 2310 20 22000 0.2 220
Guidelines
US-EPA 2.41 2650 N/A N/A (0.272) 272
(ECF)
EU/IPPC 0.25 275 10 11000 0-0.25 <275
Finnish Mills - Average <1 20 0.15
Swedish Mills (approx 22 0.12

- Average 1)
Modern bleached eucalyptus with similar technology
Veracel, Brazil 0.8 16 0.16
Orion, Uruguay 0.7 15 0.15
Aracruz C Brazil 1.0 10 0.12

Notes:*/ Excludes NOx emission from the auxiliary boiler.
**/ General Targets based on EU/IPPC Guidelines
6.4.3 Air Pollution Control
Gaseous Emission Safeguards

BAT level safeguards will be used throughout the pulp mill to ensure low particulate
and gaseous emissions from boiler and lime kiln stacks, including:

Volume 1: 6-364
Collection and incineration of concentrated malodorous gases and control of the
resulting SO2 emissions. The strong gases can be burnt in the recovery boiler or in
separate NCG incinerators. The flue gases of the latter have a high concentration of
SO2 that will be recovered in a scrubber.
DNCGs from various sources will also be collected and incinerated and the
resulting SO2 controlled.
TRS emissions of the recovery boiler are mitigated by efficient combustion control,
high dry solids and keeping CO low. Burning of vent gases from dissolving and
mixing tanks in the recovery boiler will further reduce pulp mill TRS emissions.
TRS emissions of the lime kiln will be mitigated by controlling the excess oxygen, by
using natural gas (low-S fuel), and by controlling the residual soluble sodium in the
lime mud fed to the kiln.
The SO2 emissions from the recovery boiler will be controlled by firing high dry
solids.
NOx emissions from the recovery boiler will be reduced by ensuring proper mixing
and division of air in the boiler.
NOx emissions from lime kiln will be reduced by using low NOx burner design.
Flue gases from recovery boilers, power boiler and lime kiln will be cleaned with
efficient electrostatic precipitators to mitigate dust emissions.
The NOx limits in the Emission Guidelines can not be achieved without changing the
proposed process. Options to mitigate NOx emissions are considered in Section 6.1.3
and Annex XV of Appendix 8, Volume 7.
Table 6-21 Comparison of the Emission Guidelines and International

Environmental Guidelines
Standard/ Gaseous Emissions
guideline TRS SO2 NO2
system kgS/ADt t/a kgS/ADt t/a kgNO2/ADt t/a
RPDC Incl. in mill- Incl. in S-em. <0.4 400 1.3*/ 1430
Guidelines wide S-
emission
US-EPA 0.26 260 2.32 2320 2.75 2980
EU/IPPC <0.05 <55 <0.35 <385 1.4*/ 1540
Finnish Mills - 0.12 0.51 1.6

Average
Swedish Mills (incl. in SO2- 0.47 1.53
- Average emission)
Modern bleached eucalyptus with similar technology
Veracel, Brazil 6-30 mg/Nm3 60-340 N/a
mg/Nm3

Volume 1: 6-365
Standard/ Gaseous Emissions
guideline TRS SO2 NO2
system kgS/ADt t/a kgS/ADt t/a kgNO2/ADt t/a
Orion, Uruguay 10-20 mg/Nm3 500 300
mg/Nm3 mg/Nm3
Aracruz C Brazil 6-9 mg/Nm3 < 300 N/aA
mg/Nm3
Notes:*/ Excludes NOx emission from the auxiliary boiler.
**/ General Targets based on EU/IPPC Guidelines
Particulate Control
Particulate matter emitted from the lime kiln, recovery boiler and power boiler
comprises lime dust and sodium compounds (CaO, Na2SO4 and Na2CO3 particles)
condensed out of the vapour phase. The TSP is non-toxic and does not cause
respiratory problems in quantities at ground level (refer Section 4.20 Health in Volume
2 of the Draft IIS).
The recovery boiler, lime kiln, and the power boiler will be equipped with high efficiency
electrostatic precipitators to remove particulate matter. The dimensioning principles
are detailed in Appendix 7, Volume 6.
Odorous Gas Control
To ensure that NCG emissions are handled and controlled with maximum reliability,
and to also ensure that the emissions are below the guidelines, the pulp mill has been
designed with multiple pieces of process equipment capable of handling NCGs The
process equipment are:
Recovery boiler:
CNCG destruction (main);
DNCG destruction (main);
Methanol destruction (spare); and
Turpentine destruction (spare).
NCG incinerators (two)
CNCG destruction (some, spare);
DNCG destruction (spare and during shutdown);
Methanol destruction (main); and
Turpentine destruction (main).
Lime kiln:
Methanol destruction (spare).
Power boiler:
DNCG destruction (spare).

Volume 1: 6-366
Stack:
Separate inner stack for CNCG vent (spare); and
Separate inner stacks for DNCG vent (spare).
All non-condensable gas, which contain, for example, reduced sulphur compounds, will
be collected from the pulp mills production departments such as tanks, and sewers
and will be burnt at high temperature, normally in the recovery boiler. Control of fugitive
emissions from production will be by using enclosed structures and ventilation, where
feasible.
The boiler and kiln stack height has been chosen to ensure atmospheric dispersion
sufficient to meet prescribed requirements, as indicated by emission dispersion
modelling.
Reduction of CO2 Emissions
The estimated net CO2 balance of Australia due to the mill operation is positive as
extra electricity the mill produces with bio-fuels replaces fossil fuel generated
electricity. The total reduction of fossil greenhouse gas emission in Australia due to the
pulp mill producing 820,000 ADt/a is approximately 416,000 t CO2/a (Table 6-23).
The following information has been taken from Jaakko Pyry (2006).
The Gunns pulp mill has been designed to generate its own electricity from biofuel and
black liquor. Both of these sources are recognised as renewable energy sources under
Australian law. The total fossil CO2 generation from the pulp mill averaged over a
period of one year is approximately 169 kgCO2/ADt.
Table 6-22 Mill CO2 Generation with Natural Gas as Support Fuel
Plant MWh t CO2 Kg CO2/ADt
Recovery boiler 5 475 000 2 114 000 1 950

Lime kiln 442 490 122 070 149
NCG 29 950 8 100 7
Total 6 449 665 2 382 675 2 275
Mill Fossil Fuel 169
The estimated national net CO2 balance as a result of the mill operation is very positive
as extra electricity the mill produces with bio-fuels, replaces fossil fuel generated
electricity. (Table 6-23).

Volume 1: 6-367
Table 6-23 Reduction of CO2 Caused by Mill Operation
Plant MWh t CO2 Kg CO2/ADt
Recovery boiler 53 265 14 685 18
Lime kiln 442 490 122 070 149
NCG 6 470 1 750 2
Extra electricity -1 340 540 -554 450 -676
Total -838 315 -415 945 -507
Given Tasmainia is connected to the national power grid through Basslink, it is

reasonable to assume that energy from the pulp mill may replace energy generated by
less efficient and higher CO2 generating power stations. With approximately 90 % of
Australias energy production from fossil fuels, and of that 90 % from coal fired plants,
the marginal generators which could be replaced by the pulp mill generator are likely to
be older, coal fired plants.
Reduction of Other Greenhouse gases

Other notable greenhouse gases are methane, nitrous oxide, ozone,
hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons, sulfur hexafluoride. Of these only methane and
nitrous oxide are generated during combustion. Emissions of ozone,
hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons, and sulfur hexafluoride are typically below
detection limits. Of the total methane emissions in Australia, the contribution of
methane produced during combustion will be insignificant. Of total the nitrous oxide
emissions in Australia, the contribution of nitrous oxide produced during combustion
will be also insignificant.
Solid Waste Handling

The solid waste amounts generated at the pulp mill are discussed in Volume 3 and the
technical details of various solid waste types have been presented in Annex VII of
The total net amount of non-hazardous solid waste generated at the pulp mill after all
feasible recovery and recycling measures will be 49,000 actual t/a. The breakdown by
various waste types is as follows:
Table 6-24 Generation and Disposal Principles of Non-Hazardous Solid Waste
Waste type Amount Remarks

(actual t/a)
Power boiler ash 8,500 Fly ash to plantations, bottom ash

to landfill
Green liquor dregs 16,000 To landfill or plantations
Slaker sand 12,200 To landfill or plantations

Volume 1: 6-368
Waste type Amount Remarks
(actual t/a)
Lime kiln ESP dust 11,800 To landfill, plantations, and/or

effluent treatment
Canteen and sanitary waste, 760 To landfill

site cleaning waste
To plantations Min. 5 000

Max.45,000
To landfill Min. 2,900

Max. 49,000
Grand total 49,000
(source Jaakko Pyry, 2005)
The landfill design is based on a progressive construction of cells. Each cell will be
sized to hold two years of solid waste production (assuming the worst case of no
reuse). Waste disposal rates will be monitored and new cells constructed in advance
of a current cell becoming filled if and as required.
The initial landfill cell will be constructed at the top of the landfill site, and subsequent
cells will be constructed progressively down-slope. Stormwater cutoff drains will divert
overland flow away from the landfill. The design will be a 2-layer system, with a
second layer of cells being constructed on top of the first layer. Each layer will have its
own leachate collection system that will be directed to a common holding basin and the
leachate will be discharged to the process effluent treatment plant.
The top-down design will mean that the area of disturbance required for the landfill will
be limited to that needed for the landfill footprint, if and as it progressively grows
subject to waste reuse rates.
6.4.4 Noise Abatement
The noise abatement measures to be implemented at the pulp mill will comply with
Australian and international noise control standards and guidelines (refer to Volume 2,
4.15 and Appendix 18, Volume 9).
Existing and predicted noise levels for the pulp mill and surrounding areas is detailed in
Volume 2, section 4.15.
To achieve this target, technical noise abatement specifications will be prepared

specifically for the Bell Bay Pulp Mill project and issued to all relevant machine and
equipment suppliers, as well as to civil contractors already in the tendering phase of
the project.
The main focus in the guidelines will be in pulp mill areas and positions where the
expected noise levels may exceed 85 dB(A) at the source.

Volume 1: 6-369
The necessary noise abatement measures are generally divided into the following
groups:
Selection of equipment based on the guaranteed noise emission of a machine. The
general target noise level is less than 85 dB(A);
Use of special noise attenuation designs and noise absorbers in pipelines, valves,
and equipment;
Noise insulation of individual machineries and equipment;
Locating of noisy machinery in dedicated, noise insulated space; and
Use of special types of noise absorbing or eliminating machine foundations.
Machines with a sound pressure level in excess of 95 dB(A) will generally be installed
in dedicated noise insulated spaces, while machines with sound pressure levels
between 85-95 dB(A) will generally be provided with individual noise attenuation
systems to achieve the 85 dB(A) target.
The noise abatement measures to achieve the stipulated target noise levels in control
rooms, offices and social facilities will be an integral part of the civil and building
engineering designs. Typical noise levels of a pulp mill are presented in Annex XI of
6.4.5 Management of Risks in relation to Dangerous and Environmentally

Hazardous Materials
Preliminary Risk Identification

General
The pulp mill will be put into operation only after all the pre-start up requirements have
been fulfilled. The pre-start up requirements are extensive and include such items as:
Detailed engineering completed with the relevant HAZOP (or similar) studies
performed for start-up, shutdown, emergency and maintenance issues;
Pulp mill operational plan in place;
Pulp mill environmental management plan to include such systems as fully
operational DNCG and CNCG incinerators;
Pulp mill maintenance plan in place;
Pulp mill emergency plan procedures in place;
Training of the operational and maintenance personnel undertaken;
Installation and check out of all equipment according to the required design;
Emergency diesel generators and main power distribution system available;
Process control system available;
Equipment spare parts and consumables available on site; and

Volume 1: 6-370
Raw materials available on site.
Annex XVII, Appendix 8, Volume 7 gives the time schedule for the start-up logic in
order of the different pulp mill departments. The pulp mill common systems (water
supply and treatment, compressed air, effluent treatment, and discharge, etc) will to be
ready for operation well before the main process areas such as the boilers, wood
handling, drying machine or the fibre line started, in order to have them tuned and
functioning correctly before the production will start.
When the water treatment plant is completed and the water flushing of the other
subsystems is ready to start, the effluent treatment plant will be ready to receive the
flushing waters. The proper test run of the effluent treatment will not be able to start
before the process areas produce contaminated water.
The NCG incinerators will be started with natural gas on time to produce 12 bar steam
that will be needed during the construction period (i.e. steam blows etc). The complete
NCG Collection System including the scrubbing system will be completed later, when
the recovery boiler starts and the odorous gases are available for collection. However
the system can be run on air before the recovery boiler is started.
The power boiler will be started when 100 bar steam is needed. The filling of the
Biofuel Storage will start some weeks earlier to be ready when the fuel is needed for
the boiler. When the commissioning of the main areas is ongoing and the demand of
power grows, the Turbogenerator will be put into operation.
The Drying and Baling Area will be started a month in advance of the new fibre line,
with purchased pulp, to be able to do the test run before the new Fibre Line produces
its own pulp. The first chips will be conveyed to the digester only after all the other
areas (Evaporation, Re-causticising, Lime Kiln, Chemical Plant) have been completed,
tested and tuned with water, and ready for commissioning with pulp.
The pulp mill start-up phase is the most demanding in terms of varying production
levels and hence air and water emissions. This can be due to some individual
departments having to start-up and shut down during this phase. The individual
departments are designed with in-plant measures such as spill recovery systems,
designated gas scrubbers, precipitators, bunded areas for tanks, odorous gas
collection system, tank storage, etc, to prevent any risk of emissions. The odorous gas
system will be functional to collect any gases when the pulp mill is shut for
maintenance. The emergency basin is a back up for the in-plant measures.
Types of Environmental Risks
The types of environmental risks associated with the pulp mill operations are as
follows:
Accidental spills of process and auxiliary chemicals from the storage tanks, process
equipment, and mobile equipment;
Accidental spills of fuel oil from the back-up storage tank and mobile equipment;

Volume 1: 6-371
Explosion risks in:
CNCG and turpentine collection and incineration systems;
recovery boiler due to accidental feedwater leak to the smelt bed; and
chlorine dioxide plant due to accidental decomposition of ClO2 in the reactor.
Accidental spills of fibres, black liquor, and other hazardous process liquids and
gases to the drain or to the atmosphere due to breakdown or malfunctioning of the
equipment, or due to operational errors.
Control of Accidental Spills of Process Chemicals and Fuel Oil
The most important environmental hazards are associated with accidental spills of
process chemicals. The main process chemicals used at the pulp mill are:
Caustic soda;
Sodium sulphate;
Oxygen;
Hydrogen peroxide;
Hydrochloric acid;
Chlorine dioxide; and
Sodium bisulphite.
In addition, the chemical plant at the pulp mill produces chlorine, hydrogen,
hydrochloric acid, caustic soda, sodium chlorate, and chlorine dioxide from common
salt in an integrated facility. However, except for chlorine dioxide, caustic soda and
hydrochloric acid, the chemicals produced in the plant are only intermediate products.
Hence, they are not stored at the plant, but used immediately in the production of the
final products, ClO2, HCl, and NaOH.
The storage volumes of the above process chemicals and fuel oil at the pulp mill are
presented in the pulp mill wide tank list, Annex IX of Appendix 8, Volume 7.
Control of Explosion Risks
(i) CNCG and Turpentine Systems
The concentrated non-condensable malodorous gases will be handled in

concentrations above the upper explosion limit (= low or zero oxygen level) of the
gases in a system provided with steam ejectors, water seal tanks, flame arrestors and
rupture discs. Above the upper explosion limit the gases do not ignite spontaneously
since the oxygen content will be so low. These arrangements will mitigate the
explosion risks very effectively. Chemical safety and OHS protocols specifically
developed for this application by the suppliers of the CNCG and turpentine systems will
be complied with.
All Australian chemical and occupational safety laws and procedures applicable to this
will be complied with.

Volume 1: 6-372
(ii) Smelt Explosion in the Recovery Boiler
The recovery boiler manufacturers have considered this risk in the detailed design of
the recovery boiler. In case of a leak in the feedwater system, which is detected
automatically, the automatic control system of the recovery boiler initiates the
emergency emptying system of the boiler, which lowers the feedwater pressure so that
no water can enter the smelt bed.
As back-up arrangement one of the recovery boiler walls features a special

construction, which relieves the explosion pressure and prevents further damage to the
boiler and harm to the operating staff.
(iii) Accidental Decomposition of ClO2 in the Generator
This phenomenon, called generator puffing, is due to decomposition of chlorine

dioxide into chlorine and oxygen in the ClO2 generator. The puff will suddenly increase
the gas volume by 50 %, and cause an instantaneous increase in the generator
pressure. To eliminate the risk of puffing, the process conditions in the reactor are
automatically maintained within certain preset limits and the whole process will be
operated under vacuum.
In the very unlikely case of puffing, the feed to the ClO2 generator will be automatically
stopped and the whole system, including the ClO2 pipelines from the reactor to the
absorption tower, purged with compressed air. The purged air will be released to the
atmosphere through a dedicated purge stack. The purging system has been designed
so that the chlorine concentration in the purged air will always be lower than the
occupational health standard for chlorine gas (20 mg/m3).
Prevention, Containment, and Recovery of Fibre, Black Liquor and other

Hazardous Spills
The pulp mill will be provided with a spill monitoring, collection, containment and
recovery system. To ensure spill recovery, the evaporator plant has a 10 % excess
capacity to be able to process the collected contaminated effluents.
Provision of large buffer tanks has been made for storage of spilled cooking and
recovery liquors and dirty condensates to prevent sudden peaks of loading and
occasional upsets in the external effluent treatment plant.
Spillage of fibres and black liquor may occur in the digestion plant, screening plant,
and during washing. There may also be spills from the evaporation plant and from tank
farms. Spillage of white liquor, weak liquor, lime etc. may occur in the causticising and
lime kiln area. All spills, contaminated sealing waters, and floor washings will be
collected in special floor canal sumps and pumped either directly or through an
intermediate tank to be recycled using a spill tank in the evaporation plant as buffer
volume.

Volume 1: 6-373
BRINE TREATMENT ALKALI PLANT OXYGEN PLANT
Cl2 Gas
Chlorine
Sodium Carbonate Precoat Filter Aid From Hypo
Cooler
Destruction Cooling
Steam LP Steam Unit Cl2
Demin Water Demin Water Water Water N2 For Hydrogen
Distribution
Distribution Gas Purge
Hydrogen Chlorine
Demin Water O2 Oxygen
Cooler Filter
Delignification
Condensate Sodium Carbonate
Storage Tank O2
Return Bleaching
11-4. Hydrogen
Vent Gas to Atm
Hydrogen Hydrogen to
Brine Brine Exchange Units Liquid
Compressor Lime Kiln Atm
Filters NaOH Oxygen
Tank
Coagulant Demin Water Intermediate
Filter Cake To Effluent
Salt Salt Caustic (33%)
Treatment
Demin Water Cell Storage Tank
NaOH Oxygen
Caustic
Catholyte Evaporator
Cooler
Tank
Brine Brine Diluted Steam Steam
Saturator Saturator Brine NaOH storage Distribution
Treatment Air
Air Air Refrigeration Drop Molecular Expansion
Tank NaOH Separation
Compressor Cooler Unit Separator Sieve Turbine
Electrolyzers Tower
HCl N2
Air
Brine Clarified
Brine Gas Cooling Water
Clarifier Demin Water
Tank From Water Cooler
HCl Distribution
Hydrochloric O2 O2
Acid Tank Brine
Dechlorinator
Liquid
LP Steam
Nitrogen
NaOH Tank
LP Steam
Sludge Deionized HCl
Sludge Filtered Weak
Collection Brine Dechlorinated
Filter Brine Brine Nitrogen
Tank Storage Brine Tank
Tank Tank Evaporator
Tank Chlorate
Filter Cake
Condensate Destruction Steam
Warm O2
To Effluent To Effluent
Demin Water Cooling Water Air
Treatment Treatment
Towers N2
Nitrogen and
Air
Oxygen
Cooler Condensate Recovery &
Aftercooler
Power
Sulphate Gunns Limited
Removal
Brine Tasmania
System
Effluent to Sewer
INTEGRATED CHLORINE DIOXIDE PLANT

PURCHASED CHEMICALS
Vent Gas
to Atm Warm Water Water
Demin Water Distribution
HCl
11-1. HCl
Synthesis HCl Gas Vent Gas NaOH
Unit Scrubber Scrubber MgSO4 Talc
Silo Bin
Cooler
Cooling Water Warm Cooling
H2 Water Water MgSO4
Warm Water Tank
N2
From Oxygen MgSO4 Talc
Plant
Located at Bleach Plant Located at Bleach Plant
Talc Slurry Screening
Talc Slurry
H2O2 MgSO4Solution
50%
Cooling Water
Degasifier Chlorate Degasifier Chlorate
Chlorate Hydrogen Pump
Reactor Pump Bleaching
Storage Tank
Tank H2O2
Electrolyzers Electrolyzers
Cl2 Gas Located at Bleach Plant
Cooling Water Warm Water Warm Water
From Various NaOH 33%

Tank Vents
Cooling Water Cooling Water Vent Gas Vent Gas
Warm Water Warm Water
to Atm to Atm
11-2. NaOH Dilution
Hydrogen 50% NaOH
11-3. ClO2 Scrubber NaOH
Bleaching
Scrubber NaOH
H2O2 NaOH
HCl Causticizing
Cooling Water Cooling Water
From Various NaOH NaOH
Warm Water Warm Water
Cooling Water Chilled Water Vents and Feedwater
LP Steam Absorber/ Hydrogen Plant
Warm Water Pressure H2SO4 H2SO4
Stripper Seals Scrubber
LP Steam ClO2 98%
Chemical Cooler H2SO4
Condensate Generator Air Hypo Scrubbers NaOH Bleaching
Plant
Condensate Mill Water
ClO2-Storage
To Chlorine
Cooler
To Bleach
Plant
HCl To ClO2
Plant
Hypo Destruction
Hypo Storage HCl Storage
Tank
Weak Brine Tank
ClO2
Bleaching
Figure 6-29
Gunns Limited
Tasmania
16B0104-02035 Pre-engineering project
23.5.2005 Process Orientation Diagram
ARE/KMN Integrated Chemical Plant, Base Case
REVISED 23/3/2006 9:52 AM
The conductivity and/or pH of individual effluent drains will be continuously monitored
in order to select which streams must be recycled in the process and which are
directed to waste water treatment plant. Clean water, such as rain, cooling and sealing
water, will be piped off separately.
Spill monitoring will ensure that spills resulting from process upsets, tank overflows,
mechanical breakdowns, operator errors and construction activities are recovered.
All critical process areas will be bunded to avoid concentrated or harmful streams
entering the external effluent treatment or contaminating storm water drains. The
bunded tank farm areas include:
Liquor and washing liquor tanks in the unbleached fibre line area;
Soap and turpentine handling;
Evaporator tank farm;
Causticising tank farm;
Recovery boiler; and
Evaporator plant.
A general basis for the pulp mill process control is that the instrumentation for
indication and control functions provides valid information of the process. The
instrumentation that belongs to the air and water emissions must therefore be
maintained in proper operation with regular cleaning and calibration of probes and
equipment.
6.5 Chemical Use and Production
6.5.1 Dangerous Goods
The dangerous substances proposed to be used on-site are:

Chlorine
Chlorine gas is a respiratory irritant. Symptoms that may be caused by inhalation

include headache, painful and difficult breathing, burning sensation of the chest,
nausea and watering of the eyes. At concentrations of 1 ppm there will be slight
symptoms after several hours of exposure. At 15 ppm there is throat irritation, and
levels of 40 ppm are dangerous for exposure duration of 1.5 to 2 hours. At 1,000
ppm, inhalation is fatal after a few breaths.
Chlorine will be manufactured in an alkali plant on-site. An electric current will be

passed through a brine solution, producing chlorine, hydrogen and a caustic
solution. Chlorine is not proposed to be stored on-site, as it will be immediately
used in the manufacturing of chlorine dioxide.

Volume 1: 6-375
Sodium chlorate
There are no exposure limits set for sodium chlorate solution (refer to Appendix 48,
Volume 15). If sodium chlorate solution leaks and evaporates, solid sodium
chlorate will remain. While not flammable in itself, it is a strong oxidising agent and
will support combustion as it gives off oxygen as a product of decomposition. If a
leak of sodium chlorate comes into contact with acid, chlorine dioxide gas will be
liberated.
Sodium chlorate solution will be produced and stored on-site. It will be used as a
raw product in the production of chlorine dioxide. As such it is most likely to form
part of the integrated chlorine dioxide plant.
Chlorine dioxide solution
Chlorine dioxide solution has the potential for chlorine gas and chlorine dioxide
gases to be emitted from solution if a spill occurs. While chlorine dioxide gas is
flammable, its toxic effects are worse than its flammable effects. Case reports
show that exposures of 5 ppm chlorine dioxide are irritating. Regular exposure to
levels of 0.1 ppm leads to respiratory irritation.
One of the options being considered is to manufacture chlorine dioxide on-site in an

integrated chlorine dioxide plant. Figure 6-30 below shows the process for chlorine
dioxide preparation, and how it is linked with the chlorine plant and sodium chlorate
electrolysis. Chlorine dioxide will be used as a bleaching agent in the fibre line. It
attacks the aromatic ring of the lignin but does not react with carbohydrates, thus
preserving pulp yield and giving superior pulp strength compared to other oxidants.
Figure 6-30 Integrated Chlorine Dioxide Plant

Volume 1: 6-376
Hydrogen Peroxide
Exposure to hydrogen peroxide can occur by skin contact, inhalation of mist or

ingestion. Ingestion of large quantities can be fatal. Prolonged exposure of skin
may lead to irritation and burns, and exposure of eyes can cause blindness. It is a
strong oxidising agent and when mixed with combustible materials it burns fiercely
or may explode.
Hydrogen peroxide is used in the bleaching plant, along with chlorine dioxide.
LPG
LPG is heavier than air and may accumulate in low-lying areas (eg gutters, drains)
where it can become a serious fire and explosion hazard. LPG is highly flammable
and explosive. Pressurised containers may undergo Boiling Liquid Expanding
Vapour Explosion (BLEVE) in a fire situation. LPG will ignite on exposure to heat or
ignition source and may also ignite on exposure to a strong oxidising agent.
Flashback may occur.
LPG is used in various parts of the process, but mainly in the workshop as a fuel /
heat source for miscellaneous equipment items in the workshop.
Miscellaneous Chemicals
A number of chemicals used on-site which are dangerous substances will be used
in very small quantities. These chemicals are: acetylene, natural gas, nitrous oxide,
hydrogen, methanol, turpentine, and red oil. The effects of these chemicals are not
listed here, as they are present in such small quantities.
Table 6-25 below lists the inventories of each of the dangerous substances that will be
present on-site. This is presented for the two cases of integrated chemical plant and
merchant case.
Table 6-25 Dangerous Substances Present

Integrated Chemical Plant Merchant Case
Chemical Amount Present (tonnes) Amount Present (tonnes)
Chlorine 0.054 0.054
Chlorine dioxide solution 18 18
Sodium Chlorate 118 368
Liquid Oxygen 102 201
Acetylene 0.4 0.4
Natural Gas 1.1 1.1
LPG 9.7 9.7
Nitrous oxide 0.018 0.018
Hydrogen 0.00088 0.00088
Combustible liquids 38 38
Oxidising agents 60 60

Volume 1: 6-377
6.6 Site Layout and Site Boundary
Figure 6-31 below shows the proposed site layout and the site boundaries.
Figure 6-31 Site Layout, Showing Site Boundaries
The blue line in Figure 6-31 denotes the lease boundary for the pulp mill site. The East
Tamar Highway runs through this lease boundary (the red line on Figure 6-31). The
site boundary for off site risk effects has therefore been taken as the East Tamar
Highway on the east side, and the lease boundary on the other sides.
6.7 Raw Materials

Raw materials are required for operating purposes of the pulp mill. These include:
woodchips, water, various chemicals and natural gas. Jaakko Pyry (2005) has
estimated the consumption of raw materials, based on an annual pulp production of up
to 1,100,000 ADt/a. The final amounts will depend ultimately on the final selection of
equipment, which will be calculated during the detailed engineering phase of the
project.
6.7.1 Woodchips
Woodchips are the source of fibre for pulp. An estimated 3.65 tonnes of woodchips
required for each AD/t pulp (Jaakko Pyry, 2006).
The supply of woodchips (pulp wood) is discussed in detail in Section 6.2.

Volume 1: 6-378
6.7.2 Water
The preliminary water balance of the pulp mill is presented in the MWWB (Mill Wide
Water Balance), Annex III of Appendix 8, Volume 7. The raw water consumption of the
pulp mill is estimated at 23.4 m3/ADt of bleached pulp.
At the pulp mill capacity of 1,100,000 ADt/a this corresponds to an average water flow
of 73.6 ML/day. The fresh water demand of the pulp mill depends on the final selection
of certain process equipment and systems determined as part of the detailed design
phase. The above estimated balance demand includes all commercially available main
process equipment.
The water balance model is based on the Jaakko Pyry database for similar projects
and data from similar pulp mills. It should, however, be noted that the final water
balance can be prepared only after the main pieces of equipment have been ordered,
since alternative pieces of equipment from various machine suppliers feature different
water consumption. For the purpose of the assessment contained in the IIS, the
balance has been based upon all commercially available pieces of main equipment
complying with the best available technology criteria.
The average raw water consumption including cooling water make-up is summarised in
Table 6-26. At the initial annual production of 820,000 ADt, raw water demand will be
22.5 Gl/a. At an annual production of, say, 1,100,000 ADt, when the wood raw material
comprises 100 % plantation wood, the raw water demand is estimated at 26 Gl/a. The
actual water demand depends on the final choice of main equipment, but in any case it
will not be higher than the given values.
Table 6-26 Average Raw Water Consumption and Effluents Loads and Amounts
Production Raw water Effluent load
ADt/a m3/ADt m3/d m3/ADt m3/d
820,000 27.4 64,115 24.7 57,955
1,100,000 24.3 76,383 22.1 69,602
Table 6-27 summarises freshwater use and raw effluent amounts for summer (based
on an average temperature of 25oC), and winter (based on an average temperature of
10oC) for two plausible and conserverative scenarios.
Based on the figures present in Table 37, the estimate of fresh water use ranges
between 20 GL and 28 GL of fresh water use per year.
These figures are indicative only and are subject to detailed design. Gunns aims to
achieve a maximum daily consumption of no more than 26 GL per year when
manufacturing 1.1 million ADt/yr of pulp.

Volume 1: 6-379
Table 6-27 Fresh Water Consumption and Raw Effluent Amount for Summer
and Winter
Pulp Production (Adt/a)
820,000 1,100,000
Fresh water Raw effluent Fresh water Raw effluent
Summer (25oC)
Drum displacement 27,366 24,737 24,304 22,146

washer (DD) (12%)
KL/ADBt
Displacement Press 20,627 17,464 18,671 15,804

(DP) (32%) KL/ADBt
DD (12%) KL/d 64,115 57,955 76,383 69,602
DP (32%) KL/d 48,326 40,916 58,680 49,670
Winter (10oC)
DD (12%) KL/ADBt 26,856 24,672 24,962 22,5
DP (32%) KL/ADBt 20,188 17,401 18,294 15,750
DD (12%) KL/d 62,920 57,803 78,452 70,714
DP (32%) KL/d 47,298 40,768 57,495 49,500
Total Annual Average
DD (12%) KL/d 63,657 57,870 78,888 72,099
DP (32%) KL/d 47,976 41,815 58,285 49,595
(Source: Jaakko Pyry, 2006 - refer to Annex III of Appendix 7, Volume 6, for details on Case DD and DP).

Volume 1: 6-380
6.7.3 Chemicals
The following list of chemicals consumed in the pulp mill are based on an annual
production of up to 1.1 million ADt/a. The chemicals are given for the base case and
the merchant chemical production where it is relevant. The balanced consumption of
chemicals for the base case of the chemical plant being an integrated chemical plant
are contained in the overall material balance (OMB) in Annex IV, Appendix 8,
Volume 7.
Table 6-28 Chemicals Movements per annum Deliveries to the Pulp Mill
t/annum delivery trucks As Origin

as 100 % mode (ships)/ delivered
annum
Major Deliveries to
Pulp mill
Salt (merchant 50,000 boat up to 10 95% ship from SA
alternative) or WA to pulp
mill berth
Salt (IDP chem. 35,000 boat up to 10 95% ship from SA
plant) or WA to pulp
mill berth
Sulphuric acid (IDP 300 trucks 15 98% ship to Bell
chem plant) Bay, truck to
site
Sulphuric acid 23,240 trucks 1,186 98% ship to Bell
(merchant chem Bay, truck to
plant alternative) site
Hydrochloric acid 200 trucks 31 32% ship to Bell
(IDP chem. Plant Bay, truck to
miscellaneous) site
Caustic soda (IDP 5,075 trucks 501 46% ship to Hobart,
chem. plant) truck to site
Caustic soda 18,700 boat (2) 46% ship to pulp
(merchant chem mill berth
plant alternative)*
Sodium sulphate 14,151 trucks 708 100% ship to Bell
Bay, truck to
site
Peroxide (IDP 2,200 trucks 147 59.5% ship to Bell
chem. plant) Bay, truck to
site
Peroxide (IDP with 11,093 trucks 740 59.5% ship to Bell
final P stage) Bay, truck to
site
Sand 3,000 trucks 150 100% truck from
Scottsdale,
Tasmania

Volume 1: 6-381
t/annum delivery trucks As Origin
as 100 % mode (ships)/ delivered
annum
Limestone 24,750 trucks 750 100% truck from
Winkleigh,
Tasmania
Burnt lime 6,875 trucks 229 100% truck from
Railton
Tasmania
Magnesium 250 trucks 13 100% ship to Bell
sulphate (only on Bay, truck to
softwood (pine)) site
Urea 1,551 trucks 78 100% truck from Bell
Bay
Aluminium sulphate 1,100 trucks 55 100% truck from Bell
Bay
Baling wire 1,334 trucks 67 100% truck from Bell
Bay
Minor Deliveries to Pulp Mill
Defoamer 550 trucks 28 100% truck from Bell
Bay
Talc 550 trucks 28 100% truck from Bell
Bay
Phosphoric acid 165 trucks 15 54% truck from Bell
Bay
sodium carbonate 388 trucks 19 100% truck from Bell
Bay
Flocculation aids 132 trucks 7 100% truck from Bell
Bay
Filtering aids 204 trucks 10 100% truck from Bell
Bay
Boiler water and 20 trucks 1 100% truck from Bell
steam chemicals Bay
Miscellaneous 20 trucks 1 100% various
* when no own caustic is produced on site
Source: Gunns per comm

Volume 1: 6-382
Table 6-29 Chemicals Movements per annum export deliveries
External Deliveries t/annum as delivery trucks/ As Likely Origin

from Pulp Mill 100% mode annum delivered
Sodium chlorate 48,000 trucks 2,400 100% from site to

(merchant Bell Bay in 20 t
alternative) containers
Oxygen (merchant 20,000 trucks 1,000 100% from pulp mill

alternative) site to sites
throughout
Tasmania
Hydrogen peroxide 12, 000 trucks 600 59.5% from site to

(merchant Bell Bay port
alternative) or pulp mill
wharf
Nitrogen 5,000 trucks 250 100% From pulp mill

site to sites
throughout
Tasmania
Where possible, all chemicals will be supplied locally.
6.7.4 Natural Gas
Auxiliary fuel consumption in the lime kiln for normal operation is shown in Table 6-30
below. The proposed fuel is natural gas.
Table 6-30 Average Natural Gas Consumption in Lime kiln for Different Cases
Native Plantation Pinus radiata

Eucalyptus Eucalyptus
(peak
production)
Production rate, ADt/d 2 343 3 143 2 043
MJ/s MJ/s MJ/s
Heat flow 50.0 54.6 48.0
Natural gas nm3/s nm3/s nm3/s
1.3 1.41 1.24

* High Energy Recovery Boiler
During normal operation, the lime kiln will be the major user of natural gas across the
pulp mill. The NCG incinerator will also use a minor amount. The pulp mill natural gas

Volume 1: 6-383
consumption will normally vary from 1.3 to 1.5 m3/s. Natural gas consumption per year
is anticipated to be 1.5 PJ/yr. Natural gas usage will depend on the hydrogen
production in the chemical plant. During recovery boiler start-up or load burner
operation, natural gas consumption could be as high as 5 nm3/s.
6.8 Energy Requirements

Energy consumption and generation at the pulp mill is proposed in various forms:
Electricity;
Heat;
Natural gas;
Woodwaste;
Methane stripped of at evaporators;
Hydrogen by-product coming out of chemical plant likely to be used in lime kiln;
Fuel from black liquor; and
Steam.
The heat and power balances have been calculated as annual averages for various
pulp mill production rates and situations. The full balances are provided in Annex II of
Appendix 8, Volume 7. All balances are based on the assumption that the pulp mill
produces chemicals for its own use.
There is considerable potential to increase the power generation from the pulp mill
above the value shown in the calculations, thereby increasing the availability of power
for sale to the grid. This potential will be studied in more detail during technical and
commercial discussions with potential equipment vendors. The net power surplus
could be as high as 75 MW if all energy efficiency opportunities are realised.
6.8.1 Calculation Basis
Heat Consumption
A small amount of miscellaneous heat consumption is assumed.

Volume 1: 6-384
Table 6-31 Specific Heat Consumption of Departments
Specific heat
Steam Unit Consumption
type GJ/Unit
Woodhandling LP m3 sub/d 0.00
Cooking and washing MP1 ADt/d 1.18
Cooking and washing LP ADt/d 0.38
Oxygen delignification MP2 ADt/d 0.07
Oxygen delignification LP ADt/d 0.00
Bleaching MP1 ADt/d 0.23
Bleaching LP ADt/d 0.35
Drying LP ADt/d 2.14
ClO2 + O2 Plant MP1 t ClO2/d 6.75
ClO2 + O2 Plant LP t ClO2/d 27.00
Evaporation MP1 t H2O/d 0.05
Evaporation MP2 t H2O/d 0.03
Evaporation LP t H2O/d 0.33
Recovery boiler MP3 tds/d 0.44
Recovery boiler LP tds/d 0.01
Causticising LP m3 WL/d 0.01
Lime kiln MP1 t lime/d 0.00
Power boiler MP1 t steam/d 0.00
Power boiler LP t steam/d 0.02
Miscellaneous MP1 ADt/d 0.00
Miscellaneous LP ADt/d 0.07
Auxiliary condenser LP ADt/d 0.00

Volume 1: 6-385
Heat Generation
The majority of the heat is generated from black liquor in the recovery boiler. The
assumed recovery boiler efficiency (LHV) is 86.4 % of which 10 % is spent on
reduction, leaving 76.0 % for steam generation. The power boiler fires biofuel at a
boiler efficiency (LHV) of 90 %. The heat deficit, if any, is covered by natural gas firing.
Excess heat is fed to the condensing tail of the turbine. In most cases, the majority of
power boiler steam is utilised in the condensing tail.
Power Consumption
The specific power consumption figures are based on Jaakko Pyry file data. A small
amount of miscellaneous power consumption is assumed for such items as offices,
workshops, lighting, etc.
Table 6-32 Specific Power Consumption of Departments

Estimated specific
Department Unit consumption
kWh/unit
Wood yard and chip handling (existing
department). m3 sub/d 9.5
Cooking ADt/d 34
Washing ADt/d 19
Screening ADt/d 30
O2 delignification ADt/d 25
Bleaching ADt/d 60
Drying (incl after screening) ADt/d 135
Evaporation t H2O/d 3.9
Recovery boiler tds/d 22
Causticising m3 WL/d 5.1
Lime kiln t lime/d 42
DNCG and CNCG ADt/d 5.5
Power boiler t steam/d 10
Cooling towers MW 110
Effluent treatment (incl. effluent pumping) m3/d 1.3
3
Raw water (incl. pulp mill water pumping) m /d 0.7
Compressed air ADt/d 10
Miscellaneous ADt/d 24
ClO2 production tClO2/d 13,500*
Oxygen plant tO2/d 620
* The power consumption provided here is for the base case. For the merchant case where sodium chlorate
is produced for export, the additional power consumption is 5 400 kWh/t sodium chlorate exported. Where
the chlorine dioxide production is by the non-integrated chemical plant alternative (sulphuric
acid/methanol/peroxide based systems) the power consumption is decreased by 2 600 kWh/t NaOH. In other
words if there is no chlor-alkali plant the energy for sale increased by this amount.

Volume 1: 6-386
Power Generation
Electric power may be generated in an extraction-back-pressure turbine(s) furnished
with a condensing tail. Power generation is based on the 32/12/4 bar(a) steam
pressure levels extracted from the turbine(s).
Fuels
The higher heating value (HHV) of ash-free black liquor in the calculations is
14.0 MJ/kgDS. The lower heating value (LHV) of ash-free black liquor in the
calculations is 13.3 MJ/kgDS. The higher heating value (HHV) of natural gas in the
calculations is 38.36 MJ/kg.
Steam Values
Steam values for steam distribution are shown in Table 6-33. The highest extraction
medium pressure (MP) 3 and MP 2 have a sliding pressure of 30 bar and 20 bar
respectively dependent on the turbine load. MP3 will be used for recovery boiler and
power boiler soot-blowing and MP2 will be used for recovery boiler air preheating. The
two lower pressure nets MP1 at 12 bar and LP at 4.5 bar will have controlled pressure
and temperature. Condenser pressure is dependent on the load.
Table 6-33 Steam Values for Steam Distribution
Pressure Temperature Enthalpy

o
bar C GJ/t
HP steam, recovery boiler 104 505 3.383
HP steam, power boiler 104 505 3.383
HP steam, turbine 101 503.6 3.383
MP steam 3, net 30 290 2. 969
MP steam 2, net 22 230 2.839
MP steam 1, net 10 190 2.804
LP steam, net 4.5 150 2.748
Condens. pressure 0.08
FW temp.FW tank 4.04 144 0.606
FW- temp.RB 144 0.606
FW- temp.PB 117 0.741
Make-up water temp. 45 0.188

Volume 1: 6-387
Energy Balances
The energy balances have been calculated for the following cases:

Eucalyptus Eucalyptus (peak
production)
o
RB bar/ C 104 / 505 104 / 505 104 / 505
Production, ADt/a 820,000 1,100,000 100,000
Production, ADt/d 2,343 3,143 2,043
Specific Heat Balance

The heat produced and needed per unit ton of output are outlined in Table 6-34. Each
case has a different production rate. Process steam consumption is dependent mainly
on the equipment selection. Heat production is dominated by the yield. The more
organics the recovery boiler burns, the more steam is produced.
Table 6-34 Specific Heat Balance Summary for Different Cases

(peak
production)
Production rate, ADt/d 2,343 3,143 2,043
Heat Consumption GJ/ADt GJ/ADt GJ/ADt
Backpressure power 3.1 2.9 3.3
Condensing power 7.4 4.9 9.4
Process steam 9.9 9.3 10.6
Losses -0.2 -0.2 -0.2
Total 20.2 16.9 23.1
Heat Generation GJ/ADt GJ/ADt GJ/ADt
Black liquor 16.4 13.4 19.2
Fines 0.6 0.5 0.7
Sawdust 1.2 0.9 1.3
Forest residues 1.8 2.0 1.6
Effluent Sludge 0.2 0.2 0.3
Balancing natural gas 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total heat generation 20.2 16.9 23.1

Volume 1: 6-388
Heat Balance
Heat balance summaries for the main cases are shown in Table 6-35. In all cases,
heat produced from black liquor alone is more than enough for all process heat
requirements. Heat is required for the fiberline, evaporation drying, chemical plant,
sootblowing steam, and combustion air heating in the power plant.
Table 6-35 Heat Balance Summary for Different Cases

(peak
production)
Heat Consumption MJ/s MJ/s MJ/s
Back pressure power 83 105 79
Condensing power 200 180 222
Process steam 270 339 251
Losses -7 -9 -7
Total 546 615 545
Heat Generation MJ/s MJ/s MJ/s
Black liquor 445 488 453
Fines 15 18 173
Sawdust 31 31 31
Forest residues 48 72 38
Effluent sludge 6 6 6
Balancing natural gas 0 0 0
Total heat generation 546 615 545
Steam Balance
For each case, the steam consumption per steam distribution level as well as the
steam and water balance are shown in Table 6-36. About half of the steam is
consumed at low pressure. MP3 steam consumption is for recovery boiler soot
blowing. Most of the medium pressure steam is consumed in the fibre line. Splitting the
steam consumption into two pressures increases electricity production.

Volume 1: 6-389
Table 6-36 Steam and Water Balance Summaries for Different Cases

(peak
production)
Steam Consumption kg/s kg/s kg/s
MP3 steam (30 bar) 6.4 7.1 6.3
MP2 steam (22 bar) 3.0 3.2 3.3
MP1 steam (10 bar) 22.6 28.4 19.2
LP steam (4.5 bar) 76.6 97.9 72.6
Condensing 62.2 56.0 69.0
Feedwater preheat 28.3 31.3 28.6
Total 199.1 223.9 199.0
Steam and Water Balance kg/s kg/s kg/s
Steam generation 199.1 223.9 199.0
Recovery boiler 161.2 175.8 164.0
Power boiler 37.9 48.1 35.0
Sootblow and blowdown 2.0 2.2 2.0
Cooling water 1.7 1.9 1.5
Water from FW tank 201.9 227.8 201.8
Condensate return -136.8 -150.2 -139.5
Preh.steam to FW tank -26.3 -28.7 -26.7
Demi water demand 38.7 48.9 35.5
Specific Power Balance

Table 6-37 outlines the power produced and needed per unit tonne of output. Each
case has a different production rate. Note that negative purchased power means
excess power is sold.

Volume 1: 6-390
Table 6-37 Specific Power Balance Summary for Different Cases

(peak
production)
Production rate, ADt/d 2,343 3,143 2,043
Generated Power kWh/ADt kWh/ADt kWh/ADt
Backpressure 879 818 965
Condensing 703 475 900
Total 1,581 1,293 1,865
Power Consumption kWh/ADt kWh/ADt kWh/ADt
Total 950 816 1, 075
Power Balance kWh/ADt kWh/ADt kWh/ADt
Power consumption 950 816 1,075
Power generation 1,581 1,293 1,865
Purchased power -631 -477 -790
Power Balance
Power balance summaries for main cases are shown in Table 6-38. Because the pulp
mill will use power to produce its own chemicals, the power from backpressure power
generation will not be enough to cover the whole pulp mills load. Between 50 % and
90 % of condensing power production could, however, be sold to the market (power
purchase is negative = sales).
Table 6-38 Power Balance Summary for Different Cases

(peak
production)
Generated Power
Backpressure (MW) 86 107 82
Condensing (MW) 69 62 77
Total (MW) 155 169 159

Volume 1: 6-391
(peak
production)
Power Consumption (MW) MW MW MW
Total 93 107 92
Power Balance MW MW MW
Power consumption 93 107 92
Power generation 155 169 159
Purchased power -62 -62 -67
The pulp mill will be a net generator of electricity and will sell power to the Tasmanian
grid.
6.9 Waste Sources and Treatment

Annexures V, VI and VII of Appendix 8, Volume 7 provide details on liquid, gaseous
and solid sources of waste. Waste sources are also discussed elsewhere in this IIS.
Environmental emission diagrams (Annexure XV of Appendix 8, Volume 7) illustrate
waste input, output, and material flows, and are based on annual figures and therefore
include start-up phase and upset conditions.
The peaks for the atmospheric emissions, start-up variations and upset conditions
have been modelled by GHD as part of air dispersion modelling. Details are provided
in Volume 2 of this IIS.
6.9.1 Solid Waste Disposal
Non-Hazardous Waste
The total non-hazardous solid waste is estimated to be up to 49,000 tonnes per annum
corresponding to the pulp mill producing up to 1.1 million tonnes of pulp. The landfill
site of the pulp mill will be designed for about 50,000 tonnes of non-hazardous solid
waste per year.
Scrap metal and other reusable waste from the pulp mill is estimated to be
approximately 5,000 tonnes per annum, depending on the maintenance and
reinvestment schedules of the pulp mill. This amount can be sold for recycling.
The total amount of non-hazardous solid waste disposed of, usually to landfill,
comprises primarily bottom ash from the power boiler, green liquor dregs, lime kiln dust
and domestic putrescible waste (canteens, social facilities and site cleaning waste).
Process solid waste from the lime kiln is more likely to be directed to beneficial reuse

Volume 1: 6-392
but to the extent that beneficial reuse is not possible, it will be disposed of in the pulp
mills landfill.
Hazardous Waste
The amount of hazardous waste produced at the pulp mill is estimated to be

approximately 220 tonnes per annum. The waste is comprised primarily of waste oils
(25 %), grease (20 %), solvents (15 %), and electrical equipment (14 %). The
remainder is laboratory waste, used containers, chemical storage tanks cleaning
waste, organic halogen compounds, phenols, biocides and infected medical and
sanitary waste.
The hazardous wastes will be collected, packed, and stored in dedicated hazardous
waste areas and sent to an authorised hazardous waste contractor for final disposal.
6.9.2 Sewage Treatment and Disposal
The sanitary sewage from the pulp mill site will be collected into a dedicated sewerage
system provided with septic tanks to separate floating and settling solids. The sewage
will be collected in a separate sewer system from the change rooms and other sanitary
facilities, offices and canteens. The settled sewerage will be disinfected with sodium
hypochlorite to improve its hygienic quality and be combined with the process effluent
at the inlet of the primary clarifier.
The combined biologically treated effluent from the secondary clarifier will be pumped
to Bass Strait through a 22 kilometre long pipeline.
The total amount of sanitary sewage (including canteen effluent and shower water) is
estimated at 100 m3/day. The preliminary design flow is 20 m3/hour.
6.10 Odour Gas Systems
6.10.1 Introduction
In addition to the potential impacts and management of stack emissions from the
project, the Draft IIS also considers fugitive emissions. Fugitive emissions are those
which can escape from the process since they are not collected at the source of origin.
This section discusses the measures that the pulp mill will instigate to reduce the
possibility of the production of fugitive emissions. The design of the odorous gas
system and the likely impact of the system on fugitive emissions are also addressed.
6.10.2 Basic Aspects of Kraft Pulp Mill Odour
Odorous Compounds and their Physical and Chemical Properties

The main constituents of Kraft pulp mill odour comprise reduced sulphur compounds,
namely hydrogen sulphide (H2S), methyl mercaptan (CH3SH), di-methyl sulphide

Volume 1: 6-393
((CH3)2S), and di-methyl disulphide ((CH3)2S2). These compounds are commonly
referred to as Total Reduced Sulphur (TRS). TRS can be expressed either as the total
amount of the above substances or as the equivalent amount of sulphur. The original
definition of TRS means the actual chemical substances. The sulphur originates
mainly from the sodium sulphide (Na2S), which is one of the active cooking chemicals.
H2S emissions originate from the sodium sulphide in the white, green, and black
liquors, while the organic sulphides are formed in the digester plant as a result of
chemical reactions between sodium sulphide in cooking liquor and methoxyl groups in
wood. As the sulphide concentration in liquor and the methoxyl contents of wood
increases, the generation of organic sulphides will also increase.
The physical and chemical properties of the TRS substances are very important from
the odour control point of view. Such properties include:
Molecular formula;
Density;
Boiling point;
Odour threshold;
Solubility in water;
Dissociation Constant K;
Gas/Liquid Distribution Coefficient in Aqueous Solution, kg/l;
allowable content in workplace air (OHS standard);
Lower and Higher Explosion Limits (LEL and HEL);
Lower Heating Value (LHV); and
Partial Vapour Pressure in aqueous solution as function of temperature and pH.
The above properties of the TRS gases are given in Table 6-39.
Table 6-39 Physical properties of H2S, CH3SH, (CH3)2S, (CH3)2S2
Property Hydrogen Methyl Dimethyl Dimethyl

Sulphide Mercaptan Sulphide Disulphide
Chemical H2S CH3SH (CH3)2S (CH3)2S2
formula
Rel. Density (air 1.19 1.660 2 3.24
= 1)
Boiling Point Oc - 61.8 +5.8 +38 +118
Odour threshold 0.4 - 5 0.4 - 3 1 - 10 2 - 20
(ppb)
Solubility in 3.92 23.2000 0 0
water */, g/l
Dissociation 2.1* 10* (-7) 4.3 * 10** (-11) n/a n/a
constant, K **/ (K1)

Volume 1: 6-394
Property Hydrogen Methyl Dimethyl Dimethyl
Sulphide Mercaptan Sulphide Disulphide
Gas/liquid 1.29 11% n/a n/a
distribution
coefficient,
k(g/l)***/
OSH Standard, 10 0.5 n/a n/a
ppm
LEL/HEL (vol 4.5/45.4 2.2/9.2 3.9/21.8 1.1/2.0
%)
LHV (MJ/kg) 17.7 26 31 23.63
Table 6-40 Vapour pressure of H2S and CH3SH
Vapor Pressure of H2S and CH3SH from 0.01-Molar Aqueous Solutions as Function of
Temperature and pH
100 800
185 C
P(p)
P(p) 185 C H2S
mmHg CH3SH
mmHg
75 600
160 C
140 C
50 400
80 C
100 C
25 200
80 C
6 8 10 12 14 (pH) 4 6 8 10 12 (pH)
Practical Importance of Physical and Chemical Properties of TRS Compounds

The following important conclusions on the physical and chemical behaviour of TRS
compounds can be drawn:
Odour emissions of H2S and CH3SH from liquid to gas phase depend strongly on
liquor pH, while emissions of other organic sulphides are completely independent of
liquor pH. The higher the liquor pH and/or the lower the temperature, the lower the
levels of emissions from liquid to gas phase.
The total balance concentration of TRS in the gas phase in contact with liquor or
secondary condensate is the product of concentration, the dissociation constant,
and the gas-liquid distribution coefficient (a function of partial vapour pressure) at

Volume 1: 6-395
prevailing pH and temperature. When these conditions are known the gas phase
concentration of TRS can be assessed and subsequently controlled.
Liquor pH is by far the most important control parameter of H2S and CH3SH
emissions from liquid to gas phase, while emissions of other organic sulphides can
be controlled only by controlling the liquor temperature.
Malodorous Gases Emitted from Kraft Pulp Mills

The malodorous gases that are associated with Kraft pulp mills can be grouped
according to the following categories:
CNCGs: (concentrated non-condensable gases): These gases are typically low
volume and high concentration. They are often referred to as LVHC gases.
DNCGs: (dilute non-condensable gases): These gases are typically high volume
and low concentration. They are often referred to as HVLC gases.
Recovery Boiler and Lime kiln Flue Gases.
Diffuse sources of odour.
CNCGs
The CNCGs originate from the digester, evaporation plants, and the foul condensate
stripper. The original TRS concentration in CNCGs is normally 50,000 to
200,000 mg/Nm3. Since the odour threshold concentration of TRS gases is in order of
0.005 mg/Nm3, the required dilution factor to avoid odour without any control measures
is in order of 10 to 40 million. In practice this is impossible to achieve. Therefore the
gases must be collected and incinerated before being released to the atmosphere.
DNCGs
The DNCGs originate from a number of tank and equipment vents both fiberline and
the recovery island. Normal TRS concentrations in DNCGs range from <10-500
mg/Nm3. The required dilution factors to reach odour thresholds without any control
measures are in the order of less than 2,000-100,000. Even such dilution factors are
difficult to achieve and will have an adverse impact on the air quality primarily in the
immediate surroundings of the pulp mill, by causing odour unless they are collected
and incinerated. In this project the DNCGs are collected and incineratored with a
number of backup systems.
Recovery Boiler and Lime Kiln Flue Gases

Normal TRS concentration in these gases is less than 1-50 mg/Nm3. In the recovery
boiler flue gas, the average TRS is normally less than 5 mg/Nm3, in the dissolving tank
vent gas les than 50 mg/Nm3, and in the lime kiln flue gas less than 30 mg/Nm3. The
required dilution factors to reach odour thresholds between 200 and 10,000, and
normally around 1,000 to 6,000. The recovery boiler and lime kiln stacks (or combined
stacks) are designed so that odour thresholds at ground level will be achieved.

Volume 1: 6-396
If not appropriately managed, during unfavourable atmospheric conditions these flue
gases may cause occasional odour nuisance greater than 1 to 5 km from a pulp mill
where the emission plume touches ground, but not in the immediate vicinity of the pulp
mill because the stack directs the emissions vertically.
Diffuse Sources of Odour

Diffuse odour emissions originate primarily from the effluent collection system and the
effluent and sludge treatment plants. Typically pulp mills have effluent direct cooling
towers are the major contributor to diffuse odour emissions. Direct effluent cooling
towers are not proposed and have been replaced by heat exchanges in the fibre line.
Solid waste storage areas can also cause odour emissions. Measurements in a
number of Kraft pulp mills have found that normal levels of TRS emissions from these
sources are in the order of 0-5 mg/Nm3. The maximum dilution factors to achieve odour
thresholds are therefore in the order of 1,000.
The contribution of diffuse sources to total odour emission of modern Kraft pulp mills
can be substantial since the pulp mills operate very efficient point source controls. Due
to the low initial concentrations however, diffuse emissions only have highly localised
impacts within the pulp mill site (Refer to the Air Quality assessment in Appendix 16,
Volume 9).
Dilution Factors Achievable by Atmospheric Dispersion

A detailed assessment of odour impacts in provided in Section 4.19 of Volume 2 of the
Draft IIS.
The dilution of flue and vent gases in the atmosphere takes place through the mixing
effect of wind and turbulent dispersion of the gases in three-dimensional space. In
addition, the dispersion efficiency is determined by the vent gas properties and
disposal conditions (temperature, exit velocity, gas volume).
The total efficiency of the atmospheric dispersion depends on actual meteorological

conditions. Dispersion efficiency will also vary depending on the season and time of
day. In winter and night time conditions, dispersion efficiencies are normally at their
lowest level due to low wind speeds and the absence of solar radiation induced vertical
air currents.
In practice, the maximum ground level concentrations of an air pollutant are normally
found at a distance of 10 to 15 times the physical height of the emission source. Cold
and low volume gases are dispersed less effectively than hot and high volume gases.
Hence, cold, moist, and low volume gases (i.e. CNCGs and DNCGs) can cause higher
ground level concentrations closer to the source than the hot and high volume gases
(recovery boiler and lime kiln flue gases).
In the case of the recovery boiler and lime kiln flue gases, the minimum achievable
dilution factors at ground level are normally 1,500 to 2,000. This is usually sufficient to
prevent odour incidents. However, the dissolving and mixing tank vents may cause

Volume 1: 6-397
odour, since they can contain relatively high amount of TRS and have low exit
temperatures, and therefore cannot achieve high atmospheric dilution factors. For this
reason, the gases from these sources are also collected and burnt in the recovery
boiler.
Cold, moist, and small volume gases from the CNCG incinerator-scrubber system are
normally diluted by no more than a few hundred times until they reach ground level.
This means that the removal efficiency of TRS in these gases must be very high
(typically greater than 99.9 %) to achieve odour thresholds. If CNCGs are occasionally
released to the air without any treatment, they can cause very strong odour nuisance in
the surroundings areas. The pulp mill is designed so that these gases are never
released to the atmosphere without being treated.
DNCGs behave in the atmosphere, in principle, in the same way as the CNCGs if
released separately to the air but because of their much lower initial TRS
concentrations the required TRS removal efficiencies to achieve odour thresholds are
much lower, in order of greater than 95 to 99 %. Since these gases are well below the
LEL, they can be used as combustion air in the recovery boiler, lime kiln, or in the
CNCG incinerator. In this way their contribution to odour is virtually eliminated.
Recent Developments in Kraft Pulp Mill Odorous Gas Treatment
CNCGs
CNCG systems have been installed in Europe and North America since the 1970s. The
development of techniques for the destruction of these gases has been as follows:
1970s: Destruction by burning in the lime kilns and power boilers.
Early 1980s: Destruction by dedicated incinerators.
Late 1990s: Destruction in the recovery boilers.
Currently more than 90 % of pulp mills in Scandinavia collect and destroy more than
90 % of their CNCG.
DCNGs
The development of systems for the destruction of DNCGs has been more recent.
The first DNCG collection and disposal systems to reduce pulp mill odour were
installed in Europe in the early 1980s.
In Europe the disposal is now based on using DNCGs as combustion air in recovery
boilers.
In North America DNCGs (as well as CNCGs) are often oxidized in power boilers.
The IPPC directive of European Commission defines BAT, which proposes to install
DNCG systems into all Kraft pulp mills before 2007. The allowable TRS emission
range is 0.1-0.2 kg/ADt. In North America this is required by MACT I, second phase.

Volume 1: 6-398
Currently 80 % of pulp mills in Scandinavia collect and destroy DNCG and 80 % of
total DNCG emitted is collected in these pulp mills.
Recovery Boiler and Lime kiln Flue Gases

Recent developments in the reduction of odorous gases from the recovery boiler have
been:
1970s: Low odour recovery boiler development (cascade evaporator removed).
1980s: Increased black liquor solids firing concentration to 70 %. Lime mud to kiln
at 75 % solids
1990s: Increased black liquor solids firing concentration to 75 %. Improved control
systems
2000s: Increased black liquor solids firing concentration to greater than 80 %.
Dissolving tank vent gases burnt in recovery boiler.
Accepted Modern Technology

The Emission Guidelines address in detail the technology used for odorous gas control
within a bleached Kraft pulp mill. The guidelines consider the following AMT to mitigate
odorous gases:
Collection and incineration of CNCGs in:
either the recovery boiler
or a standalone incinerator
back-up system of the main system for CNCGs, consisting of:
a flare/incinerator and secondary incineration unit (e.g. lime kiln), or
pre-purged alternative disposal point immediately available to a power boiler
Collection and incineration of DNCGs in the recovery boiler
Methanol recovery from foul condensate stripper off-gasses
Computerised combustion control and CO measurements for the recovery boiler
Excess oxygen control, low-sulfur fuel, and residual soluble sodium control of the
lime mud for the lime kiln.
Spot monitoring by measuring odour with a gas chromatograph mass
spectrometer (GC-MS)
Pulp Mill Guideline Values

The gaseous TRS and odour emission limits stipulated in the Emission Guidelines for
the recovery boiler, lime kiln flue gases, and CNCG incinerator are as follows:

Volume 1: 6-399
Table 6-41 Emission Guidelines
Recovery Boiler (mg/Nm3, (3% O2, 273 K, dry, 101.3 kPa))
TRS (total reduced sulphur as H2S) 7 (greater than 99 % of time)
Lime kiln (mg/N m3 (same as RB))
TRS (as H2S) 16 (greater than 95 % of the time)
CNCG Incinerator (mg/N m3 (same as RB))
TRS (as H2S) 7
Odour (from all sources, annual average.)
kg S/ADt 0.4
There are air quality requirements that the pulp mill must meet (i.e. concentrations that
must not be exceeded) at the boundary limit. The value is 1.5 g/NDm3 TRS (as H2S)
as a 3 minute moving average, which is similar to the existing background odour levels
measured at Rowella air quality monitoring station.
Emission Guidelines and the International Environmental Benchmarks

In Table 6-42, the preliminary TRS and SO2 emissions of the pulp mill are compared
with the Emission Guidelines, US-EPA cluster rules, the BAT level proposed by the
IPPC Bureau of the European Union. The pulp mill will also comply with all
international environmental guidelines for modern bleached Kraft pulp mills.
The target values for gaseous emissions for the proposed Bell Bay pulp mill described
in Table 52 have been determined after having regard to proprietary information from
pulp mill equipment suppliers and from information about modern operating mills.

Volume 1: 6-400
Table 6-42 Comparison of the TRS and SO2 Emissions of the Bell Bay Pulp Mill with Relevant Guidelines
TRS SO2
Kg/S/ADt t/a Kg/S/ADt t/a
3
Bell Bay Pulp Mill <0.05 (5-5 mg/Nm ) <55 <0.35 <385
Emission Guidelines Included in mill-wide S Included in mill-wide S <0.4 400

emissions emissions
US-EPA 0.26 260 2.32 2320
EU/IPPC <0.05 <55 <0.35 <385

Volume 1: 6-401
CNCG System
CNCGs Collection System

The CNCGs will be collected from some or all of the following sources in the Gunns
pulp mill:
Digester plant:
Chip bin
Foul condensate tank
Exhaust cyclones
Evaporation plant:
Product liquor tank
Foul condensate tank
Surface condenser
Methanol Liquefaction plant:
Stripper.
The gases from the digester and evaporation plants will be collected into a water seal,
which acts like a check valve. This will prevent gases going backwards, prevent
continuation of possible flame propagation, and separate condensate from the gas
pipes. The stripper gas will have already undergone cooling to remove methanol and
joins the digester and evaporation gases after the water seal. The gases will be blown
with steam ejectors to the appropriate destruction system (see below).
The gas line from the seal tank and the line from the stripper will be provided with drop
separators, flame arrestors and explosion plates. The separated methanol from the
methanol liquefaction plant is pumped as a fuel to the dedicated incineration system.
Destruction systems
There will be three gas destruction systems in operation:
the recovery boiler; and
two incinerators (flame tube boilers).
All three systems can be used individually to destroy all the odourous CNCGs.
Venting of gas from the inner stack is a back-up measure in the unlikely event these
three measures fail. Further detail about these systems is described below.

Volume 1: 6-402
NCG boiler
Stack
NCG boiler
Methanol
Concentrator NCG
Recovery
Evaporation NCG boiler
plant
Steam ejector
Cooking NCG Water

plant seal
NCG
Condensate Stripper gas Methanol
stripper distillation Methanol Burner
Figure 6-32 Gas Destruction Systems
Recovery Boiler
CNCGs will be sent to the dedicated CNCG burner in the recover boiler at the
secondary air level. During normal running, not all the CNCGs will be sent to this unit
since there is a requirement for some of the CNCGs to be sent to the 1st backup
system (the flame tube boiler) in order to produce sodium bisulphite. Depending on
the detailed design and technology selected by Gunns, the amount of CNCGs sent to
the incinerator could be the majority of the gas flow, in which case it will be nominated
as the main destruction system.
The recovery boiler has the capacity to burn 100 % of the CNCGs produced. If for
some reason the dedicated incinerator becomes unavailable due to a process upset,
the recovery boiler can take all the gases provided that the boiler operating conditions
are right. To destroy the gases, the recovery boiler furnace must be at a high enough
temperature (which can only be achieved with a least 50 % of the recovery boiler
capacity). If the recovery boiler is not at sufficient load then the CNCGs must be
diverted to the incinerator (1st back up system).

Volume 1: 6-403
1st Back-up destruction system (Flame Tube Boiler/Incinerator)
The CNCG incinerator system, comprising two flame tube boilers (or incinerators)
serves as the 1st back-up or, depending on the final equipment selection, the main
destruction system.
The pulp mill process requires sodium bisulphite to destroy residual chlorine dioxide in
the pulp after the bleach plant and in vent gases from the bleach plant and chlorine
dioxide plant. For this reason, a proportion of the CNCG gases are continuously fed to
the flame tube boilers to keep them hot at all times and to produce the required sodium
bisulphite. The flame tube boilers and burn CNCG, as well as methanol and natural
gas. There can be a requirement to clean the flame tube boilers if the tubes become
scaled with a deposit which reduces the capacity of the flame tube boiler. Each flame
tube boiler is designed to burn and destroy (100 %) of CNCGs produced on site. In the
event that the recovery boiler load is so low for the CNCGs to be burnt, they are
switched immediately to one of the flame tube boilers. It is important to note that the
flame tube boilers have to be always hot, so that it can immediately take the gases
when they are switched from the recovery boiler. If the designated flame tube boiler is
not available, then the gases have to be diverted to the other flame tube boiler.
Heat from the boiler is used to produce medium-pressure steam, which in turn is used
to drive the CNCG ejectors. Flue gases are washed in the sulphur dioxide scrubber.
Sulphur dioxide in the flue gases reacts with the added sodium hydroxide to form
sodium bisulphite liquor.
2nd Back-up destruction system (Flame Tube Boiler)

There is a low probability that, at the same time, the recovery boiler as well as one of
the flame tube boilers will not function. If this occurs, the pulp mill odorous gas control
system is set up so that the CNCGs are directed to the other flame tube boiler.
The lime kiln is another destruction possibility which could be considered. However,
there are issues that make this situation less desirable. The operation of CNCGs
intermittently in the lime kiln will cause the build up of rings, with associated pulp mill
interruptions and production loss.
3rd Back-up system (Inner Stack)

If all three incineration positions are unavailable, the gases will be diverted to the stack,
which contains a dedicated inner stack for the CNCGs. The actual need for this back-
up is practically non-existent, since in this situation when both the recovery boiler and
both flame tube boilers are unavailable, the pulp mill has to be shut down.
Comparison of Gunns CNCG system with the Guidelines

The Emission Guidelines call for a back-up system that must activate when the
operation of the primary destruction source for CNCGs is interrupted due to
maintenance or other downtime. The Gunns project goes one step further than the
Emission Guidelines by having hot and ready to operate additional back-up systems,

Volume 1: 6-404
two incinerators. There is no other known pulp mill with the equivalent level of
redundancy. Typically a BAT pulp mill has either:
CNCG burning in the lime kiln and a flare;
a NCG boiler and a flare; or
in the most recent cases, CNCG burning in the recovery boiler and a flare.
The Emission Guidelines nominate the power boiler as a possible back-up system. In
the Gunns pulp mill, this is also a possibility since the power boiler will run at a
constant high load. However, its use has not been considered since there can be
associated operational risks (such as explosion, corrosion, leaks), and the incidence of
boiler plugging is high.
The lime kiln is another destruction possibility which has been considered but is less
attractive due to the operational problems that the intermittent burning of the CNCGs
can cause.
DNCG System
DNCGs Collection System

The DNCGs will be collected from the following sources in the Gunns pulp mill:
Digester - Pulp and liquor tanks
Fibreline
Vents from pulp tanks
Vents from filtrate tanks
Vents from washing equipment (presses, filters)
Vents from knot and reject washers and respective handling system
Vent from the spill collection sump
Vent form rejects dump building
Recovery boiler:
Vent from mixing tanks
Vent from dump tank
Vent from ash dissolving tank
Dissolving tank vent gases
Evaporation plant:
Vents from all weak black liquor tanks
Vent from intermediate black liquor tank
Vent from strong black liquor tank
Vent from mixing tank
Vents from all liquor condensate tanks
Vents from all soap collection tanks

Volume 1: 6-405
Vent from spill collection sump
Causticising plant:
Vents from green liquor storage tanks
Vents from white liquor storage tanks
Vents from causticizer tanks
Vents from lime mud storage tanks
Vent from dregs tank
Vents from green liquor filters
Vents from white liquor filters
Vent from slaker scrubber
Vent from green liquor cooler
Vent from dregs filter vacuum separator
Vent from spill collection sump
Lime kiln:
Vents from lime mud filter
The DNCGs from the various locations are cooled to remove foul condensate, which is
returned for stripping. The gases are then reheated before being sent to the respective
destruction unit. The gas lines will be provided with appropriate drop separators and
safety devices.
Main destruction system (Recovery Boiler)

The recovery boiler is nominated as the main system for the destruction of the majority
of the DNCGs. The DNCGs are sent to the recovery boiler and mixed with the
dissolving tank vent gas and make-up secondary combustion air.
1st Back-up destruction system (Power Boiler)

As a back-up the power boiler will be designed so that the DNCGs can be mixed with
the combustion air and burnt in the power boiler in the event that the recovery boiler is
not able to take the gases.
2nd Back-up destruction system (Flame Tube Boilers)

The dedicated incinerator system (2 flame tube boilers) will also be designed to burn
DNCGs although this will not be the normal operation. During pulp mill downtime and
major maintenance shutdown all DNCGs in the pulp mill will be collected and burnt in
the two flame tube boilers. Each flame tube boiler can burn 50 % of the total DNCGs
available.
3rd Back-up system (DNCG Inner Stack)

If all three incineration positions for the DNCGs are unavailable, then the gases will be
diverted to the stack which contains a dedicated inner stack for the DNCGs. As with

Volume 1: 6-406
the CNCGs, the actual need for this back-up is practically non-existent due to the level
of redundancy.
Comparison of Gunns DNCG system with the Emission Guidelines

The RPDC Guideline nominate, as technology options for DNCGs incineration, the
recovery boiler as secondary or tertiary air. The Guidelines state that due to the high
volumes and low concentrations, a back-up system for the DNCGs is usually not
installed. The Gunns design goes significantly further and incorporates two additional
levels of redundancy (the Power Boiler and the dedicated incinerator system 2 flame
tube boilers). There is no other known pulp mill with the equivalent level of redundancy.
6.10.3 DNCGs Summary and Schematic
Main system: Recovery boiler mixing with secondary air.
1st back-up system: Power Boiler combustion air
2nd back-up system: dedicated incineration system (2 flame tube boilers)
3rd back-up system: vent to stack
Stack Recovery
Boiler
Causticising Plant Evaporatio

Tanks n Plant
Collection Booster
fan & heater fan
Tank Farm 1 Tank Farm 2
Supplementary
air heater
Condensing Scrubber
Fiber Line
Chip Bin Vent
Power boiler
Condenser
NCG boiler
NCG boiler

Volume 1: 6-407
Recovery Boiler Flue Gases
The recovery boiler flue gases are discharged through an inner stack located in the
stack at a height of approximately 130 m above the pulp mill main level and
approximately 190 m above the ground level. The chosen stack height is based on
emission dispersion modelling (refer to Volume 2, Section 4.5).
The design and operation of the recovery boiler has a significant influence on the
emission values from the boiler. The TRS emissions are dependent on combustion
stability and the furnace temperature and modern recovery boilers are capable of
reaching the Emission Guideline values. The pulp mill features that ensure that the
Gunns recovery boiler meets these values are:
Black liquor solids firing concentration greater than 80 %. This results in a higher
bed temperature and less specific flue gas volume.
Adequately dimensioned evaporation plant to ensure that the black liquor solids
flow and concentration is stable to the recovery boiler.
Adequately dimensioned stripper in the evaporation plant.
Adequately dimensioned recovery boiler to ensure that the black liquor solids
produced in the cooking plant can be burnt.
Computerised monitoring of the pulp mills liquor cycle to enable controlled
operations of the burning rate.
Burning and destruction of CNCGs in a dedicated burner at the secondary air level
Burning and destruction of DNCGs at the secondary air level.
Computerised combustion control system to ensure stable operations. The control
system also uses black liquor density meters, bed cameras, etc.
Advanced air systems allow more stable burning conditions.
The dissolving tank vent gases and mix tank vent gases, a traditional source of
TRS emissions, are introduced into the secondary air of the recovery boiler for
destruction.
Continuous on-line monitoring of TRS, SO2, and CO content in the flue gas.
Interlocking and alarm systems to allow the smooth transition of main destruction
system to the back up systems for CNCGs and DNCGs.
Adequate liquor tank storage to ensure that pulp mill interruptions, which can occur,
can be met with optimised conditions in the recovery boiler.
Control of the non-process elements, chlorine and potassium, in the recovery liquor
circuit.
Lime kiln Flue Gas

The lime kiln flue gases are discharged through an inner stack located in the stack.
The chosen stack height is based on emission dispersion modelling.

Volume 1: 6-408
The design and operation of the causticising plant affect the emission values from the
lime kiln. The pulp mill features will ensure that the Emission Guideline values are met
are:
Adequately dimensioned lime kiln and causticising plant equipment
Continuous on-line monitoring of TRS and SO2, and O2 content in the flue gas.
Regular testing of the soluble washable alkali level in the lime mud feed to the lime
kiln. Computerized burner control system to ensure stable lime kiln operations.
High quality make up chemicals, limestone and burnt lime.
Diffuse Sources of TRS Emissions (Fugitive Emissions)

In modern pulp mills that operate BAT odour control systems, the share of diffuse
sources of total TRS emissions of the pulp mill can be proportionally high due to the
stringent measures to reduce the main sources of odour. It has been estimated that the
average diffuse TRS emission of Swedish and Finnish bleached Kraft pulp mills is in
the order of 40 % of the total process-borne emissions. The main sources of diffuse
odour emissions are the pulp mill effluent collection system, effluent treatment plant,
and sludge and other solid waste handling areas.
In older pulp mills the total diffuse odour emission has been estimated at 0.3 to 0.9 kg
S/ADt, whereas in newer pulp mills the diffuse odour emissions are normally less than
0.1 kg S/ADt.
In a greenfield pulp mill, the diffuse emissions can be reduced by adhering to proper
design principles in the detailed engineering phase of the project (in-plant measures)
and implementing a proper environmental management system during the operating
lifetime of the pulp mill. These items will be addressed in the detailed design phase of
the project.
Effluent Collection System

Diffuse odour emissions can occur from the effluent collection system originating from
areas where effluents can contain black liquor solids (spills) and/or secondary
condensates.
The design of the Gunns pulp mill will ensure that any liquor spills are collected and
pumped back to the process. Additionally, the liquor tank system will be adequately
sized to enable the pulp mill to run during any isolated departmental interruptions that
may occur. This measure limits the potential for liquor tank spills. The collection sumps
are connected to the gas collection system.
Effluent Treatment Plant

The most important potential sources of odour from the effluent treatment plant are:
Primary clarifier;
Equalization basin;

Volume 1: 6-409
Direct effluent cooling tower;
Chlorate reactor, final aeration basin; and
Secondary clarifiers.
The estimated quantity of fugitive emissions from the effluent plant is approximately
0.01 g S/ADt under normal operating conditions, with the cooling towers accounting for
approximately 90 % of the odour from the effluent treatment plant. The Gunns pulp mill
design will take this issue into account by not having a direct cooling tower. As shown
in the previous schematics, the odour emissions of H2S and CH3SH from liquid to gas
phase depend strongly on pH and temperature. The higher the liquor pH and the lower
the temperature, the smaller are the emissions from liquid to gas phase. The bleach
plant liquid effluents, acidic and alkaline streams, are cooled in indirect heat
exchangers from the process temperatures (approx 80 0C) to 35 0C and mixed together
in a mixing chamber. The mixing chamber is connected to the gas collection system in
the bleach plant. In this manner the heat load to the effluent plant is substantially
reduced, removes the need for effluent cooling towers - as well as removing the
corresponding potential fugitive emissions. In the effluent treatment plant, the effluent
pH is controlled in the neutralization basin. This control is important both for the
effluent plant performance and for the control of fugitive emissions.
The quality of the effluent going to the treatment plant is also an important parameter
that can influence the odour from the plant, especially if secondary condensate in
sufficient quantity enters the effluent. Again, the emphasis is on correct dimensioning
of the respective departments and equipment and correctly designed water balance for
the pulp mill.
Comparison of Gunns Odorous Gas System with Other Modern Pulp Mills
Other modern Kraft pulp mills have not been designed to the same high level of
redundancy for the odorous gas system as the proposed Gunns pulp mill. Typically a
BAT pulp mill has:
Collection of the CNCGs and destruction by:
Either, by CNCG burning in the lime kiln and a flare
or, alternatively a NCG boiler and a flare
or, in the most recent cases, CNCG burning in the recovery boiler and a flare
Collection of the DNCGs and destruction of these in the recovery boiler.
Typically the latest modern pulp mills do not have additional redundancy for the
CNCGs and some do not have a back-up system for the destruction of the DNCGs.
Although this system arrangement means minimal odour emissions during stable pulp
mill operation, odour emissions might occur during periods of operational interruption
and maintenance shutdowns, , primarily due to the lack of availability of the destruction
system at these times. The Gunns pulp mills design will mean that the destruction
system (two dedicated incinerators) is always available, including during periods when
the pulp mill is shut for maintenance.

Volume 1: 6-410
With respect to diffuse emissions, the dimensioning of the equipment and departments
are critical to this performance. In modern pulp mills the diffuse emissions are not
usually the main source of odour, but there have been occasions when liquor tank and
evaporation plant capacity have been compromised, resulting in secondary
condensate overflowing to the effluent plant resulting in diffuse emissions. As well as
correct process dimensioning, the Gunns pulp mill will utilise in-plant measures to
avoid contaminants to the effluent plant. One major feature is that there will be no
effluent cooling tower (a normal source of diffuse emissions), it will be replaced by
indirect coolers (which will not be a source of diffuse emissions).
Operational Factors
General
The Gunns pulp mill has been designed to meet the Emission Guideline requirements
on odour. Additionally, it will have a level of redundancy for the odorous gas treatment
system that, although not stipulated as necessary in the guidelines, will ensure that all
the requirements are met under upset conditions and when the pulp mill is shut down
for maintenance.
The main operational issues that have caused odour in modern pulp mills by the direct
venting of CNCGs to atmosphere can generally be attributed to:
Unavailability of the main CNCG destruction unit
Unavailability of the CNCG back-up unit
CNCG by-passed to stack for other reasons, such as:
Failures in interlockings
Mechanical failure of valves
Instrumentation errors
The unavailability of the CNCG destruction units and consequent venting to the
atmosphere has been reviewed as part of the detailed design in existing best practice
modern pulp mill odorous gas collection and destruction facilities. The annual results
from three Scandinavian pulp mills that have been operating for a number of years are
presented below. The number of hours that the pulp mills vent directly to atmosphere
per annum is shown.
Table 6-43 Annual CNCG Emission from three Scandinavian Pulp Mills
Venting of CNCGs Mill A Mill B Mill C

to atmosphere
Hours per annum 9 14 5
% of operating time 0.11% 0.16% 0.06%

Volume 1: 6-411
Mill A, B and C have not been identified due to commercial-in-confidence
considerations.
It should be noted that the data for these pulp mills is based on a main destruction
source for CNCG plus a single back-up system when the pulp mills are operating.
When the pulp mills are not operating there is no collection or destruction of the vent
gases (unlike the Gunns project).
The operational factors that can also contribute to the issue of odour are as follows:
Training
The pulp mill personnel (managers, supervisors, operators, maintenance personnel)
will undergo extensive training before the pulp mill starts up. The personnel will be
familiar with equipment, process, operational and maintenance procedures and events
(start-ups, shut downs, interruptions), and all environmental aspects of the pulp mill.
The training also includes computer simulation so that all operations (including
interruptions) that can occur will be familiar to the operators.
Pulp Mill Environmental Management System

Gunns existing environmental management system, which is certified to ISO 14001,
will be updated to apply to the pulp mill.
Start-up phase
Some pulp mills (including modern ones) have commenced operations before the
odorous gas system has been completely or properly installed, resulting in severe
odour problems in the vicinity. Although these odour situations were rectified when the
odorous gas system came into operation, the public perception lingered.
The Gunns pulp mill, including the odorous gas system, will be checked and
commissioned according to industry best practice before operations commence. The
checking and commissioning will ensure that all the automation systems allow the
switching between the respective main and back-up systems function.
Operations
The operation of the pulp mill will use worlds best practice maintenance and
operational procedures. It is critical to the environmental performance of the pulp mill
as well as to safety that all equipment, piping, instruments, control and interlocking
valves and automation systems are properly maintained.
Whilst the multiple redundancies built into the odour management system significantly
reduce the risk of annoyance, ongoing management of diffuse odour sources will be
undertaken to further minimise such risks. This management will include consultation
with neighbouring residents.

Volume 1: 6-412
6.11 Hours of Operation
The hours of operation are listed in Table 6-44. There will no variation in hours of
operation between summer and winter.
Table 6-44 Hours of Operation
Infrastructure Hours of Operation

component and
activity Construction Phase Operation Phase
Pulp Mill 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week
Woodchip Mill 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week
Wharf facility 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week
(however, the level of activity will
depend on when ships are
berthed)
Landfill 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week Daytime hours only (7am to 5
pm)
Quarry 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week 7am to 7pm week days
8am to 4pm weekends
Water reservoir 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week
Water supply 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week
pipeline
Effluent pipeline 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week 24 hrs per day, 7 days per week
The design capacity of the pulp mill is based on 350 days of operation per year. This
allows for an annual maintenance shut down and minor shutdowns.
Landfill
The landfill is proposed to operate primarily on weekdays and weekends where
required. Factors influencing the hours of operation include:
Amount of waste produced;
Amount of waste diverted to beneficial reuse rather than landfill disposal; and
Number of trucks to be employed, truck capacities and frequency of the turn around
at the landfill (taking into account the time required for spreading and compaction of
the wastes).
These factors may result in a change of operating hours to 12 hours per day, seven
days per week .
It is envisaged that only one truck will be needed to transport the pulp mill solid waste
to disposal, provided that the pulp mill solid waste generation rate is reasonably
constant and that the pulp mill has solid waste storage capacity for weekend storage.

Volume 1: 6-413
A work practices study after commencement of operation may recommend
adjustments to the proposed operating regime (Pitt and Sherry, 2006b).
6.12 Contingencies
In designing the pulp mill, consideration was given to various contingency factors in the
event of breakdown or malfunction of equipment or process to minimise the
environmental effects of the mill.
Atmospheric discharges during process upsets and breakdowns and equipment

malfunction is addressed in Section 6.10 and Appendix 16, Volume 9. The pulp mill in
this respect employs a higher level of redundancy than any other known pulp mill. The
approach to concentrated gases, which can be a source of odour, has two stages of
back-up (i.e., the incinerators referred to above). The odorous gas system also
employs a two stage back-up system (power boilers, incinerators). When the pulp mill
is shut down for major maintenance all odorous gases will be collected and destroyed
in the incinerators.
Wastewater discharges from the mill are addressed in section 6.9.2. Emergency ponds
will be provided and the pulp mill will temporarily be shut down (if required) until the
issue is resolved.
In the very unlikely case of a rupture of the effluent pipeline, the effluent could flow into
local surface water drains or to the groundwater depending on the detailed topographic
and geological conditions. The total amount of effluent contained in the proposed
outfall pipeline at any one time will be up to 18,000 KL, though the extent of a
discharge from the pipeline will depend on its location and the severity of the pipeline
failure.
In order to monitor the pipeline condition, it will be inspected on a regular basis along
its whole length. Pressure gauges could also be installed at required intervals to the
pipeline. The readings could be transmitted to the DCS system of the ETP. Alarms will
be actuated in case the actual pressure is either higher or lower than the preset normal
pressure range.
Design principles of the pipeline to minimise environmental risks are provided in

section 6.4.5.
In the event of a leak, damage or maintenance to the water supply pipeline, a water
reservoir has been design to store approximately seven days supply of water. This
water source will be used until it is exhausted or until the water supply pipeline is
restored.

Volume 1: 6-414
6.13 Other Design Elements
6.13.1 Woodchip Mill
Gunns operates two wood yards and chippers (including chip screening and chip
storage facilities) at the Tamar north and south woodchip mills. The north pulp mill
wood yard has a capacity of 4,000 tonnes of log storage, produces up to 6,000 tonnes
of chips per day, and has stockpiles with a capacity of 150,000 tonnes.
The south pulp mill wood yard has a capacity of 6,000 tonnes of log storage, a
production rate of up to 6,000 tonnes of chips per day, and can store up to 185,000
tonne as woodchip stockpiles.
Gunns will continue to operate these woodchip mills, which will form part of the pulp
mill process. The ultimate chipping capacity of the existing woodchip mills once a new
chipper is installed will be 5 million GMt/yr. Operational hours will be up to 24 hours,
seven days a week.
Forest debarked roundwood (including native forest and plantation wood) will be
trucked to the north and south woodchip mills at Long Reach, weighed and either
stockpiled or sent directly to the chippers. The wood will then be sent through chippers,
and the chips will move on a conveyer to the primary wood chip piles located on the
woodchip mill site.
A new chipper will ensure that sufficient woodchips are available to supply the pulp
mill. The new chipper will be located adjacent to the existing south woodchip mill. The
new chipper will be contained within the existing main deck (MD1) with a new
operating cabin and log grapple. The chipper will face east, away from residents in
Rowella, and will be enclosed by structures such as concrete walls to abate potential
noise levels.
The introduction of a new chipper and augmentation of the MD1 will result in a change
of activities and procedures around the woodchip mill and logging yard. Some of these
changes include:
A conveyor will transport the chips from the chipper to existing stockpile No. 3 and
new stockpile. Stockpile 5 will be located between stockpiles 1, 2 and 3.
A reclaimer will be located between stockpiles .5 and .3 stockpiles for reclaiming
from either stockpile. This material will feed the pulp mill main chip conveyor
through a short chip conveyor.
A number of on-site traffic amendments will occur such as rerouting trucks to the
wharf to the south side of stockpile no. 4.
A mobile refuelling station will be relocated to the old car park in the north of the
south pulp mill log yard to free up log storage space.
A mobile equipment workshop from the north pulp mill will be relocated to an area
immediately north of the south pulp mill store to service both pulp mills.

Volume 1: 6-415
A whole truck chip unloading station will be installed where the existing truck dump is
located at the north pulp mill.
Refer to Figure 6-33 for an illustration of the proposed chipper, stockpile and other
modifications.
6.13.2 Lighting
To enable twenty-four hour operations of the pulp mill, wharf and landfill, lighting is
required for visual aid and safety.
Metal halide-type high-bay lighting fixtures will be used for the operating floor. High-
pressure sodium-type lighting fixtures will be used on the ground floor and in storage
areas. Fluorescent-type lighting fixtures will be used in electrical rooms and offices
(Jaakko Pyry, J2005).
For external lighting, all high-intensity discharge luminaires selected for use on this site
will be designed to operate efficiently with the front glass mounted horizontally. This
style of luminaire eliminates the upward spill light component and minimises glare at
high vertical angles and hence minimises the spillage of light outside the targeted area
of illumination.
The proposed external lighting will include:

250 Watts High-Pressure-Sodium streetlight luminaires mounted on 10m high
poles, with an outreach arm that has 0 upcast. These luminaires will have no
angular adjustment, ensuring that the glass will be horizontal in all cases.
400 Watts and 1000 Watts High-Pressure-Sodium floodlights mounted on 6m and
12m poles respectively. These luminaires will have a clearly marked aiming
protractor fitted to them, and the installing contractor will ensure that they are
mounted with a 0 upcast.
All luminaires near of the bale storage building and ship loading facility will be of the
lower wattage streetlight type. 400 Watt and 1000 Watt floodlights will be used only
around the effluent plant and main pulp mill areas.
The location of the lighting fixtures are shown in Figure 6-34.
Floodlighting is proposed for night time operations at the landfill.
Site lighting is required at the meter/regulator station of the proposed gas pipeline.
6.13.3 Security
Pulp Mill Site

During construction, a security contractor will be engaged (by Gunns or the
construction contractor) to manage safety and security issues on the construction site.

Volume 1: 6-416
The security organisation will be responsible for ensuring that adequate security
measures are in place to safeguard the entire construction site.
During operation, security at the pulp mill and wharf will comprise:
Security fencing around the site;
A single access point from the East Tamar Highway with a permanently operated
security gate;
Security lighting;
Security cameras at crucial points; and
Night patrols by security guards.

Volume 1: 6-417
494000 494500
Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Integrated Impact Statement
0
/
0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1
Refuse Pile
Relocate Workshop and Cribroom Kilometers
1:3,000
Reorientate Refuse Conveyor
Relocated Refueling Staion
Truck Tipper
Mobile Equipment Workshop
No.2 Pile Rail Realignment
No.1 Pile Chipper
No.5 Stockpile
MD 1
5443000
5443000
Main Pulp Mill Chip Conveyor
High Level Rising Conveyor
Chip Conveyor Existing Refueling Station
No.3 Pile
Reclaimer
_
^
LAUNCESTON
No.4 Pile
HOBART
494000 494500
Date: 16/06/06
Projection: Map Grid of Australia
FIGURE 6-33
Zone 55, GDA94
Source: Base data sourced from supplied by the LIST-
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied
CHIP MILL
by Gunns Pty Ltd
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_1\
fig6_33_chip_mill_upgrade.mxd UPGRADE
492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500 495000
Bell Bay Pulp Mill

0
/
0.06 0.12 0.18 0.24 0.3
Kilometers
1:10,000
5445000
5445000
EA
S T
TA
M
AR
HI
5444500
5444500
G
HW
AY
5444000
5444000
_
^
LAUNCESTON
5443500
5443500
HOBART
492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500 495000
Date: 16/06/06 Legend
Zone 55, GDA94 Effluent Pipeline Landfill Boundary Sylvania Lighting Roadster S250CA Aero 250 Watt HPS Aeroscreen Streetlight
Source: Base data sourced from supplied by the LIST-
www.thelist.tas.gov.au. Lighting data supplied in AutoCAD
format by Light Harmony. All other infrastructure supplied
River
Pulp Mill - Extent of Works
Landfill Extension Area
Solid Waste Disposal Site
Twin Sylvania Lighting Roadster S250CA Aero 250 Watt HPS Aeroscreen Streetlight
Philips MVP507 WB 1000 Watt HPS Asymmetrical Cutoff Floodlight
FIGURE 6-34
by Gunns Pty Ltd National/State Highway Water Reservoir Philips SNF210_400 400 Watt HPS Asymmetrical Cutoff Floodlight
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_1\
fig6_34_Lighting.mxd
Railway
water_pipeline
Quarry
Dam
LIGHTING
Other Infrastructure
For the pump and pipeline stations will be fenced and intrusion detectors will be
installed on all gates and control hut doors. On activation of any one of these proximity
switches, an alarm will be initiated.
The proposed landfill, quarry and water reservoir will be for Gunns operations only and
will not be open to the public. Gunns will install a swipe card operated gate or similar at
the access road entrance, and will operate security patrols in the area. There will not
be a permanent presence on-site. Landfill operators will be on-site on an as-required
basis.
A security fence will be constructed around the leachate collection system (including
the leachate collection tanks) at the lower end of the landfill. The fence will be
designed to prevent motorcycle, vehicular and foot access to the leachate system,
while at the same time allowing free and open passage for fauna.
Security fencing and secured access will be provided at the proposed temporary
workers accommodation facility.
6.14 Development Control Requirements

Development control requirements during construction and operation are addressed
throughout the IIS.
Development controls specifically listed in the Scope Guidelines are addressed in the
following sections:
Visual assessment - Volume 2, section 2.17, 4.17, 10.14 and 13.13 and Volume 3
sections 3.14, 6.5, 10.18, 12.4, 16.12 and 19.12;
Site access - Volume 2, section 2.12, 4.12, 10.11 and 13.11 and Volume 3 sections
3.12, 10.16, 12.3, 16.10 and 17.10; and
Capacity of all existing infrastructure - Volume 2, section 2.3 and Volume 3 sections
3.2, 10.2 and 16.2.
6.15 Other Requirements and Applications
6.15.1 Dangerous Goods Requirements
Dangerous Goods requirements are addressed in Volume 4 of this IIS.
6.15.2 Buildings Design Requirements
Buildings and facility design will accord with relevant regulations and codes as detailed
below during the detailed design phase of the project. The specific buildings
requirements will be in part determined by individual plant components and supplier

Volume 1: 6-420
requirements, which will not be known until the detailed design phase commences.
Design phase requirements are detailed in Volume 4 of the Draft IIS.
6.15.3 Application to Take Water
The pulp mill will require approximately 26 GL/yr of raw water when the pulp mill is
operating at its capacity of 1,100,000 ADt/yr.
Volume 1, Chapter 2 provides detail on permits and licences required for the project,
including the approvals required to take water. The water required by the pulp
manufacturing process will be extracted from Lake Trevallyn and pumped to Bell Bay.
The water will be purchased under a Supply Agreement with Hydro Tasmania, the
major elements of which will be as follows:
Annual supply volume of 26 GL/yr.
The Agreement will compensate Hydro Tasmania for the energy value of the water,
including an allowance for the Renewable Energy Credits that Hydro Tasmania
would have accrued if the water had passed through the Trevallyn Power Station.
The Agreement pricing will recognise the water will be sourced from a reliable
source which minimises the risk of interruption to supply.
Gunns will meet the cost of additional infrastructure required to extract the water
from Lake Trevallyn and pump it to the pulp mill site at Bell Bay.
Hydro Tasmania will provide Gunns with access to the Trevallyn Dam site to install
the additional infrastructure required.
The Agreement term is for up to 25 years with provision for the parties to negotiate
in good faith toward an extension should this be required by Gunns.
6.15.4 Application to Quarry
Gunns will establish a quarry as a provision towards the end of civil construction for an
alternate fill and crushed material resource.
The need for permits and licences is discussed in Volume 1, Chapter 2 of this IIS.

Volume 1: 6-421
7. New Infrastructure and Off-site Ancillary
Facilities
The pulp mill requires new infrastructure and off-site facilities in addition to the pulp mill
itself. These include:
Wharf;
Landfill;
Quarry;
Water Reservoir;
Water Supply Pipeline;
Effluent Pipeline;
Workers accommodation facility;
Transmission line;
Gas Pipeline; and
Power to landfill.
Each of these facilities are described in this Chapter. The environmental impacts from
each component are assessed in the following volumes (which address most of 4.4 of
the Scope Guidelines). More detailed descriptions are provided in relevant Appendices
as nominated in the descriptions below. Planning scheme amendments are addressed
in section 2.8.
Table 7-1 New Infrastructure
New Infrastructure Section of IIS
Wharf Volume 2, Chapters 9 and 10
Landfill Volume 2, Chapters 121 to 12
Quarry Volume 2, Chapters 121 to 12
Water Reservoir Volume 2, Chapters 121 to 12
Water Supply Pipeline Volume 3, Chapters 2 to 6
Effluent Pipeline Volume 3, Chapters 7 to 11
Workers Accommodation Facility Volume 3, Chapters 12 to 16
7.1 Wharf
A wharf facility is required to provide the infrastructure necessary to tie-up bulk carrier
vessels and to allow the pulp units to be loaded onto the vessel. The wharf will be

Volume 1: 7-422
approximately 224 metres long and suitable for use by purpose-built pulp carriers of up
to 40,000 45,000 dwt and general cargo vessels of up to 5,000 dwt (Maunsell, 2005).
The facility is required to cater for Open Hatch Bulk Carriers (OHBC) and Gearbulk
vessels (general cargo vessels). In addition to these, the facility is also required to
accommodate barges. Details of the vessels considered in the design are noted
below:
Table 7-2 Vessel Details Considered in Wharf Design
Type Max Vessel Min Vessel Barge* Barge*
OHBC Gearbulk vessel Heavy Plant Bell Bay Port

and No. 4 Barge
Star O Class Equipment
Dead Weight 40,661 tonne 5,000 tonne - -

Tonnage (dwt) (to 40,000
tonne)
Loaded 48,661 tonne 7,500 tonne to 1,000 ton 80 tonne

Displacement 45,000 tonne (approx)
Tonnage
Length OA 199 m 105 m to 200 m 50 m 24.4 m
Beam 32.26 m 15.8 m to 32 m 15 m 7.8 m
Laden draught 12.02 m 6.4 m to 12 m 3m 1.66 m
Laden freeboard 4.5 m 2.7 m to 4.5 m 0.5 m 0.5 m
* Note Barges will require fender piles or lower fender face panels over the length of wharf at which they
will berth.
The OHBC is self-loading. The vessels will not be moved during loading. The vessel
includes two overhead gantries that may load the ship simultaneously.
It is anticipated that 80 tonne bollards will be used along the wharf and 100 tonne quick
release hook assemblies will be used on the dolphins.
7.1.1 Cargo
The OHBC and Gearbulk vessels will carry pulp stacks, organised into 32 or 64 tonne
units. It is anticipated that the units will be stacked and stored in a warehouse adjacent
to the wharf. The stacking of units will be carried out by forklifts and transportation to
the wharf will be carried out by terminal tractors and trailers.
7.1.2 Terminal Tractor and Trailer Loads
Terminal tractors and trailers will be loaded so that the maximum total combined load
of a single tractor-trailer will be 90 to 100 tons. The trailers will be approximately 3.6 m
wide, have three axles and be designed to carry 64 tons (i.e., 2 pulp units). The

Volume 1: 7-423
terminal export operations involve the continuous shuttling of pulp units to the wharf
where they are loaded onto the vessel by the ships gear.
7.1.3 Other Material Loads
Salt (approximately 50,000t/yr) will be unloaded from the Gearbulk vessels up to 10

times a year and either be unloaded into truck loading hoppers or placed directly on
the deck for transfer by front-end loaders into trucks. Caustic Soda (approximately
16,120 t/yr) will be delivered to the wharf at least twice a year.
7.1.4 Cranes
The wharf site will be used as a staging point for the importation of select
equipment during the construction of the pulp mill. Some of this equipment is too
big to be transported by road, so these items will be delivered to the wharf on
vessels. The vessels will be unloaded at the wharf by mobile cranes. Mobile cranes
will also be used for the occasional unloading of heavy cargo from vessels once the
wharf is operational.
Allowance has been made for a heavy lift bay to facilitate the operation of very large
mobile cranes and heavy lift equipment.
7.1.5 Location
The site is located between Big Bay and Dirty Bay on the northern shoreline of the
Tamar River (Figure 7-1). The river bathymetry of the site suggests that a constant
drop in depth from 0 to 6 m from the shoreline out for an estimated 160m. From this
point however, contours suggest a sharp drop in depth with an RL-12m contour
appearing on average at 180 m from shore.
Given the assumed required depth for acceptable underkeel clearance (RL -13), the
wharf face will be situated approximately 185m from the shoreline. Placing the wharf
at this location will result in there being no need for dredging or blasting of any
materials from the riverbed to accommodate the design vessels at maximum draft.

Volume 1: 7-424
491500 492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500 495000 495500 496000
Bell Bay Pulp Mill

/
5446000
5446000
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Kilometers
1:15,000
5445500
5445500
5445000
5445000
EA
S T
TA
M
AR
5444500
5444500
HI
G
HW
AY
5444000
5444000
_
^
5443500
5443500
LAUNCESTON
HOBART
5443000
5443000
FIGURE 7-1
491500 492000 492500 493000 493500 494000 494500 495000 495500 496000
Date: 16/06/06
Legend ASSOCIATED
Roads Mill Site Solid Waste Disposal Site Gas Pipe
Zone 55, GDA94 Class Project Site Boundary Water Reservoir Soild Waste Pipeline INFRASTRUCTURE
Source: Base data sourced from supplied by the LIST- National/State Highway Water Reservoir Water Supply Pipeline Dam
www.thelist.tas.gov.au,all other infrastructure supplied
by Gunns Pty Ltd Major Arterial Road Quarry Effluent Pipeline Water Pipeline WITHIN THE BELL
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_1\ Arterial Road Landfill Extension Area Leachates Pipeline Solid Waste Disposal Road
fig7_1_general_mill_layout.mxd
Access Road Pulp Mill - Extent of Works
BAY SITE
7.1.6 Wharf Description
The preferred option will comprise a complete suspended structure on piles and 2
mooring dolphins. The suspended structure will consist of two approach trestles each
approximately 10 m wide and 95 m long and a wharf deck, 20 m wide and 224 m long
(Figure 7-1). Generally, this suspended structure consists of an in-situ reinforced
concrete deck on prestressed concrete planks supported by precast concrete
headstocks.
The facilitys mooring dolphins, (approximately 4 m x 4 m in dimension and supported

on piles) are positioned upstream and downstream of the wharf deck with an offset of
approximately 30 m from the approach trestles and a setback of 10 m from the
berthing face. Catwalks provide access to the dolphins.
Pile size and pile bent spacings for the wharf were adopted after considering the
geotechnical conditions.
Full details of the wharf concept report can be found in Appendix 47, Volume 15.
A pulp warehouse will be constructed directly adjacent to the wharf. The total floor area
of the pulp warehouse is designed to be 20,000 m2. Under normal operating
conditions, the warehouse could store approximately 50,000 t of pulp. An additional
20,000 t could be placed under cover using the warehouse aisles if required. These
details may change depending on size and configuration of the pre fabricated modules
to be unloaded at the wharf.
7.2 Landfill
A dedicated landfill facility is proposed to be located east of the East Tamar Highway
as shown in Figure 7-1. This will be operated by Gunns.
Due to the waste type classifications, the landfill is subject to Category C design
criteria (secure landfill) under DPIWs Sustainability Guide for the Siting, Design,
Operation and Rehabilitation of Landfills, 2004. The design, construction and
operation of the landfill will comply with these Guidelines.
The main landfill design criteria are summarised as follows:

The landfill will be progressively constructed in a series of secure cells as waste
disposal volumes dictate;
Each cell will be sized to accommodate 2 years process waste (assuming worst
case of no beneficial reuse);
Process solid wastes (for example green liquor dregs, limeslaker sand, lime kiln
electrostatic precipitator dust and combined boiler ashes) will be mixed and co-
disposed of into the operating secure cell;

Volume 1: 7-426
Domestic waste will be disposed of to an internal dedicated cell within the
operating secure cell; and
Leachate from the landfill will be directed to the pulp mills wastewater treatment
plant.
Other considerations such as surface water quality, drainage, leachate and

groundwater will be addressed in the detailed design phase.
The landfill will consist of up to ten cells, each with an average of 100,000 m3 capacity
and a surface area of up to 23,500 m2. Individual cells will be constructed, operated
and closed progressively in a systematic manner.
Prior to the construction of the first secure cell, a construction waste cell will be
constructed to take any residual waste remaining after the pulp mills construction.
This waste will be inert, and leachate collection will not be necessary.
The first secure cell will be constructed immediately down slope of the construction
waste cell.
The landfill will comprise two layers of cells (refer to Figure 7-2 and Figure 7-3). A
lower layer will be constructed first and will consist of four cells (plus the construction
waste cell). An upper layer will consist of six cells constructed on top of the four lower
layer cells following their closure.
Both layers will be constructed in a sequence from up-slope to down-slope to minimise

the size of the cell catchments and hence minimise ingress of surface water into the
cells.
Cells will be lined with a geotextile encased, needle punched geosynthetic clay liner,
overlain by an impermeable HDPE membrane, creating a composite liner that provides
containment security. A leachate collection system will be installed as part of the
development, with leachate directed to the pulp mill wastewater treatment plant. A
more detailed description of the landfill can be found in Section 13, Volume 2 and

Volume 1: 7-427
Source: Pitt and Sherry, 2006b
Figure 7-2 Schematic Layout of Landfill Layer 1

Volume 1: 7-428
Source: Pitt and Sherry, 2006b
Figure 7-3 Schematic Layout of Landfill Layer 2
7.3 Quarry
Gunns proposes to establish a quarry to provide construction material and road bases,
road sheeting and crushed stone for the development of the pulp mill site.
The quarry will be located north of the East Tamar Highway adjacent to the proposed
landfill and water reservoir components of the project.
The total reserve is estimated to be 180,000 cubic metres of dolerite.
The proposed rock extraction method is drill and blast. Production is estimated to be
100,000 cubic metres in the first year and approximately 20,000 cubic metres for the
subsequent four years.
Rehabilitation of the quarry site will be undertaken in accordance with the Quarry Code
of Practice.

Volume 1: 7-429
7.4 Water Reservoir
Local water storage is required for a back-up water supply for the pulp mill in the event
of an emergency such as the unlikely event of a water supply pipeline failure. Refer to
Appendix 44, Volume 15 for details on water supply for the pulp mill.
The water reservoir will contain up to seven days of water consumption. For the
production of up to 1.1 million of air dry tonnes of pulp per year this will require up to
670 ML of storage. Water allowances have been made for any possible further use by
other industries along the pipe corridor.
Design Parameters of the Water Reservoir

The water reservoir will comprise an earth embankment constructed across a valley in
the Tippogoree Hills immediately to the east of the mill site. It is located in close
proximity to the proposed landfill and quarry (refer to Figure 7-1 for the proposed
location).
Design parameters of the water reservoir are provided in Table 7-3.
Table 7-3 Summary of the Pulp Mill Site Water Reservoir
Item Design Basis
Embankment Level To RL 92.0 m maximum (to avoid overtopping to the east of

the saddle)
Dam Top Water Level RL 90 m providing 2.0 m freeboard
Lowest Operating Levels RL 85 m
Embankment Crest Lengths 460 m East and 370 m West
Embankment Crest Width 5.0 m
Maximum Wall Height 17.0 m (toe level at RL 75 m)
Upstream Wall Batter 1 vertical to 3 horizontal
Downstream Wall Batter 1 vertical to 2.5 horizontal
Construction Method Earth/rockfill embankment with 5.0m wide central clay core
Storage Capacity Up to 670 ML
Embankment Volume 200,000 m3
Spillway Invert Level RL 90 m
Spillway Width 5m
3
Design Flow 6.325 m /s (0.8 m head)
Source: GHD, 2006e (see Appendix 44, Volume 15)
The water reservoir will be filled by gravity from the balance/control tank.

Volume 1: 7-430
Final design of the dam will be subject to a detailed geotechnical investigation of the
area; particularly with regards to sourcing clay and rock material.
7.5 Water Supply Pipeline

The pulp mill water supply scheme from Lake Trevallyn will comprise the following key
components:
1. A raw water pump station located between the eastern abutment of the dam
and Hydro Tasmanias intake tunnel;
2. A pipeline following Trevallyn Road, Reatta Road and the Hydro power station
intake tunnel route to the edge of the Tamar River;
3. A 3 ML balance/control tank at the top of the hills near the Reatta Water
Treatment Plant;
4. A pipeline under the Tamar River to the East Tamar Highway;
5. A pipeline following the East Tamar Highway to the pulp mill site; and
6. A storage dam up to 670 ML capacity east of the pulp mill site, including pipe
connection.
Impacts that may result from the development of the water supply pipeline are
addressed in Volume 3, Chapters 5 to 7.
7.5.1 Low Level Pumping

For this type of facility, a conventional wet well pump station with vertical turbine
pumps will be constructed so that it can operate between normal lake levels of 122 to
127 RL metres.
7.5.2 Pump Station Structure
Water will be drawn from Lake Trevallyn through twin 1,200 millimetres diameter intake
pipes laid horizontally into the pump station wet well at 3 metres below the lowest
normal water level. The pipes will be at a level sufficient to ensure reliability of supply
when the dam water level is at 122 metres RL.
There will also be a second, higher level, intake for the low-level pump station when
the storage is lowered to 107 metres RL.
The pump station will be located between the eastern abutment of the dam and Hydro
Tasmanias intake tunnel, positioned to minimise the length of intake pipe required to
reach the lowest point.
The floor of the pump station will be set at approximately RL 137 metres, which is
1 metre above the 1-in-1,000 year lake flood level.

Volume 1: 7-431
There will be coarse bar screens in the reservoir, as well as isolation valves and
possibly a fine screen in the pump station. This screen will be installed on the intake
pipes.
The intake pipes, which are approximately 3 metres below the normal low water level
in Lake Trevallyn, will need to be constructed when the water level has been lowered.
It will be necessary to liaise with Hydro Tasmania to coordinate this.
To provide a low lift pump capacity during Hydro Tasmanian shut down periods,
pontoon mounted pumps could be purchased and stored at site with appropriate
pipework etc, or an arrangement could be made for pump hire from a company such
as Shorco. These low lift pumps will deliver water from the lower levels within the dam
to the conventional pump station for pumping to the pulp mill.
The low lift discharge pipe could be fabricated from polyethylene and fixed to the
ground using concrete anchor blocks. The last section will float or be suspended to the
pump station pontoon.
This option has a lower capital cost than the deep well option. The operating costs are
similar, but may be reduced for this option if the water level is not dropped as
frequently as expected.
The main pump station will be designed to meet the normal duty, therefore avoiding
many of the construction risks faced in the deep wet well option.
This is the preferred configuration for the Lake Trevallyn Pump Station.
7.5.3 Pumps
Pumps to be used will be determined as part of the detailed design phase. Options
considered to achieve a flow of 26 GL/yr, include, but is not limited to:
six (five duty and one standby) multi stage submersible pumps, each with a
capacity of 260 L/s; and
four pumps (3 duty and 1 standby) each with a capacity of 290 L/s.
Additional pumps will be installed when demand requires them.
The pumps will be required to pump a maximum static lift of 88 m, have an overall
normal operating pump head of about 100 m and the estimated motor size will be 375
kW per pump for a water level of RL 122m.
7.5.4 Balance / Control Tank
The assessment of the hydraulics of the Trevallyn water supply pipeline indicates that
the operation of the system will be less problematic if a storage reservoir or balance
tank is constructed at the high point on the line (near Reatta Road WTP), and control
valves are installed at the outlet points for the main.

Volume 1: 7-432
Without this balance tank and the valves, each time the pump(s) stop, significant
portions of the main will drain and fill with air. This will enable air to accumulate in the
pipeline downstream of Mount Direction and in the short section of pipe downstream of
the high point near Reatta Road WTP. It is estimated that a combined total of 3.3 ML
of air could be present at these locations. When the pumps restart, it will take around
1.2 hours to expel the air at a design water flow of 765 L/s. This will mean that, not
only will there be a 1.2 hour delay until full flow of water was received at the pulp mill,
but that there will also be 1.2 hours of air release at the two high points. Such a
situation will require a substantial muffler/silencer to reduce public nuisance over such
a period.
In addition, in the early life of the system it is likely that the pipe friction will be lower
than in later years. The system, however, has to be designed to allow for the expected
future conditions. In this case, the grade lines are critical because most of the main will
flow by gravity. It is likely that, for the first 5 10 years, the hydraulic grade line will be
flatter and it is almost certain that air will be drawn into the main. Regardless of how
many air valves are in place, it is also likely that the air will enter and expel at varying
rates, thereby directly affecting the rates of delivery of water through the main. The
varying air levels in the main will lead to gulping of flows.
With a reservoir and control valves in operation, the control logic for the system will be
as follows:
1. a level indicator at the reservoir will send a signal to the pump station to stop
and start the pumps; and
2. flow to the pulp mill water reservoir and the pulp mill treatment plant will be by
gravity from the reservoir and controlled/regulated by actuated valves at each
destination.
The balance tank will contain sufficient volume to provide for around 800 1,000
seconds of continuing flow after the pumps stop. This is necessary to allow for the
time needed to close the control valve in such a manner to minimise the risk of
developing significant surges. In practice, it will include an allowance for two closely
spaced stops, requiring at least 20 to 30 minutes of flow or approximately 3 ML of
storage. Such a tank will be around 30 metres diameter and 4.5 metres high (including
300 mm of freeboard). There is no requirement to construct a roof on this tank to
maintain water quality, but there may be some security benefits from this. The
reservoir will be constructed above the high point on the pipe route near Reatta Road
WTP (that is, above the RL 210 metres contour).
7.6 Effluent Pipeline

An effluent pipeline is required to allow the disposal of treated liquid effluent produced
during the pulping process, of biologically treated sanitary sewage and of storm water.
Gunns propose to construct and operate an effluent pipeline (primarily underground)

from a treatment plant at the pulp mill to an ocean outfall in Bass Strait.

Volume 1: 7-433
The effluent pipeline will be approximately 22 km long, (19 km on land and 3 km
offshore) 904 mm diameter, and will extend from the pulp mill effluent treatment plant
to an outfall, approximately 3 km offshore of Four Mile Beach, on the northern coast of
Tasmania. The treatment plant is located at the northern end of the pulp mill site and
will comprise a modern primary and secondary treatment facility, with the biological
treatment featuring an extended aeration activated sludge process, following an
integrated anoxic chlorate removal stage and a two-stage selector part.
The effluent pipeline will primarily follow the route of existing infrastructure including
the TNGP, East Tamar Highway, rail, transmission line and road corridors, and through
short distances of private land.
The offshore pipeline will extend approximately 3 kilometres offshore into Bass Strait to
a depth of approximately 25 m at the discharge point. A multi-port diffuser system will
be provided to disperse effluent effectively in the water and allow it to mix and dilute
(Jaakko Pyry, 2005). Subject to detailed design, the diffuser will consist of a 200m
section of pipes with ports spaced at 10 m intervals, angled at 75 degrees (vertical
angle) and 90 (horizontal angle) either side of the vertical. Port diameter will be
150mm. To reduce the risk of snagging from fishing nets or anchors, standpipes will
not be used.
7.7 Workers Accommodation Facility

Subject to need, Gunns proposes to establish a workers accommodation facility during
the construction phase of the pulp mill. The facility would be ancillary to the pulp mill
and located in nearby George Town (Figure 7-4).
An audit of existing accommodation facilities has revealed a clear deficit when

compared to the estimated workforce size during construction of the pulp mill (Pulp Mill
Task Force, 2005). Worker accommodation may therefore be required during the pulp
mill construction period to accommodate the local accommodation shortfall.
The workers accommodation facility has been designed to accommodate 800

construction workers during the construction period of the pulp mill. The remaining
shortfall would be addressed by other, complementary, housing solutions (rental
accommodation, boarding, caravan parks, holiday accommodation etc.).
The 800 residents will be housed in clustered layouts with ensuite accommodation,
complete with site-contained services and amenities.
The site property is described as Lot 1 on Plan 128887 (PID: 1882295). The area of
the property is 17.58 ha. The northeast corner of the property is occupied by SVP
Industries (plastic products manufacturing). A former landfill is located in south-western
corner of the property.
The land subject to the proposed development will be subdivided from the existing
parcel to create a new title upon which the accommodation facility will be constructed
(the new parcel will not include the former landfill).

Volume 1: 7-434
The accommodation capacity will not cater for any persons that do not work on the
pulp mill construction site, including families of workers.
Accommodation facility residents will commute to the pulp mill construction site by
shuttle bus in three shifts with staggered start times 1 hour apart. All meals will be
served in a single communal dining facility.
Everyday services will be provided in-house but most other services will be provided by
the open market, presenting good economic opportunities for George Town and, where
the demand exceeds the capacity of George Town to supply, other commercial centres
in the region.

Volume 1: 7-435
34
31
35
33
30
32
7
Efflue
nt Pip
eline
8
2
3 28
4
5
6
27
11
26
1
12
14 13
15
16 17
17
18
19
20
22 23
24
Surrounding Land Use, Zoning, Occupancy and Ownership

Scale: 1:5,000
Projection: GDA94 - Zone 55
Data Source: DPIWE
Figure 7-4 Workers Accommodation Locality
0 62.5 125 250 375
Date Prepared: 6/12/2005
Author: Helena Nermut
Meters
Figure 7-5
7.7.1 Accommodation System
Two types of single level accommodation units will be provided for 800 pulp mill
construction workers. The unit types are similar in that they both accommodate one
person and consist of a room with a bed and an ensuite. The difference between the
types is the amount of floor area.
The two types of units will be conjoined in combinations of two (type A) or three (type
B) units, this row arranged in a staggered pattern, separated by living spaces (Figure
7-5). The resulting footprint on the site will be replicated three times to make a square
shape of open space.
7.7.2 Communal Facilities
Communal facilities, which will service the entire facility population, will be single level
temporary buildings and include:
Kitchen and Dining building;
Wet Recreation building;
Dry Recreation building;
Gymnasium building;
Service building; and
Administration/ facility reception building.
A network of covered walking paths will interconnect the accommodation units, shared
living spaces, cluster communities, communal facilities and car parking 12 .
Generally, the communal facilities will be managed and operated by staff. Staff access
to the communal buildings (and the cluster communities) will be by all weather walking
paths, on which it will be possible to use small-motorised carting vehicles.
7.8 Transmission Line

The proposed site is a greenfield site which has no electrical supply. An existing
transmission line easement passes through the site within a 120 m wide easement.
Four lines exist within the easement being:
A single circuit 22 kV line, supplying Beaconsfield Gold only. A fibre optic cable is
also suspended from the pole;
Two double circuit 220 kV transmission towers which form part of the Transend
power grid, connecting to the Bell Bay substation; and
12
Refer Appendix 5, A01, refer A02 for the connection of the communal facilities

Volume 1: 7-438
A single tower which contains two 22 kV lines, currently both supplying the existing
woodchip mills.
It is intended to convert the 22 kV Beaconsfield Gold transmission line to a 220 kV

tower to supply the woodchip mill. The Beaconsfield Gold power supply will be
temporarily transferred to the woodchip mill 22 kV tower.
The surplus energy generated during normal operation will be available for sale to the
national grid. The steam turbine generator(s) will be connected to the 220 kV
switchgear via 16/220 kV, 210 MVA generator transformer. The connection to the
national grid will be via a 220 kV air insulated switchyard.
The energy transfer capability of the incoming 220 kV line is 150 MVA, which alone will
be sufficient for the pulp production at the planned capacity.
During construction, a connection will be built from the existing woodchip mill 22 kV
network.
7.9 Gas Pipeline

Natural gas is required for the lime kiln and other applications within the pulp mill. It is
proposed to design and construct a Class 600 high-pressure natural gas pipeline
lateral from the Alinta Bell Bay Meter Station (located adjacent to the Bell Bay Power
Station) to the pulp mill site.
The pipeline will travel between the meter station and the pulp mill adjacent to the
existing transmission line easement as shown in Figure 7-1.
Gas flow from the TNGP into the pipeline lateral will be controlled by a pressure-
limiting valve. This valve will be an addition to the existing Bell Bay Meter Station
pressure-limiting valve that supplies the TNGP Southern Pipeline Extension to Hobart.
The control valve will be provided with a control loop that will incorporate a maximum
adjustable set point to limit the pressure to the Maximum Available Operating Pressure
(MAOP). Should the pressure entering the pipeline lateral exceed MAOP, the existing
Bell Bay Meter Station Mainline Valve will close using a high-pressure switch and an
alarm will display.
The filtration and metering plant will be downstream of the additional pressure limiting
valve. The gas will then flow through the pipeline lateral which is 3 km in length to a
pressure reduction station located in the pulp mill site.
The 3 km pipeline lateral will enable Gunns to have sufficient line pack should
maintenance be required at the Bell Bay Meter station or should the mainline valve
close due to an emergency. Stability and continuity of supply is critical and the high-
pressure lateral and addition of a pressure-limiting valve will ensure continuity along
the Gunns lateral.

Volume 1: 7-439
7.10 Power to Landfill, Quarry and Water Reservoir
No existing infrastructure can be used to provide electricity to the proposed landfill or to
the quarry and water reservoir.
Electricity supply is required for:

Power and lighting;
Hot water, ovens and fridge;
Pumping of water to the landfill spray monitor;
Potable water supply to amenity building;
Fire fighting pump;
Flood lighting for night time operations; and
Leachate collection buffer storage pond pumps.
Consequently, new transmission and distribution plant will be required to provide

power to the landfill and storage dam areas.
Power will be transmitted to the landfill and storage dam areas at a potential of 22 kV
from a proposed substation at the pulp mill site.
The proposed transmission route will traverse three major services: an overhead
electricity (high voltage) transmission line, a railway line (the East Tamar Rail Link),
and the main traffic route into George Town (East Tamar Highway).
The type of construction proposed for the transmission line to the landfill is a mixture of
underground cable and overhead open line construction. The total distance from the
edge of the pulp mill site to the far side of the highway reserve (a distance that could
potentially require underground cable) exceeds 500 m. Cable for underground
transmission at 22 kV is available (Three-core 22 kV cable is available, but is normally
made to order (20 week delivery), since 22 kV is the usual transmission voltage for
high voltage (HV) reticulation by cable) and is the method of choice for crossing
existing services. However, the cost is relatively high when compared with overhead
construction, and its use will necessarily be limited to essential areas only. The
installed cost will be especially sensitive to ground conditions if, for example, significant
rock is present.
1). If the proposed 22 kV substation is located well within the pulp mill site, it
may be cheaper to install overhead conductors between the substation
and the pulp mill side of the high voltage transmission line. At this point,
the line will change from overhead construction to buried cable, going
under the high voltage transmission line and the railway line. For
conceptual design purposes, the substation has been assumed to be on
the pulp mill boundary, as shown in Figure 7-1. The underground
construction therefore starts from this point, with no allowance for
construction inside the pulp mill site.

Volume 1: 7-440
2). Once under the railway reserve, the route will continue for approximately
120 m to the edge of the road reserve. This could be continued as
underground cable or be constructed as overhead line. However, the
actual type of construction used will depend on local ground conditions,
where rock may make trenching for underground cable too expensive.
This will be determined at detailed design stage.
3). The segment across the East Tamar Highway reserve will be carefully
assessed for ground conditions, as part of the detailed design process. If
found to be suitable, horizontal boring may be used to install conduits
under the highway. If not, then overhead construction will be necessary.
4). The remainder of the line to the landfill area and then to the storage dam
will use overhead construction.
For the purposes of conceptual design, underground cable is proposed under the HV
transmission line and the railway. However, underground cable may also be used
under the East Tamar Highway, subject to investigation during detailed design. The
remainder of the line will use overhead open wire construction.
At the landfill site, a 50 kVA pole-mounted transformer will be installed. This will supply
three-phase power to a main switchboard, from where power will be distributed to the
leachate pump and amenities building. No detailed load demand has been calculated
since 50 kVA is the smallest practicable three-phase load to be provided from a pole-
mounted substation. The same applies to the water reservoir electrical supply.
At the (separate) water reservoir, a second 50 kVA pole-mounted transformer will be

installed. This will feed three-phase power to a main switchboard, from where power
will be fed to the storage dam pump station and other loads, as required.
When quarry operations are implemented, the electrical demand will increase
substantially. In this case, the 50 kVA pole-mounted transformer will be replaced with a
500 kVA unit, suitable for operating a crusher and other loads. The 500 kVA
transformer will supply the landfill and the quarry loads through separate main
switchboards. To provide flexibility for the location of the quarry main switchboard, a
substation low voltage circuit breaker cubicle is proposed at the landfill transformer.
This will have an isolator on the incomer from the transformer, a single circuit breaker
for the landfill main switchboard, and space for a future circuit breaker to feed the
quarry main switchboard. This arrangement will protect a longer mains cable to the
quarry main switchboard and has the advantage of simplifying the future installation
works.

Volume 1: 7-441
8. Major Construction Phase Activities
8.1 Overview
8.1.1 Pre-construction Phase

Activities to occur prior to commencement of construction include the following,
discussed in more detail in Annexure XX, Appendix 8, Volume 7.
Passage of any necessary Legislation and the issue of required permits;
Contractor pre-qualification, determination of labour conditions, and validation of
estimates of workforce availability;
Completion of site preparation plan (land-use plan, storages, transport,
communications, fire prevention, safety and security, health, etc.);
Preparation of materials handling plan;
Provision of services to contractors (water, electricity, air, effluent, etc.);
Finalise Construction EMP
Completion of civil engineers constructability analysis, including type of civil
structures and impact on time schedules;
Quantification of prefabrication level in civil construction;
Mechanical, electrical and instrument (MEI) construction;
Main equipment delivery; and
Provision of temporary facilities.
8.1.2 Construction Phase
Subject to approval of the project, (anticipated to be towards the end of 2006), the
construction period is likely to commence at the earliest practicable time, construction
activities are estimated to extend for 26 months. The infrastructure required for the
project will be constructed at the same time as the pulp mill.
Commissioning of the pulp mill operations and commercial production is anticipated to

commence early in 2009. (Refer to Chapter 9 for more information on the
commissioning phase). The pre-requisites for commencement of construction and for
the feasibility of the proposed timeframe are:
Approval of the preparatory engineering report. This is to serve as the basis for
execution of the project;
Completion of project organisation;
Engagement of engineering companies;

Volume 1: 8-442
Preparation of civil works contracts, with first contracts (site preparation, earth
moving) ready to be awarded; and
Main equipment contracts having been prepared following selection of critical
suppliers during the second and third quarter of 2006.
Preparation of an optimal schedule, supported by a critical-path for efficient
execution.
As provided in section 1.2.6, the following anticipated major milestones determine the
critical path:
Gunns Board investment decision Within 1 month of irrevocable approval of

the project
Start of earthworks Subsequent to Gunnsns Board approval.
Start constructing the pulp Within 6 to 8 months of approval.

mill/infrastructure
Start-up Following the 26-month construction

period.
Commissioning An 18 month period following completion of

start-up
8.2 Construction Activities

There are three main categories of construction activities: civil works; mechanical,
electrical and instrument (MEI) construction; and main process equipment erection.
8.2.1 Civil Works
Subject to approval for the proposed development, most of the site preparation for the
pulp mill will occur in the first eight months of the construction phase. Site preparation
involves vegetation clearing, constructing temporary fences and gates, general
excavation, blasting and site levelling.
Sequence of development
The sequencing of the development is described below:
Forestry operators will undertake clearing and grubbing of the site.
Immediately following, earthworks will commence by way of stripping of topsoil (to
the extent that it is available given the limited thickness, inconsistency and rock
content) and stockpiling for later reuse on the site.

Volume 1: 8-443
Winning of materials including clay, weathered rock and hard rock will commence
including crushing and blending the various material types to suit specific
applications.
Placement of the won material will occur concurrently in order to form the working
platforms.
Construction of Mill facilities will then commence.
The anticipated sequencing of the completed earthwork platforms is as follows:
RL 5 Platform including placement of rock fill and seawall, complete to Design
Surface Level. Required within 10 weeks of completion of contract mobilisation
time.
Balance of other Platforms to be constructed to design surface levels. Required
within 26 weeks of completion of contract mobilisation time.
Stockpiling of topsoil
After clearing, the entire earthworks footprint will be stripped to a nominal depth of 150
mm. The actual depth shall be determined depending on conditions encountered and
may vary across the site.
Stripped material suitable for later reuse as topsoil will be placed into temporary
stockpiles in accordance with DIER Standard Specification R22. Typically the
stockpiles will be placed in strategic locations in order to minimise multiple handling
and cartage distances.
Screening
Screening will be required to sort material for further use in embankments or
pavements. Screening equipment will be placed within the limit of works in strategic
locations in order to minimise handling and transport. Refer to IIS Volume 2, Section
4.5 for further details.
Location of Stockpiles
Stockpiles will vary in size and shape and will be placed within the affected works area
as shown within the limit of works based on strategies to minimise handling and
transport.
Access
The primary and permanent access to the Mill Site will be via a new internal road which
joins the existing access road into the Longreach Chip Mill, approximately 100 metres
East of the North Chip Mill weighbridge. A temporary access road will also be
established off the existing Longreach Chip Mill road during the initial earthworks
phase whilst the permanent access is built.
Additional accesses to the proposed Mill Site will be required and are described in IIS
Volume 1, Section 1.2.5 Construction Access Road. Refer to IIS Volume 2, Section

Volume 1: 8-444
13.10.1 for specific details of Landfill/Reservoir/Quarry access including configuration
and construction methodology.
Following site preparation, the installation of utilities such as underground pipes and
roads will occur in addition to the laying of foundations and the erection of building
frames.
Main process equipment will be delivered to the site by the main equipment supplier.
Either the supplier or a separate contractor will erect the equipment on site. In the latter
case, the equipment supplier supplies only required specialist supervision to see that
equipment is erected in accordance with instructions and quality requirements. The
main process equipment should be delivered as prefabricated modules of maximum
size to reduce the site work. If a separate erection contractor is used, the main
equipment supplier will be required to inspect and approve the erection prior to
grouting and connection to other installations. The main equipment supplier will be
responsible for mechanical completion, pre-commissioning and commissioning of the
equipment. The construction phases for principal components is discussed in the
following sections.
8.2.2 Initial Earthworks
The details of initial earthworks and excavation will be developed as part of a detailed
mining plan for the site. This will be based on further geotechnical assessment to be
undertaken during detailed design. The following is a possible scenario for
development of the site based on information available at this conceptual stage.
It is proposed that the bulk of earthworks will be undertaken within the first six months
of construction, with minor works to continue for another three months.
Four main work areas have been identified for planning purposes, the
precast/fabrication area, the effluent treatment plant/chemical plant area, the pulp
production area and the wharf (Figure 8-1). Please note that this figure is indicative
only.
Initial clearing will not occur progressively but clear the whole work area to allow for
simultainious development of the four sites. Vegetation will be be selectively logged,
then cleared. Cleared vegetation will be mulched, burnt and/or buried.
Cut and fill balances are provided in Section 8.3. Earthworks have been proposed in
three stages.
Stage 1: three months

initial clearing of the site;
construction of the crushing plant and aggregate stockpile areas within the
precast/fabrication area;
opening the initial working face on the eastern side of the effluent treatment
plant/chemical plant area and excavation of approximately of this area;

Volume 1: 8-445
opening the initial working face on the eastern side of the pulp production area and
excavation of approximately one third of this area; and
construction of the wharf and warehouse area cut and approximately 80 % of the fill
area.
Stage 2: two months

expansion of cut and fill in all areas. Completion of the wharf and warehouse
earthworks. Construction of the temporary carpark. Some services such as water
mains may be installed during this phase.
Stage 3: one month

finalisation of main earthworks, major detention basins, canteens and construction
phase offices.

Volume 1: 8-446
The following equipment is typical of what may be used during construction. Vehicle
numbes will vary with each stage. The exact composition of the construction fleet will
be determined by the construction contractor.
Excavators 150 tonne capacity
Dump trucks 100 tonne capacity
Dump trucks 50 tonne capacity
Bulldozers (D9/D10)
Graders (140 H)
Earthworks construction will be undertaken during two eleven hour shifts per day,
seven days week. Blasting will occur up to twice a day, seven days a week. Most of the
rock excavated will be crushed and used for site levelling.
Concrete batching will not commence on site until approximately month six.
Up to four crushers may be located on site at the peak period.
Benching
The current design of the mill platforms is based on the following batters slopes for
material other than rock:
1.5H:1V in fill and for provision of the services construction zone
1H:1V in cut
The current design will be reviewed in the light of the latest geotechnical information
prepared by Pitt & Sherry and where rock is encountered the batter slopes will be
steeper depending on the quality of the rock.
Blasting
All blasting shall be in accordance with AS 21871993 ExplosivesStorage Transport
and Use, and Notes for the Tasmanian ShotFirer, Workplace Standards, Dangerous
Goods Act 1998, Dangerous Goods General Regulations 1998, Australian
Dangerous Goods Code, Volumes 1 & 2 1998 and the Australian Explosives Code -
2000. Blasting shall only be carried out by persons licensed under the Dangerous
Goods Act 1998 and shall be in accordance with current Regulations.
Expolosives will be stored on site during site preparation. The storage of explosives on
the site will be in licensed magazines which will comply with AS 2187.1-1998 and AS
2187.2-2006. Any Transport of explosives on public roads will comply with the
Dangerous Substances (Safe Handling) Act 2005, Dangerous Substances (Safe
Transport) Act 1998, the Dangerous Goods (Road and Rail Transport) Regulations
1998 and the Australian Code for the Transport of Explosives by Road and Rail.

Volume 1: 8-448
A blasting risk assessment has been prepared by Orica Quarry & Construction
Services and is included in IIS Volume 2, Appendix 33. Prior to blasting a detailed
Blasting Plan will be prepared and designed to achieve the requirements of this clause.
The Blasting Plan shall include specific details of:

Drilling Pattern: Burden, Drill hole spacing, Hole depths, Hole diameters;
Explosive Loading: Explosive type and quantity, Explosive initiation method, Delay
details, Charge mass per delay, Powder factor, Stemming details;
Blasting Procedure: A description of blasting procedure;
Monitoring Methods: A description of monitoring methods;
Details of Trial Blasting: A description of trial blasting; and
Control of Access to Areas of Blasting: A description of the control of personnel
movements on the site and public access during blasting.
All structures within 500 metres of proposed blasting works and across the river within
a distance of 1.5 km will be identified and a dilapidation survey of these structures will
be carried out in accordance with DIER Specification G2.3. The surveys shall be
undertaken by an experienced and qualified person, as required by DIER Specification
G2.3 and shall include a comprehensive photographic record. Surveys of structures
shall be sufficient to provide a complete and accurate record of the condition of the
structures and all component asset elements.
Fully monitored trial blasts will be conducted in order to demonstrate that the proposed
blasting procedures do not produce excessive ground vibrations. As a minimum, trial
blasts shall involve measurement of ground vibrations at the structures to be protected.
Trial blasts shall be carried out prior to commencement of bulk blasting for construction
works and at any change in proposed blasting methods. Monitoring shall be
undertaken by experienced operators using purpose designed and calibrated ground
vibration monitoring equipment. The results of trial blasts vibration monitoring shall be
reported in a similar form to Form A of AS2187.21993.
The initial trial blasts shall be designed to achieve ground vibrations below the
following peak particle velocity limits.
20 mm/sec adjacent to heritage listed structures
25 mm/sec adjacent to all other structures
25 mm/sec adjacent to underground services
Higher peak particle velocity limits may be applied to the overhead 22 kv transmission
line subject to the conduct of trial blasts and approval of Transend.
Variations in blast methods will only be made if it can be demonstrated that maximum
ground vibration levels are not exceeded.
The Contractor should note that overhead power and transmission lines, Alinta gas
pipeline and optic fibre cables are located in the vicinity of the works. Contact with the

Volume 1: 8-449
relevant service owner/operators prior to commencing works in these areas and shall
comply with the requirements of these authorities in undertaking the works. The
Contractor shall be responsible for liaising with, and co-ordinating any inspections or
works required by, Service Authorities in undertaking the works.
8.2.3 Pulp Mill
Construction of the pulp mill itself is estimated to commence with approval and extend
over a 26-month construction phase until the proposed commissioning date in early
2009 (assuming approval is granted in November 2006). Individual components of the
pulp mill will be given a specific construction schedule to ensure effective planning and
operational compliance to the critical path. Details of the breakdown are included in
8.2.4 Wharf
It is estimated that completion of bulk earthworks activities associated with the

construction of the storage warehouse will occur within five months of commencement.
In the first twelve months of the construction period, sections of the wharf will be
completed to enable receipt of heavy lift and/or large plant and equipment required for
the construction of the pulp mill. This equipment will be transported from the wharf to
the pulp mill construction site.
8.2.5 Landfill
The conceptual construction steps are as follows:

Construct permanent access road to the landfill area
Construct permanent cut off and diversion drains
Construct temporary access road into construction waste cell footprint area
Clear vegetation from construction waste cell footprint area
Remove soil cover from construction waste cell footprint area and stockpile for
future reuse
Construct construction waste cell
Construct drainage collection lines in the construction waste cell, including pipe
through cell wall to energy dissipater
Construct leachate line from the landfill to the pulp mill effluent treatment plant
Construct turning circle/car park and construction lay down area at the site office
area
Construct site office and ablutions block
Construct temporary access road into (process waste) Cell 1 footprint
Construct temporary surface water drains around the Cell 1 footprint

Volume 1: 8-450
Clear vegetation from Cell 1 footprint area
Construct the landfill leachate collection buffer storage pond and pumps
downstream of the final landfill footprint
Remove soil cover from Cell 1 footprint area and stockpile for future reuse
Construct Cell 1
Commence construction of the Cell 1 liner and leachate collection pipe work
Implement regular quality control program for the Cell 1 liner and leachate collection
pipe work construction
Connect construction cell drainage system to Cell 1 leachate collection system
Undertake final quality control check of Cell 1 liner and leachate collection pipe
work
Connect the leachate collection system to the leachate collection buffer storage
pond, allowing temporary overflow (which will be uncontaminated) to the natural
drainage system pending the construction of the leachate sump and pump system
Construct landfill leachate sump and pump system
Connect the landfill leachate sump and pump system to the leachate line once the
pulp mill effluent treatment plant is commissioned
Commission the landfill leachate collection buffer storage pond and sump and
pump system located downstream of the final landfill footprint
Commission Cell 1 of the landfill by carefully placing the first layers of mixed waste
systematically out across the entire geomembrane ensuring no damage to the
membrane. (The electrostatic precipitator dust from the lime kiln if delivered to the
site in an unhydrated form will generate considerable heat on coming into contact
with moisture in the other wastes. The heat will be sufficient to damage plastic
materials, including geomembranes and pipes. Unless hydration occurs at the pulp
mill site, mixing of the dust with other wastes will need to be undertaken in a
controlled area, with adequate distance and/or insulation from underlying
membranes and pipes).
When it is no longer needed, close and cap the construction waste cell
Construct the internal domestic waste cell in Cell 1 once approximately 1 m of
mixed waste has been spread and compacted in the area
Operate Cell 1 of the landfill until full
Construct Cell 2 prior to the filling and capping of Cell 1 to the conceptual quality
controls outlined above
Progressively continue to close cells and construct new cells for the life of the
landfill.
Note: Wherever topsoil needs to be removed, it will be stored for later use as the final
capping layer and/or for other site rehabilitation.
Construction is anticipated to be completed 3 months prior to pulp mill start-up.

Volume 1: 8-451
8.2.6 Quarry
As mentioned above, the permanent access road to the landfill area will be constructed
so as to allow access to the quarry. The construction/operation period is expected to
be a maximum of five years.
8.2.7 Water Reservoir
As mentioned above, the permanent access road to the landfill area (and the quarry)
will allow access to the water reservoir). The likely construction period for the water
reservoir will be from month 8 to month 17 of the period of construction.
8.2.8 Water Supply Pipeline
The water supply pipeline will involve progressive construction works along the route.
Construction activities will occur in short blocks along the pipeline alignment.
Progressive vegetation clearing will occur along the route. An open cut trench will be
formed, the pipe will be laid and secured, and the trench will be backfilled and
vegetated as outlined in various sections of the Draft IIS. Permanent right of access
along the easement is required.
Construction of the entire water supply pipeline will take approximately nine months
and will occur between month 8 and month 17 of the period of construction.
8.2.9 Effluent Pipeline
The onshore component of the effluent pipeline will be constructed in progressive

stages. The construction method will be consistent with that used for the water supply
pipeline construction.
Construction and Burial Method of Outfall Pipe
The construction method for the offshore pipeline will be determined in the detailed
design phase following the collection of site geotechnical information, the collection of
meteorological and oceanographic (metocean) information, and completion of a
cost/risk assessment. Two material types will be assessed: steel or glass-fibre
reinforced plastic (GRP).
Climatic conditions including wind, currents and tides, waves and precipitation will be
factored into the schedule of construction works.
Construction will involve some preparation works and construction onshore.
The construction concept has been developed based on open-cut trenching, followed
by towing-out prefabricated weight-coated steel pipeline string sections.

Volume 1: 8-452
The pipeline materials will be verified during the detailed design of the project. If the
proposed geotechnical and metocean investigations reveal that a steel pipeline is
unviable, then provided the ambient sea state conditions prove to be favourable for
extended periods, the outfall could be constructed using GRP pipe material. GRP will
eliminate the need for an onshore stringing and launching site, but will require full
trenching and backfill offshore.
Open-cut trenching
The installation of the ocean outfall pipe is based on the following main activities:
Pre-fabrication of pipeline string(s) onshore;
Excavation of trench onshore and across the beach to the low water mark using
onshore based excavation equipment;
Dredging of trench / seabed preparation offshore using dredging equipment;
Launching of pipeline string(s) using winch-pontoon or similar; and
Trench backfill / onshore site restoration (Atteris, 2006).
Dredging is normally performed using shallow water dredging equipment, such as a

cutter suction dredge, or a clamshell or backhoe dredge. In this case, backhoe
dredging will be the most suitable method for the following reasons:
A backhoe dredge is capable of dredging weak and weathered rock, and can quite
easily be fitted with a subsea rock breaker when stronger rock pockets are
encountered;
The turbidity in the water column from the dredging operations is generally more
limited compared with other dredging methods;
A backhoe dredge has the ability to accurately create a relatively narrow trench;
and
A backhoe dredge is an effective tool to assist with trench backfill.
Long ocean outfalls constructed with concrete weight coated steel pipe, such as the
pulp mill effluent outfall, are usually launched into position from an onshore launchway
(roller track) using the bottom-tow method, whereby the pipeline is dragged along the
trench bottom and/or seabed with a specifically designed submerged weight.
In view of the onshore topography, the outfall pipeline string will be pre-fabricated in
several shorter lengths of 200-250 m sections. A technically suitable stringing and
launching site has been identified approximately 1 km onshore (Appendix 52, Volume
16). The launching alignment will require some excavation including auger boring
under the highest dune in order to avoid disturbance of Xanthorrhoea aff bracteata
(EPBC listed species). To overcome limited elevation differences in the terrain along
the pipe launching alignment, temporary steel towers will be constructed. Vegetation
clearance and the construction of a hardstand access will be required along the
alignment. Revegetation of the site after construction will be required to safeguard the
environment and to protect the outfall pipeline from erosion of its protective cover.

Volume 1: 8-453
At this stage, it is assumed that the trench will be backfilled through the beach and out
to the 10 m water mark, a distance of approximately 750 m.
An eight-month period of construction is anticipated. However, the manufacture and

coating of the steel line pipe materials will be critical and depending on this, the
construction period may need to be confirmed.
8.3 Aggregate and Fill

The total cutting volume of soils and rock will be about 2.7 million m3.
Estimated quantities of aggregate and fill for the pulp mill and wharf area is provided in
Table 8-1. Further discussion is contained in Volume 2.
Table 8-1 Cut and Fill Volumes for the Pulp Mill
Area (m2) Excavation (m3) Fill (m3)
Pulp Mill area 390,000 1,800,000 1,230,000
Effluent treatment and 210,000 250,000 465,000

chemical plant
Wharf and pulp storage 42,000 350,000 4,000

area
Prefabrication area 135,000 360,000 224,000
Total 777,000 2,760,000 1,923,000
Source: Jaakko Pyry, 2006.
The excavation/cut volumes of specific soil and rock types are provided below.
Table 8-2 Excavation Volumes of Soil and Rock
Silty clay (m3) Rock (Dolerite and Jurassic)

(m3)
Pulp Mill area 625,000 1,161,000
Effluent and 100,555 161,000

chemical plant
Wharf facility and 159,000 224,000

pulp storage area
Precasting / 125,000 232,000

fabrication
Total 1,009,555 1,778,000
The total area for the pulp mill, effluent treatment, chemical plant, sub station area,
wharf facility and pulp storage area will be 777,000 m2, (Jaakko Pyry, 2005, Annexure

Volume 1: 8-454
XV of Appendix 8, Volume 7). The construction method for the water supply pipeline
and most of the onshore effluent pipeline will be the trenching method. A trench will be
dug/cut, and the pipe laid and backfilled. It is highly likely fill will not be required along
the pipeline routes. If construction results in surplus fill, contractors will be responsible
for organising to move clean fill to appropriate clean fill sites. If no clean fill sites are
available at the time, the fill will be transported to the pulp mill site.
8.4 Transport
It is proposed that regular bus services and private motor vehicles will transport
workers to the site during the construction phase.
8.4.1 Construction Traffic Generation
The workforce required for the construction phase of the pulp mill must arrive and
depart the site utilising the road transport network. A combination of light and heavy
vehicles is proposed to be utilised to transport personnel to the construction site.
In the event the workers accommodation facility is developed, personnel will be

transported to the site during the peak period of the construction phase, a peak traffic
generation of approximately 900 vehicles per day plus 40 buses per day has been
assumed. A major percentage of this construction traffic will enter or leave the site
during the respective morning and afternoon peak hours, with the remaining traffic
entering or departing outside these peak times.
Approximately 40 % of the construction traffic is assumed to arrive from George Town,

(entering the Tamar pulp mill access from the northern approach of the East Tamar
Highway) and 60 % from Launceston (and entering the Tamar pulp mill access from
the southern approach of the East Tamar Highway). It is likely that George Town will
provide residence for at least 800 persons of the construction workforce due to its
proximity to the site.
It has been assumed that 70 % of the total daily construction vehicle generation enters
the Tamar pulp mill access during the morning peak hour (7:00 8:00 AM) and 70 %
will depart during the afternoon peak hour (4:00 5:00 PM). Since buses will primarily
be used to transport workers, it is assumed that 90 % of all bus traffic will enter/ leave
within the respective peak hours.
These assumptions are considered a worst case scenario for construction traffic, as
they assume that a high percentage of the construction workforce will enter or leave
within the same peak hour. It is likely that construction hours will vary between trades,
and that this will have an effect on traffic generation across the day. Construction
related deliveries will also account for a significant proportion of traffic generation
outside the general peak hours.

Volume 1: 8-455
8.4.2 External Site Construction Activities
The operation of the pulp mill requires infrastructure external to the site to be
constructed to enable its successful ongoing operation. The various construction
activities external to the site include the following:
Effluent pipeline construction;
Water supply pipeline construction:
Landfill construction;
Water reservoir construction;
Construction of workers accommodation facility;
Construction of landfill site;
Utilisation of quarry during construction period;
Construction of transmission lines; and
Construction of gas pipeline.
Effluent Pipeline Construction

The proposed effluent pipeline will follow a route similar to that of the existing Alinta
Gas Pipeline in an adjacent easement, but with extensions from the Bell Bay Power
Station to the pulp mill and a divergence on Cimitiere Plain to the outfall point off Five
Mile Bluff (Jaakko Pyry, 2005). Most of the effluent pipeline will therefore follow the
East Tamar Highway north from the pulp mill site to George Town, where it will follow
the Alinta easement across mostly agricultural land or follow the established road
reserves to Low Head and Four Mile Beach.
The effluent pipeline follows and crosses the East Tamar Highway just north of the Bell
Bay Power Station and Bridport Main Road near the intersection with the East Tamar
Highway.
From the outskirts of George Town, the effluent pipeline follows or intersects roads
within the local government road network up to Four Mile Beach. These roads are
maintained by the George Town Council and are listed below in order of intersection
with the pipeline, from the pulp mill site:
Bell Bay Road;
Main Road;
Mount George Road;
William Street;
Dorset Street;
Cemetery Road;
George Street;
Davies Street;

Volume 1: 8-456
Stonehouse Street;
Arnold Street;
Soldiers Settlement Road;
Aerodrome Road;
East Beach Road; and
Bellbuoy Beach Road.
The effluent pipeline is proposed to follow, but not cross, the route of the railway line
and the adjacent Alinta pipeline easement, from the intersection of the East Tamar
Highway and Bridport Road, north to the end of the East Tamar Highway, where the
line diverts to Bell Bay.
Effluent Pipeline Construction Traffic

The construction of the effluent pipeline will be likely to generate minimal additional
traffic on the roads listed above. This traffic will be centralised around the area where
the pipeline is being constructed.
Potential impacts such as loss of access, road closures, and traffic changes are
discussed in more detail in Volumes 2 and 3 and Appendix 43, Volume 15.
Legislative Transport Approvals for Effluent Pipeline Construction

The construction of the effluent pipeline will require numerous road crossings on both
State and local roads. This will require permits under the Highways and Jetties Act
1935 for State road closures, and under the Local Government (Highways) Act 1982
for local government roads.
All associated works within the road reserve will need to comply with DIER Code of
Practice for Works on Roads as well as with Australian Standard, AS1742.3.
Landfill Construction
A landfill is proposed for disposal of waste generated during construction and operation
of the pulp mill. The design capacity of the proposed landfill is up to 1.1 million cubic
metres.
The location of the proposed landfill site is near Williams Creek on the western side of
the Tippogoree Hills, approximately 9.5 km southeast of George Town. Vehicular
access to the proposed landfill site will be approximately 1.4 km north of the existing
Tamar woodchip mill access, on the eastern side of the East Tamar Highway.
The safe intersection sight distance required by the Austroads document, Guide to
Traffic Engineering Practice, Part 5, 2005 Intersections at Grade, for a design speed of
100 km/h, is 250 metres. Consultants, Pitt and Sherry (2006a) prepared a report on the
Solid Waste Landfill Concept Design, which incorporated details on the likely traffic and
transport impacts of this component of the pulp mill. Available sight distances of the

Volume 1: 8-457
access location for the proposed landfill were measured at 265 metres to the south and
greater than 300 metres to the north. The sight distances at the proposed access
meet Austroads safe intersection sight distance requirements.
The pulp mill will generate up to 200 tonnes of waste material to be disposed to landfill
per day. The waste material may be transported to the landfill site in a range of trucks
with varying capacities. The following variations of truck movements during a typical 8-
hour shift working day were identified:
10 tonne truck generates 20 round trips/day, or 2.5 trips per hour;
15 tonne truck generates 13 round trips/day, or 1.6 trips per hour; and
20 tonne truck generates 10 round trips/day or 1.3 trips per hour.
Activities associated with the landfill may include 4 round trips per day for light utility
vehicles.
The traffic distribution of this traffic will predominantly be between the landfill and the
pulp mill site.
Water Reservoir
A water reservoir is proposed to provide the pulp mill with up to a seven-day water
reserve in the event of failure of the water supply pipeline or in case of restrictions on
drawing water from Trevallyn Dam.
The reservoir will comprise an earth embankment constructed across a small saddle
east of the pulp mill site in the foothills of the Tippogoree Hills.
Access to the water reservoir site will be required for construction purposes and for
occasional maintenance during the operation phase of the pulp mill and will be by the
access roads constructed for the proposed landfill and the quarry.
The construction of the water reservoir will generate a small amount of heavy vehicle
and associated traffic.
Quarry Construction
Access to the quarry will be by the East Tamar Highway along a gravel roadway at the
same location as the access roads to the landfill and the water reservoir.
Access points will be required and incorporated with access to the landfill and the
water reservoir. An access road is proposed at the lower end and sides of the two
quarry benches.
An estimated peak of 50 truckloads per day will be required to haul the estimated
1,000 cubic metre of rock. The trucks will travel between the quarry and the pulp mill
site during specific periods during the construction phase.

Volume 1: 8-458
8.5 Construction Workers
The estimated maximum number of personnel required during the peak construction
phase will be 2,900 people on site (Jaakko Pyry, 2005). The estimated workforce is
based on the typical requirements of similar projects. This is illustrated in Picture 5/4 in
Appendix 7, Volume 6. Labour will be sourced from Tasmania, the mainland and
(where required), internationally. It is expected that of the construction workforce,
approximately 50 % will be sourced from the mainland, 40 % from Tasmania and 10 %
overseas. Gunns preference will be to source Tasmanian labour where possible.
As previously mentioned, a workers accommodation facility is proposed to

accommodate 800 workers. The facility will be located on the south side of George
Town bounded by Main Road, Pembroke Road, South Street and Agnes Street. Any
accommodation shortfall will be addressed by other, complementary, housing solutions
outside the scope of the accommodation facility project.
The 800 residents will be housed in clustered layouts with ensuite accommodation,
complete with site-contained services and amenities, together with emergency and
most operational services. Details of the workers accommodation facility are provided
in Volume 3.
8.6 Construction Hours

Construction works are proposed to occur twenty-four hours per day, seven days per
week. This will vary depending on the various construction activities being undertaken
at various times.
Management measures are recommended throughout the IIS to minimise the potential
impacts from construction including restricting construction activities such as blasting
and rock crushing to daytime working hours.
8.7 Temporary Construction Equipment

When construction machinery is not in use, it will be stored in one of the three laydown
areas of the pulp mill footprint. A portion of the precasting area may also be used as a
temporary construction storage area.
An appropriately bunded area will be provided for the storage of hydrocarbons and oils
and for any service facilities such as oil changing and greasing. Clean-up kits will be
available in the event of a spill.
An appropriate location will be provided in the landfill, quarry, and water reservoir
areas for temporary storage of equipment. Machinery will be located away from
sensitive areas such as waterways and clean-up kits will be provided in the event of a
spill.
A workers accommodation facility, subject to need, will be provided and is discussed in

Volume 3.

Volume 1: 8-459
8.8 Checkout
During checkout, the function of all equipment, machinery and processes and process
control systems will be tested (checked-out) with start/stop sequences, interlocks, and
simulated disturbances. This is estimated to take place in the last three months before
start-up.
The Drying and Baling Area may be started a month in advance of the new fibre line,
with purchased pulp, to be able to do the test run before the new Fibre Line produces
its own pulp.
The checkout and water-run activities are principally for quality assurance purposes.
The aim of checkout is to ensure a successful start-up by eliminating problems due to
mechanical, electrical and instrument defects or to installation errors and
inconsistencies. Carefully executed checkout and water-runs provides satisfactory and
continuous production.
The tuning and calibration of instruments (including adjustment of valves, stuffing

boxes and cooling water) are carried out as far as possible without process media. In
some cases, temporary piping must be installed for circulating water within a test
system.
The checkout of individual sub-systems can start after the completion, inspection and
acceptance of the respective MEI installations.
During checkout of the plant, it will be verified that the erection work has been
completed and inspected, and that all specified inspection, examination or testing
activities have been performed and approved.

Volume 1: 8-460
9. Major Commissioning Phase Activities
Commissioning/operation is anticipated to commence approximately 26 months after

approval of the project and following a decision to proceed from the GunnsGunns
Board. The commissioning phase is provisional on all construction works having been
completed within the specified timeframes and meeting all required standards.
Commissioning starts at the first production of pulp off the pulp machine and includes
the following phases:
Start-up;
Test-run;
Taking over;
Performance test; and
Ramp-up of production to the annual design capacity.
9.1 Start-Up
Start-up is the first full 24 hours production of dried pulp.
9.2 Test Runs and Take-Over

During test runs, all equipment will be observed with regard to noise, vibrations,
temperature, leakage and anything out of the ordinary. Any deviations will be reported.
Levels of emitted noise will be monitored and checked against the sound power levels
used for noise predictions.
After successful start-up and an accepted production test, Gunns will take over the
equipment. Gunns will then issue a "Certificate of Taking-over (Provisional
Acceptance)", which will be the indisputable document signifying the beginning of the
guarantee period of the equipment.
From the Taking-over (Provisional Acceptance) date, Gunns personnel are

responsible for the running of the plant.
This is anticipated to occur within 6 months of start-up.
9.3 Performance Test

The performance test period is to determine compliance with performance guarantees
in terms of quality, capacity, consumption and emissions. The performance test will
occur within 12 months of Taking-over. A Certificate of Performance Test Acceptance
(Final Acceptance) will be issued following this period (Gunns pers comms).

Volume 1: 9-461
9.4 Ramp-Up
The production ramp-up to design production of 820,000 ADt/a will be:
First 12 months at least 75 % of annual design;
Second 12 months at least 90 % of design; and
Third 12 months at least 100 % of design.
The pulp mill capacity will expand to over 1 million ADt/a once it is operating on 100 %
plantation wood and will eventually achieve up to 1.1 million ADt/a, with gradual
operational improvements and minor optimisation.
9.5 Preparation for Operations

Preparations for operations will have commenced during the pre-engineering phase
and will continue while awaiting approval and thereafter.
9.6 Human Resources and Organisation
Human Resources
A shift-working scheme is proposed to allow twenty-four hour operation of the pulp mill.
The shift-working scheme will consist of three shifts completed by four teams.
The wharf activities will increase the demand for labour when ships are docked. The
proposed preliminary pulp mill organisation includes 292 employees. These personnel
are estimated to be needed for pulp mill operations after the start-up period. In the
beginning, a start-up crew of expatriates will be required.
The aim is to use third-party services whenever it is economically justified.
Landfill Personnel
Approximately 10 truck loads per day, each carrying approximately 20 m3 per load, will
be loaded at the pulp mill, carted to the landfill, unloaded at the landfill and spread
across the open operating cell (10 deliveries per day x 20 m3 x 250 workdays/year =
50,000 m3 per year).
There will not be a permanent presence on site. Landfill operators will be on site on an
as-required basis. The staffing levels at any given time for the facility will be 2 people.
One person will be the supervisor and direct operations. The other is likely to be a
qualified plant machinery operator.
There will be a small crib room/office and workshop opened and used as needed.
Maintenance, Pulp Mill Services

The need to contract pulp mill services (eg maintenance services) will continue to be
discussed with potential service providers after the project has been approved.

Volume 1: 9-462
Final selection of the organisational model and possible maintenance service partners
will be done after selection of main machinery suppliers.
Material and Service Contract Management

To ensure the supply of materials and services for the commissioning and initial
operation phase, scheduled delivery contracts will be established for:
Raw materials and chemicals;
Production consumables;
Maintenance materials; and
Maintenance and housekeeping services.
9.7 Hours of Operation

The hours of operation are anticipated to be 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, year
round (refer to section 6.11). There will no variation in hours of operation between
summer and winter.

Volume 1: 9-463
10. Site Selection for the Pulp Mill
10.1 Introduction
As part of pre feasibility investigations for the pulp mill, and as part of investigations
undertaken for subsequent studies and for the Draft IIS, a number of site and route
selection decisions were made in relation to the overall project. This section
documents the decision-making processes and assessment of options undertaken as
part of these investigations for the location of the pulp mill, the water supply pipeline,
the effluent pipeline (including ocean outfall), the port facility, and other related
infrastructure. This review has been structured as follows:
Section 10.2 discusses the site selection process;
Section 10.3 and 10.4 describes the process used to select the pulp mill location in
northern Tasmania and details the economic, environmental, social and planning
criteria assessed as part of that process;
Section 10.5 and 10.6 details the options considered for water supply to the pulp
mill and discusses the environmental, economic, social and planning criteria
considered as part of the options assessment process;
Section 10.7 details the options considered for the effluent supply pipeline for the
pulp mill and discusses the environmental, economic, social and planning criteria
considered as part of the options assessment process;
Section 10.8 details the options considered for the port facilities for the pulp mill and
discusses the environmental, economic, social and planning criteria considered as
part of the options assessment process;
Section 10.9 details the options considered for other off-site infrastructure including
the landfill, the quarry, and the water reservoir, and discusses the environmental,
economic, social and planning criteria considered as part of the options assessment
process; and
Section 10.10 discusses sites considered for the workers accommodation facility.
Technical input to the selection making process was provided by Gunns personnel
(engineering, transport, environmental), international pulp mill consultants Jaakko
Pyry Consulting (engineering, transport) and, following commission of the Draft IIS,
GHD Pty Ltd (environmental, engineering). Site and options assessments were
iterative throughout the initial stages of the Draft IIS, with decisions on some
infrastructure components utilising initial engineering and/or environmental outcomes
from the Draft IIS investigations.
The Draft IIS has been prepared only for the preferred site at Bell Bay.
Alternative technologies and processes are discussed in sections 6.2.17 and 6.2.18
32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill Volume 1: 10-464

10.2 Site Selection Process
10.2.1 Sustainable Development Triple Bottom Line
Organisations around the world are increasingly recognising the value of

demonstrating transparency and accountability as well as financial performance (DEH
2003). This has resulted from increasing expectations that organisations should take
responsibility for their non-financial impacts, including impacts on the community and
on the environment. In response to these concerns, business, government, academics
and non government organisations have begun developing framework, that extend
voluntary disclosure to include impacts on natural and human capital, as well as
financial capital (ibid).
The broad principles underlying assessment of Ecologically Sustainable Development

are critical components of any environmental impact assessment (EIA) process,
allowing a balanced consideration of environmental, social and economic aspects of a
proposed development.
Regardless of the specific method chosen, the comparative analysis of options

selection and of impacts is primarily a subjective assessment. Even in the most
quantitative assessment processes, indicator selection and impact designation can be
highly subjective. Despite these limitations, a transparent, holistic approach, that
incorporates a broad range of appropriate indicators, supported by the best available
technology and professional expertise, and using the triple bottom line principles is
accepted as the preferred methodology for (Thomas, 2001).
Selection criteria have, in addition been outlined in the RPDC Final Scope Guidelines
for the Integrated Impact Statement (2005) (Scope Guidelines) and in Volume 2 of the
Recommended environmental Emission Limit Guidelines for any new bleached
eucalypt Kraft pulp mill in Tasmania (2004) (Emission Guidelines).
10.2.2 General Approaches to Option Selection
A number of commonly acknowledged tools to determine impact significance and site

suitability of proposed developments can be used in an options assessment. These
include various checklists, matrices and a range of models used to generate
quantitative information (Thomas, 2001). Often a lack of quantitative data restricts the
tools that can be used, and EIA practitioners regularly rely largely on professional
knowledge and judgment to determine impact significance. The subjectivity associated
with practitioners basing a decision on their own knowledge and judgement is clearly a
limitation of this approach. This subjectively can be minimised by considering the input
from a number of practitioners from different backgrounds in determining impact
significance. Recognising these limitations and ensuring a transparent use of any tools
that may be adopted is critical to the process and enables the decision to be reviewed
by the community and relevant agencies.

10.2.3 Approaches Adopted for this Project
The site selection/options assessment methodologies adopted for the pulp mill project
by Gunns follows a broad philosophy of assessment of economic, environmental and
social factors for options considered economically viable and feasible in engineering
terms. Options that were identified as being significantly constrained by economic or
engineering factors were generally not considered further in the assessment process.
The initial study considered the location of the pulp mill at two sites adjacent to existing
woodchip mills owned and operated by Gunns. Co-locating these facilities was
considered very beneficial to the efficient operation of the pulp mill, reducing operating
and construction costs, minimising transport and double handling, and minimising the
overall project footprint and consequently associated impacts, particularly as there is a
history of processing wood at these sites. The site selection review considered the
project as it was at the time of the pulp mill site assessment, and, for example,
included the Pipers River dam (subsequently discounted as a water supply option).
Subsequent to the decision on the preferred pulp mill site and the commissioning of the
Draft IIS, further assessment of infrastructure requirements and options was
undertaken. The need for consideration of some infrastructure components only
became obvious only following further engineering and environmental assessment
undertaken either in parallel to, or as part of the Draft IIS. Options assessment for key
infrastructure components (water supply and effluent pipelines, ocean outfall, wharf,
landfill, water reservoir) were undertaken through the initial phases of the Draft IIS with
input from GHD Pty Ltd and other consultants commissioned directly by Gunns. Other
than the water supply pipeline and reservoir, these assessments were conducted
under consultancies commissioned directly by Gunns (refer separate reports in Volume
5).
As both the pulp mill and infrastructure options assessment were undertaken either
before the commencement of, or early in, the Draft IIS process, the assessment of
individual criteria identified in the following section were in some cases subjective and
qualitative, based on the professional judgement of those involved in the assessment
process given the information available at the time of assessment. The site selection
assessment in particular was not able to utilise any of the technical studies undertaken
for the Draft IIS. Therefore, only that information available prior to the assessment for
each element has been considered here.
As a consequence of this background, not all elements identified in the Scope

Guidelines, including the sensitivity analysis of criteria, were included in the
assessment process.
10.2.4 Site Selection Criteria
The following table outlines the economic, environmental and social criteria considered
by Gunns and their engineering and environmental consultants in determining the
preferred location in northern Tasmania for the pulp mill, and its ancillary and off-site
infrastructure. During the various site options assessments undertaken as part of the

project, a subset of these criteria were generally considered in the decision-making
process. Whilst non-economic criteria were always considered in decision-making, the
viability of options from an economic or engineering perspective was often the key
determinant as to whether an option was further considered. Subsequent to such a
decision, further environmental and social consideration was undertaken. In this way, it
was intended to avoid unnecessary investigation into unviable options.
Table 10-1 Site Selection Criteria

Criteria Description
Economic Considerations
Site Suitability Consideration of overall location, pulp
mill/infrastructure layout opportunities and earthworks
required
Land Ownership Current ownership of land needed for development of
pulp mill and infrastructure
Proximity to Resource Supply Proximity to wood and chip resources and relative
costs associated with haulage distance to the pulp mill
Road and Rail Infrastructure Proximity to road and rail infrastructure and relative
level of expenditure associated with the development
and upgrading required
Wharf Infrastructure Proximity, relative suitability of current wharf
infrastructure and costs of development or upgrading
of facilities
Electricity and Natural Gas Relative costs and engineering to link to power
Infrastructure transmission lines gas pipeline, and other energy
opportunities
Water Supply Relative costs and engineering associated with
constructing water supply options
Effluent Disposal Relative costs and engineering associated with
effluent disposal pipeline
Landfill Availability of suitable location and relative costs
associated with the construction of an environmentally
secure landfill
Construction Materials Availability and proximity to construction materials and
equipment
Skilled Labour Proximity to sufficient skilled labour for construction
and operation
Social Infrastructure Proximity and availability of appropriate social
infrastructure to accommodate construction and
operation phase workforces
Environmental Considerations
Topography and Climate Suitability of site topography and climate for pulp mill/
infrastructure layout and construction
Conservation Values Current conservation values at the site and potential
impacts on these values at local, regional, state and
national levels
Flora and Fauna Proximity to listed species under State and Australian
legislation
Water Values Potential for impact on the hydrology and water quality
of surface and groundwater of the region

Criteria Description
Marine Environment Marine values and potential for degradation of the
marine environment
Exotic Species and Pests Current location of exotic species in terrestrial and
marine environments and the potential for further
introduction and spread of weeds and exotic species
Air Quality Current air quality concerns and potential impacts of
air emissions
Greenhouse Gas Emissions Potential impacts of air emissions on greenhouse
gases
Noise Current noise emissions and potential impacts of
increased noise on the surrounding environment
Traffic and Access Increase in traffic volumes as a result of construction
and operation, including indirect impacts such as
reduced accessability
Indigenous Cultural Heritage Indigenous cultural sites present and potential impacts
on these sites of historic and cultural heritage
Social Considerations
Population Population statistics and the affect of development on
surrounding communities in terms of increases or
decreases in population
Existing Social Infrastructure Social infrastructure currently available and potential
upgrades needed to cope with increased population
Community Services Current community services and potential impact on
these services and resources
Existing Business Business currently in the vicinity and potential
negative/positive affects from the pulp mill and
infrastructure developments
Job Creation Potential employment opportunities for the local
community and other areas
Visual Amenity Potential impacts of pulp mill and infrastructure on
visual amenity on the surrounding communities
Public Health Current health issues and potential impact of the pulp
mill on public health in the region
Public Safety Potential impacts on public safety including
incremental increases in wood volumes transported to
the site
Tourism Potential impacts and/or benefits to the tourism value
of the area
Landowners Potential impacts on landowners whose properties
may be required for development of infrastructure
Strategic Planning Considerations
Planning Schemes Compliance of development with current planning
scheme(s)

10.3 Pulp Mill Location Options Assessment
10.3.1 Site Selection Process
It was initially determined that a pulp mill of between 800,000 and 1.2 million ADt/yr will
be required to be commercially viable in an international market.
Two potential locations were considered for the proposed bleached hardwood
(eucalypt) Kraft pulp mill in northern Tasmania. These were:
Bell Bay site at Long Reach on the eastern bank of the Tamar River approximately
35 km north of Launceston, adjacent to the two Gunns Tamar woodchip mills; and
Hampshire site approximately 35 km south of Burnie, adjacent to the Gunns
Hampshire woodchip mill.
The initial assessment of sites was based on proximity to a woodchip supply and
incorporated assessment from previous studies including the Taiwan Pulp and Paper
Corporation investigations undertaken in 1996. During this earlier study, 13 different
sites across northern Tasmania were investigated and assessed. The Hampshire and
Bell Bay sites were short-listed in 1996.
The assessment of site suitability for the pulp mill relied on the professional judgement
of experienced personnel within Gunns and pulp mill expertise from Jaakko Pyry
Consulting. This phase of the site selection process was based primarily on economic
and environmental sensitivity considerations (Jaakko Pyry, 2004). Cost difference
estimates between options have been taken from an internal memo prepared by
Jaakko Pyry October 2004.
The options assessment subsequently involved Gunns and Jaakko Pyry personnel
considering in more detail a number of criteria that can be classified under the
following categories and the criteria that were subsequently included in the Scope
Guidelines:
Economic considerations;
Environmental considerations;
Social Considerations; and
Strategic Planning Considerations (Jaakko Pyry 2004).
The site assessment methodology documented in this section utilises a least
preferred/ most preferred approach. The criteria and the reasoning behind each
assessment are described and addressed in the following sections. During the
assessment process, Gunns and Jaakko Pyry considered process options and
associated management measures for the pulp mill that may potentially minimise
social and environmental impacts of the pulp mill at the two sites. All of the above site
selection assessments were undertaken prior to the commission of the Draft IIS.

392670 402670 412670 422670 432670 442670 452670 462670 472670 482670 492670 502670 512670 522670
Bell Bay Pulp Mill

/
5470000
5470000
0 3 6 9 12 15
Kilometers
1:400,000
Wynyard
5460000
5460000
Bass Strait
Somerset
Burnie
5450000
5450000
George Town
Penguin
Ti
pop
go
Ta
m ar Proposed Pulp Mill
re
Ri
e
ve
r
Ulverstone Port Sorell
Hi
lls
RTH E A STERN
NO
Devonport
5440000
5440000
Forth
Beaconsfield
Latrobe
Hampshire
5430000
5430000
Hampshire Pulp Mill Site
Railton
BE
LL
5420000
5420000
BA
YL
IN
E
Sheffield
5410000
5410000
Launceston
HADSPEN
_
^
LAUNCESTON Deloraine
WESTBURY CARRICK
5400000
5400000
Mole Creek
PERTH EVANDALE
HOBART LONGFORD
FIGURE 10-1
PULP MILL
5390000
5390000
BRACKNELL
CRESSY SITE
392670
Date: 16/06/06
402670 412670 Legend

422670
National/State Highway
432670 442670 452670 462670 472670 482670 492670 502670 512670 522670
SELECTION
Zone 55, GDA94
Source: Rivers supplied by the LIST - www.thelist.tas.gov.au,
Roads and Rail data sourced from CData 2001,
Major Arterial Road

Arterial Road
River
LOCALITY
MAP
all other infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd.
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_1\ Outfall
fig10_1_locality_map.mxd
Major Road
Railway
After detailed consideration of the location options in relation to economic,
environmental, social and planning issues for the pulp mill, the Gunns Board of
Directors made a decision on 24 February 2005 that the preferred site for the pulp mill
was Bell Bay. Consequently, the Bell Bay alternative that is assessed in this Draft IIS.
10.3.2 Economic Considerations
Site Suitability
The following site suitability assessment is primarily based on the Greenfield Pulpmill
in Tasmania Preliminary Information for Draft IIS document prepared by Jaakko Pyry
consulting in December 2004. Both the Bell Bay and Hampshire sites are adjacent to
existing woodchip mills, which will reduce the investment requirements for the pulp mill.
The Tamar woodchip mill has sufficient capacity to meet woodchip demand for the pulp
mill development, and the high volume of wood already being processed at this site
indicated that there will be considerably less additional impact from log transport to the
Tamar mill (refer Section 6.2).
The Hampshire pulp mill will require doubling of capacity to provide sufficient chip
quantities to satisfy pulp mill demand.
The Bell Bay site is a better-serviced location than Hampshire, with infrastructure
including the existing woodchip mill wharf facilities, road, rail, power, natural gas as
well as commercial and social amenities in George Town and neighbouring townships
capable of meeting most pulp mill requirements. The site is also located in an area
zoned as heavy industrial with other industries in the vicinity including the Comalco
Aluminium Smelter, TEMCO manganese alloy, and Pinepanels Medium Density
Fibreboard plant.
The Hampshire site is more isolated from surrounding land uses, being located within a
forestry estate. Burnie, located approximately 35 km to the north, will provide the
majority of support and social services for the location. This site is serviced by road
and rail. However, the nearest port facilities are in Burnie. Natural gas is not available
at the site and a pipeline will need to be constructed from Burnie. Burnie currently has
a smaller heavy industrial base, unlikely to provide sufficient engineering and support
industries required for the pulp mill.
The Bell Bay site is moderately sloped and undulating, although the pulp mill is
proposed to be located on the ridge crest where sufficient low slope area exists.
Substantial earthworks will be required to create a level construction pad at this site
due to the topography. The Hampshire site is relatively flat, but will still require
extensive earthworks and site preparation, although not to the extent of the Bell Bay
site.
The Jaakko Pyry assessment recognised that the proximity of the rail and power lines
constrains the pulp mill layout at Bell Bay but that this could readily be dealt with during
site optimisation.

The Bell Bay site is more centrally located with respect to the state timber resource
than is Hampshire. This provides the economic flexibility to source the wood from the
west or south of Tasmania, as well as the north-east.
The Hampshire site is less constrained than the Bell Bay location. However, it is not as
well serviced by infrastructure, access to port facilities and support industries. It is also
subject to higher transport costs. Based on the site suitability criteria, the Bell Bay site
is preferred.
Preferred Site Option: Bell Bay
Land Ownership
The Bell Bay site is currently owned by Comalco Pty Ltd (Comalco) as part of a buffer
area to their Bell Bay smelter. Gunns have an agreement with Comalco to purchase
sufficient land for the pulp mill development.
The Hampshire pulp mill will be located within the 100,000-hectare Surrey Hills estate
of freehold land already owned by Gunns, within which the Hampshire woodchip mill is
currently located. Therefore, no land purchase will be necessary to develop the pulp
mill at this site.
The Hampshire site is totally owned by Gunns Ltd and is therefore is the preferred site
based on this criterion, although this advantage is not significant given Comalcos
agreement to sell Gunns the Bell Bay site.
Preferred Site Option: Hampshire
Proximity to Resource Supply
Projected wood production by region for 2008 2012 (Jaakko Pyry, 2006) indicates
that of an approximate 5.2 GMt of wood supply available, approximately 2.8 GMt is
derived in the north-east region, with 1.2 GMt from the north west. The Bell Bay site is
therefore more centrally located to the wood resource than is the Hampshire site.
Savings in transport costs of $15- 20 m per annum were predicted by having the pulp
mill at Bell Bay, with the resultant associated environmental and social benefits
accruing from such a significant reduction in transport movements.
Road and Rail Infrastructure
The Bell Bay site is well serviced by the East Tamar Highway, which passes across the
eastern boundary of the pulp mill site. The Bell Bay rail line also runs through the site
and there is an existing spur line already servicing the woodchip mills, although this
line is currently not utilised. The main line of the railway continues north to the Bell Bay

Port approximately 10 kilometres to the north of the site and south to Hobart and
Maydena in southern Tasmania, with extensions to the west and east coast of the
State.
Road access to the Hampshire site is by Mount Road, the main road from Burnie to
Waratah, which passes close to the site. The site can also be accessed from the
Murchison Highway. A number of roads in the area, including South Road, have
recently been upgraded to cater for log and chip traffic. A dedicated log truck route has
been developed through part of Burnie city. The Emu Bay railway line connecting the
West coast of Tasmania to Burnie runs past the site and is currently used by Gunns to
transport logs to Hampshire. However, a short truck haul is still required, resulting in
the need to double-handle logs at the pulp mill. The travel distance to the port is too
short to make the use of rail viable for transport of pulp to Burnie for export.
The more centralised location of the Bell Bay site in relation to already established
road and rail infrastructure means that the costs and impacts of process inputs and
despatch of product are less for Bell Bay than for the Hampshire site (Jaakko Pyry
2004).
The Hampshire site was estimated to require an additional $3.5 million in rail access
upgrades compared to the Bell bay site.
The Bell Bay site is better serviced by both rail and road infrastructure and under this
criterion is the preferred site.
Proximity to Port Infrastructure
A dedicated port facility is a significant benefit to the pulp mill project. It is required to
load pulp for export as well as to import materials and equipment to the pulp mill site
during both construction and operational phases. Having a port integrated with the pulp
mill will reduce pulp freight costs and pulp will need to be transported only a short
distance from the pulp mill to the wharf, so ensuring that additional traffic is kept off the
public road network.
The Tamar woodchip mill has two existing deep-water wharves currently utilised for
chip loading, one of which could potentially be upgraded to be used for the export of
pulp bales. Suitable deep-water access is also available for a greenfield wharf facility
directly adjacent to the pulp mill. An established port is also located only 10 km north of
the Bell Bay site at the Port of Launceston near George Town.
Hampshire is located approximately 35 kilometres inland from the nearest port at

Burnie. It is not possible therefore to develop an integrated port and pulp mill facility. All
pulp produced at the site will need to be transported by road to the Port of Burnie,
where an upgraded wharf will need to be developed to enable pulp export. In addition
to the potential increase in log truck movements to service the pulp mill at this location,

there will be no net decrease in truck movements from the site, as pulp trucks will
replace the current chip truck movements to Burnie.
The Bell Bay site can be readily serviced either by on-site wharf facilities or by utilising
the existing port at George Town. Under this criterion, the Bell Bay site is the preferred
site.
Proximity to Electricity and Natural Gas Infrastructure
The pulp mill project includes a cogeneration plant that will provide all electrical energy
requirements for the pulp mill, other than at pulp mill start-up. At start-up, the pulp mill
will require connection to the State electricity grid. The plant will also require 110 MW
supply from the grid as back-up in the event of generation failure of at the plant. In
addition to meeting energy requirements, the cogeneration plant will generate excess
energy, which can be sold back to the grid. Therefore, connection to the State grid is
therefore a requirement of the project. Natural gas will also be used to fire the lime kiln
and start up the power and recovery boilers.
The Bell Bay site is well serviced for its energy needs with 220 kV lines running directly
adjacent to the site. The pulp mill can either access these lines directly or construct an
offtake from a nearby substation located at the northern end of the Bell Bay Major
Industrial Zone. The main Alinta natural gas pipeline into northern Tasmania also runs
1.5 km from the pulp mill site and there is a pressure reducing station from which a
branch line can be run.
The Bell Bay gas fired power station is located about 2 kilometres to the north west of
the site. Bell Bay Power, the owner of the power station, is interested in the trade and
generation of electricity, supply of gas and gas fired generation. It may therefore be
possible to identify some synergies and sharing of energy facilities between the pulp
mill and the power plant. These opportunities will not be available at the Hampshire
site.
Energy supply to the Hampshire site is currently more limited as the Alinta gas supply
network stops at Burnie. Alinta have advised Gunns that they could construct a 29-
kilometre pipeline to the pulp mill at a cost to Gunns. Given the remote location of the
Hampshire site, the additional gas transport required will result in gas costs being in
the order of 25 % higher at Hampshire than at Bell Bay (Jaakko Pyry 2004). An
additional capital cost of approximately $4.3 million will be required for the construction
of the gas pipeline.
The Hampshire site is serviced by a wooden poled 110 kV transmission line, which will
have to be replaced for a distance of 35 km back to Burnie in order to service the pulp
mill.. This will require further substantial upgrade of assets at Hampshire but not at Bell
Bay, where the connection of Basslink to the Bell Bay Power Station can readily meet
this requirement.

The Bell Bay site is better serviced by electrical and gas infrastructure, and is the
preferred site under this criterion.
Water Supply
A guaranteed supply of high quality raw water is an essential requirement for pulp mill
operation. Approximately 26 Gl per annum is required in order to operate the pulp mill
for 24 hours a day operation, 350 days a year. A critical requirement of the project is
therefore a suitable water supply in terms of both the provision of the required volume
and the guarantee of supply.
The Pipers River dam option was part of the Bell Bay project at the time of site
comparison so has been retained for this analysis. This option is, however, no longer
part of the project description.
The existing water infrastructure to the Bell Bay woodchip mills, utilising Curries
Reservoir, does not have sufficient capacity to supply the pulp mill during full operation.
To enlarge the catchment, Gunns proposed to construct a small dam (8,000 to 12,000
ML) on Pipers River approximately 3 kilometres north-east of the Pipers River
settlement. The damming of the river will create an inundation area from which water
will be pumped along a specially constructed pipeline to the Curries River Reservoir.
An existing pipeline will be utilised and extended to pump water from Curries Reservoir
to the pulp mill site.
The Hampshire site has existing water storages close by at Companion Dam and
Talbots Marsh, which previously supplied the Burnie pulp mill. While this pulp mill was
only small, its old design meant it had high water consumption. With the pulp mill now
closed, the water in these storages of 6,500 ML could supply the proposed Hampshire
pulp mill. For the up to 1.1 million ADt/a pulp mill, an additional storage of 1,500 ML is
required to guarantee supply through the driest recorded year. It was proposed to
achieve this by raising the Companion dam wall and adding a more substantial weir at
the existing Hampshire pulp mill water pumping station on the Companion River. A
new pumping station will also be required at this point. The upgrade will be at a
substantially lower cost that the water supply options for the Bell Bay site. The flow of
water will still have to be controlled into the Emu River to provide water to the Burnie
paper mill and to maintain environmental flows.
The Hampshire site has the best existing water supply of the two options and requires
the least augmentation to supply mill operations.
Effluent Disposal

The Development of new environmental Emission Limit Guidelines for any new
bleached eucalypt Kraft pulp mill in Tasmania have identified that:
discharge into the marine (ocean) environment ensures the maximum possible
dilution of the liquid effluent resulting in the minimum possible environmental
impact at the edge of the mixing zone. (RPDC, 2004).
An ocean outfall to Bass Strait was identified as the preferred means of disposal to the
marine environment for the treated effluent from the pulp mill. Initial discussions with
the Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment (DPIW) concluded that,
based on studies for the Taiwan Pulp and Paper project in the late 1990s, that a water
depth of 20 m would be a likely minimum water depth for the diffuser. Any such
assumptions would be subject to hydrodynamic modelling and field investigations.
At the Bell Bay site, this will require the construction of an 18-kilometre pipeline north
of the pulp mill to Four Mile Beach on the coast of Bass Strait. An additional 3-
kilometre ocean outfall will be required to reach 20 m water depth. Preliminary
investigations identified that the pipeline alignment will generally follow existing
infrastructure corridors and road easements.
A major cost impact of the Hampshire site is the need to transport the effluent from the
pulp mill to an ocean outfall. This will require a 38 kilometre gravity fed pipeline to the
coast near Burnie, and a further 2.3 kilometre pipeline to an ocean outfall. Although
this option imposes a significant cost on development of the project, the pipeline route
could follow the existing railway line easement, which runs past the pulp mill site to the
coast. The additional pipeline links for this option will cost in the order of $13 million
more than will the pipeline links for the Bell Bay site.
The Bell Bay site is more favourably located in relation to effluent disposal options.
Landfill
The worst-case scenario for generation of wastes at the pulp mill is a total volume of
approximately 49,000 tonnes per annum. This volume consists of a small amount of
green and canteen waste (760 tonnes) and approximately 8,500 tonnes of boiler ash,
with the balance being green liquor dregs, slaker sand and lime kiln dust.
Due to the predicted closure of the George Town Municipal Waste Disposal Site and
the high costs of transporting waste to the Remount Landfill in Launceston, a pulp mill
at Bell Bay will require the construction of a specially designed landfill either on-site or
near the pulp mill. The likely location for this will be the Tippogoree Hills on the
opposite side of the East Tamar Highway to the pulp mill. This site has previously
been identified as a future landfill site by the (then) Department of Environment and
Land Management. The land for the landfill will be acquired as part of land acquisition
from Comalco, with a smaller area acquired from Forestry Tasmania.

The closest significant municipal waste disposal site to the Hampshire pulp mill
location is Burnie, approximately 35 kilometres to the north. This site does not have
sufficient capacity for the pulp mill waste, and the high costs of transport make disposal
unfeasible. Instead, a dedicated landfill will have to be constructed on-site or nearby
the Hampshire site. A suitable site will need to be investigated but will likely be located
within the forestry reserve.
Both sites require construction of a dedicated landfill and both sites have available land
for such a facility.
Preferred Site Option: Bell Bay = Hampshire
Construction Materials and Equipment
Construction materials for the pulp mill will be sourced locally and regionally wherever
possible. The majority of this material will be transported to the site via road, rail or
ship. Bulk materials will be delivered most efficiently by ship; smaller volumes and
equipment are likely to come by road transport. The largest volumes of raw materials
will be gravel, concrete, sand and steel. The bulk of construction equipment will be
standard equipment including trucks, cranes, bulldozers, excavators, backhoes etc, all
of which will be delivered to the site by road, either self-propelled or by truck.
The Tippogoree Hills, north-east of the Bell Bay site is a geological formation of rolling
hills, between 0 and 360 metres above sea level, which are formed on Jurassic
dolerite. The largest body of this system extends from George Town to the Nile River
near Deddington (Pinkard 1980), which includes the Bell Bay pulp mill site and
surrounding land. It is expected that approximately 400,000 cubic metres of gravel will
be required for foundations and concrete production at the on-site precast facility. For
the Bell Bay site, this material can be sourced from the weathered and fresh dolerite,
which will be excavated as part of initial earthworks and site levelling. There is the
potential for a separate quarry to be developed near the Bell Bay site to supply any
additional construction materials such as gravel and rock but it is expected that all such
material will be sourced during site preparation.
Other construction materials and equipment will be transported to the site from major
population and industrial areas including George Town, Launceston and Hobart, by
road, rail or ship. Materials and equipment will also be brought in from interstate and
overseas, primarily by ship using the proposed wharf facility for the pulp mill, which will
be constructed early in the development programme. Material requiring specialised
unloading equipment may be delivered to Bell Bay Port and be trucked to the site.
The topography and geology of the Hampshire area does not allow for the construction
of a quarry within the vicinity of the site (Jaakko Pyry 2004), Therefore all
construction materials will have to be transported to the site by road and rail. Gravel for
concrete production could be sourced 20 km away at Ridgley. Gravel for road
foundations could be sourced from some existing pits in the Hampshire area.
Construction materials and equipment will be transported locally from Burnie and

Devonport but it is likely that a significant proportion of the resources will have to be
sourced from the larger population centres and industrial areas of George Town,
Launceston and Hobart. Materials and equipment will also be brought in from interstate
and overseas, primarily by ship into the Port of Burnie and then by road or rail to the
pulp mill.
Heavy lift and large equipment can be transferred onto site at Bell Bay with no height
limits but all such equipment must be transported 35 km by road at Hampshire. There
are permanent cranes at the Bell Bay Port that can lift 200 tonnes, whereas cranes will
have to be brought in at Burnie and the height limits on the highway to the Hampshire
site will be an issue.
The proximity of the Bell Bay site to all key transport modes, an on-site wharf and the
supply of gravel on-site make it significantly favoured under this criterion. In addition,
transportation impacts and costs will be significantly less for the Bell Bay site than for
Hampshire.
Skilled Labour
Estimates of the construction workforce include up to 3,000 skilled and unskilled

workers. An operational workforce of approximately 300 will be required. Given the
current low unemployment rates in Tasmania and already existing shortages of skilled
workforce, it is expected that a significant proportion of the specialist workforce
required for the pulp mill construction will be sourced from elsewhere in Australia and
from overseas. Most general construction and unskilled labour will be sourced locally.
The Bell Bay pulp mill site is located approximately 15 kilometres south of George
Town. This municipality has a population of about 5,260 17 and is the closest population
centre to the Bell Bay Industrial Zone. The greater Launceston statistical area, which
includes George Town, Beauty Point, and Beaconsfield, had a population of 95,600 in
2001. This area will provide a significant component of both the construction and
operational workforce.
The Hampshire site is reasonable near the main town of Burnie, where it is expected
that most of the work force will live. The municipality of Burnie has a much smaller
population than George Town and Launceston from which to source labour, with
approximately 16,170 18 people in the municipality, and a further 1980 in the less
populated areas immediately surrounding the pulp mill site. It is expected that other
local government areas of similar size in the north and north east, such as Devonport
and Central Coast, will also provide skilled and unskilled labour.
17
ABS 2001 census data
18
ABS 2001 census data

The Bell Bay site has a much greater population in the local (within 30 minutes drive)
catchment, and the city of Launceston is serviced by direct domestic flights from
Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane, facilitating access by interstate workforce which may
sign up on a fly in - fly out basis. The Bell Bay site will be able to source a greater
proportion of its workforce locally, with less relocation of Tasmanian workers and will
be more attractive to an external workforce, being better serviced with interstate
connections and accommodation options.
The Bell Bay site has a greater potential local workforce within a 30 km catchment
area, is closer to Launceston, and will, given the better transport options, be more
attractive to interstate workers.
Existing Social and Community Infrastructure
The capacity of local communities to support the project during both construction and
operation is a significant issue for the project. Launceston and Burnie are similar
distances from the Bell Bay and Hampshire sites respectively, with the Bell Bay site
also being supported by George Town, Beauty Point and Beaconsfield communities.
Therefore, the Bell Bay site has a much greater service catchment than the Hampshire
site.
In addition to the medical, schooling, recreation, child care, entertainment, commercial

and social facilities at George Town, the Bell Bay site will also be able to call upon the
social and community infrastructure at Launceston, including major medical facilities,
recreation centres and other opportunities offered by the major regional centre in
northern Tasmania.
Whilst most social and community infrastructure required to support a pulp mill at
Hampshire is available at Burnie, the capacity of these facilities to cater for both
additional construction and operational workforce is less, given the smaller population
base and proportionally fewer social and community resources.
The local Tamar communities, along with Launceston, offer a greater level of and
capacity for social and community infrastructure, supporting the Bell Bay site under this
criterion.

Table 10-2 Summary of Economic Considerations for the Pulp Mill Location
Options Assessment
Economic Considerations Bell Bay Hampshire
Site Suitability Most Preferred Least Preferred
Land Ownership Least Preferred Most Preferred
Proximity to Resource Supply Most Preferred Least Preferred
Road and Rail Infrastructure Most Preferred Least Preferred
Port Infrastructure Most Preferred Least Preferred
Electricity and Natural Gas Infrastructure Most Preferred Least Preferred
Water Supply Least Preferred Most Preferred
Effluent Disposal Most Preferred Least Preferred
Landfill Equally Preferred
Construction Materials Most Preferred Least Preferred
Skilled Labour Most Preferred Least Preferred
Existing Social and Community Infrastructure Most Preferred Least Preferred
Total Most Preferred 9 2
10.3.3 Environmental Considerations
Topography and Climate
There is sufficient reasonably flat land for the pulp mill to be built at the Bell Bay
location, although a significant amount of earthworks will be required with some
benching of the site needed to minimise costs. The topography, together with the
proximity of the rail and transmission lines, will also put some constraints on the pulp
mill layout. These problems can be managed but may result in some additional costs.
The significant geographic separation between the wood yard and the pulp mill is also
not ideal for pulp mill operation. This situation will require the construction of a long
chip conveyor up the hill to the pulp mill from the woodchip mill, with trucks required to
transport the pulp from the top of the hill back down to the wharf.
The topography of the pulp mill site at Bell Bay and its surrounds also has implications
for emission and noise dispersion from the pulp mill site. These issues are considered
further under subsequent criteria.
The Hampshire site is gently undulating, with a reasonable amount of earthworks

required to create a flat site for the pulp mill departments, but significantly less than at
the Bell Bay site. The large amount of land available means that there is, however,

considerable flexibility in optimising the pulp mill layout. It will also be possible to locate
the pulp mill in close proximity to the woodchip mill, reducing chip conveyor lengths
and generally facilitating management and operation of the site.The climate at
Hampshire is considerably wetter than at the Bell Bay site, which will have impacts on
pulp mill construction. Mean monthly climatic data recorded at the closest weather
stations to the pulp mill site options are summarised below: Tewkesbury (recorded
from 1934 to 1995), approximately 13 kilometres north west of the Hampshire site, and
Low Head (recorded from 1877 to 2001) approximately 20 kilometres north of the Bell
Bay pulp mill site.
Low Head Tewkesbury
Maximum daily 11.9 C (Jul) - 20.9C (Feb) 8.5 C (Jul) - 18.9 C (Feb)
temperature
Minimum daily 5.9 C (Jul) - 13.3 C (Feb) 3.0 C (Jul) 9.1 C (Feb)
temperature
Rainfall 35.0 mm (Feb) - 81.0 (Jul) mm 69.2 mm (Jan) 212.7 mm

(Jul)
Mean no. of rainy days 6.6 (Feb) 16.6 (Jul) 12.8 (Feb) 23.4 (Jul)
Whilst the topographical features of the Bell Bay site are less favourable in engineering
terms, the greater implication is potential construction impacts resulting from the higher
rainfall at the Hampshire site. For this reason, the Bell Bay site is preferred under this
criterion.
Conservation Values
Construction of the pulp mill and wharf infrastructure at the Bell Bay site requires
clearing and disturbance of fragmented, but otherwise only moderately disturbed
vegetation and estuarine communities. Both the terrestrial and estuarine habitat are
well represented both locally and regionally, and do not demonstrate unique
conservation or natural values. A number of state listed flora species are expected to
be located on the site, as well as a potential for listed fauna species.
The proposed dam on Pipers River will potentially affect a number of nationally and
state listed species (the Australian grayling, Spotted tailed quoll) and vegetation
communities.
Conservation values of the pipeline corridors are low given that they are primarily
disturbed existing infrastructure, grazing land or road corridors. The assessment does
acknowledge that some apparently degraded areas support species of conservation
significance. The proposed ocean outfall location will discharge into a relatively

undisturbed marine environment but one that does not demonstrate unique
conservation values.
The Bell Bay site is currently designated as a private conservation reserve and is listed
on the register of the National Estate. The conservation reserve status does not reflect
any specific conservation values, but rather is a legacy of historical legislative
changes. The National Estate listing has been considered by the Australian
Department of Environment and Heritage for delisting due to lack of any specific
heritage values.
Construction of the Hampshire pulp mill site requires disturbance of land primarily used
for hardwood (eucalypt) and softwood (pine) plantations. These lands have limited
conservation value. The pulp mill will require augmentation of an existing dam, which
will result in removal of some remnant vegetation around the dam wall site and
inundation of additional vegetation.
The conservation values of the water supply and effluent pipeline corridors are low
given that they are primarily disturbed existing infrastructure corridors (the existing rail
corridor). The proposed ocean outfall location near Burnie will discharge in to a marine
environment that has had long term exposure to previous effluent discharges from
wastewater treatment plants, a pulp mill and paper mill and from the existing port,
although the outfall will be located further off shore than previous discharge locations.
The Hampshire site is already highly modified and has significantly less conservation
value than the Bell Bay site. In addition, the ocean outfall at Burnie will also affect a
more disturbed marine environment.
Flora and Fauna
Database searches were conducted for listed threatened or significant species at the
Bell Bay and Hampshire sites. The searches were undertaken to compare each sites
proximity to listed threatened or significant species. Three databases were searched:
the Department of Environment and Heritage Protected Matters database under the
Environmental Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act), the
GTSpot database (DPIW) and Conserve (Forestry Tasmania). Each site was
searched with a 5-kilometre buffer with records from the Bell Bay site being only from
the eastern side of the Tamar River. 19 The table below lists the results of these
searches for Hampshire and Bell Bay with ticks indicating records.
19
Gunns internal memos dated 17 November 2004 Appendix XX

Table 10-3 Flora Species Listed under EPBC Act, GTSpot and Conserve
Common Scientific name Hampshire Bell Tasmanian Australian
name Bay status status
Chamomile Rhodanthe Rare
9
Sunray anthemoides
Cunninghams Viola 9 Rare
violet cunninghamii
Tailed spider Arachnorchis 9 Rare Vulnerable
orchid caudata
South Esk Epacris exserta 9 Vulnerable Endangered
heath
Showy Epilobium 9 Rare
willowherb pallidiflorum
Small-leaf Glycine 9 Vulnerable
glycine microphylla
Sheathing Hypoxis vaginata 9 Rare
yellow-star vaginata
Even blown Lachnagrostis 9 Rare
grass aequata
Yellow rice Pimelea flava 9 Rare
flower flava
Annual Ranunculus 9 Rare
buttercup sessiliflorus
sessiliflorus
Australian Spyridium 9 Rare
dusty miller parvifolium
parvifolium
Trailing Veronica plebeia 9 Rare
speedwell
Roundleaf Wilsonia 9 Rare
Wilsonia rotundifolia
Table 10-4 Fauna Species Listed under EPBC Act, GTSpot and Conserve
Common Scientific name Hampshir Bell Tasmanian Australian
name e Bay status status
Grey goshawk Accipiter 9 Endangere
novaehollandiae d
Wedge-tailed Aquila audax fleayi 9 9 Endangere Endangered
eagle d
Hydrobiid snail Beddomeia 9 Rare
(Emu River) protuberata
Spotted-tailed Dasyurus 9 9 Rare Vulnerable
quoll maculatus
maculatus
Thylacine Thylacinus 9 Extinct Extinct
cynocephalus
Masked owl Tyto 9 Endangere
novaehollandiae d
castanops
Swift Parrot Lathamus discolor 9 Endangere Endangered
d
Eastern barred Perameles gunnii 9 Vulnerable
bandicoot

The status of vegetation communities at the Bell Bay site under the Tasmanian
Regional Forestry Agreement (RFA) was also assessed and is detailed below. The
report noted that a detailed botanical survey was required to confirm the extent and
composition of vegetation communities on the site. The Hampshire site was not
assessed, as the pulp mill footprint was entirely within Pinus radiata or two-year-old
Eucalyptus nitens plantations.
Table 10-5 RFA Vegetation Communities and Status
RFA Community name Status
Eucalyptus amygdalina forest on dolerite Not listed
Coastal Eucalyptus amygdalina forest Not listed
Shrubby Eucalyptus ovata Eucalyptus viminalis forest Endangered
Eucalyptus viminalis grassy forest/woodland Not listed
Acacia dealbata forest Not listed
Non-forest heath (created as a result of clearing for powerline

easement)
Both sites have been affected by previous land uses, which ultimately affect flora and
fauna. Searches indicated that the total number of listed threatened species under the
EPBC Act is similar at both sites. However, searches of the GTSpot database lists a
greater number of significant or threatened species at the Bell Bay site. The
Hampshire development footprint was located entirely within plantation forests. On
balance, the Bell Bay site was considered to have higher flora and fauna values.
Water Values
Impacts on water values from the project primarily relate to discharges to local
waterways, particularly stormwater.
Stormwater will be discharged at both sites into local waterways after storage and
treatment on site, both during construction and operational phases. At Bell Bay,
stormwater discharge will go to the Tamar River. Given the significant volumes of
water flowing past the site, the small volumes of stormwater discharged are unlikely to
have a significant impact on water quality, particularly as there will be appropriate
levels of treatment to remove hydrocarbons, sediment and other potential pollutants.
Stormwater discharge at the Hampshire site will likely be to one of the local waterways
traversing the forest reserve. As these waterways are significantly smaller and
ephemeral in nature, water quality impacts will be proportionally greater and require a
higher level of stormwater treatment prior to release.

Impacts on groundwater at both sites are expected to be minimal. Construction of
landfills at either site will include appropriate groundwater protection and monitoring to
ensure that there is no contamination of the local groundwater systems.
The Hampshire site will have a greater localised stormwater impact. For this reason,
the Bell Bay site is preferred under this criterion.
Marine Environment
Preliminary information on the marine environment at the Bell Bay ocean outfall
location was available through previous studies. No marine environment information
was considered for the Burnie discharge location.
For comparison of the marine environment impacts, the effluent outfalls are considered
similar at both sites. The Bell Bay discharge location around the Four Mile Beach is
considered to be relatively undisturbed other than small construction impacts related to
construction of the Alinta gas pipeline (at the time of assessment, the Basslink
undersea cable had yet to be laid off the Tasmanian coast). The Hampshire effluent
discharge location will likely be located close to Burnie, approximately 3 km offshore. It
is expected that this offshore environment has been impacted by historic and current
port activities and industrial discharges, although such discharges have been closer to
shore rather than the 3 km offshore proposed for the pulp mill discharge. Regardless,
this environment was considered more degraded and has lower marine environment
values than the Four Mile Beach site.
Both options considered upgrading existing wharf facilities at the Tamar woodchip mills
or the Port of Burnie. Because of this upgrading, there will be both construction and
operational impacts on water values. These will include potential sediment plumes
during construction and the risk of accidental discharges to water during operation.
Consequently, the Hampshire site was considered more favourable as any impacts will
be experienced within an environment that has already been impacted by human
activities.
Exotic Species and Pests
Construction and operational activities at either pulp mill site will have the potential to
introduce exotic species and pests. For construction activity, standard management
strategies to control problems such as weeds or phytophera will considerably mitigate
any impacts in this area. The construction of a greenfield port does have a slightly
elevated risk over the risk at an established port such as Burnie. However, the location
of the Bell Bay wharf facility between the Port of Launceston and the woodchip mill

wharfs means that this area is likely already to have experienced the introduction of
exotic species from historic shipping activity.
Both sites are considered to have similar risk in relation to exotic species and pests.
Air Quality
Preliminary air emission modelling for the Bell Bay pulp mill site (CEE Consultants,
2004) indicated the topography and climate of the Tamar Valley will make it difficult to
meet the RPDC Emissions Guidelines on the Tippogoree Hills to the northeast of the
pulp mill, while particulate levels at nearby residences will be below the levels set by
the Guidelines. The Tippogoree Hills area is uninhabited State forest or Comalco-
owned revegetated land, part of which may potentially be used for the development of
a landfill, a quarry and a water storage dam for the pulp mill. Preliminary air dispersion
modelling indicates that the pulp mill will meet ambient air quality targets at Rowella,
about 2 kilometres south of the pulp mill site on the other side of the river. However, in
the event of unfavourable atmospheric conditions and adverse conditions at the pulp
mill, there is potential for odour problems at Rowella unless the situation is managed
appropriately.
It is possible to reduce the impact by making some increase in stack height. This will
be further explored in the Draft IIS process.
The Hampshire site is located in an area of flat topography, which will not affect
emission dispersion. With the nearest residences some 4 km away, there is unlikely to
be any significant problems in this area with air emissions or odour. There are
numerous other residences surrounding the forestry lands. However, there are no data
to quantify the potential impacts. Localised airshed problems caused by pulp mill
emissions cannot be ruled out.
Additional truck movements may lead to increased air quality impacts along road
corridors (exhaust and dust). Where significant additional truck movements are
required, as in the Hampshire option, localised impacts along key routes will be
experienced.
Given the relative proximity of residential dwellings to the Bell Bay site and the sites
location within the Tamar Valley airshed, the Hampshire site is considered more
favourable under this criterion.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions
Construction and operation of a pulp mill at both sites are considered identical in
relation to generation of Greenhouse gases, being Greenhouse positive because of the
bio-fuel generated electricity as part of the overall proposal.
The Hampshire location however results in an annual 2 million tonnes additional wood
being transported to the pulp mill from its notional home region and 1 million tonnes of
pulp which will require transport from the pulp mill to Burnie port. The resultant
Greenhouse gas generation from both road and rail transport will be significant.
Based on the additional transport required to deliver logs to, and pulp from the
Hampshire site, the Bell Bay site is considered more favourable under this criterion.
Noise
The noise environment at Bell Bay is dominated by the existing woodchip mills, which
operate 24 hours a day, five to seven days a week. The immediate noise-sensitive
receptors are located directly opposite the pulp mill site in the Rowella area. A number
of rural and residential dwellings are located within 1.5 to 2 km of the pulp mill site.
These dwellings are currently exposed to noise from the two operating woodchip mills
and from the Bell Bay Power Station located to the north west of the pulp mill site.
The primary noise impact will result from initial construction activity (clearing, haulage,
blasting, crushing, pile driving), pulp mill construction and subsequent operation. Given
the proximity of residences to the pulp mill site, there is potential for noise to impact,
particularly during the construction phase. The impact will be mitigated to some extent,
but noise from activities such as blasting and pile driving will be intrusive.
Whilst physically isolated from sensitive noise receptors, the Hampshire site is close to
the village of Hampshire. Anecdotal evidence suggests that noise impacts from the
existing woodchip mill operations do carry considerable distances due to the flat
topography and low ambient noise levels. For the Hampshire option, however, the
noisiest activities (such as blasting) are unlikely to be required on site and therefore,
the extent of significant noise generation will be less at Hampshire than at the Bell Bay
site.
At both sites, the proximity of similar noise sources such as the woodchip mills means
that there is already a base level of impact from noise in the area. Both humans and
wildlife have to some extent been conditioned to that level of impact.
As with air quality impacts, additional truck movements may lead to increased noise
impact along road corridors. Where significant additional truck movements are
possible, as in the Hampshire option, localised impacts along key routes will be

experienced. The additional haulage of logs and pulp will result in significant increases
in noise along road and rail corridors.
Given the existing noise environment at both sites from woodchip mill operation, the
pulp mill is considered likely to have a similar operational impact at both sites.
Transport noise impacts associated with the Hampshire site from log and pulp haulage
will result in higher noise impacts at this site. As such, Bell Bay is the preferred site for
this criterion.
Traffic and Access
During construction of the pulp mill at either the Bell Bay or Hampshire site, it is likely
that there will be increased traffic volumes on access roads. The increase in traffic
volume could cause an increase in vehicle emissions and noise pollution along these
routes. However, the sites are remote enough from residences for these temporary
effects not to cause major disturbance to the people in the area. Heavy vehicle
movements to and from both sites through population centres could be restricted to
certain routes and/or times to minimise traffic impacts.
An increase in vehicular traffic to either site may also have impacts on conservation
values by increasing the number of animals killed on the roads, particularly if species
listed as threatened under State or Commonwealth legislation are among those killed,
(such as the Spotted tailed quoll or eastern barred bandicoot).
The Bell Bay site is in an area where there is already significant industrial activity. This
includes the two existing Gunns woodchip mills processing 2.4 million tonnes of wood
each year. With the already established wood processing industry and a significant
amount of logging and other industrial traffic already passing through the area, it is
unlikely that the operation of the pulp mill will have any significant impact on the
surrounding area. Any additional wood supply will be transported by rail.
One of the main issues identified for the Hampshire site is the considerable increase in
the volume of logs that will be required to supply to the woodchip mill during the pulp
mills operation. The woodchip mill currently processes 1.2 million t/a of wood, so while
log traffic in the area is already established, there will be a three-fold increase in log
volume to meet the needs of a 1 million t/a pulp mill. A large proportion of the increase
is likely to be by rail, but nonetheless, there will be a significant increase in log truck
volume from areas where rail transport is uneconomical. Log trucks must pass through
the towns of Ridgley and Burnie, which may cause environmental or social impacts on
the surrounding area even though dedicated truck routes through Burnie have reduced
the impact of log trucks, and other roads in the area have been upgraded to cope with
logging traffic.
Construction traffic will severely affect the Ridgley corridor and the need to bypass
Ridgley will again be raised by local communities.

The potential significant increase in log truck traffic to the Hampshire site will have a
proportional impact on the major transport routes. The Bell Bay site, with existing traffic
volumes sufficient to meet pulp mill requirements, was considered more favourable
under this criterion.
Indigenous Cultural Heritage
The proposed Bell Bay site is within a high sensitivity zone for Aboriginal sites. In
addition, the National Estate Listing identifies this area as perhaps containing
indigenous cultural heritage sites, not yet identified. There are recorded artefact
scatters and isolated artefacts within 500m of the site.
There are known Aboriginal sites within and adjacent to the Hampshire site. These
consist of isolated artefact scatters. The area has very high potential for further sites.
Of the two sites, Bell Bay is the least disturbed and located directly adjacent to the
Tamar River. The river boundary is defined in part by a number of small inlets including
Big Bay and Dirty Bay and the mouth of William's Creek. The Hampshire site has been
heavily disturbed by plantation and logging activities. It is therefore likely that the Bell
Bay site will have a higher potential for undisturbed indigenous cultural heritage sites
and values than the Hampshire site.
Whilst recognising the known heritage record, given the existing level of disturbance,
the Hampshire site was considered to have lower scientific heritage values.

Table 10-6 Summary of Environmental Considerations for the Pulp Mill Location
Options Assessment
Criteria Bell Bay Hampshire

Topography and Climate Most Preferred Least Preferred
Conservation Values Least Preferred Most Preferred
Flora and Fauna Least Preferred Most Preferred
Water Values Most Preferred
Marine Environment Least Preferred Most Preferred
Exotic Species and Pests Equally preferred
Air Quality Least Preferred Most Preferred
Greenhouse Gas Emissions Most Preferred
Noise Most Preferred
Traffic and Access Most Preferred Least Preferred
Cultural Heritage Least Preferred Most Preferred

10.3.4 Social Considerations
Population
The capacity of the local community to provide the necessary community services to
absorb the influx of construction and operational workforces, and to provide sufficient
local workforce (both direct and indirect) is significantly linked to the size of the
surrounding population. As discussed in the economic section, the regional population
around George Town is significantly larger than that of Hampshire/Burnie and
consequently, is more able to absorb population impacts.
Existing Social Infrastructure
Because of the greater population level, the George Town region has significant social
infrastructure to support the construction camp and other accommodation options, and
is within 15 km of the proposed Bell Bay site. Infrastructure includes:
Medical and Health Care

George Town has:
A well-equipped medical centre, the George Town District Hospital and Community
Health Centre in Anne Street;
George Town District Hospital has an x-ray department; and
A multi-purpose medical centre, providing general practitioner services, residential
aged care, and other community health services operate in Beaconsfield.
Child Care and Health

A paediatrician visits the George Town District Hospital monthly. In addition to this
service, a Child Health Centre operates three times per week, as does a Child
Dental Service. The local area has one Childcare Centre and additional day care
services. There is also an early learning centre; and
A number of weekly playgroups also operate in George Town.
Emergency Services
George Town ambulance services include one full time paramedic;
A fire station is located in George Town; and
George Town is serviced by State Emergency Services (SES) and has a Police
Station.
Other Services at George Town

Crisis services;
Aged Care;

Housing Services;
Education;
Youth Activities and Services; and
Sporting and Recreation Facilities.
In addition to these services, Launceston has major facilities within a 30-minute drive.
None of the above services is immediately available at Hampshire, but are available at
Burnie, 35 km north of the site. Major facilities available at Launceston are not
duplicated in Burnie.
Given the proximity to social infrastructure services at George Town and the services
that can be provided by Launceston, the impact of social infrastructure favours the Bell
Bay site.
Community Services
Community services including water, wastewater, electricity, stormwater, and medical

services are required not only to meet the requirements of the mill, but also of the
workers accommodation village.
Water will be sourced off-site for both locations to provide for pulp mill requirements.
Other than water, the Bell Bay site is adequately serviced with electricity and gas.
Sufficient capacity exists in George Town to incorporate the temporary workers
accommodation village and any related infrastructure.
Hampshire has few services and will require gas pipeline construction to the site.
Subject to the location of the workers accommodation village, wastewater and other
services will also need to be provided.
Operation of a pulp mill at Bell Bay site will not significantly affect the provision of local
community services. Impacts on the Hampshire/Burnie region have not been assessed
but the services are not so readily available.
Existing Businesses
Businesses offering a wide range of services in both regions will benefit from the pulp
mill project. Flow-on impacts are expected to be significant, with the Macquarie Bank
estimating an indirect employment multiplier of 4 for every direct job created.
Industrial service industries in Bell Bay will be best positioned to benefit as they
already service major industries in the immediate locality. They also have a greater
employment catchment to draw on for additional staff. A greater range of service
industries will be available regionally, including in Launceston.

Job Creation
Direct job creation is assumed identical for both sites, for both construction and
operational phases.
Visual Amenity
The visual impact of the project during both construction and operational phases at
both sides will include vegetation clearance, construction of access tracks, instalment
of service connections, signs and lighting, together with the development of similar
buildings, infrastructure and other structures (in terms of height, appearance, colour,
size, shape and external materials).
The Bell Bay pulp mill is to be located on top of a knoll between the Bell Bay Power
Station and the Gunns woodchip mills. The pulp mill will therefore be prominent in the
landscape, particularly above the skyline and on the hill faces, and be highly visible
from a number of sites in the Tamar Valley, including Rowella and Beauty Point.
The remote location of the Hampshire pulp mill will decrease the visual impact on
surrounding communities, although it will be visible from Mount Road and the
Murchison Highway, the main route to the West Coast.
Artificial lighting will also have an impact on the environment, as lights will be required
for both security and night operation during the operation and construction phases of
the project. The lights may affect houses located within the vicinity of the pulp mill as
well as flora and fauna.
The location of the Hampshire site away from population centres and mostly within
plantations will reduce the impacts on people and conservation values compared to the
more central and exposed location of the Bell Bay site.
Public Health
Potential air quality impacts associated with pulp mill emissions were considered the
most significant public health issue. Therefore, the location of the pulp mill in relation to
the regional airshed and residential areas, in particular, was a key in assessing site
preferences. Based on the preliminary plant specifications, potential air quality issues
will primarily relate to NOx, SOx and particulate emissions.
The Bell Bay site is located within the Tamar Valley, which was considered to have
localised airshed problems associated with a thermal inversion layer that occurs

primarily during autumn and winter, and with the widespread use of wood-burning fires
and stoves. Studies undertaken from the mid-1990s confirmed that the inversion layer
traps emissions close to ground level and that there is a correlation with respiratory
illness in the region. Most of these studies have focused on Launceston rather than on
the Tamar Valley as a whole, and have identified that wood fire contributions to
particulate levels are the most significant contributor, with industry contributing only 2
percent. Other than monitoring of particulate levels at Launceston, 35 km away, there
was not any available air quality monitoring undertaken within the valley.
Preliminary air quality modelling undertaken as part of the site selection assessment
(CEE 2004) indicated that the pulp mill will be likely to be able to satisfy guideline
requirements for ground level emissions. Further, the proposed stack height is
intended to enable emissions to punch through the inversion layer, allowing greater
dispersion and reduced local impacts. This is assisted by the fact that the base of the
stack will be 60 m above sea level.
The Hampshire site has no known airshed issues that will inhibit rapid dispersion of
plant emissions. Further, the low population levels in the area means that there are few
sensitive receptors potentially impacted. The region does not have any known air-
quality related public health issues likely to be exacerbated by a pulp mill project.
Public Safety
Potential impact on public safety from the pulp mill project primarily relates to
construction activity, operational failures or emergencies, and transport-related impacts
during both phases.
Both sites are significantly buffered from residential areas and the risk to public safety
from construction and operational phases is minor. The Bell Bay site will require
significant blasting activities during construction, but given that the nearest occupied
sites (residential and aquaculture) are over 1.5 km from any potential blasting
activities, risks are extremely low. Management plans will include safety provisions
such as the exclusion of boats from the vicinity during blasting to ensure that this buffer
is not encroached upon. The existing woodchip mill will be within the buffer (the closest
separation distance to blasting activities may be 400 m) and specific safety plans will
be incorporated to ensure that risks are minimal. The Hampshire site is not expected to
require blasting.
The buffer around both sites will also mitigate any operational risks, as will best
practice emergency systems and plans that will be a core element of the project. A
significant design component of the pulp mill will be containment facilities (for spillages,
leaks etc.) to ensure off-site impacts are negligible.
The Hampshire pulp mill will require a significant increase in log truck traffic to support
pulp mill operations. A consequence of this increase will be a proportionally increased

vehicle accident risk. The Bell Bay site will not result in additional statewide log truck
movements because of the pulp mill.
Given that safety risks during the construction and operational phases of the pulp mill
will be negligible at both sites, the key differentiator under this criterion will be the
increased truck volumes and construction traffic on local road networks around the
Hampshire pulp mill, particularly on the rural residential area of the Ridgley corridor,
and the subsequent increased safety risk.
Tourism
The lower Tamar Valley has an established tourism reputation based around its wine
industry, historical significance, natural areas, horticulture, amenity and specific
tourism destinations such as the Platypus House, Seahorse World, Grubb Shaft Gold
and Heritage Museum and Lavender House. In contrast, the area is also an
established mining, port and industrial centre. The Hampshire area has no major
tourism features other than being on the major western tourism route along the
Murchison Highway and being an area known for trout fishing.
Tourists are unlikely to be attracted to the Tamar region as a result of a pulp mill at Bell
Bay, although it is possible that tours of the pulp mill, open to the public, will be
conducted once the commissioning phase is complete. Specific tourism
establishments, particularly some of the boutique vineyards around Rowella, may be
visually impacted, by the pulp mill.
Further from the pulp mill site, impacts are expected to be minimal, given that visual,
noise and air quality impacts are not considered likely to affect centres such as
Beaconsfield, Beauty Point, Clarence Point and George Town. The pulp mill will be
one of several major industrial facilities located adjacent to the River and in close
proximity to each other. Separation distances of 6-8 km from Beauty Point will ensure
that pulp mill is only a minor component of the view from tourism facilities in this area.
The pulp mill will be highly visible from sections of the East Tamar Highway but only
near the pulp mill itself.
The Hampshire site will be well screened from the main road network. Given that there
are no local tourism features that will be impacted directly by the pulp mill, impacts will
be minor.
Consequential increases in truck movements to the pulp mill site may have adverse
tourism implications if there is a perception that surrounding roads have become less
safe as a result of pulp mill operations. Road upgrades and haul route separation may
address some of these issues.
Given the lack of local tourism activities, a pulp mill at Hampshire will have a lower
tourism impact than will the Bell Bay site.

Land Owners
Private landowner impacts primarily relate to infrastructure requirements, as neither
pulp mill site will impact on private landholdings.
Whilst the primary infrastructure corridor routes will utilise existing easements, both
sites will require some easement acquisitions and landholder access during
construction of both the water supply and effluent pipelines. Water supply options,
including Pipers River dam, will require acquisition of private lands, primarily grazing,
but also potentially including vineyards, horticultural and forestry land.
Based primarily on water supply impacts associated with the Pipers River Dam option,
Hampshire is considered the preferred site.
Table 10-7 Summary of Social Considerations for Pulp Mill Location Options
Social Considerations Assessment Bell Bay Hampshire
Population Most Preferred Least Preferred
Existing Social Infrastructure Most Preferred Least Preferred
Community Services Most Preferred Least Preferred
Existing Businesses Most Preferred Least Preferred
Job Creation Equally preferred
Landscape and Visual Amenity Least Preferred Most Preferred
Public Health Least Preferred Most Preferred
Public Safety Most Preferred Least Preferred
Tourism Least Preferred Most Preferred
Landowners Least Preferred Most Preferred
10.3.5 Strategic Planning Considerations
All components of the Bell Bay pulp mill site fall completely within the George Town
Municipal Boundaries. The site is located within the Bell Bay Major Industrial Zone, a
piece of land stretching along the eastern shore of the Tamar River from Long Reach
in the south to the outskirts of George Town to the north. The Zone does not
encompass the well-established industries on the Bell Bay foreshore but encourages
further major industrial development in the region as it is land specifically set aside for
industrial purposes.

As the proposed use is permitted within the existing zone, a planning scheme
amendment is not necessary.
In accordance with Part 4 of the Municipality of George Town Planning Scheme 1991,
the Pulp Mill is classified as a Heavy Industry. The definition of Heavy Industry is:
any industry other than a Light, General, Noxious, Hazardous, Extractive, Rural or
Service Industry being of a large scale, which by reason of process, equipment or
nature of product, may affect prejudicially the amenity of the locality by the emission of
ash, dust, grit, smell, fumes, smoke, soot, steam, vapour, noise, vibration, waste or any
such thing, and includes all such industries that are determined to be Scheduled
Premises under the Environmental Protection Act 1973 as amended and which are not
defined above.
The Hampshire site is within the City of Burnie and is covered by the City of Burnie
Planning Scheme 1989. The land proposed for the construction of the pulp mill is
zoned as Rural Forestry.
The Bell Bay site is specifically designated for heavy industry and is therefore the
preferred site for this element
10.3.6 Summary of Pulp Mill Location Options Assessment
The following table summarises the assessment of economic, environmental, social

and planning indicators considered as part of the initial site selection. For each
category, a simple summation of preferred and least preferred indicators was made to
determine the overall preference. No attempt at weightings or ranking was undertaken
as part of this assessment. Given the qualitative and subjective nature of the
assessment undertaken, further analysis of the assessment findings was not
considered meaningful.
Table 10-8 Summary of Assessment Outcomes
Option Economic Environmental Social Strategic Planning

Considerations Considerations Considerations Considerations
Bell Bay Preferred Equally Preferred Preferred

Preferred
Hampshire Equally
Preferred
Based on the overall assessment, the Bell Bay site was considered the preferred
location.

10.4 Alternative Sites in George Town Locality
As discussed previously, the key rationale for the initial two pulp mill site options was
co-location with either the existing Tamar or Hampshire woodchip pulp mills. The
benefits of co-location in terms of both capital and operational costs are significant.
Given the perceived potential environmental and social sensitivity of the Bell Bay site, it
is reasonable to expect that consideration be given to a local, alternative site that may
avoid potential impacts on the airshed, visual amenity, tourism and the like. This
section discusses the viability of such an option.
In the initial site assessment studies undertaken by Gunns and Jaakko Pyry, no
alternative site within the George Town area was considered, given the overwhelming
rationale against such an option. As outlined in the previous section, the Bell Bay site
is extremely well situated from an infrastructure perspective, and any alternative site
will require significant additional infrastructure and have major transportation
requirements, that will likely preclude it on economic, social and environmental
grounds.
To highlight this point, the table below identifies issues associated with a hypothetical
alternative site located within a 15 km radius east of George Town in comparison to the
Bell Bay site. Given the nature of the local road network, this site will need to be
accessed either through George Town or from the Bridport Road.
These comparisons have been made based on the understanding of the Draft IIS
Study Team. No technical assessments or modelling were undertaken to corroborate
these assumptions but they are considered sufficiently robust to eliminate the need for
further assessment. The list is not comprehensive but is considered sufficient to
demonstrate the preference for the Bell Bay site.
Table 10-9 Alternative Sites
Issue Bell Bay Alternative Site

Distance to wood Existing woodchip mill Assuming a new, separate pulp mill site,
chip source located adjacent to pulp mill chip will need to be transported from the
site woodchip mill. Use of conveyors within
short distance of the woodchip mill site
may be possible but no viable alternative
pulp mill site is available within this
range given local topography and other
land use constraints. Transport of chip
by truck will add thousands of truck
movements to the existing truck volumes
on the local road network, and trucks will
need to travel from the woodchip mill
either through George Town or along
Bridport Road.
The alternative is to construct a new 3.6
m/tonne per day woodchip mill at the
new location with associated capital
costs, modified log truck haul routes,
either through George Town or Bridport
Road, noise impact etc. The noise

impact of the new woodchip mill will be
very large compared to the pulp mill,
especially in a new area. The noise
impacts at the existing woodchip mill will
be exacerbated, as the mill will only
operate only intermittently for residual
export.
Log Transport No additional transport Assuming that the woodchip mill is
requirements relocated, alternative log haul routes will
be required, possibly affecting George
Town or Bridport Road. New areas will
likely be exposed to significantly
increased traffic and noise impacts
associated with log truck movements. It
will be unlikely that there will be any
corresponding reduction in log truck
impacts as transport using the East
Tamar Highway, Bridport Road and
Batman Highway) will remain.
Unless a new rail spur line is
constructed, all log transport will be by
road. If a rail spur is constructed,
impacts relating to land acquisition,
noise, flora and fauna will result.
Port Facility Internal wharf site located New wharf site will be required. There is
with industrial estate insufficient area within the Bell Bay Port
for a pulp warehouse so the wharf will
have to be located outside the current
port operations, but on the Tamar River.
Given the limited opportunity for a deep-
water wharf, such a facility will likely to
be located around George Town,
meaning pulp and other goods haul
routes through George Town.
Pulp Transport Internal site transport A new site will require haulage of pulp
from the pulp mill to the loading facility.
Additional truck movements on public
roads will be required to move the 1.1
million tonnes/a of pulp. Increased traffic
and noise impacts will be expected along
these routes.
Electricity Power available from Bell Assuming power will be sourced from
Bay Major Industrial Zone the Bell Bay Major Industrial Zone
substation and use of substation, a new transmission line
existing transmission easement to the pulp mill site will be
easement required. There are likely to be land
acquisitions and flora/fauna impacts
associated with any new easement.
Gas Gas available from Alinta A new easement will be required,
pipeline at Bell Bay Power possibly parallel to the power line,
Station. Use of existing therefore requiring additional land
easements for pipeline acquisitions and additional impacts on
flora/fauna.

Water New pipeline from Trevallyn New pipeline from Trevallyn Dam. Will
Dam mainly along road require additional acquisition assuming
corridor or existing any new site will be located further away
easements with some private from the East Tamar Highway and other
land access required suitable existing easements.
Effluent Pipeline mainly along road Pipeline may be shorter depending upon
corridor or existing location of pulp mill site. Private
easements. Approximately 4 landowner impacts are likely to be
private landholders affected. greater assuming the pulp mill site will
be located away from suitable road
corridors or other suitable existing
easements.
Noise Noise impacts are primarily A new pulp mill site will involve the
restricted to landowners introduction of a major industrial facility
directly opposite the Bell Bay into a rural residential area with no major
site. This area is already existing noise sources. Noise impacts
subject to noise from will be expected at any alternative
industrial facilities (woodchip location affecting a small numbers of
mills and Bell Bay Power residences in rural/residential areas. A
Station) which have been new site is unlikely to be as well buffered
located on the site for 33 as the Bell Bay site.
years. No noise affects north,
east or south of site.
Transport noise no greater
than existing.
Visual A new facility within an A new pulp mill site will involve the
existing and well-established introduction of a major industrial facility
industrial zone with several within a rural residential area with no
other major facilities and other major industrial facilities. Visual
port. impacts will be expected to be significant
Significant impact for viewers for a small number of residences.
directly opposite Bell Bay Unlikely to be as well buffered as Bell
site. Minor impacts for other Bay site. Not likely to be visible from
viewsheds. Well buffered major tourism attractions.
from many viewsheds. Will
be a minor visual component
as seen from tourism
destinations such as Beauty
Point and Beaconsfield.
Air Quality Potential impacts within the Potential impacts within either the Tamar
Tamar Valley airshed Valley or an alternative airshed
Economic Base Case Additional capital and operating costs
for:
New woodchip mills;
Additional log and/or chip haulage
costs;
Additional pulp transport costs;
Additional gas pipeline connection
costs;
Additional electrical transmission

connection costs; and
Additional land acquisition costs

Social A limited number of Likely to be similar numbers of
landowners will be directly landowners directly affected by visual
affected by visual impacts, impacts and possible air quality because
noise and possible air of the pulp mill. Noise impacts will be
quality. A small number of substantially worse due to the
landowners will be affected introduction of woodchip mill noise into a
by infrastructure land new area. There will be an increased
acquisition/access number of landowners directly affected
requirements. for pulp mill site and infrastructure
acquisition/access as detailed above.
Transportation impacts for extended log
and pulp haul routes affecting traffic,
noise levels and air quality.
10.5 Water Supply Scheme Assessment
10.5.1 Water Supply Options
The raw water consumption of the pulp mill is estimated to be up to 26KL/ADt of

bleached pulp. At the pulp mill capacity of up to 1.1 million ADt per annum, this
corresponds to a need for an average water flow of approximately 74 Ml per day. The
specific requirements of the water supply are:
Annual supply of 26 Gl for the current proposal, with potential for further industrial
development 22 ;
Reliability of supply for 350 days per year, 24 hours a day; and
High quality raw water.
To meet these requirements, a limited number of options were available within an

acceptable distance of the pulp mill. These options included:
Construction of a suitably sized dam on a local waterway to provide a secure water
supply. A water supply pipeline to transport the water from the dam to the pulp mill
will be required. Such a site was available on Pipers River, approximately 20 km
north-east of the pulp mill site. This site had been previously identified by Esk Water
as a suitable location for a small dam. Geotechnical and hydrological studies had
been undertaken previously to confirm the suitability of this site.
Extracting water from an existing dam. An option to extract water from Lake
Trevallyn near Launceston (part of the Hydro Tasmania hydroelectric water supply)
and pump it 40 km to the pulp mill was considered.
Extracting water from a proposed dam. An option to extract water from the
proposed Meander Dam and pump it to the pulp mill site was considered.
22
not part of this Draft IIS

Accessing water from an alternative source. Utilising the treated effluent from
Launceston wastewater treatment plants and piping it to the pulp mill site was also
considered.
These options had common features such as the need to construct a water supply
reservoir at the pulp mill site in case of an interruption to water supply.
10.5.2 Option 1 - Pipers River Dam and Water Supply Pipeline to Curries River
Reservoir
The current water supply system to Bell Bay is owned and operated by Esk Water and
comprises a reservoir on the Curries River, a pumping station located at the Curries
River Dam, a 25 ML storage (known as the Duck Pond) and a rising main following
Bridport Main Road to Bell Bay (GHD, 2006e).
The Curries River Dam is a clay core rock fill dam with a capacity of 12 GL.
It was constructed in 1974 as part of a long-term water supply strategy for the Bell
Bay/George Town area involving a second dam on the Pipers River and a pump
station and rising main delivering water to Curries Dam to supplement its yield. This
second dam has not to date been required.
The proposed scheme to provide pulp mill water from the Curries Dam and Pipers
River involved:
A dam to be constructed on Pipers River in the vicinity of the existing weir;
A pumping station at the foot of the dam to pump to the Curries River dam;
A rising main from the Pipers River pumping station to the Curries River dam; and
Upgrading the existing Curries River pumping station, bypassing the 25 ML storage
(the Duck Pond) and pumping through the existing 840 mm steel pipeline to Bell
Bay (at the vicinity of East Tamar Highway and Bridport Road) with a new pipeline
to convey water south to the pulp mill.
Environmental Considerations
In order to assess the potential impacts of a new dam on Pipers River and associated
pipeline infrastructure, detailed flora and fauna assessment was undertaken in March
2005. This assessment included:
Botanical survey of the inundation area, pipeline routes and areas up and
downstream of the proposed dam;
Fauna survey of the proposed inundation area;
Aquatic survey of Pipers River within, upstream and downstream of the proposed
inundation area;
Water quality sampling; and
Riparian habitat assessment.

Whilst the investigations identified that the health and species composition of the river
were typical of a disturbed waterway, specific values were identified which suggested
that inundation of the River will have significant environmental consequences. These
values included:
identification of Prototroctes maraena (Australian grayling) within the waterway
listed as vulnerable under Commonwealth and Tasmanian legislation;
capture of a Dasyurus maculatus maculatus (Spotted-tailed quoll) listed as
vulnerable under Commonwealth legislation and rare under Tasmanian legislation;
and
listed Eucalyptus ovata E. vinimalis forest community within the inundation area.
In addition, other issues further diminished the suitability of a dam on Pipers River.
Other than one small weir, the river is currently unregulated. A major dam will
significantly alter the hydrology, sedimentation, nutrient cycling and other ecological
functions of the river. The narrow riparian corridor will be lost along with the linkage
function it provides for fauna. High quality agricultural lands will be lost.
Based on these potential impacts, the ecological studies recommended against a dam
on the Pipers River and suggested that alternatives be assessed.
Engineering Considerations
The estimated capital cost for this option was between $60 and $65 million, with
pumping consumption from Pipers River to Curries Dam at approximately 10.4
million kWhr/yr and pumping costs from Curries Dam to the pulp mill at approximately
5.5 million hWhr/yr.
A daily water balance analysis was prepared for this option using daily flow data for the
Pipers River from April 1972 to June 2004. This data was from a gauging site
downstream of Yarrow Creek near the proposed dam site.
The release of environmental flows was modelled in accordance with information

provided to Gunns by DPIW. The assessment undertaken by DPIW was consistent
with recent studies for the Little Swanport River and involved providing a base
environmental flow to maintain the freshwater ecology of the river and a series of peak
(pulse flows) to maintain sediment flow and riparian wetting.
The figures given by DPIW for the required base environmental flows in the Pipers
River were:
1. Nov to April: 23 ML/d
2. May to Oct: 66 ML/d.
DPIW indicated that the winter base flow of 66 ML/day might be conservative but that
further ecological assessment of the river system will be required to justify a lower
value.

The river flow modelling assumed that if the dam inflow were less than the base
environmental flow, only the inflow will be released downstream.
As well as the base flows, high-flow events were also incorporated into the model.
The river modelling assumed that these flows must be released from the Pipers River
dam only if they are present in the inflow. If these events do not occur naturally, they
do not need to be released.
To quantify the required storage and pump rate on the Pipers River, the model was run
for a number of combinations assuming an annual water demand of 26 GL.
These indicate that the reliability of water is mainly dependant on the storage capacity
of the dam on Pipers River. In particular, it is critical that the storage be at least 15 GL,
with 20 GL being more desirable.
In summary, the Curries Dam can supply only approximately 3 ML/d due the small
catchment, small dam, and weather patterns.
Historical flow data from Pipers River indicates that Pipers Dam will regularly empty.
Given the above demand requirements, security of supply is considered marginal at
best. (GHD, 2006e).
A new Pipers River Dam (20 GL) will meet demands, but will be also more expensive
and less environmentally acceptable than alternative schemes.

Table 10-10 Summary of Peak or Pulse Environmental Flow Events
Flow Event Magnitude Duration Ramping (not Frequency Timing Total Volume per
including duration) yr (approx)
(ML/day) (ML)
Small pulse 125 3 days Down half day 5 per 1 yr 3 summer 2,200
2 winter
Intermediate pulse 800 1.5 days Up 1.5 days 2 per 1 yr Winter 3,900
Down 3 days
Large pulse 1,500 1 day Up 3 days 5 per 2 yrs Winter 7,500

Down 6 days
Spring trigger 1,700 1 day Up 3 days 1 per 1 yr October 3,200

Down 6 days
Autumn trigger 1,000 1 day Up 2 days 1 per 1 yr May 2,000

Down 4 days
Riparian flood 2,500 3 days Up 4 days 1 per 1 yr July or August 9,500

Down 8 days
1 in 2 yr flood 4,600 1 day Up 6 days 2 per 5 yrs January to 3,000

Down 12 days December
1 in 5 yr flood 7,700 2 days Up 8 days 1 per 5 yrs January to 4,000

Down 14 days December

Storage Level (ML)
Storage Level (ML)
Ap Ap
r-7 r-7
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
0
10,000
12,000
14,000
16,000
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
2 2
32/11709/9026
Ap Ap
r-7 r-7
3 3
Ap Ap
r-7 r-7
4 4
Ap Ap
r-7 r-7
5 5
M M
ar ar
-7 -7
6 6
M M
Bell Bay Pulp Mill

ar ar
-7 -7
7 7
M M
ar ar
-7 -7
8 8
M M

ar ar
-7 -7
9 9
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
0 0
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
1 1
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
2 2
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
3 3
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
4 4
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
5 5
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
6 6
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
7 7
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
Figure 10-2 Tracking of Pipers and Curries Reservoirs Pipers Dam Capacity 15 GL
8 8
M M
Pipers River Reservoir
Curries River Reservoir
ar ar
-8 -8
9 9
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
0 0
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
1 1
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
2 2
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
3 3
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
4 4
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
5 5
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
6 6
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
7 7
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
8 8
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
9 9
M M
ar ar
-0 -0
0 0
M M
ar ar
-0 -0
1 1
Volume 1: 10-505
Storage Level (ML)
Storage Level (ML)
Ap Ap
r-7 r-7
5,000
0
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
2 2
32/11709/9026
Ap Ap
r-7 r-7
3 3
Ap Ap
r-7 r-7
4 4
Ap Ap
r-7 r-7
5 5
M M
ar ar
-7 -7
6 6
M M
Bell Bay Pulp Mill

ar ar
-7 -7
7 7
M M
ar ar
-7 -7
8 8
M M

ar ar
-7 -7
9 9
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
0 0
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
1 1
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
2 2
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
3 3
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
4 4
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
5 5
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
6 6
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
7 7
M M
ar ar
-8 -8
Figure 10-3 Tracking of Pipers and Curries Reservoirs Pipers Dam Capacity 20 GL
8 8
M M
Pipers River Reservoir
Curries River Reservoir
ar ar
-8 -8
9 9
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
0 0
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
1 1
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
2 2
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
3 3
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
4 4
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
5 5
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
6 6
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
7 7
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
8 8
M M
ar ar
-9 -9
9 9
M M
ar ar
-0 -0
0 0
M M
ar ar
-0 -0
1 1
Volume 1: 10-506
10.5.3 Option 2 - Trevallyn Dam Water Off-take and Pipeline
This option utilises water from the existing Trevallyn Dam located in the Launceston
suburb of Trevallyn, approximately 40 km from the pulp mill site. This dam was built in
1956 to provide water to the Hydro Tasmania Power Station adjacent to the Tamar
River at Riverside in Launceston. Water is currently fed from the dam through a gravity
fed pipe to the power station where it is discharged through an outlet into the Tamar
River.
Gunns propose to utilise this water supply in one of two ways. The water could be
extracted from the Trevallyn Dam and then pumped along a specially constructed
pipeline that followed the Hydro Tasmania pipeline to the power station, then crossed
the Tamar River at its narrowest point and followed the route of the East Tamar
Highway to the pulp mill site. The alternative option is to have off-take from the existing
Hydro Tasmania pipeline to the power station, utilising water that will otherwise be
used by Hydro Tasmania. The extracted water will be pumped along a pipeline, as
described above, to the pulp mill.
This option was considered in detail in a water supply assessment report provided in
10.5.4 Option 3 - Meander Dam Off-take and Pipeline
A 43,000 Ml water supply dam is currently proposed on the Meander River, south-west
of Launceston. The dam has been proposed to supply water for irrigation use on
surrounding agricultural lands. At the time of the assessment of water supply options,
the dam had been approved by the Tasmanian Government, but the associated water
rights had yet to be fully allocated and the original consortium of investors, civil
engineers and constructors headed by Rothschild-John Holland had withdrawn from
the project. A second consortium, Tasmanian Water Alliance, was subsequently
selected and had until the end of June 2005 to seek sufficient allocation commitment to
ensure project viability.
This water supply option was not considered further because the dam was not
constructed and there was still uncertainty as to it proceeding, as the threshold of
sufficient water rights being purchased by irrigators had not been met. This was
considered by Gunns to be an acceptable risk. Therefore, the Meander Dam option
was not considered further.
10.5.5 Option 4 -Domestic Wastewater Reuse
An alternative to the Pipers River option is to utilise outflow from the wastewater
treatment plants (WWTP) in the Launceston area. This water will be transferred to the
proposed storage site at Bell Bay above the pulp mill site. A larger storage will be
required to balance peak and minimum daily flows.

A water balance analysis using a spreadsheet was prepared to determine the required
storage size at Long Reach in order to provide a reliable water supply.
The information obtained from the Launceston City Council indicates that the total
average outflow from the Councils four main plants (Ti Tree, Newnham, Norwood and
Hoblers Bridge) is around 50 ML/d. Allowing for losses of 10 %, the total available
outflow is around 45 ML/d. While there is the likelihood of this figure increasing in the
future, it is unclear at what stage this will occur.
Under their licence condition, Launceston City Council is required regularly to monitor
the outflow performance of its WWTPs.
Typical treated effluent quality from these plants is as follows:
Table 10-11 Treated Effluent Performance from Launceston WWTPs
Parameter Average Median Maximum 90%ile
BOD 14.2 mg/L 6.0 mg/L 880 mg/L 18 mg/L
TSS 19.4 mg/L 11.0 mg/L 620 mg/L 34 mg/L
TDS 22.0 mg/L 26.0 mg/L 890 mg/L 533 mg/L
The water requirements for the pulp mill have been determined at 75 ML/d and
therefore, there will need to be some form of supplement supply from other sources to
meet this demand. Given the limited water available from Curries River dam (there is
the scope to provide a further 3.4 ML/d from this storage), it is envisaged that an
additional water source will be required. This could be in the form of an intake from the
Esk River System or a smaller scale supply from Pipers River.
Assuming a reduced water usage of 42 ML/d at the pulp mill, it will be necessary to
construct 1.0 GL storage at Bell Bay to buffer the variation in output from the domestic
wastewater treatment plants. It is also expected that some form of advanced treatment
of the effluent will be required most likely in the form of membrane microfiltration
(with coagulation up front and disinfection at the end). It is estimated that a membrane
plant with capacity of 42 ML/d will cost around $35 million.
A membrane plant with capacity of 75 ML/d will cost around $55 million.
In light of the uncertainties in security of supply, this option was not assessed further.
10.5.6 Desalination
A detailed review of desalination has not been undertaken but such a system may be
feasible if it drew water from the Tamar Estuary and made use of cogeneration with the
boiler to optimise energy usage. The brine waste solution will be discharged through

the process water ocean outfall. Such a system may require a review of the emission
Guidelines.
It is estimated that a desalination plant with a capacity of the order of 65 ML/day will
cost around $150 million and consume around 90,000 kWhr per year in energy. The
plant will also need to discharge approximately 70 ML/day of brine waste, which will be
discharged through the process water outfall. This will mean that the outfall pipe will
need to be increased from around 750 mm diameter to 1,200 mm diameter at an
approximate additional cost of $12 million. Because of these factors, this option was
not considered further.
10.5.7 Preferred Water Supply Option
Based on the above assessment, the only option considered to have acceptable
environmental, economic and social impacts was the Trevallyn Dam option. This option
has been identified as the preferred project water supply.
10.6 Water Supply Pipeline Corridor Selection Assessment
10.6.1 Pipeline Alignment
As part of the decision regarding the preferred water supply source, a number of
alternative pipeline routes from Lake Trevallyn to Bell Bay were considered (Figure
10-4). These included:
Following the Tamar River bed, length 49 km;
Following a route up the West Tamar and crossing to the East Tamar in the vicinity
of the Batman Bridge;
Following a route adjacent to the rail line between Launceston and Bell Bay, east of
the Tamar River, length 45 km;
Following the East Tamar Highway road easement after crossing the Tamar River
just north of the Trevallyn Power Station, length 40 km; and
Following the East Tamar Highway, then the Esk Water Pipeline from after crossing
the Tamar River just north of the Trevallyn Power Station, length 40 km.
A preliminary assessment was undertaken of each of the above options considering

high-level opportunities and constraints.
Following the Tamar River Bed

This option has an increased total length of 9 kilometres over routes that are more
direct.
Among the alternatives considered were burial of the pipeline for its entire length, and
laying out the pipeline on the riverbed. If the pipeline route was to be dredged and the
pipe buried, the cost will be prohibitive. In addition, the environmental harm through

disturbing sedimentation could be extensive and over a considerable period. If the pipe
was to be laid on the riverbed it will increase draft difficulties for vessels navigating the
Tamar and be itself exposed to damage from larger vessels. The repair of damage will
be difficult and will put the operation of the pulp mill at risk following incidents that are
more significant. The pipe could form a barrier on the river bed for some aquatic
species.
Based on the likely significant construction costs and environmental impacts and
because it is a poor risk alternative in terms of possible pipe damage, this option was
not considered further.

480000 490000 500000 510000 520000
Bell Bay Pulp Mill

B
D
/
Ti
OA
EL
L
pp
OR
Y
A
LI N
og
LS
E
Ta
KE
0 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4

or
ma Proposed Pulp Mill

rR
ee
ive Kilometers
r
Hi
_
^ 1:160,000
Beauty Point
lls
R TH EA S T ER N LI
Rowella NO
5440000
5440000
Beaconsfield
Beaconsfield
NE
LI
RN
TE
AS
5430000
5430000
E
Gravelly Beach
R TH
NO
W
ES
T
TA
M
AR
IG
H
HW
A
Y
BE
LL
BA
YL
5420000
5420000
IN
_
^
E
LAUNCESTON
HOBART
S M AN H I G H
TA
FIGURE 10-4
WA
Y
Launceston
Date: 16/06/06
480000
Legend
490000
East Tamar Highway Water Route
500000
Future Urban
510000
Industrial
520000
WATER
_
^ Planning Scheme Zones
SUPPLY
Zone 55, GDA94 Approximate Site Location
Source: Rivers supplied by the LIST - www.thelist.tas.gov.au, East Tamar Highway Route Agricultural Rural Residential Maritime / Port and Marine
Roads and Rail data sourced from CData 2001, National/State Highway
Tamar River Route Rural Particular Use / Special Use / Utility Services Recreation / Tourism
all other infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd. Major Road
West Tamar Highway Route Open Space Not Zoned (See ordinance)
OPTIONS
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_1\ Business / Commercial
fig10_4_water_supply_options.mxd Railway
Residential / Village Forest Practices
Effluent Pipeline
Following a route up the West Tamar Highway
A preliminary assessment was undertaken of likely route alternatives for this option.
The West Tamar Highway has areas of narrow road easement requiring access to a
significant number of private properties and consequential impacts and access
disturbance.
The cost and technical difficulty of crossing the Tamar towards its mouth where the
river is wider and deeper weighs against this option. One alternative crossing will be to
attach the pipeline to the Batman Bridge. Given the significant length of pipe and the
equivalent volume, such an option will require downgrading the load bearing capacity
of the bridge. Given that the Batman Highway is a significant freight corridor, this
option was considered unacceptable.
Horizontal Direct Drilling (HDD) was considered. With the alignment of the crossing at
right angles to the river flow, laying the pipe on the riverbed is not acceptable because
of the high risk of damage, particularly during flood events and from shipping. HDD of
the diameter and length required has not been undertaken before, and the costs
associated with such an option, particularly given the geology of the region, is likely to
be prohibitive. As the drilling option was considered technically unfeasible, this option
was not considered further.
Because potential landholder impacts were considered significant, and because the
Tamar River crossing was unfeasible, this option was not considered further.
Following a route adjacent to the railway line on the eastern side of the Tamar
River
This option has an increased total length of 5 kilometres over shorter routes. At roughly
$1 M per km of pipeline, this option represents an additional cost to the project of $5 M.
The railway line easement is typically 40 metres wide, sufficient to construct the water
pipeline where the land is relatively flat. This route also avoids the large number of
underground services encountered on the road easement route. However, most of this
route traverses an embankment, a cutting, a bridge, a tunnel or a hillside as shown in
Photographic Sheet 10-1. Each of these conditions will force the pipeline and/or the
easement into adjacent private land and makes construction and access difficult. This
occurs because the railway line gradient is very limited and must, in the main, follow
the natural contours.
The above constraints will make construction extremely difficult and costly, without the
benefit of reducing impacts on private landholders. Therefore, it has not been
considered further.

Tunnels on the Bell Bay Line
A section of cutting on the Bell bay Line

Photosheet 10-1
Following the East Tamar Highway road easement after crossing the Tamar
River just north of the Trevallyn Power Station
This option was first considered a preferred scenario, as it appeared that no private
lands will need to be accessed. On closer examination, however, significant constraints
were identified along sections of the Highway. These constraints included:
Underground telecommunications services;
The existing Esk water pipeline;
Power lines;
Roadside buildings; and
Lack of room on the road easement in many areas, making this option very difficult.
Even where there is room for the water pipeline within the road easement, a
construction easement on adjacent private land will be required in many locations. As
a result of the pipe size, a work area 15 to 20 metres in width is required for the trench,
the spoil, room to string the pipe ahead of laying and the lifting equipment to lay the
pipe. Room for required vehicles involved in the pipe laying is also necessary. As the
roadside vegetation has been protected from grazing in some areas, it contains flora of
significant value compared to the grazing lands that dominate land outside the road
reserve. Disruption to vehicular traffic during construction will also be considerable in
these narrow sections.
Given the constraints along sections of the Highway corridor, alternative alignments
were sought for some sections. The resultant option below is the preferred option.
Following the East Tamar Highway, then the Esk Water Pipeline from Dilston
after crossing the Tamar River just north of the Trevallyn Power Station.
This option recognises the need to move away from the road easement in some areas,
necessitating utilisation of private lands. The Esk Water pipeline follows the Highway
between Launceston and George Town in some sections, but deviates in others to
connect to storage reservoirs and to follow a more direct route.
Given that access to private land for this pipeline may be required, co-locating services
with the existing Esk Water pipeline is in the interest of potentially affected landholders.
Landowners will like the two water pipelines as close together as possible to minimise
restrictions on their use of their land. However, Esk Water is concerned about damage
to its 53-year old water pipeline during the construction and operation of the new
pipeline. There will be rock excavation required, and blasting will be necessary.
Blasting procedures in accordance with Australian Standards will be applied to manage
the risk of damage, both immediate and latent, to the older pipeline.
Based on this approach, the preferred pipeline alignment, as discussed in Section 1.2
of this Volume and in detail in Volume 3, was identified.

10.6.2 Tamar River Crossing
In identifying the preferred option above, a crossing of the Tamar River at Launceston
was required. Gunns considered three potential crossing locations.
South of the Trevallyn Power Station

The first crossing alignment considered was directly opposite the Trevallyn power
station after passing the power station to the south. There are however significant
constraints to an underground route in this area due to large numbers of major
underground electrical cables. A large section of above ground pipe would form an
unsightly and nuisance barrier. There is also a belt of Melaleuca ericafolia along the
river foreshore which is considered to have relatively high importance for bank stability
and aesthetics. Removal of a substantial width of this vegetation would be required to
allow construction of the pipeline.
There are also constraints on this alignment on the eastern banks of the Tamar. The
opposite bank around the Grammer boat shed in tightly constrained by the East Tamar
Highway. A 0.5 kilometre section of the pipeline immediately to the north of the
Grammar boat shed would be forced back into the river by lack of suitable space and
footings. This route was discounted for these reasons and because of the larger
riparian impact.
North of the Trevallyn Power Station

The second and third options considered both pass to the north of the Trevallyn Power
station where underground cables are less prevent and the above ground portion of
the pipe would be minimal and out of the way (adjacent to the power station building).
The second route would then pass on the south-east side of the Tamar Cut before
crossing the river. The area between the Cut and the Tamar River is an established
wetland area. Environmental and construction constraints in this area preclude this
option.
The third (and preferred) route considered passes on the north-western side of the Cut
to avoid the wetland. Two options were then considered to cross the river. One was a
longer crossing to the north and the other was straight across. The subsequent
geotechnical investigation concluded that constructing the pipeline under the river
using HHD was not feasible and that dredging was the preferred method of crossing.
The shorter route across the river therefore has a reduced impact and this route was
chosen.
10.6.3 Tamar River Crossing Methodology
A full technical assessment of the Tamar River Crossing Assessment is provided in

Appendix 56, Volume 16, (Tamar River Crossing Pipeline Installation).

Construction Options
The nature and behaviour of silt in the estuary is a critical consideration for the water
supply pipeline crossing for four primary reasons:
1. The depth and degree of consolidation of the silt will influence the method of
installation of the pipeline;
2. There is a potential for the pipeline to be subject to vertical bending stresses due to
gravity if the silt has inadequate bearing strength to carry the pipe;
3. There is a potential for silt on the bed of the estuary to be scoured, thereby
potentially exposing the pipeline to lateral bending stresses from water currents,
and possibly also vertical stresses due to gravity if the pipe is undercut; and
4. There is a potential for silt to be lifted into the water column during pipeline
installation, to be carried downstream where it may be deposited in navigation
channels and/or wildlife areas, causing physical impacts and possibly
environmental impacts due to anthropogenic contaminants in the silt.
Areas of the estuary silt bed rise and fall. For example, a loss of 0.5 to 0.8 m observed
over a period of about a year was followed by a gain of a similar amount when
resurveyed 3 years later. Monitoring over the last 3 years has shown changes of up to
1 m in places, and numerical modelling suggests that scour in Home Reach (about
2 km upstream of the crossing point) may be as much as 1.7 m in flood flows.
Between Home Reach and Tamar Cut the estuary has cyclic deposition patterns, while
from Tamar Cut to beyond Tamar Island mudflats are generally accreting.
Although scour at the pipeline crossing point is likely to be less because of a greater
river cross sectional area, allowing for a scour of up to 1.5 m over and above a normal
rise and fall of up to 1 m (ie. a total of 2.5 m below the sediment surface) at the
crossing point would be a prudent design measure.
Allowing for an additional risk buffer of 1 m, the minimum depth of burial of the top of
the pipe should therefore be 3.5 m. The pipe will be 1 m in diameter, so the bottom of
the pipe must be 4.5 m below the surface of the silt. Allowing a further 0.5 m buffer for
estuary bed irregularities means that the bottom of the pipe would need to be
approximately 5 m below the silt surface. Silt and/or soft clay depths range from
approximately 15 m on the western side to 6 m in the middle of the main channel to 7
m on the eastern side.
Tunnelling under the silt (thereby avoiding its disturbance) presents severe technical
difficulties and would be very costly. Some form of dredge installation through the silt
is therefore necessary.
Standard dredging for pipeline installation involves removing spoil to create an open
trench, laying the pipeline and then returning the spoil to the trench to bury the
pipeline. If this method were used for the Tamar crossing, the spoil would need to be
stored on the river flats, adjacent to the trench. The trench would need to be capable

of standing open for long enough for it to be completed and the pipeline laid. Because
of the nature of the silt, this is considered to be problematic.
The silt is only weakly cohesive, and the underwater equilibrium slope (angle of
repose) is only 14o. If the base of an open trench needed to be, say, 3 m wide, and it
was 5 m below the surface of the silt, the required trench width at the silt surface would
need to be almost 50 m.
For a nominal trench length of 300 m (which includes the transitions on either side of
the river), a nominal 30,000 m3 of silt would need to be removed for storage on the
river flats. In practice, much greater volumes would need to be removed because the
trench would infill as it is being excavated. The amount of infill would depend on how
long it takes to excavate the trench, the time it is kept open and estuary flow conditions
during this time.
Volumes would also increase due to the intertidal equilibrium being only 5o. Where the
trench cut through intertidal areas it would need to be over 100 m wide for the sides to
remain stable while the pipe was being laid.
Storage of silt in ponds on the river bank is a routine activity associated with
navigational dredging. However, these ponds would need to be on the western bank
of the estuary, which is freehold agricultural land. An alternative would be to store the
silt in the nearby Tamar Cut but past proposals to use the Cut for silt storage have
been rejected due to heritage considerations.
The silt storage would need to be permanent. Return of the silt to back fill the trench
would not be viable. The silt simply would neither settle nor consolidate quickly
enough.
Rather than settling to fill the tench, returned silt would be carried downstream and/or
upstream with currents, and in time be deposited elsewhere.
Back filling the trench with imported fill would also be problematic. Dumped rock would
settle down through the underlying silt, and a much greater volume of rock than the
nominal 30,000 m3 trench volume would be required. Backfilling an underwater trench
with such large volumes of rock would also be a major materials handling task.
The most practical way to back fill an open trench would be to allow it to refill naturally
by bed flow. This is not through settlement of suspended or scoured silt but rather
through bed load movement. Over time, the profile of the estuary bed would reshape
in response to the excavation, gradually filling in the trench. Trials with silt traps in the
estuary have shown that deep holes refilled within 2 to 3 years. A pipeline trench
would probably take longer to completely fill because it would be constructed to the
angle of repose of 14o, in contrast to the silt traps, which were probably dredged with
higher bank angles. Nevertheless, the pipeline would be covered relatively quickly,
possibly within months.

However, the large scale removal of silt necessary to form an open trench carries a
considerable risk of destabilising the estuary banks, particularly if more than the
nominal volume needs to be removed in order to counter infilling during trench opening
and then natural infilling is relied upon after the pipe has been laid. Infilling would
source silt from adjacent areas of the estuary bed and banks. On the eastern side of
the crossing, the East Tamar Highway runs alongside the estuary, and could
potentially be undercut if silt moves from the banks to fill the trench.
An area of Stephensons Bend, close upstream of the crossing point already has a
notable area of erosion, possibly due to direct impacts from the Trevallyn Power
Station discharge.
Construction of the pipeline crossing by open trenching is therefore not favoured. The
preferred construction method is some form of in situ trenching, by which the pipe is
sunk through the silt into the estuary bed without bulk silt removal.
The most prospective installation method is jet trenching.
Jet Trenching
Jet trenching injects air or water by air lifts, water eductors or submersible pumps to
liquefy sediment in situ. Depending on the particular form of jet trenching, the liquefied
sediment can either be removed from the trench by displacement or pumping or left in
place to allow the pipeline to sink down into it under gravity. In the latter case, a jetting
machine rolls back and forth along the pipeline to excavate the trench and allow the
pipeline to sink.
Jet trenching has two important attractions for this project. Firstly, it can allow the
trench width to be only 2 to 3 m rather than the 50 m or more that would be required for
open trenching, given the low angle of repose of the silt. Secondly, the characteristics
of the silt make it suitable for sinking the pipeline down through liquefied silt, thereby
avoiding the need to remove the silt from the trench. The silt has low cohesion and
already has a high moisture content, and liquefaction should be simple and rapid.
Jet trenching will therefore reduce the disturbance of the estuary bed to a minimum.
There are different types of jet trenching.
For the Tamar crossing, water jetting is preferred over air jetting. Air jetting would lift
sediment particles into the water column on bubbles and result in a higher turbidity
than water jetting.
The most commonly used on-surface form of jetting uses a machine that is pulled
back and forth on wheels or a sled along the sediment surface over the top of the
pipeline, with lances protruding into the sediment either side of the pipe. Powerful
jets of water (or air) are injected through these lances to liquefy the sediment. The
lances need to be long enough to extend to the depth of the desired trench. The
pipeline sinks as the sediment is progressively liquefied. In this form, the trenching
machine and the pipeline are not connected.

An alternative on-pipe form of jetting uses a smaller machine that is connected to the
pipeline by rollers. The machine is pulled back and forth along the pipeline on these
rollers, injecting water below the pipe, which progressively sinks. The jetting machine
stays with the pipe as it sinks through the sediment, continuing to roll back and forth.
The buoyancy of the pipe can be controlled by adding water and the jetting machine is
stabilised by buoyancy tanks. Once the pipe (and machine) have reached the desired
depth, the jetting machine can be recovered by pulling it along the pipeline to where it
emerges from the sediment.
The on-pipe form is only suited to certain sediment and pipe types. Not only do the
sediments need to be suitable for easy liquefaction but they also need to be weak
enough to allow the machine to be pulled through them without requiring such a pulling
force that the pipe could be damaged. Similarly, the pipe itself needs to be large and
strong enough to allow the machine to roll along it accurately and to withstand the
pulling forces exerted. Typical jetting machines are 4 to 6 m long, weigh between 3
and 9 tonnes and require a pulling force of 1 to 5 tonnes.
Although the final form of jet trenching used will be subject to what is offered by the
successful design and construct tenderer, it is expected that both the sediments and
the pipe for the Tamar crossing are well suited to an on-pipe water jetting machine.
10.7 Effluent Pipeline Corridor Selection Assessment
10.7.1 Effluent Disposal Options
The pulp mill will produce effluent that, after biological treatment at the on-site
wastewater treatment plant, will require disposal. Three options were considered for
the disposal of the treated effluent:
Discharge to the Tamar River;
Reuse for irrigation; and
Discharge to Bass Strait through an ocean outfall.
Tamar River
Whilst the Tamar River is a significant body of water and is extremely well mixed
because of high tidal flows, discharge to the river was considered an unacceptable
option due to:
High recreational use within 10 km of the potential discharge location and
consequent significant public opposition to discharge into the river;
Potential implications for the tourism industry from perceived environmental
impacts;
Perceived environmental impacts on estuarine habitats downstream of the site;
The proximity to existing aquaculture activities within a 2 km radius of the potential
discharge location; and

Residual distrust of industrial discharge given the historical water quality problems
from existing industries.
Given these significant issues, discharge to the Tamar River was not considered
further.
Use for Irrigation of Treated Effluent Water

A preferable environmental solution for disposal of the treated effluent will be to use
the water for irrigation (for example for plantation timber) and land based disposal. Use
for irrigation of treated effluent, both municipal and industrial, is becoming a more
acceptable solution than discharging to water. Such a use of the treated pulp mill
effluent was considered, with a number of issues identified as potential constraints.
These included:
The treated effluent has a total dissolved salt (TDS) content of 2,190 mg/l. This is
too high for sustainable application to Tasmanian soils by way of irrigation for a
period of at least 30 years and possibly longer;
The area required to dispose of the pulp mill discharge will be many thousands of
hectares of suitable land (based on criteria such as soil type and topography). Such
an area needs to be available and the appropriate reticulation systems needs to be
established to get the effluent to each site and within each site. It is unlikely that a
consolidated area of suitable and available land will be found, and therefore several
separate areas will need to be considered. The cost of such a system is likely to be
prohibitive; and
Irrigation cannot occur all year round. Typically, irrigation during the the wetter
winter months, for approximately three months, is not possible as the soils are
sufficiently moist and additional waters could be detrimental to soil condition and
plant growth. If an ocean outfall is not incorporated into the project, wet weather
storage of three months capacity is required. Whether a single site or multiple
storage sites were used, the area required for such storage will be significant (in the
order of 6.5 Gl), expensive and have associated environmental implications.
Therefore, an irrigation option for disposal of the pulp mill effluent is not considered
economically or environmentally viable.
Discharge to Bass Strait

The third option was the discharge of the effluent to the ocean (Bass Strait). This was
considered the only viable alternative as it will enable cost effective disposal of treated
effluent into a receiving environment that has the capacity rapidly to dilute and disperse
the discharge with minimal environmental impacts. It is also an option consistent with
the Emissions Guidelines. This option has been further developed and assessed in the
Draft IIS.

10.7.2 Effluent Pipeline Route Selection
This section discusses the assessment of alignments for both the terrestrial pipeline
and the ocean outfall pipeline.
Identification of the preferred alignment for the pipeline considered the following
constraints (Figure 10-5):
The location of an ocean outfall site was constrained by the need to remain on the
east side of the Tamar River, to avoid having to construct the pipeline under the
river with additional environmental and economic costs. To minimise social and
environmental disturbance, it was also necessary to avoid populated areas such as
George Town and Low Head.
The alignment should avoid smaller communities such as Bellbuoy Beach.
The alignment should avoid the Stony Head Military Range where the risk of
unexploded ordinance is unacceptable.
The alignment should remain at lower elevation to avoid high pumping pressures
with associated high power consumption, pipeline cost and inundation impact in the
event of a pipe failure.
The recommendation that a suitable minimum depth for an ocean outfall for this
project should be at least in 20 m of water.
Ideally, the pipeline should be the shortest route affecting the lowest number of
landowners and causing the least disturbance to the existing landscape.
The offshore alignment should avoid areas of ecological significance.
The shore crossing should be located to minimise environmental harm in terms of
the immediate environment but also to minimise the extent of the construction
footprint to the maximum extent possible within the topography and engineering
constraints.
Rocky reefs and platforms should be avoided to minimise environmental harm and
the need for significant blasting.
The offshore section of pipeline should be located in an area where it can
adequately be secured and protected from currents and sediments.
The marine environment within the mixing zone should not be ecologically
significant.
The route should avoid the offshore alignments of both the Basslink and Alinta Gas
corridors.
Shore Crossing and Ocean Outfall

It was recognised that the most sensitive environments likely to be impacted upon by
the construction and operation of the pipeline were the marine environment and the
foreshore crossing. It was therefore, determined that selection of the offshore
alignment and the coastal crossing will be the key factors in defining the overall
pipeline alignment.

470000 480000 490000 500000 510000
Bell Bay Pulp Mill

/
0 0.6 1.2 1.8 2.4 3
Kilometers
1:150,000
5460000
5460000
Five Mile Bluff
Bass Strait
Stony Head
Artillery Range
Low Head
LO
W
HE
AD R
OA D
Greens Beach
George Town
5450000
5450000
B
D
OA
EL
L
OR
Ti
B
Y
pp
LIN
LS
o
KE
go
Ta Proposed Pulp Mill
ma
eer
r Ri
ve
Hi
r
lls
Beauty Point _
^
Rowella
_
^
LAUNCESTON
5440000
5440000
Beaconsfield
Beaconsfield
HOBART
FIGURE 10-5
EFFLUENT
PIPELINE
Date: 16/06/06
470000
Legend
480000 490000 500000 510000
ALIGNMENT
Zone 55, GDA94
Source: Rivers supplied by the LIST - www.thelist.tas.gov.au,
Roads and Rail data sourced from CData 2001,
_
^ Approximate Site Location
River
Landfill Boundary
National/State Highway
OPTION
MAP
all other infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd. Major Road
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_1\ Outfall
fig10_5_effluent_pipeline_alignment_option_map.mxd Railway
Effluent Pipeline
workers_accommodation_disturbed
Water Supply Pipeline
490000
Bell Bay Pulp Mill

0
/
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
Kilometers
1:40,000
41
AC17
#
*
42
AC18
#
*
43
AC19
#
*
5460000
5460000
44
AC20
_
^ #
*
LAUNCESTON
HOBART
Five Mile Bluff
FIGURE 10-6
OCEAN
Date: 16/06/06
Legend
#
* Basslink - Route Positions
490000
OUTFALL
_
^ Offshore Details
Zone 55, GDA94 High Profile Reef
LOCATION
Approximate Site Location
Basslink Offshore Alignment
Source: Rivers supplied by the LIST - www.thelist.tas.gov.au, River
Roads and Rail data sourced from CData 2001, Land Mass
offshore details supplied by DPIWE, Outfall
Low Profile Reef
MAP
all other infrastructure supplied by Gunns Pty Ltd. Effluent Pipeline
File: M:\41\14346\gis\map\final\vol_1\ No Data
fig10_6_ocean_outfall_location_map.mxd National/State Highway
Sediment
Major Road
Assuming a coastal crossing east of the Tamar River mouth, potential locations are
restricted to sites between Four Mile Bluff (to avoid the residential community at
Bellbuoy Beach) and Stony Head. Within this area, the specific location is constrained
by the Basslink and Alinta corridors. The Four Mile Beach headlands are not feasible
as they consist of solid rock platforms (that will require extensive blasting and rock
breaking. This is not environmentally or economically acceptable. In addition, the
headlands are elevated, and this will result in significantly increased construction
footprints in order to maintain the horizontal and vertical grades required for a large
diameter pipe.
Offshore, the area around Four Mile Beach consists of a mosaic of low and high profile
reefs identified in both the Basslink and Alinta (Duke Energy) impact studies (Figure
10-6). These studies identified the higher profile reefs as having greater ecological
value in that they are less dynamic than the lower profile reefs and, therefore, were not
subject to constant disturbance from storm events and coastal processes, resulting in a
richer species composition.
Taking into account the need for appropriate buffers to both Basslink and gas pipeline,
and distance to the required 20 m water depth, the least constrained area was
identified as being between the Basslink cable and Five Mile Bluff. An alignment
minimising potential impacts to the high profile reefs was identified and a marine
ecological survey was undertaken on that alignment to confirm the potential receiving
environment.
Based on this information, the location of the outfall, marine alignment and shoreline
crossing were identified.
Pipeline Alignment
Any alignment chosen for the effluent pipeline was required to minimise disturbance
and, by co-locating the route with existing infrastructure corridors, to limit both
environmental and social impacts, including those on affected landowners. Given the
proximity of the Basslink and Alinta corridors at Four Mile Beach, options that utilised
these corridors were initially considered.
The initial route identified for the effluent pipeline proposed to utilise the existing Alinta
(formerly Duke Energy International) pipeline easement constructed for the Tasmania
Natural Gas Project (TNGP) from 2001 to 2003. The easement is 21 metres wide and
passes through land of varying tenure and use. The pipe within this easement is
positioned to one side, as a second gas pipeline had been considered, but Alinta have
now forfeited that option.
In light of the unutilised space in the Alinta easement and the suitability of the route
taken by this pipeline from Bell Bay to Four Mile Beach, it was proposed that the
effluent pipeline for the pulp mill could utilise the vacant half of the Alinta easement.
This option had the potential to reduce environmental disturbance, contain construction
costs and be convenient for construction access. However, Alinta have the legal right

to control construction within its easement and has formally refused permission for the
effluent pipeline to be located within that easement.
An alternative route following the Basslink powerlines from the Bridport Road north
was considered but this route passes across a ridge, with the high elevation and
associated pumping and operational costs making it unsuitable for further
consideration. This analysis made it clear that the effluent pipeline must pass to the
west of Mt George to keep it at the necessary low elevation and thus will pass the
outskirts of George Town.
The Alinta easement route was recognised as the favourable alternative, in that it will
result in minimal impact on residential areas, environmental impacts will be minimal as
most of the route is heavily disturbed including grazing land, and it met engineering
requirements being gravity fed and avoiding problematic design areas. To this end,
alternatives were sought which duplicated the Alinta alignment. The assessment was
undertaken by Gunns Limited with Hargrave Pipeline Group.
In considering the route, key selection criteria included:

Identifying available land suitable for a proposed route;
Utilising existing infrastructure corridors;
Considering best engineering design, constructability, capital and operation
(pumping) costs;
Avoiding areas of environmental or social sensitivity; and
Avoiding conflict with existing infrastructure.
In considering alignments, discussions with key authorities (Transend, Alinta, DIER,

and George Town Council) and dial-b-4-u-dig checks were undertaken. The proposed
corridor between the pulp mill and George Town was to follow the Alinta easement
from the Bell Bay Power Station along the East Tamar Highway. On assessment of the
existing infrastructure and road widths, and on advice from DIER, the alignment was
required to cross Donovans Bay as there was not sufficient available space within the
road easement to allow for both the pipeline and for future potential expansion of the
Highway. The pipeline was unable to be located east of the highway due to
topographical constraints. The route then follows the highway and the Alinta easement
through Lauriston Park to the Bridport Road turnoff. From there it runs under Bridport
Road to the east of the Bell Bay railway line until the railway line turns under the
Highway. The diversion to the railway corridor is proposed in order to avoid conflict
with the already congested power, water, gas and telecommunications infrastructure
located along this section of the highway. From that point, the pipeline continues north
along the eastern side of the main road to the Caltex service station.
It then runs northeast down unmade road reserves, then runs north through to North
Street, avoiding residential areas within George Town. From there, it crosses private
land to Aerodrome Road and runs on or adjacent to the road easement until near to
the coast. This option minimises impacts to private landholders by keeping the
alignment primarily within the road reserve.

Shore Crossing Method
Pipeline construction methods that are generally utilised for shoreline crossings of this
nature are:
Horizontal Directional Drilling
Open Cut Trenching
Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD)

Concept Description
The construction concept underlying this method is based on the following main
activities (Appendix 52, Volume 16) :pre-fabrication of pipeline string onshore;
drilling a pilot hole from onshore to a point offshore, with a diameter of
approximately 250 300 mm using a slant-drilling rig. The pilot hole drilling
operation is steerable;
reaming the pilot hole to a size which can accommodate the pipeline, usually
between 200 400 mm (depending on pipe diameter and geotechnical conditions)
in excess of the pipeline diameter;
installation of the pipeline into the reamed borehole by one of the following methods
(all of which have been applied successfully on pipeline projects worldwide):
a winch pontoon pulls the pipe into the borehole from onshore to offshore using
a steel wire rope (as pictured in the cartoons in Appendix 52, Volume 16);
an onshore thrusting machine pushes the pipe inside the borehole from onshore
to offshore;
the pipeline string is towed out over the beach and seabed surface, positioned
behind the subsea exit point of the borehole, and subsequently pulled back
inside the borehole from offshore to onshore using the drilling rig.
Many drilled shore crossings have experienced significant problems, causing delays
ranging from several months to well over a year, sometimes creating the need to revert
to a traditional open-cut trenching method. The technical reasons for problems met
during HDD projects are in most cases related to ground conditions. Other reasons can
be improper engineering and construction practices applied to a project.
Site conditions that greatly affect the feasibility of HDD are:

Presence of gravel banks, cobbles, fractured rock and/or cavities in the drilling
trajectory. The drilled and reamed borehole is supported only by drilling fluid and
the described ground conditions will cause this fluid to seep away from the
borehole, with a consequent very high risk of borehole collapse.
Where onshore topography and near shore bathymetry requires the drilling length
to be in excess of approximately 1000 - 1500 metres, (depending on ground
conditions and pipeline borehole diameter)., Drilling lengths of around 2 km have
been achieved in the recent past for crossing rivers (land-to-land drillings).
However, drilled pipeline installations across shorelines are much more problematic

because one end of the crossing is located under water, in often-hostile sea state
conditions (large waves and/or strong currents). This reduces achievable drilling
length.
Feasibility
HDD is not a viable method for the installation of the outfall pipeline across the shore,
for the following reasons:
Ground conditions present at the site, consisting of highly weathered, fractured and
vesicular basalt rock, with the potential presence of a palaeo-channel and the
consequent presence of cobble and gravel beds along the drilling alignment
(Appendix 52, Volume 16),will pose extremely high risks of failure of this installation
method, particularly considering the large diameter borehole which is required.
The length of the outfall pipeline (approximately 2800 m) exceeds the length of
HDD feasibility, particularly considering the large diameter of the pipeline. For HDD
to be applied, the alignment will have to be partly drilled (e.g. out to the 10 m
watermark) with the remainder installed in a pre-dredged trench (i.e. dredging
equipment will be required for the remainder of the outfall section).
An HDD site footprint for this size project will require a flat hardstand area of
between 3000 m2 and 5000 m2. This includes an area for a water basin for storage
of fresh water for use during drilling and hole opening operations. An access track
suitable for heavy construction equipment will also need to be constructed from the
nearest main road to the site. To avoid major impact on the foreshore dunes, the
HDD entry point onshore will need to be located south of the dune area in the
agricultural land approximately 650 m from the shoreline. This additional length
further diminishes the feasibility of a drilled solution.
The pipeline string must be pre-fabricated in one continuous length, which offers
limited flexibility for the onshore stringing area.
The HDD exit point will have an angle with the seafloor of 4 degrees minimum,
which will create a large overbend in the pipeline, causing potential pipeline
installation and stabilisation problems.
Open Cut Trenching and Lay

Concept Description
The installation of a concrete weight-coated steel pipe is based on the following main
activities (Appendix 52, Volume 16):
pre-fabrication of pipeline string(s) onshore;
excavation of trench onshore and across the beach to the low water mark using
onshore based excavation equipment;
dredging of trench / seabed preparation offshore using dredging equipment;
launching of pipeline string(s) using winch-pontoon or similar;
trench backfill / onshore site restoration.

Alternatively, the outfall can be constructed using glass reinforced plastic (GRP) as the
pipeline material. The main benefit of a GRP pipeline is that it can be constructed
without the need for an onshore stringing and launching site. The pipe joints are laid in
a pre-dredged trench and connected to one another with diver assistance. This
operation is more sensitive to sea state conditions. The choice between steel and GRP
needs to be made with input on detailed ambient sea state conditions.
The technical feasibility of open-cut trenching is driven mainly by the combination of

geotechnical and ambient metocean conditions at the site. Based on the information
available, open-cut trenching is technically feasible and cost-effective.
Dredging is normally performed using shallow-water dredging equipment, such as a

cutter-suction dredge, or a clamshell or backhoe dredge. In this particular case,
backhoe dredging will be the most suitable method for the following reasons:
a backhoe dredge is capable of dredging weak and weathered rock, and can quite
easily be fitted with a subsea rock breaker when stronger rock pockets are
encountered;
the turbidity in the water column from the dredging operations is generally more
limited compared with other dredging methods;
a backhoe dredge has the ability to accurately create a relatively narrow trench;
a backhoe dredge is an effective tool to assist with trench backfill.
Pipestring Launching Concept
Long ocean outfalls constructed with concrete weight coated steel pipe are usually
launched into position from an onshore launchway (roller track) using the bottom-tow
method, whereby the pipeline is dragged along the trench bottom and/or seabed with a
specifically designed submerged weight.
Launching the pipeline string in floating mode is not favoured due to the following
considerable risks:
risk of string drifting laterally from the alignment under wave, wind and current
loading; and
risk of overstressing the pipe material and buckling the pipeline when filling with
water to sink the pipeline into the trench or onto the seabed during the installation
process.
Pipestringing
The outfall pipeline string will be pre-fabricated in several shorter lengths of 200-250 m
sections in view of the onshore environmental constraints and topography. A single
pipeline string will affect several identified environmentally sensitive areas.
The onshore alignment has been optimised to avoid the highly sensitive area south of
Aerodrome Road, and a technically suitable stringing and launching site has been
identified approximately 1 km onshore (Appendix 52, Volume 16). The alignment

minimises impact on the areas of threatened, rare and endangered flora species
(EPBC listed xanthorrhea species) as well as on a local heritage site.
Some excavation will be required through the onshore alignment because the bending
radius of the pipestring is 1,000 metres. Low terrain areas can be overcome by
constructing temporary steel towers. Where excavation is necessary, material will be
stockpiled in designated areas clear of identified sensitive vegetated communities.
Additionally, the stringing alignment is to be utilised for the onshore pipeline, with the
excavations for the stringing alignment used as part of the trench for the onshore
pipeline installation.
Application
The open-cut method is generally used when the following site conditions exist:
near shore shallow bathymetry and onshore moderate topography (area
immediately onshore elevated 10 15 m maximum above high water level);
any geotechnical condition which can readily be excavated and dredged with
reasonable effort (rock above a certain strength can be dredged but will have to be
fragmented by rock breaking or drilling and blasting prior to dredging);
ambient sea state not to exceed 0.5 0.6 m wave height and 4 5 seconds wave
period for at least 50 % of the time for a duration of between 4 6 months, be the
normal dredging period;
a relatively high tidal range generally facilitates open cut. At low tide, onshore
equipment can access the intertidal zone, whilst at high tide, floating equipment can
access this same area;
the construction footprint can be minimised through the environmentally sensitive
areas.
Based on available data the open-cut trenching method is a technically feasible and
cost effective means to construct the Pulp Mill Effluent Outfall.
10.8 Wharf Facility Site Selection

Operation of the pulp mill requires a wharf facility, including an integrated warehouse,
to allow export of the baled pulp. Options considered for the facility were conversion of
existing wharfs and construction of a new facility.
The warehouse is required to be co-located with the wharf to allow efficient loading of
vessels, at a rate of approximately 1,000 tonnes per hour. Pulp needs to be stored in a
warehouse to stockpile sufficient amounts for loading up to two vessels in immediate
succession (at 45,000 tonnes each) and to protect the pulp from weather and dust. The
latter can readily contaminate bales and result in lower sales prices.

It was initially proposed to utilise one of the existing woodchip wharfs which was to be
converted for pulp loading. This option was subsequently rejected given the high risk of
dust contamination from the adjacent woodchipping activities and stockpiles.
Alternative existing facilities were also considered. The nearby Bell Bay Port was
considered unsuitable as there was not sufficient available space within the port to
locate the warehouse facility. Also, the additional transport costs and logistics
associated with additional truck movements to the port were not favoured on economic
and transport safety grounds.
The existing wharf at Bell Bay Power Station was also considered, however this facility
was not available for use.
No other suitable sites could be identified within an acceptable distance from the mill
site.
As none of the nearby wharfs were suitable, construction of a greenfield wharf was
subsequently considered. Key criteria included:
Being in close proximity to the pulp mill;
Allow construction of a connecting road for use by trucks carrying baled pulp;
Deep water access (which minimises dredging requirements);
Sufficient area for location of the warehouse; and
Minimal environmental implications.
Such sites were available on the pulp mill site. In consultation with the Bell Bay Port,
and utilising available bathymetry, two sites were identified, one on each side of Dirty
Bay. The site north of Dirty Bay was identified as having the best offshore
characteristics and would not require dredging. Further, it avoided all identified
historical heritage sites which had been identified during the initial stages of the IIS
technical studies. Sufficient area could also be developed (utilising cut and fill) to locate
the warehouse.
Based on the above, the site north of Dirty Bay was identified as the preferred wharf
location.
10.9 Landfill Site Selection

The pulp mill was recognised to potentially generate significant volumes of waste for
which there was no viable reuse options (Appendix 55, Volume 16). Disposal of this
waste therefore was seen as a critical issue. Alternatives considered were the
utilisation of an existing facility or construction of a dedicated alternative. A detailed
assessment of alternative sites is provided in Appendix 55, Volume 16.
High-level site selection was governed by two conditions precedent:

The landfill will receive waste only from the pulp mill, whether as a dedicated landfill
or as a dedicated cell(s) within an existing landfill, and must have a capacity for at
least a 20 year life; and
The landfill must be located within economic transport proximity to the pulp mill and
minimise waste trucks travelling on public roads.
Within those conditions precedent, four candidate sites were considered.
Three of these sites had previously been identified as part of the (then) Department of
Environment and Land Managements (DELMs) Bell Bay Baseline Environmental
Monitoring Program (BBBEMP).
For that study, DELM nominated the Bell Bay Major Industrial Zone (BBMIZ) as the
initial area within which to locate a landfill site, and reduced that area to a preferred
target area based primarily on avoiding proximity to built up areas and reducing
visibility. The resultant preferred area covered the eastern third of the BBMIZ,
including sections of the Tippogoree Hills.
The BBBEMP study identified 10 potential sites within the Bell Bay area.
Eight site exclusion criteria were used by the BBBEMP to rule out potential sites:
1. Located within 500 m of a residential, rural/residential zone and areas reserved or
identified for future residential use.
2. Located in areas dedicated as freshwater, coastal and marine reserves; nature and
wildlife parks and reserves; world heritage areas; reserves significant to tourism.
3. An area recognised as being of substantial conservation significance for flora or
fauna.
4. Located within 10 km of any aerodrome used by piston or jet aircraft.
5. Located on land that forms a catchment supplying potable town water, within 10 km
of the supply offtake.
6. Located on or in wetlands and saltmarshes.
7. Located on low-lying land subject to flooding at or more frequently than 1 in 100
years.
8. Located on areas with landslip potential and high soil erosion (eg. granites,
sandstones and quartzites), sinkholes, limestone, highly fractured rock,
underground mining or along known fault lines.
Six additional site selection constraints were used by the BBBEMP:

1. Access: Areas readily accessible from the East Tamar Highway were preferred.
2. Land zoning: Areas within the BBMIZ were deemed to allow waste disposal as a
permitted use, whereas areas on land zoned agricultural were deemed to allow
waste disposal as a discretionary use. Areas within the BBMIZ were therefore
preferred.

3. Conservation values: Rare or endangered flora and fauna communities or high
quality habitats were to be avoided where possible.
4. Geological hazards: Geological hazards relevant to site selection included landslip
potential, erosion hazards, highly fractured rock, known fault lines, limestones and
mining activities.
5. Hydrogeological hazards: Hydrogeological hazards relevant to site selection
included water storages and catchments, wetlands, saltmarshes, flood plains and
groundwater migration pathways.
6. Geotechnical constraints: Geotechnical constraints relevant to site selection
included shallow rock, boulders, lack of clay, inadequate drainage crossfall (<1 %)
and steep slopes (>10 %).
On the basis of these criteria, the BBBEMP study reduced the initial 10 sites to 3
preferred sites, referred to here as BBB Site A, BBB Site B and BBB Site C. These are
shown in Figure 10-7.
Figure 10-7 Location of sites A, B and C identified by the Bell Bay Baseline
Environmental Monitoring Program as potential sites for an
industrial landfill.

Although the BBBEMP study was undertaken approximately 10 years ago, the
principal selection criteria remain valid, and are appropriate to the pulp mill solid waste.
Current site selection criteria are described in the Department of Primary Industries,
Water and Environments (DPIWEs) Landfill Sustainability Guide.
The landfill site selection criteria used by the BBBEMP 1996 study were consistent with
those specified by the 2004 Landfill Sustainability Guide. However, the Landfill
Sustainability Guide includes a number of additional criteria not explicitly considered by
the BBBEMP:
Presence of dune formations;
Sited in a deep valley or gully;
Geoconservation potential; and
Proximity to a potable groundwater aquifer.
None of these additional criteria diminish the worthiness of the three BBBEMP
candidate sites, and there is therefore no justification for revisiting the preselection
process that led to the identification of the three options.
Nevertheless, the three sites are located in gullies. The Landfill Sustainability Guide
notes that detailed engineering and hydrological design and modelling is required for
such locations. This would be undertaken as a matter of course during the detailed
design phase of the pulp mill project. At the current conceptual design stage, the
conceptual engineering and hydrological considerations of a gully siting are examined
and described in this report.
The fourth candidate site is adjacent to the current George Town Municipal Tip,
referred to here as GMT Site D, located at the foot of Mount George.
The scope for further alternative landfill sites that could meet the conditions precedent
is very limited, and certainly there are none that would have advantages over the four
candidate sites. Options are:
Adjacent to the pulp mill. This area has only a shallow soil layer, underlain by fresh
dolerite. Substantial excavation of the rock would be required to create landfill
cells. Locating a landfill here would also sterilise approximately 20 ha or more of
land from future higher value industrial use.
Cimitiere Plain. The transport distance to a site on the coastal plains north of
George Town would be in the order of 15+ km, which would incur a considerable
cost. Transport would also need to be through residential areas of George Town
itself. The soils of the plain are sandy, and would not be suitable for forming the
base and sides of landfill cells. Substantial quantities of clay would need to be
imported.
East of Tippogoree Hills (Dalrymple Road). The transport distance to a site along
Dalrymple Road, to the east of the Tippogoree Hills would be in the order of 15+
km, which incur a considerable cost. The soils of the plain are sandy, and would
not be suitable for forming the base and sides of landfill cells. Substantial quantities

of clay would need to be imported. The site would be within the Curries River
Reservoir water catchment, which is not a suitable location for a landfill.
Between East Arm and Batman Bridge. The transport distance to a site between
East Arm and the Batman Bridge would be in the order of 10+ km, which would
incur a considerable cost. This land in this area is high quality intensive grazing
property.
Opposite shore of Long Reach (Rowella). The transport distance to a site in the
Rowella area would be in the order of 15+ km, which would incur a considerable
cost. Transport would also need to be through rural residential areas along the
western shore of the Tamar River. The roads in this area are unsuited to heavy
vehicles. The site itself would need to be amongst rural residential properties and
vineyards.
Big Bay. Historically, the reclamation of Big Bay was considered as a disposal site
for waste from the Bell Bay power station. Although this site would be conveniently
located to the pulp mill, such reclamation would not be acceptable under
contemporary landfill siting standards or coastal protection policies.
Detailed evaluation of the above alternative sites is not justified due to their inherent
unsuitability as landfill locations for the pulp mill.
From the four candidate sites, a site selection process was undertaken in accordance
with DPIWEs 2004 Sustainability Guide for Siting, Design, Operation and rehabilitation
of Landfills, in accordance with the requirements of the Scope Guidelines (Appendix
55, Volume 16).
Site characteristics were described for each site, under the category headings of:
Geology, Hydrogeology, Surface Water, Land Use, Flora and Fauna, Heritage,
Infrastructure and Economics.
A comparative matrix of weighted risk scores is provided in Appendix 55, Volume 16
The three BBB sites clearly have advantages over the GMT site. There are only minor
differences between the three BBB sites themselves. A significant distinguishing
feature of BBB Site B, however, is that it has very low visibility potential whereas BBB
Site A and BBB Site C would be readily visible and difficult to screen. In addition, Site
C is well suited as a potential water storage dam site, which may be required in the
future.
On the basis of the comparison and its low visibility advantages, BBB Site B has been
adopted as the preferred site.
10.10 Workers Accommodation Facility

Four sites were considered for the location of the workers accommodation facility (refer
Appendix 37, Volume 14).

Land adjacent to George Town sports complex
This site is directly adjacent to an existing sports complex in George Town. The site
was attractive because:
The site is adjacent to rural areas;
sporting complex amenities could be utilised by residents; and
additional amenities could be built as permanent structures with a long-term benefit
to the local community.
The owner of the land was approached but the proposal was not accepted.
Land north of George Town

This site is approximately half way between George Town and Low Head and was
considered suitable due to its size and location. However, two significant drawbacks
were identified:
it would require service infrastructure (eg. a sewerage pipeline) to traverse
neighbouring land; and
workers residing in the facility would need to travel through George Town to get to
and from the pulp mill site each day.
Hence this option was not progressed.
Land south of George Town

The site is adjacent to a rural and residential area. However, there were serious
drawbacks to this site:
the site was in close proximity to rural residential neighbours on all sides;
there are major land constraints involving the existence of a creek and undulating
topography that would have limited the useability of the site.
Hence this option was not progressed.
Proposed site George Town

The proposed site was selected because:
it is of acceptable size, location and topography;
it is adjacent to, but not directly within, George Town residential and CBD areas;
it is located on the pulp mill side of George Town, thus avoiding adverse traffic
impacts on the town;
allows for long term use of the site;
would indirectly provide quality serviced industrial land (once decommissioned)
which would be available to industries attracted to George Town as a result of the
pulp mill; and
it is located adjacent to Main Road (the East Tamar Highway) and has good access
to necessary services.

11. Abbreviations
Table 12 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Definition
A
a annum
A Acid stage in bleaching, area
A&NZ Australian and New Zealand
AA active alkali, AA=NaOH+Na2S
AAPC Australian Aluminium Production Commission (now Comalco)
AAS Australian Amalgated Stevedores
ABS Australian Bureau of Statistics
ADI Acceptable daily intake
ADt Air (90%) dry tonne
ADt/a Air dry tonnes per annum
ADtbl Air (90%) dry ton, bleached
AET Alliance for Environmental Technology
AFS Australian Forestry Standard
AGSO Australian Geological Survey Organisation
AGV Air guideline value
AHD Australian Height Datum
Al Aluminium
Al2(SO4)3 Aluminium sulphate (alum)
ALARP As low as reasonably practical
AMC Australian Maritime College
AMSA Australian Maritime Safety Authority
AMT Accepted modern technology
ANOVA Analysis of Variance
ANZECC Australia and New Zealand Environmental Conservation Council
AOX Absorbable organic halogens
APIA Australian Petroleum Industry Association
AQ Anthraquinone
AQIS Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service
AQMS Air Quality Monitoring Station
ARMCANZ Agriculture and Resource Management Council of Australia and New
Zealand
AS Australian Standard
ASL Above sea level
ASS Acid Sulphate Soils
ATSDR Agency for Toxic Disease Registry (United States)
AUD Australian dollar
B
bar(a) Pressure (absolute)
bar(g) Pressure (gauge)
BAF Bioaccumulation factor
BAT Best available technology
BCC Bioaccumulative chemicals of concern
BCF Bioconcentration factor
BCTMP Bleached chemi-mechanical pulp
BDS Bone dry solids
BDt Bone (100 %) dry tonne

BDU Bone dry unit
BEK Bleached eucalyptus kraft
BEKP Bleached eucalypt kraft pulp
BFB Bubbling fluidised bed combustion boiler
BFP BFP Consultants Pty Ltd
BHKP Bleached hardwood kraft pulp
BKME Bleached Kraft mill effluent
BKP Bleached Kraft pulp
BL Black liquor
BLEVE Boiling liquid expanding vapor explosion
BMF Biomagnification factor
BOD Biological oxygen demand
BOD5 Biological oxygen demand, five day test, SCAN-W 5:71
BOM Bureau of Meteorology
BoP Balance of plant
Boral Boral Forest Resources
BP Before present
BPEM Best practice environmental management
BPR Boiling point rise
BPT Best practicable technology
BSAF Biota-to-sediment accumulation factor
BSKP Bleached softwood Kraft pulp
BSS Bed shear stress
BTEX Butyl, Toluene, Ethylene, Xylene
BTRE Bureau of Transport and Regional Economics
BW Body weight
BWDSS Ballast Water Decision Support System
C
C Chlorination stage in bleaching, carbon, concentration
C Celsius-degree
CBS Bed sediment bulk density
CF COPC Concentration in fish
CFish Concentration of contaminant in fish
CFish n Contaminant concentration in top predator fish
Cl Total concentration of a chemical in whole organism/tissue divided by the
lipid fraction
Cs Total concentration of a chemical in sediment
Csb Concentration of contaminant sorbed to bottom (bed) sediment
Csoc Total concentration of a chemical in sediment divided by the fraction of
organic carbon in sediment.
Cw tot Total water concentration
Ca2CO3 Calcium carbonate (lime stone)
CAGR Compound annual growth rate
Ca(HSO3)2 Calcium bisulphite
Ca(OH)2 Calcium hydroxide
CAMBA Agreement between the Government of Australia and the Government of
the Peoples Republic of China for the Protection of Migratory Birds and
their Environment
CaO Calcium oxide (burnt lime)
CAR Comprehensive, Adequate, Representative
CCT Corrugated crush test (edgewise compression strength measurement)
CCTV Closed-circuit television system
CE CE marking (product meets the requirements of all relevant European
Directives)

CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan
CEN Committee Europ de Normalisation
CEO Chief Executive Officer
CFCs Chlorofluorocarbons
CGE Computable general equilibrium
(CH3)2S Di-methyl sulphide
(CH3)2S2 Di-methyl disulphide
CH3SH Methanethiol
CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Flora and
Fauna
Cl2 Chlorine (gas)
ClO2 Chlorine dioxide (gas)
CMT Crisis Management Team
CNCG Concentrated non-condensable gases
CO Carbon monoxide
CoA Co-enzyme A
CoC Chain of Custody
CO(NH2)2 Urea
CO2 Carbon dioxide
CO3 Carbonate
COD Chemical oxygen demand
CODcr COD, chromium measurement method
COPC Chemical of potential concern
CR Consumption rate
CRA Comprehensive Regional Assessment
CSIRO Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation
Cth Commonwealth
D
d day(s)
D Chlorine dioxide stage in bleaching
DI Daily intake of contaminant
dbs Depth of upper benthic sediment layer
dwc Depth of water column
D0 First chlorine dioxide stage in bleaching
D1 Second chlorine dioxide stage in bleaching
D2 Third chlorine dioxide stage in bleaching
dB Decibel
dB(A) Sound pressure level units (A scale)
DCS Distributed control system; data collection system
DD Drum displacement (washer); double disc (refiner)
DDE Dichloro-diphenyl-ethane
DDT Dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane
DEH Commonwealth Department of Environment and Heritage
DELM Department of Environment and Land Management
DEM Digital elevation model
DF Dilution factor
dia Diameter
DIAR Draft Integrated Assessment Report
DIER Department of Infrastructure, Energy and Resources
dm3 Cubic decimetre
DMS Dimethyl sulphide; document management system
DN Diameter nominal (pipes)
DNCG Diluted non-condensable gases

DO Dissolved oxygen
DPHTA Tasmanian Department of Parks, Heritage, Tourism and the Arts
DPIWE Tasmanian Department of Primary Industry, Water and Environment
DR Displacement ratio
DS Dry solid; dissolved solid; degree of substitution
DTAE Tasmanian Department of Tourism, Arts and the Environment
DTPA Diethylene triamine penta acetate
DVD Digital versatile disk
DWT Dead weight tonne
E
E Alkaline extraction stage in bleaching; E-value (washing efficiency)
EA Effective alkali, EA=NaOH+1/2Na2S
EC Electrical conductivity; Environment Canada
ECL Electrical conductivity level
EC50 Chronic toxicity- median effective concentration (required to induce a 50%
effect)
ECF Elemental chlorine free
EDD Electronic device description
EDTA Ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid
EEC Exclusive Economic Zone
EFTPOS Electronic Funds Transfer at Point Of Sale
EHV Extra high voltage
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EIL Environmental investigation level
EIP Environmental Improvement Programs
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EMPCA or Tasmanian Environmental Management and Pollution Control Act 1994
EMPC Act
EMS Environmental Management System
EOP Oxygen and peroxide enhanced alkali extraction stage in bleaching
EPA Environmental Protection Agency (or Authority)
EPBCA or Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act
EPBC Act 1999
EPNs Environment Protection Notices
EPP Environment Protection Policy
ER Environmental Representative
ERP Enterprise resource planning; emergency response plan
ESA Commonwealth Endangered Species Act 1992
ESD Ecologically sustainable development
ESFM Ecologically sustainable forest management
ESP Electrostatic precipitator
ETM Elaborately transformed manufactures
ETP Effluent treatment plant
EU European Union
EVCs Ecological Vegetation Communities
F
fl Lipid fraction
foc Fraction of organic carbon in sediment
fbc Fraction of total water body contaminant concentration sorbed to bed
sediment
FAO Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations
FBE Fusion bonded epoxy
FCM Trophic level-specific food chain multiplier
FEA Forest Enterprises Australia Ltd

FEP Permanent easement
FIAR Final Integrated Assessment Report
FIBC Flexible Intermediate Bulk Containers
Flyway, the East Asia Australasian flyway
FPA Tasmanian Forest Practices Act 1985
FPP Forest Practises Plan
ft Foot/feet
FW Feed water
[fish] Contaminant concentration in fish tissue
G
g Gram
GBE Government Business Enterprise
g/l Grams per litre
GC Gas
GDP Gross domestic product
GHD Gutteridge, Haskins & Davey (GHD) Pty Ltd consultancy firm
GHG Greenhouse gas emission
GIS Gas insulated switchgear
GIS Geographic Information System
GJ giga joule
Gl or GL giga litre
GLC Ground level concentration
GLOSS Global Sea Level Observing System
GMt Green metric tonnes
GPT Gross pollutant traps
GRP Glass-fibre reinforced thermosetting plastics
GSP Gross State Product
Gunns Gunns Limited
GWP Global warming potential
H
h Hour; height
H2O2 Hydrogen peroxide
H2S Hydrogen sulfide
H2SO4 Sulphuric acid
H3PO4 Phosphoric acid
ha Hectares
HAZID Hazard identification
HAZOP Hazard and operability study
HBL Hot black liquor
HC High consistency
HCB Hexachlorobenzene
HCl Hydrochloric acid
HD High density
HDD Horizontal directional drilling
HDPE High density polyethylene
HEC Hydro-Electric Corporation
HERB High energy recovery boiler
HHRA Human Health Risk Assessment
HHV Higher heating value
HI Hazard index
HNO3 Nitric acid
HOCl Hypochlorous Acid
HP High pressure (steam); horse power

HQ Hazard quotient
HRA Health risk assessment
HVAC Heating, ventilation and air conditioning
HVLC High volume, low concentration (diluted odorous gases)
HW Hardwood
HWL Hot white liquor
Hz Hertz
I
I Iodine
IFish Daily human intake of fish
I/O Input/output
ID Induced-draft (fan)
IDP Integrated chlorine dioxide plant
IIS Integrated Impact Statement
IMO International Maritime Organisation
INP Industrial Noise Policy
IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
IPPC Integrated pollution prevention control
ISO International Standard Organisation, http://www.iso.org
ISQG High Interim Sediment Quality Guideline High
ISQG Low Interim Sediment Quality Guideline Low
IUCN World Conservation Union
IWC International Whaling Commission
J
JAMBA Japan for the Protection of Migratory Birds in Danger of Extinction and their
Environment
JAS-ANZ Joint Accreditation System for Australia and New Zealand
JP Jaakko Poyry Oy
K
K Potassium; Kelvin; dissociation constant
Kow Log oil: water partition coefficient
KCl Potassium chloride
Kdbs Bed sediment/sediment pore water partition coefficient
kg Kilogram
kL Kiloliters
km Kilometres
KmnO4 potassium permanganate
KP Kilometre points
KPI Key Performance Indicators
kV Kilovolt
kVa Kilovolt amps
kWh Kilowatt hour
L
L Litres
L/W Liquor-to-wood ratio
LAT Low astronomical tide
LC Low consistency
LC50 Lethal concentration 50 (concentration in water having 50 % chance of
causing death to aquatic life)
LC50/EC50 Acute toxicity
LCS Laboratory control sample
LEL Lower explosive limit
LGAs Local Government Areas

LGM Last Glacial Maximum
LHV Recovery boiler efficiency, low heating (heat) value
LOEC Lowest Observed Effect Concentration
London Convention on the Prevention of Marine Pollution by Dumping Wastes and
Convention other Matter, 1972
LOR Limit of reporting
LOS Level of service
LP Low pressure (steam, ~ 4 bar)
LPG Liquid petroleum gas
LUPAA or Tasmanian Land Use Planning and Approvals Act
LUPA Act
LVHC Low volume high concentration (gases)
LWHRP Launceston Wood Heater Replacement Program
M
m Metres
m2 Square metres
m3 Cubic metres
m3/s Cubic metres per second
m3/s Cubic metres per second
m3/y Cubic metres per year
m3 l Cubic metre loose
m3sob Cubic metre solid over bark
MAOP Maximum available operating pressure
MARPOL International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships
MAST Marine and Safety Tasmania
max Maximum
MBACI Monitoring before, after, control and impact
MBAS Methylene blue active substances
MBB Moving biological bed technology (reactor)
MC Medium consistency; moisture content
MCC Motor control centre; modified continuous cooking
MCR Maximum continuous rating (load)
MDF Medium density fibreboard
MDL Method detection limits
MDS Multi-dimensional scaling
MEI Mechanical, electrical and instrumentation
MeOH Methanol
MEPC Marine Environment Protection Committee
MES Manufacturing execution system
MF Machine finished
MFDP Marine Farming Development Plan
MFPA Tasmanian Marine Farming Planning Act 1995
MG Machine glazed
mg Milligram
Mg(HSO3)2 Magnesium bisulphate
MgO Magnesium oxide
MgSO3 Magnesium sulphite
MgSO4 Magnesium sulphate
MHA Member of House of Assembly
MIC Maximum instantaneous charge
min Minimum; minute
MJ Mega joule
MJ/kgDS Mega joule per kilogram of dry solids

MJ/s Mega joules per second
MJ/scm Mega joule per standard cubic metre
ML Mega litres
ML/d or Mega litres per day
ML/day
MLSS Mixed liquor suspended solids
MLVSS Mixed liquor volatile suspended solids
mm Millimetres
MMP Mitigation Management Plan
MMRF Monash Multi-Region Forecasting
MMS Maintenance management system
Mn Manganese
MnO Manganese oxide
Montreal Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer 1987
Convention
MP Medium pressure (steam, ~ 12 bar)
MP Member of Parliament
Mpa mega Pascal (pressure)
MPA Marine Protected Area
MRT Mineral Resources Tasmania
MS micro Siemens; matrix spike
MSD Matrix spike duplicate
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
MVA mega watt ampere
MVR Mechanical vapour recompression
MW Megawatt
MWC Medium weight coated (paper)
MWWB Mill Wide Water Balance
N
Na2O Sodium oxide
Na2S Sodium sulphide
Na2S2O3 Sodium tiosulphate
Na2S2O4 Hydrosulphite (dithionite)
Na2SO3 Sodium sulphite
Na2SO4 Sodium sulphate
NaCl Sodium chloride
NaClO3 Sodium chlorate
NaCO3 Sodium carbonate
NaHSO3 Sodium bisulphite
NaOH Sodium hydroxide
NAS National Academy of Sciences
NATA Australian National Association of Testing Authorities
NCG Non-condensable gas
NCTC National Counter-Terrorism Committee
NE North east
NEPC National Environment Protection Council
NEPMs National Environment Protection Measures
NFPS National Forest Policy Statement 1992
NGO Non-Government Organisation
NGS National greenhouse strategy
(NH4)HSO3 Ammonium bisulphite
(NH4)SO3 Ammonium sulphite
NH2SO3H Sulfaminacid

Nm3 Normal cubic meter (gases)
nm Nautical miles
NNE North-north-east
NNW North-north-west
North North Forest Products
NOEC No Observed Effect Concentration
NOx Nitrogen oxides
NPI National Pollutant Inventory
NPV Net present value
NPW Tasmanian National Parks and Wildlife Act 1970
NRM Natural Resource Management
NSW DEC New South Wales Department of Environment and Conservation
NSW RTA New South Wales Road Traffic Authority
NTRDB Northern Territory Development Board
NTU Normal (nephlometric) turbidity unit
NWQMS National Water Quality Management Strategy
NZS New Zealand Standard
O
O Oxygen delignification stage
O&M Operating and maintenance
O2 Oxygen
O3 Ozone
OCP Organochlorine pesticide
OCS Office of Chemical Safety
OCsed Fraction of organic carbon in bottom sediment
OD Oven (100 %) dry
OD MSCL Outer diameter Mild Steel Cement Lined
OH&S Occupational Health and Safety
OHBC Open hatch bulk carriers
OMB Overall material balance
OSPAR Oslo and Paris Conventions on the pollution of the North Sea, also known
as the Convention for the Protection of the Marine Environment of the North
East Atlantic
P
P Peroxide stage in bleaching, phosphorus
P&Ids Piping & instrument diagrams
Paa Per acetic acid
PAHs Polcyclic Aromtic Hydrocarbons
PBDD Polybrominated dibenzodioxin
PBDF Polybrominated dibenzofuran
PCB Polychlorinated biphenyl
PCDD Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin
PCDD/F Poly-Chlorinated Dibenzo--Dioxin/ Polychlorinated Dibenzofuran
PCDF Polychlorinated dibenzofuran
PE Polyethylene
PEFC Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification Schemes
PET Polyethylene Terephthalate
PEVs Protected Environmental Values
PFRP Private Forest Reserves Program
pg Picogram (one-trillionth of a gram)
pg/L Picogram per litre
pH Potential of Hydrogen negative 10-base log (power) of the positive
hydrogen ion concentration; measure of acidity
PHA Preliminary Hazard Analysis

PHAST Process Hazard Analysis Software Tool
PIC Person in charge
PIMS Process information management system
PLC Programmable logic controller
PM10 particles with aerodynamic diameters of up to 10 m
POL Port of Launceston
POPs Persistent organic pollutants
POSS Project of State Significance
ppb Parts per billion
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
ppm Parts per million
ppq Parts per quadrillion
ppt Parts per trillion
PPV Peak particle velocity
PSSA Particularly sensitive sea areas
psu Practical salinity unit
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
PWS National or Tasmanian Parks and Wildlife Service
Q
Q Chelating stage in bleaching; flow rate
QAP Quality assurance plan
QA/QC Quality Assurance/Quality Control
QCS Quality control system
QoS Quality of service
R
RAC Resource Assessment Commission
Ramsar The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as
Convention Waterfowl Habitat
RAP Resolved Area for Protection
RB Recovery boiler
REC Renewable energy credits
REDOX Reduction oxidation
RFA Regional Forest Agreement
RL Relative level
RMP Rounds per minute
RO Reverse osmosis
ROW Right of way
RPD Relative percent difference
RPDC Resource Planning and Development Commission (Tasmania)
RPM Revolutions per minute
S
s Second; solid
S Sulphur
SAC Scientific Advisory Committee
SAN Storage area network
SCADA Supervisory control and data acquisition
SCAN Scandinavian Pulp, Paper & Board Testing Committee, standard
SHE Safety, environment and health
SHEQ Safety, health, environment and quality
SHEQ-MS Safety, health, environment and quality management system
SHTA Stony Head Training Area
SIA Social Impact Assessment
SLA Statistical Local Area

SMP Safety Management Plan
SO2 Sulphur dioxide
SO4 Sulphate
SPM Suspended Particulate Matter
SPPA or SPP Tasmanian State Policies and Projects Act 1995
Act
SRC Safety, rehabilitation and compensation
SRCC Safety, Rehabilitation, and Compensation Commission of the Australian
Government
SRS Sulphate removal system
SS Suspended solids; stainless steel
SSE South-south-east
SSP Tasmanian State Policies and Projects Act 1993
SVI Sludge volume index
SVP Sewer vent pipe
SW Softwood; south west
T
t Tonne (metric)
T/y Tonnes per year
TA Total alkali
TAPM The Air Pollution Model
TAPPI Technical Association of Pulp and Paper Industry (USA), standard,
http://www.tappi.org
Tas Tasmania
TASI Tasmanian Aboriginal Site Index
TASVEG The ongoing State Government program of mapping Tasmania's vegetation
at high resolution, primarily at 1:25,000, across the whole State
TBT Try butyl tin
TCDD Tetrachloro-dibenzo-p-dioxin
TCDF Tetrachlorodibenzofuran
TCF Total chlorine-free
TCP/IP Transmission control protocol/internet protocol
TDI Tolerable daily intake
TDS Total dissolved solids
TEA Tensile energy absorption
TEF Toxicity emission factor
TEMCO Tasmanian Electro Metallurgical Company Pty Ltd
TEQ Toxicity equivalents
TIGER Tasmanian Information on Geoscience and Exploration Resources
TJ/d Tera joule per day
TMI Tolerable monthly intake
TNGP Tasmanian Natural Gas Pipeline
Tpa Tons per annum (TPA)
Tpd Tons per day (TPD)
TPLUC Tasmanian Public Land Use Commission
Tpy Tons per year (TPY)
TRAC Tamar Residents Action Committee
TRMPA Tamar Regional Management Planning Authority
TRS Total reduced sulphur
TSP Total suspended particulates
TSPA Tasmanian Threatened Species and Protection Act 1995
TSS Total suspended solids
TV Television
TVAS Tamar Valley Air Shed

U
UNCED United Nations Conference on Environment and Development
UNCLOS United Nationals Convention on the Law of the Sea
UNEP United Nations Environment Programme
UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
UPI Unique parcel identifier
US EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
V
V Volts
VOC Volatile organic-compounds
VOIP Voice over internet protocol
VSD Variable speed drive
W
W Watt
WAS Waste activated sludge
WBL Weak black liquor
WHO World Health Organisation
WL White liquor
WMA Tasmanian Water Management Act 1999
WSP Water supply pipeline
WTP Water Treatment Plant
WWTP Waste Water Treatment Plant
Z
ZID Zone of Initial Dilution
Others
% Percent
% ISO Brightness of pulp, ISO 2410
bs Bed sediment porosity
g/L Micro-grams per litre

12. Glossary
Term Definition
Activated sludge A biological method of cleaning up waste waters in three
treatment stages. Stage I involves (anaerobic) equilibration. In stage II
activated sludge containing micro-organisms is led into an
aeration basin to speed up oxidation of organic matter and
ammonia. In stage III the sludge is allowed to settle and the
treated waste water is run off. Some sludge is removed and a
portion is returned to the aeration basin.
Accepted Modern Accepted Modern Technology is defined in the State Policy on
Technology Water Quality Management 1997 and Draft Environment
Protection Policy (Air Quality) and Regulatory Impact
Statement 2001 as a technology which has a demonstrated
capacity to achieve the desired emission concentration in a
cost-effective manner, takes account of cost-effective
engineering and scientific developments and pursues
opportunities for waste minimisation.
Acid sulphate Acid Sulfate Soils (ASS) contain iron sulfides (mainly pyrite)
soils which can generate large amounts of sulfuric acid when
exposed to air. These soils formed naturally over the last
10,000 years, and are safe unless dug up or drained. Large
scale drainage of coastal flood plains for flood mitigation, urban
expansion and agriculture has exposed large areas of ASS.
Acid leachate, plus the aluminium, iron and the heavy metals,
which it releases from soils, can cause significant
environmental and economic problems 42 .
Air shed The area that is defined by natural or topographical features
affecting air quality 43 .
Anthropogenic Caused by human activity
Aquifer An aquifer if a geological area which produces a quantity of
water from permeable rock
Archaeology The scientific study of past human cultures by analysing the
material remains (sites and artefacts) that people left behind
Australian This standard has been developed for Australias unique forest
Forestry Standard environments and ancient soils. It focuses on sustainable wood
(AS4708) production and is applicable to exotic and native hardwood
(eucalypt) and softwood (pine) forests. The standard applies
management controls and the science of forest management
to identify the social, environmental, ecological and economical
criteria that contribute towards sustainable wood production in
Australia 44 .
42
Definition from NSW Department of Primary Industries (Agriculture)
http://www.agric.nsw.gov.au/reader/soil-acidss/ass-what.htm
43
Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment 2000, National Environment Protection
Measure for Ambient Air Quality: Monitoring Plan for Tasmania, unpublished report.
44
Definition from Australian Forestry Standard website,
http://www.ncsi.com.au/downloads/ForestryStandardflyer_1.pdf

Term Definition
Ballast water Ballast water is carried in unladen ships to provide stability, or
to raise/lower it in the water column.
Benthic Relates to the ocean bottom
Best available The best technology treatment techniques, or other means
technology which the Administrator finds, after examination for efficacy
under field conditions and not solely under laboratory
conditions, are available (taking cost into consideration) 45
Best Practice Defined in the Environmental Management and Pollution
Environmental Control Act 1994 as the management of an activity to achieve
Management an ongoing minimisation of the activitys environmental harm
through cost-effective measures assessed against the current
international and national standards applicable to the activity.
Bioaccumulation Broadly refers to the accumulation of a chemical via direct
transfer from the water column and/or sediment, plus
accumulation through the diet
Biodiversity Biological diversity or biodiversity refers to the variety of life
forms: the different plants, animals and microorganisms, the
genes they contain, and the ecosystems they form. This living
wealth is the product of hundreds of millions of years of
evolutionary history. 46 .
Bio-flocculation Activated sludge process
process
Bio-fuel Gas or liquid fuel made from plant material (biomass). Includes
wood, wood waste, wood liquors.
Biogeochemical Relating to the partitioning and cycling of chemical elements
and compounds between the living and nonliving parts of an
ecosystem 47
Biomagnification A cumulative increase in the concentration of a persistent
substance in successively higher trophic levels of the food
chain.
Biota The animals, plants, and microbes of a particular location or
region.
Biota-to-Sediment The ratio of the lipid-normalised concentration of a contaminant
Accumulation in tissue of an aquatic organism to its organic carbon-
Factor normalised concentration in surface sediment.
CAR Reserve The Comprehensive, Adequate and Representative (CAR)
System reserve system comprises areas of both public and private
land that are reserved specifically for conservation purposes,
and where the tenure of the reserved areas is secured by
legislation or other methods appropriate for the area
concerned 48 .
45
Definition from www.nsc.org/ehc/glossary.htm
46
Definition from DEH website: http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/publications/series/paper1/index.html#1
47
Definition from www.visionlearning.com/library/pop_glossary_term.php
48
Definition from Australian Government, Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry website,
www.affa.gov.au

Term Definition
Chain of Custody Set of procedures to account for the integrity of specimen or
sample by tracking its handling and storage from point of
specimen collection to final disposition of the specimen or
sample.
Chlorine Dioxide Chlorine dioxide is used as a bleaching agent in the fibre line.
It attacks the aromatic ring of the lignin but does not react with
carbohydrates, thus preserving pulp yield and giving superior
pulp strength compared to other oxidants.
Contaminated Land that retains residues resulting from a current or previous
land use, ranging from building materials to the chemical by-
products of former industrial activity.
Controlled waste Controlled waste is defined in the Environmental Management
and Pollution Control Act 1994 (EMPCA) and the
Environmental Management and Pollution Control (Waste
Management) Regulations 2000. Once a waste is classified as
being a controlled waste and is allocated a suitable code,
special arrangements should be made with a suitably qualified
and approved waste management company to provide advice
on transport, treatment and disposal.
Cost Benefit Analysis of the potential costs and benefits of a project to allow
Analysis comparison of the returns from alternative forms of investment.
Design life Period of time for which a facility is expected to perform its
intended function.
De-superheating A process of spraying demineralised water to control the steam
temperature
Dioxins Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDDs) and
polychlorinated dibenzofurans (PCDFs) are collectively called
dioxins. Co-planar polychlorinated biphenyls (co-planar PCBs)
possess toxicity similar to that of dioxins and are called dioxin-
like compounds. Dioxin or dibenzo furan molecules consist of
two benzene rings joined together by oxygen atom(s) with
various amounts of chlorine or hydrogen atoms attached in the
numbered positions. There are 75 kinds of PCDDs, 135
PCDFs and more than 10 co-planar PCBs. The different types
of dioxins are called congeners. Dioxins have no known
industrial use but occur as unwanted by-products of some
industrial and combustion processes such as metal smelting
and burning wastes and fuel. 49
Diurnal Belonging to or active during the day
Ecologically The National Strategy defines Ecologically Sustainable
Sustainable Development (ESD) as using, conserving and enhancing the
Development communities resources so that ecological processes, on which
life depends, are maintained and quality of life for both present
and future generations is increased
49
Definition from Toxikos, Toxicology Consultants, Human Health Risk Assessment- Bell Bay Pulp Mill
Effluent, Draft for Comment, prepared for Gunns Ltd. December, 2005.

Term Definition
Elemental A bleaching process that uses no chlorine gas, no chlorine
chlorine free water and no sodium hypochlorite as bleaching agents, with
the only chlorine-containing bleaching agent being chlorine
dioxide (ClO2)
Environmental A plan to undertake an array of activities that provide for the
Management sound environmental management of a project so that adverse
Plan environmental impacts are minimised and mitigated; beneficial
environmental effects are maximised; and sustainable
development is ensured.
Environmental A management approach that enables an organisation to
Management identify, monitor and control its environmental aspects. An
System (EMS) EMS is part of the overall management system that includes
organisational structure, planning activities, responsibilities,
practices, procedures, processes and resources for
developing, implementing, achieving, reviewing and
maintaining the environmental policy. 50
Environmental Statement by the organisation of its intentions and principles in
Policy relation to its overall environmental performance, which
provides a framework for action and for the setting of its
environmental objectives and targets 51 .
Ethno-historic The study of especially native or non-Western peoples from a
combined historical and anthropological viewpoint, using
written documents, oral literature, material culture, and
ethnographic data 52
Fugitive Emissions which can escape from the process since they are
emissions not collected at the source of origin
Geographic Digital mapping system that allows the capture of spatial (that
Information is, location) data and of associated attributes for that spatial
System (GIS) feature.
Green Energy According to the Sustainable Energy Development Authority
(SEDA), green energy or power is renewable energy that is
bought by energy suppliers on behalf of their customers and
independently audited and verified by the National Green
Power Accreditation Steering Group.
http://www.basslink.com.au/Envir_GreenEnergy.html
www.greenpower.com.au .
Green Energy According to the Sustainable Energy Development Authority (
SEDA ), green energy or power is renewable energy that is
bought by energy suppliers on behalf of their customers and
independently audited and verified by the National Green
Power Accreditation Steering Group.
http://www.basslink.com.au/Envir_GreenEnergy.html
www.greenpower.com.au .
50
Definition from www.peercenter.net/glossary/
51
Definition from www.peercenter.net/glossary/
52
Definition from http://www.answers.com/ethnohistoric&r=67

Term Definition
Green liquor The term given to the recovery boiler smelt dissolved in weak
white liquor due to its green appearance
Greenfield Undeveloped land
Gross State The total value of goods and services produced in the state,
Product (GSP) after deducting the costs of goods and services used in the
production processes.
GTSpot A GIS database that lists recorded sightings of threatened
plant and animal species as identified in the Tasmanian
Threatened Species Protection Act 1995.
Hardwood Eucalypt
Homeostatic Balanced state of the living body despite variations in the
environment
Intertidal The zone between high and low tide.
ISO14001 Environmental Management System International Standards
Organisation (ISO) 14001: 2004
Kappa Number The number assigned according t the amount of residual lignin,
or the de-lignification degree. A high Kappa number indicated
high residual lignin in the pulp. The higher the kappa number
the higher the use of bleaching chemicals.
Kraft German adjective for strong. (The Kraft process is the
dominant chemical pulping process worldwide because of its
superior pulp strength properties).
Land Capability Capability of land for long-term sustainable agricultural
production
Lime Mud Very fine mud formed of microscopic crystals of calcium
carbonate
Meso-tidal Tides that have a strong, but not necessarily dominant,
influence on the estuarine environment and have a typical
range of 2 - 4 m
Native Growth All native forest excluding old growth as defined by the RFA
Operational life The duration of time that an activity is in operation or being
actively managed.
Permeability Ability of a substance to transmit fluids through pore spaces
Permit A legal document giving official permission to do something
(license)
Pharmacokinetic Pharmacokinetics is the study of the time-course of a drug in
modelling the body. It deals with both the rates and extent of drug
absorption, distribution, metabolism and elimination, and the
mechanisms of these processes. By applying mathematical
modelling techniques, pharmacokinetic analysis enables the
prediction of a drugs concentration in the body at a given time
after exposure 53
53
Definition from http://www.adelaide.edu.au/health/pharm/research/clinpharm1.html

Term Definition
Pipe jacking Pipe jacking involves hydraulically pushing pipes from a
constructed drive shaft. There are various types of equipment
that fall under the pipe-jacking category, including micro-
tunnelling and auger boring.
Planning Scheme Legal instrument, that sets out the provisions for land use,
development, and protection
Polymer Large organic molecule formed by combining many smaller
molecules (monomers) in a regular pattern.
Pulp Mill A manufacturing facility where woodchips undergo a series of
processes including screening, cooking, bleaching and drying
to separate the wood fibre from the water and natural glues
(lignin), leaving cellulose fibre for the production of paper. Pulp
is the intermediate stage between wood fibre and paper.
Sensitive Sites For example residences, motels, schools, nesting sites
Silviculture Care and cultivation of forest trees (forestry)
Softwood Pine
Stratification Division into distinct layers
Stripper gas Non-condensible gases from the condensate stripping column.
(The stripper column removes chlorine from the chlorine
dioxide gas and reduces the chlorine content in the chlorine
dioxide solution to approximately 0.2 g/l by stripping with air.)
Subtidal Portion of a tidal-flat environment below the level of mean low
tide mark
Sustainability The ability to provide for the needs of the world's current
population without damaging the ability of future generations to
provide for themselves. When a process is sustainable, it can
be carried out over and over without negative environmental
effects or impossibly high costs to anyone involved. 54
Total chlorine free uses no chlorine-containing bleaching agents
Triple Bottom Whole set of values, issues and processes that companies
Line must address in order to minimise any harm resulting from
their activities and to create economic, social and
environmental value
Water or A location where water of wastewater (e.g. sewerage) is
Wastewater treated
Treatment Plant
Web a web is the term used for the continuous sheet of pulp formed
on the wire of a pulp machine
54
Definition from www.sustainabletable.org/intro/dictionary/

13. References
A. J. North & Associates, (2000). Basslink Tasmanian Section Supporting Study # 8

Vegetation, Flora and Fauna (Tas). A. J. North & Associates.
Adamczewski. K (2001) in Lazarus, E., N. Lawrence & W. Potts (2003). Threatened

Flora of Tasmania CD, Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Environment, Hobart.
Addison, R.F., M.G. Ikonomou and T.G. Smith (2005). PCDD/F and PCB in harbour
seals (Phoca vitulina) from British Columbia: response to exposure to pulp-mill
effluents. Marine Environ. Research. 59(2): 165-176.
AIHA (1989). Odor Recognization Handbook. American Industrial Health Association.
Alberta-Pacific Forest Industries Inc (2001). A WWW publication at http://www.alpac.ca

(no date).
Alkaline Paper Advocate (2004). WWW publication at

http://palimpsest.stanford.edu/byorg/abbey/ap/ap02/ap02-2/ap02-202.html (no
date)
AMOG Consulting (2001). Tasmanian Nearshore Survey. Report. Unpublished report

prepared for Duke Energy (Tasmania Gas Project).
Amoore, J. E & Hautala, E. (1983). Odor as an aid to chemical safety: Odor thresholds
compared with threshold limit values and volatilities for 214 industrial
chemicals in air and water dilution. J Appl Toxicol. 3(6): 272-290.
Amoore, J. E (1985). The perception of hydrogen sulfide odor in relation to setting an

ambient standard. California Air Resources Board Contract A4-046-33. April.
ANSTO (2006). Fine particulate aerosol sampling. Newsletter No.34, January 2006.
http://www.ansto.gov.au/gugeo/iba
Anthony, P. (2001). Using rainforest research Dust from walking tracks: impacts on
rainforest leaves and epiphylls. Cooperative Research Centre for Tropical
Rainforest Ecology and Management, Cairns.
ANZECC (1992) Australian water quality guidelines for fresh and marine waters. National
Water Quality Management Strategy Paper No 4, Australian and New Zealand
Environment and Conservation Council, Canberra.
ANZECC (1996). Working together to reduce impacts from shipping operations:

ANZECC strategy to protect the marine environment. Volume 1- Strategy and
Action Plan, Australian and New Zealand Environment and Conservation
Council

ANZECC Guidelines (2000). Australian Water Quality Guidelines for Marine and
Freshwaters. National Water Quality Management Strategy, Australian and New
Zealand Environment and Conservation Council, Canberra.
ANZFA (2000). Generally Expected Levels (GELs) for metal contaminants. Guidelines
for retailers and enforcement officers. Australia and New Zealand Food
Authority, Canberra, October 2000.
APHA (1998). Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. 20th
Ed. American Public Health Association, American Water Works Association
and the Water Environment Federation, Washington, DC.
Aquenal (2001a). Bell Bay Power Station: biological survey of Donovans Bay. Report
for Hydro Tasmania.
Aquenal (2001b). Exotic marine pests survey of the Port of Launceston, Tasmania.
Unpublished report prepared for the Port of Launceston Pty Ltd, to meet the
requirements of the AQIS Decision Support System (DSS) for Ballast Water
Management (November 2001).
Aquenal (2002a) Biological survey of Donovans Bay, Bell Bay Power Station. Report
for Bell Bay Power Pty Ltd, September 2002.
Aquenal (2002b). Basslink marine ecology survey. Unpublished report for NSR
Environmental Consultants Pty Ltd.
Aquenal (2002c). Marine Benthic Macroinvertebrate Survey of the Tamar Estuary,

Long Reach. Winter 2002. Unpublished report to Gunns Limited.
Aquenal (2003a) Exotic marine pests survey. Small ports, Tasmania. Report for the
Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment, Tasmania.
Aquenal (2003b). Marine Benthic Macroinvertebrate Survey of the Tamar Estuary,

Long Reach. Winter 2003. Unpublished report to Gunns Limited.
Aquenal (2004a) Exotic marine pests survey of the Port of Burnie, Tasmania. Prepared
for the Burnie Port Corporation Pty Ltd, to meet the requirements of the AQIS
Decision Support System (DSS) for Ballast Water Management.
Aquenal (2004b). Marine Benthic Macroinvertebrate Survey, Tamar Estuary, Long

Reach. Winter 2004. Unpublished report prepared for Gunns Limited.
Aquenal (2004c) Biological survey of Donovans Bay, Bell Bay Power Station. Report
for Bell Bay Power Pty Ltd, September 2004.
Aquenal (2005a). Gunns Ltd Pulp Mill, Marine Biological and Pollutant Survey at the
Proposed Outfall Site. Unpublished report prepared for GHD Pty Ltd & Gunns
Ltd.

Aquenal (2005b). Gunns Ltd Pulp Mill Outfall, Marine Ecological Monitoring Program,
First Pre-Operational Survey April 2005. Unpublished report prepared for GHD
Pty Ltd & Gunns Ltd.
Arkive (2006). Images of Life on Earth. WWW publication at http://www.arkive.org/,

accessed 18/5/06.
ASTM (1995). Standard guide for conducting static acute toxicity tests with echinoid
embryos. ASTM E-1563, Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 11.04.
American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pa.
Aston, H.I. (1973). Aquatic Plants of Australia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.
ATSDR (1992). Toxicological profile for methyl mercaptan. U.S. Department of Health
and Human Services, Public Health Service, Agency for Toxic Substances and
Disease Registry. http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/toxprofiles/tp139.html.
ATSDR (1992a). Public Health Assessment Guidance Manual. U.S. Department of

Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Agency for Toxic
Substances and Disease Registry.
ATSDR (2004). draft Toxicological profile for hydrogen sulphide. U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services, Public Health Service. Agency for Toxic
Substamnces and Disease Registry. WWW publication at
http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/toxprofiles/tp114.html.
Atteris Pty Ltd (2006), Ocean Outfall Conceptual Engineering Study. Unpublished
report for Gunns Ltd, for Bell Bay Pulp Mill Project.
Aurora Energy Pty Ltd (2004). Location of Operations. WWW publication at

http://www.auroraenergy.com.au/about/profile_operations.html, accessed
24/05/05.
Australian and New Zealand Environment and Conservation Council (ANZECC) and
Agriculture and Resource Management Council of Australia and New Zealand
(ARMCANZ) (2000). Australian and New Zealand Guidelines for Fresh and
Marine Water Quality, Volume 1, The Guidelines. Paper No. 4 - Volume 1
(Chapters 1-7) (October 2000). WWW publication at
http://www.deh.gov.au/water/quality/nwqms/monitoring.html, accessed
30/05/2005
Australian Aquaculture Portal (n.d.) Atlantic Salmon Group, WWW publication at

http://www.australian-aquacultureportal.com/industrygroups/salmon.html,
accessed 2/08/05.
Australian Bureau of Statistics (2001). Census Data. WWW publication at

http://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@cpp.nsf/8ca62bfefadf503cca2570590
00a1d99/1d01565a21a4d7a4ca25710a0018582c!OpenDocument.

Australian Bureau of Statistics (2005). Statistics. WWW publication at
http://www.abs.gov.au/Ausstats/abs@.nsf/94713ad445ff1425ca25682000192a
f2/665cb2c85cec7ff4ca256c3200241593!OpenDocument, accessed 18/5/06.
Australian Health Map (2003). Health Matters. WWW publication at

http://www.abc.net.au/health/healthmap/tas/resources/, accessed 10/04/06.
Australian Heritage Council (2006). The Register of the National Estate. WWW
publication at http://www.ahc.gov.au/register/, accessed 14/02/2005 and
06/06/2005
Australian Hydrographic Service (2005), Annual Australian Notice to Mariners, In Force

on January 2005 Containing Notices Numbers 1-37, Commonwealth of
Australia, Canberra.
Australian Museum (2003). Great Egret. WWW publication at

http://www.amonline.net.au/factsheets/great_egret.htm, accessed 17/02/2005.
Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service (2001). Maritime Awareness Kit. WWW
publication at
http://www.affa.gov.au/corporate_docs/publications/html/quarantine/ballast_wa
ter/index.html, accessed 10/04/06.
Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service (2005). Australian Ballast Water

Requirements,
http://www.daff.gov.au/corporate_docs/publications/html/quarantine/ballast_wa
ter/index.html, accessed 30/05/2005
Australian Standards (1985). AS 1217, Acoustic - Determination of Sound power levels

of noise sources Guidelines for the use of basic standards for the
preparation of noise test codes.
Australian Standards (1997). AS 4282-1997 Control of the obtrusive effects of outdoor

lighting.
Australian Standards (2002). AS 1742.3-2002, Manual of Uniform Traffic Controls, Part

3, Traffic Control Devices for Works on Roads.
Australian Standards (2004). AS/NZS 4360:2004: Risk Management.
Australian Standards (2006). AS 2187.2-2006 Explosives - Storage and use - Use of

explosives.
Austroads (2005) Guide to Traffic Engineering Practice, Part 5, Intersections at Grade.

WWW publication at
http://www.onlinepublications.austroads.com.au/script/Details.asp?DocN=AS0
29870525572, accessed 10/04/06.

Babcock & Wilcox (1996-2004). Babcock & Wilcox Awarded Austrian Recovery Boiler
Project. WWW publication at http://www.babcock.com/pgg/pr/pols.html, no
date.
Bannister, J.L., Burnell, S., Burton, C. and Kato, H. (1996). Right whales of southern
Australia: direct evidence of a link between onshore breeding and offshore
probable feeding grounds. Paper presented to Scientific Committee of the
International Whaling Commission, No. 48.
Barker, P. 1999. Recovery Plan for Tasmanian Native Grasslands 2000-2002.

Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment, Hobart.
Barker, P. and Wardlaw, T. J. (1995) Susceptibility of selcted Tasmanian rare plants to

Phytopthera cinnamomi. Australian Journal of Botany 43: 379-386.
Barnes, R.W., Duncan, F. & Todd, C.S.( 2002). The Native Vegetation of King Island,
Bass Strait. Nature Conservation Report 02/6. Nature Conservation Branch,
Resource Management & Conservation, Department of Primary Industries,
Water and Environment, Hobart.
Barrett, N, and Edgar, G.J. (2000). A survey of potential marine reserve locations in
Bass Strait. Final Report, Ocean Rescue 2000 Project D701 For the Australian
National Parks and Wildlife Service.
Barrett, N.S and Wilcox, S. (2001). Biological surveys and habitat mapping of proposed
Marine Protected Areas on the Tasmanian North and North-eastern coasts.
Tasmanian Aquaculture and Fisheries Technical Report Series. No. 6.
Beaconsfield Gold N.L. (1997). Current Projects, The Tasmania Mine,

http://www.beaconsfieldgold.com.au/Tasmania.html, accessed 15/06/2005.
Beca AMEC (2004). Study Report for Independent Advice on the Development of
environmental Guidelines for any New bleached Eucalypt Kraft Pulp Mill in
Tasmania. Report prepared on behalf of the Resource Planning and
Development Commission, Hobart, August 2004.
Bedford, D.J. (1986). Xanthorrhoea. in Flora of Australia, Volume 46: Iridaceae to

Dioscoreaceae. Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra.
Beesley, P.L., Ross, G.J.B. and Glasby, C.J. (eds.) (2000) Polychaetes and allies: the
southern synthesis. Fauna of Australia Volume 4A. Polychaeta, Myzostomida,
Pogonophora, Echiura, Sipuncula. CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne xii 465 pp.
BFP Consultants Pty Ltd (2005) Pulp Mill, Longreach Geotechnical Investigation.
Unpublished report for Gunns Limited, April 2005.
Bignert, A., Olsson, M., Bergqvist, P.-A., Bergek, S., Rappe, C., de Wit, C. and
Jansson, B. (1989). Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDD) and dibenzo-
furans (PCDF) in seal blubber. Chemosphere 19 (1-6): 551-556.

Bird, B.L., Branch, L.C. and Miller, D.L. (2004). Effects of Coastal Lighting on Foraging
Behaviour of Beach Mice. Conservation Biology 18 (5) p1435-1439.
Blake, J.A., Kudenov, J.D. (1978). The spionidae (polychaeta) from southeastern
Australia and adjacent areas with a revision of the genera. Memoirs of the
National Mueseum Victoria 39, 171280.
Blom, W.M. and Alsop, D.B. (1988) Carbonate mud sedimentation on a temperate
shelf: Bass Basin, southeast Australia. Sedimentary Geology 60:269280.
Bobbi, C. (1999). Water Quality of the Pipers River, A Report forming Part of the
Requirements for State of Rivers Reporting. Department of Primary Industry,
Water and Environment.
Botnia Pulp Mill (2004). Botnia. WWW publication at http://www.metsabotnia.com.
Bourke, C. (1998). Aboriginal archaeological site management on the north east coast
of Tasmania. Report to the Australian Heritage Commission and the Parks and
Bourke, C. (1998). Contemporary Australian Aboriginal Identity, p. 175.
Bowden, A. R. (1983). Relict terrestrial dunes: legacies of a former climate in coastal

northeastern Tasmania. Zeitschrift fr Geomorphologie, 45: 153-174.
Bowdler, S (1983). Aboriginal Sites on the Crown-timber Lands of New South Wales.
Forestry Commission of New South Wales, Sydney.
Bowdler, S. (1977). The coastal colonisation of Australia. In J. Allen, J. Golson, and R.

Jones, (eds.), Sunda and Sabul, Academic Press, London, pp. 230-237.
Bowdler, S. 1977. The coastal colonisation of Australia. In Allen, J., Golson, J., and
Jones, R. (eds.) Sunda and Sahul: prehistoric studies in southeast Asia,
Melanesia and Australia, pp.205-246. Academic Press, London.
Bowkett, L.A. & Kirkpatrick, J.B. (2003). Ecology and conservation of remnant
Melaleuca ericifolia stands in the Tamar Valley, Tasmania. Australian Journal
of Botany 51: 405-413.
Branagan, J.G. (1994). George Town: History of the Town and District, Regal
Publications, Launceston.
Brimfield, B. (1968). Bipolar scalar artefacts from north eastern Tasmania. Mankind,
6:691-693.
Brothers, N., Pemberton, D., Pryor, H. and Halley, V. (2001). Tasmanias offshore
islands: seabirds and other natural features. Tasmanian Museum and Art
Gallery, Hobart, Tasmania.
Brown, S. (1986). Aboriginal archaeological resources in South East Tasmania: an

overview of the nature and management of Aboriginal sites. Occasional Paper
No. 12, National Parks and Wildlife Service Tasmania.

Brown, S. (1991). Aboriginal archaeological sites in eastern Tasmania: a cultural
resource management statement. Occasional Paper No. 31, Department of
Parks, Wildlife and Heritage, Hobart, Tasmania.
Bryant, S. & Jackson, J. (1999). Tasmanias Threatened Fauna Handbook, What,

Where and How to Protect Tasmanias Threatened Animals, Report prepared
by Threatened Species Unit, Parks and Wildlife Service, Hobart.
Bryant, S. (2002). Conservation assessment of beach nesting and migratory shorebird

in Tasmania. Nature Conservation Branch, Department of Primary Industries,
Water and Environment, 2002.
Buchanan, A.M. (2004). A Census of the Vascular Plants of Tasmania & Index to The
Students Flora of Tasmania. Third Edition. Tasmanian Herbarium Occasional
Publication No. 6, Hobart.
Buchanan, A.M. (ed.) (2005). A Census of the Vascular Plants of Tasmania and Index
to The Students Flora of Tasmania. 4th edn. Tasmanian Herbarium
Occasional Publication No. 7. Tasmanian Herbarium, Hobart.
Buonicore, A.J. and W.T. Davis (eds.) (1992). Air pollution engineering manual. Air &
Waste Management Association. Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York.
Bureau of Meteorology (2005). Averages for Low Head (Comparison). WWW

publication at http://www.bom.gov.au/climate/averages/tables/cw-
091057.shtml, accessed 18/02/2005.
Bureau of Meteorology (2005). Climate Averages for Launceston. WWW publication at

http://www.bom.gov.au/climate/averages/tables/cw_091237.shtml, accessed
02/08/2005.
Bureau of Meteorology (2005). Tasmanian Weather and Warnings. WWW publication

at http://www.bom.gov.au/weather/tas/, accessed 18/5/06.
Bureau of Rural Sciences and Fisheries Research and Development Corporation

(1993). Australian Fisheries Resources, Bureau of Resource Sciences,
Department of Primary Industries and Energy, and the Fisheries Research and
Development Corporation, Canberra.
Bureau of Rural Sciences and the Fisheries Research and Development Corporation
(1993), extract from Australian Fisheries Resources. WWW publication at
http://www.edaff.gov.au/nfpd/atlas/37381001.cfm, accessed 14/06/2005
Bureau of Transport and Regional Economics (2002). Australian Sea Freight. WWW
publication at http://www.btre.gov.au/publications.aspx, accessed 10/04/2006.
Bureau of Transport and Regional Economics (2002-3). Australian Sea Freight. WWW
publication at http://www.btre.gov.au/index.aspx, accessed 11/04/2006.

Bureau of Transport and Regional Economics (2005) Australian Sea Freight, WWW
publication at http://www.btre.gov.au/publications.aspx, accessed 10/04/2006.
Busnel, R.G. and Fletcher, J. (eds.) (1978). Effects of Noise on Wildlife. New York:
Academic Press.
Butler, A., Althaus, F., Furlani, D. and Ridgway, K. (2002) Assessment of conservation
values of the Bass Strait sponge beds area. CSIRO Marine Research. Report
to Environment Australia.
Butler, A., Gowlett-Holmes, K. and Barker, B. (2000). Tasmanian Natural Gas Pipeline
Project. Pipeline route survey AugSept 2000. Biological data report. CSIRO
Marine Research, Hobart.
Cameron, M. (ed.). (2000). A Guide to the flowers and plants of Tasmania, 3rd Edition.
Reed Books, Sydney.
Care for Kids, Australian Online Childcare Resources (2005). WWW publication at
http://www.careforkids.com.au, accessed 18/05/2006.
Carr, M.R. (1996) PRIMER User Manual. Plymouth Routines in Multivariate Ecological
Research. Plymouth Marine Laboratory, Plymouth, UK.
Carroll, B. (1980). Potlines and People: A History of the Bell Bay Aluminium Smelter,
Comalco Ltd.
Carter, O., Murphy, A.M. & Cheal, D. (2003). Natural Temperate Grassland. Arthur
Rylah Institute for Environmental Research, Department of Sustainability and
Environment, Victoria.
Centre of Policy Studies (2004). Economic Impacts of a New Pulp Mill in Tasmania.
Report to the Tasmanian Department of Treasury and Finance, 14 October
2004.
Chapman, Acer Wargon (1996). Bell Bay - Five Mile Bluff Pipeline Planning Study.
Chemical Industry Institute of Toxicology (CIIT) (1983). Ninety-day vapour inhalation

toxicity study of H2S in Fischer-344 rats. Docket #22063, Chemical Industry
Institute of Toxicology, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
Chittleborough, R. G. (1958). The breeding cycle of the female humpback whale

Megaptera nodosa (Bonna-terre). Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater
Research, 9:1-18.
Clarke, K.R. (1993) Non-parametric multivariate analyses of changes in community

structure. Australian Journal of Ecology 18: 117-143.
Colhoun, E. (1989). Quaternary. In: (C.F. Burrett and E.L. Martin (eds.), Geology and
mineral resources of Tasmania. Brisbane, Geological Society of Australia,
Special Publication 15, pp. 410418.

Collins, D. (1971). An account of the English colony in New South Wales, Vol.2.
facsimile edition, Libraries Board of South Australia, Adelaide.
Commonwealth Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry (2005). Fisheries

and Marine Sciences. WWW publication at
http://www.daff.gov.au/fisheries_marine, accessed 02/09/2005.
Commonwealth of Australia (1992). National Forest Policy Statement, Commonwealth

of Australia, Canberra.
Commonwealth of Australia (1995). Environmental Guidelines for New Bleached

Eucalypt Kraft Pulp Mills. 1995
Commonwealth of Australia (2001). Emission Estimation Technique Manual for Mining,
Ver. 2.3, National Pollutant Inventory, December 2001.
Convention on Wetlands (Ramsar, Iran, 1971), (1996-2005), The Ramsar Convention

on Wetlands, http://ramsar.org/index.html, accessed 30/05/2005
Cosgrove, R. (1989). Thirty thousand years of human colonization in Tasmania: New

Pleistocene dates. Science, 243:1706-1708.
Cosgrove, R. (1992). The management of archaeological resources in forested areas:

Preliminary report of Phase 2 fieldwork, Forth River valley. Department of
Archaeology, LaTrobe University.
Cosgrove, R. (1995). Late Pleistocene behavioural variation and time trends: The case
from Tasmania. Archaeology in Oceania, 30:83-104.
Cosgrove, R. (1995a). The illusion of riches. Scale, resolution and explanation in

Tasmanian Pleistocene human behaviour. BAR International Series No. 608.
Oxford.
Costerman, L., 2003, Native trees and Shrubs of South-eastern Australia. New Holland
Publishers, Sydney.
CSIRO (1993) Investigation of school and gummy shark nursery areas in southeast
Tasmania. CSIRO Division of Fisheries, Project 91/23, 47pp.
CSIRO (2005), Woodheaters in Launceston- Imapcts on Air Quality. Report for DEH,
September 2005.
Cunningham, G.M., Mulham, W., Milthorpe, P. & Leigh, J. (1992). Plants of Western
New South Wales. Inkata Press, Sydney.
Curtis, W.M. and Morris, D.I. (1975). The Student's Flora of Tasmania, Part 1 (2nd
edition). St. David's Park Publishing, Hobart, Australia.
Curtis W.M and Morris D.I. (1993). The Students Flora of Tasmania Part 1, St
Davids Park Publishing, Hobart, Tasmania.

Curtis W.M and Morris D.I. (1994). The Students Flora of Tasmania Part 4B. St
Davids Park Publishing, Hobart, Tasmania.
Curtis, W.M. (1963). Compositae in The Student's flora of Tasmania. Part 2.

Angiospermae: Lythraceae to Epacridaceae.
Curtis, W.M. (1967). The Student's Flora of Tasmania, Part 3 (1st edition). St. David's
Park Publishing, Hobart, Australia.
Curtis W.M. (1993). The Students Flora of Tasmania Part 3. St Davids Park
Publishing, Hobart, Tasmania.
DAFF (2005). Map 2- Supplementary Regional Forest Agreement New Formal and
Informal Reserves in Tasmania (north-east), Department of Agriculture,
Fisheries and Forestry. WWW publication at
http://www.affa.gov.au/corporate_docs/publications/pdf/forestry/rfa/tasmania/s
up_tas_rfa_map2_ne_a4.pdf, accessed 11/04/06.
David, T. W. E. 1923. R. M. Johnson Memorial Lecture: Geological evidence of the

antiquity of man in the Commonwealth with special reference to the
Tasmanian Aborigines. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of
Tasmania: 109- 150.
Davis, R.W, G.S. Fargion, N. May, T.D. Leming, M. Baumgartner, W.E.Evans, L.J.
Hansen, and K. Mullin (1998). Physical habitat of cetaceans along the
continental slope in the north-central and western Gulf of Mexico. Marine
Mammal Science 14 (3): 490-507.
de Gryse, J. Pty. Ltd. (1994). Bell Bay Major Industry Zone: Visual Values Assessment
and Management for the Bell Bay Industrial Zone Steering Committee.
DEH (2001). Commonwealth support for Tasmania's unique wildlife.

http://www.deh.gov.au/minister/env/2001/mr07sep601.html, Department of the
Environment and Heritage.
DEH (2003). Triple Bottom Line Reporting in Australia, A Guide to Reporting Against
Environmental Indicators, Department of the Environment and Heritage,
Environment Australia, Canberra.
DEH (2004). State of the Air: national ambient air quality status and trends report
1991-2001, April 2004, Department of Environment and Heritage, Canberra.
DEH (2004). State of the Marine Environment Report for Australia: State and Territory
Issues - Technical Annex 3, Department of the Environment and Heritage.
WWW publication at
http://www.deh.gov.au/coasts/publications/somer/annex3/tas.html, accessed
30/05/2005 & 02/08/2005.
DEH (2005). Bilateral migratory bird agreements with Japan (JAMBA) and China
(CAMBA). Department of the Environment and Heritage. WWW publication at

http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/migratory/waterbirds/bilateral.html,
accessed 30/05/2005
DEH (2005). EPBC Act Protected Matters Report latitude-41.15888, longitude

146.9224, Department of the Environment and Heritage. WWW publication at
http://www.deh.gov.au/cgi-bin/erin/ert/epbc/index.html, accessed 19/01/2005.
DEH (2005). EPBC Protected Matters Report. Department of the Environment and
Heritage. WWW publication at http://www.deh.gov.au/cgi-
bin/erin/ert/epbc/index.html, accessed 12/01/2005.
DEH (2005). Information on Ramsar Wetlands (RIS), Flood Plain Lower Ringarooma-9.
Department of the Environment and Heritage. WWW publication at
http://www.deh.gov.au/cgi-bin/wetlands/search.pl?mode=RAMSAR.html,
accessed 16/02/2005.
DEH (2005). Information on Ramsar Wetlands (RIS), Little Waterhouse Lake- 12.
Department of the Environment and Heritage. WWW publication at
http://www.deh.gov.au/cgi-bin/wetlands/search.pl?mode=RAMSAR.html,
DEH (2005). Litoria raniformis in Species Profile and Threats Database, Department of
the Environment and Heritage, Canberra. Available from:
http://www.deh.gov.au/sprat. Accessed 25/11/2005.
DEH (2005). Perameles gunnii gunnii in Species Profile and Threats Database,
Department of the Environment and Heritage, Canberra. Available from:
DEH (2005). The Commonwealth Coastal Policy, Department of the Environment and
Heritage. WWW publication at
http://www.deh.gov.au/coasts/publications/coastal-policy/, accessed
30/05/2005.
DEH (2005a). Blue, Fin and Sei Whale Recovery Plan 2005-2010, Department of the
Environment and Heritage WWW publication at
http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/publications/recovery/balaenopt
era-sp/index.html, accessed 18/05/06.
DEH (2006). Galaxiella pusilla in Species Profile and Threats Database, Department of
the Environment and Heritage, Canberra. Available from:
DEH (2006). Species Profile and Threats Database. Engaeus orramakunna in Species
Profile and Threats Database, Department of the Environment and Heritage,
Canberra. Available from: http://www.deh.gov.au/sprat. Accessed 30/01/2005.
DHHS (1998). Health and wellbeing in Tasmania: results of the healthy communities
survey. Tasmania, Department of Health and Human Services, Tasmania.

DHHS (2003). State of Public Health Report 2003. Department of Health and Human
Services, Tasmania.
DHHS (2005). Service Directory, Department of Health and Human Services. WWW
publication at http://www.dhhs.tas.gov.au/services.
DHHS (2005). Tamar Valley Health Profile Summary. Department of Health and
Human Services, Tasmania.
DIER (1999). Draft Tasmanian Road Hierarchy and Targets, Department of

Infrastructure Energy and Resources. WWW publication at
http://www.transport.tas.gov.au/publications/connecting_tas/index.html,
DIER (2005). Marine Transport, Department of Infrastructure, Energy and Resources.

WWW publication at http://www.transport.tas.gov.au, accessed 02/09/2005
Discover Launceston. Tamar Island Wetlands Walk,

http://www.discoverlaunceston.com/visiting/wetlands.html, accessed
07/06/2005
DoE (1971-1988) in Pirzl, H & Coughanowr, C (1997). State of the Tamar Estuary: A
review of Environmental quality data to 1997. Supervising Scientist Report
128. Supervising Scientist, Canberra.
Doley, D., Hill, R.J. & Reese, R.H. (2004). Environmental fluoride in Australasia:
ecological effects, regulation and management. Clean Air and Environmental
Quality 38: 35-55.
Doyle, C.J., Pablo, F., Lim, R.P. and Hyne, R.V. (2003). Assessment of metal toxicity
in sediment pore water from Lake Macquarie, Australia. Arch. Environ.
Contam. Toxicology, 44(3): 343-350.
DPC (2005). Tasmanian Legislation, Department of Premier and Cabinet, WWW

publication at http://www.thelaw.tas.gov.au, accessed 17/05/2005.
DPIWE (1998). Scalefish Fishery Policy Document. Version 1, Department of Primary

Industries, Water and Environment, Hobart.
DPIWE (1999). Quarry Code of Practice, Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Environment. WWW publication at
http://www.dpiwe.tas.gov.au/inter.nsf/Attachments/BHAN-
53M6XM/$FILE/quarryco.pdf, accessed 11/04/2006.
DPIWE (1999). Recovery Plan for Tasmanian Native Grasslands 2000-2002. Prepared
by Phillip Barker, Nature Conservation Branch, Department of Primary

DPIWE (2000), TASVEG2000 Vegetation Mapping Unit Descriptions- Working
Document February 13, 2002, Nature Conservation Branch, Department of
Primary Industries, Water and Environment, Hobart.
DPIWE (2000). Marine Farm Development Plan - Tamar Estuary. Prepared by

Inspiring Place Pty Ltd for the Food, Agriculture and Fisheries Division,
Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment, Tasmania. WWW
publication at http://www.dpiwe.tas.gov.au/inter.nsf/Attachments/ALIR-
4YT4MM/$FILE/CurrentTamarEstuary.pdf, accessed 11/04/2006.
DPIWE (2000). Marine Farming Development Plan, Tamar Estuary, July 2000.
Prepared by Inspiring Place Pty Ltd for the Food, Agriculture and Fisheries
Division, Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment,
Tasmania.
DPIWE (2001). A wetlands strategy for Tasmania. Department of Primary Industries,

Water and Environment, Tasmania.
DPIWE (2001). Proposed Environmental Management Goals for Surface Waters

Tamar Estuary and North Esk Catchments. WWW publication at
http://www.dpiwe.tas.gov.au/inter.nsf/Attachments/LBUN-
54273Y/$FILE/Tamarmap.pdf, accessed 11/04/2006.
DPIWE (2001). Proposed Environmental Management Goals for Tasmanian Surface

Waters, Tamar Estuary and North Esk Catchments, Public Discussion Paper
June 2001. Report for the Natural Heritage Trust.
DPIWE (2002). GIS Web Server (incorporating GTSpot database). Department of

Primary Industries, Water and Environment. WWW publication at
http://www.gisparks.tas.gov.au, accessed 24/10/2005.
DPIWE (2003). Environmental Management Goals for Tasmanian Surface Waters,

Greater Pipers River Catchment. Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Environment for Natural Heritage Trust, Canberra.
DPIWE (2004). Environment Protection Policy ( Air Quality ) 2004. Department of

Primary Industries, Water and Environment. 13 December 2004.
DPIWE (2004). Landfill Sustainability Guide, WWW publication at

http://www.dpiwe.tas.gov.au/inter.nsf/Attachments/CDAT-
64CA5T/$FILE/Landfill_Sustainability_Guide%202004.pdf, accessed
11/04/2006.
DPIWE (2004). Scalefish Fishery Management Plan. Department of Primary Industries,

Water and Environment, Hobart.
DPIWE (2004). Sustainability Guide for the Siting, Design, Operation and
Rehabilitation of Landfills. Environment Division, Department of Primary

DPIWE (2004). the Land Information System Tasmania, http://www.thelist.tas.gov.au,
accessed 17/05/2005
DPIWE (2005) Data for Tamar River Water Quality Model
DPIWE (2005). Marine Farming Benthic Monitoring. Department of Primary Industries,

Water and Environment.WWW publication at
http://www.dpiwe.tas.gov.au/inter.nsf/WebPages/HMUY-6298KJ?open,
accessed 10/06/2005
DPIWE (2005). Propagation and distribution of Sound, Long Reach Woodchip Mills to
Rowella. Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment, April
2005.
DPIWE (2005). Salmonids (Atlantic Salmon and Rainbow Trout), Department of

Primary Industries, Water and Environment. WWW publication at
http://www.dpiwe.tas.gov.au/inter.nsf/WebPages/EGIL-5KD7D6?open,
accessed 10/06/2005
DPIWE (2005). Sea Fishing and Aquaculture, Department of Primary Industries, Water
and Environment. WWW publication at http://www.dpiwe.tas.gov.au, accessed
02/09/2005.
DPIWE (2005). Sea Fishing and Aquaculture, Shark Refuges,

http://www.dpiwe.tas.gov.au/inter.nsf/WebPages/ALIR-4YA7GL?open,
accessed 17 May 2005
DPIWE (2005). Threatened Native Vegetation Communities List (Version 6.0),

November 2005, Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment.
WWW publication at http://www.dpiw.tas.gov.au/inter.nsf/WebPages/AWAH-
6547ZL?open, accessed 01/02/2006.
DPIWE (2005). Yellow-Eye Mullet, Department of Primary Industries, Water and

Environment. WWW publication at
http://www.dpiwe.tas.gov.au/inter.nsf/WebPages/ALIR-4YA5JH?open,
accessed 10/06/2005
DPIWE, (2005). Natural Environment,

http://www.dpiwe.tas.gov.au/inter.nsf/WebPages/BHAN-55C5R3?open
(20/10/05) Department of Primary Industries Water and Environment,
Tasmania.
DPIWE (2006). Information Bulletin No. 105, Classification and Management of

Contaminated Soil for Disposal, April 2006, Environment Division, Department
of Primary Industries, Water and Environment.
DTPHA (2004). Reserves Under the Nature Conservation Act 2002, Historic Sites,
Parks and Wildlife Service. Department of Tourism, Parks, Heritage and the
Arts. WWW publication at
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/manage/parksres/hs.html, accessed 09/052005.

DTPHA (2005). Reserves Under the Nature Conservation Act 2002, Conservation
Areas, Parks and Wildlife Service. Department of Tourism, Parks, Heritage
and the Arts. WWW publication at
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/manage/parksres/ca.html, accessed 09/05/2005.
DTPHA (2005). Visitors Guide to Tasmanias Reserves, Tamar River Conservation

Area, Parks and Wildlife Service. Department of Tourism, Parks, Heritage and
the Arts. WWW publication at http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/reserves/tamar/,
accessed 16/05/2005
Duddles, J. (2001). Tasmania Natural Gas Project Botanical survey, Stage 1: Five
Mile Bluff to Bell Bay (Tasmania). Greening Australia Tasmania, Hobart (for
Duke Energy International).
Duffy et al. 1975 in de Gryse, J. Pty. Ltd. (1994) Bell Bay Major Industry Zone: Visual
Values Assessment and Management for the Bell Bay Industrial Zone Steering
Committee.
Duke Energy International. Tasmania Holdings Pty Ltd (2001). Tasmania Natural Gas
Project, Stage 1 Supplement CD, August 2001.
Duller, G. A. T. and Augustinus, P. (1997). Luminescence studies of dunes from

northeastern Tasmania. Quaternary Geochronology (Quaternary Science
Reviews), 16: 357-366.
Duller, G. and Augustinus, P. (1996). Luminescence studies of dunes from north-

eastern Tasmania. Quaternary Science Reviews, 16:357-365.
Duller, G. and Augustinus, P. in press. Reassessment of the record of linear dune

activity in Tasmania using optical dating. Quaternary Science Reviews.
Duncan, F. (1996). A field key to Tasmanian species of eucalypts. Tasforests 8: 27-38.
Ecotox Services Australasia (2005). Toxicity Assessment of Pulp Mill Effluent for the
Proposed Tasmanian Pulp Mill. Report for Gunns Ltd.
Edgar, G. J. (2000): Australian marine life. The plants and animals of temperate
waters. Revised Edition. Sydney, Reed New Holland.
Edgar, G.J. (1997) Australian Marine Life the plants and animals of temperate waters.
Reed Books Australia.
Edgar, G.J. (1998) Impact on and recovery of subtidal reefs. Iron Baron Oil Spill 1995,
Long Term Environmental Impact and Recovery report.
Edgar, G.J., Barrett, N.S and Graddon, D.J (1999). A Classification of Tasmanian
Estuaries and Assessment of their Conservation significance using Ecological
and Physical Attributes, Population and Land Use. Tasmanian Aquaculture
and Fisheries Institute Technical Series Report 2.

Edgar, G.J., Moverley, J., Barrett, N.S. and Reed, C. (1997) The conservation related
Benefits of a systematic marine biological sampling programme: the
Tasmanian reef bioregionalisation as a case study. Biological Conservation 79:
227240.
Ellison, JC, Bester, C, Arkley, KJ, Dell, GM, Holland, SK, Clark, ML, Hannaford, RC,
Taylor, EJ, Atkins, C, Foster, IE, Morrison, BV (2002). Baseline Survey of
Fluvial Geomorphology and Hydrology of Pipers River. Tamar Natural
Resource Management Strategy, Launceston.
enHealth (2004). Environmental Health Risk Assessment - Guidelines for Assessing

Human Health Risk from Environmental Hazards. WWW publication at
http://enhealth.nphp.gov.au/council/pubs/pdf/envhazards.pdf, accessed
11/04/2006.
Environment Australia (1998). Noise, Vibration and Airblast Control Chapter 2 Best
Practice Environmental Management in Mining, Environment Australia,
Canberra.
Environment Australia (2001). Threat abatement plan for dieback caused by the root-
rot fungus Phytophthora cinnamomi. Commonwealth of Australia.
Environment Australia (2002). White Shark (Carcharodon carcharias) Recovery Plan,

July 2002, Commonwealth of Australia. WWW publication at
http://www.deh.gov.au/coasts/publications/gwshark-
plan/pubs/greatwhiteshark.pdf.
Environmental & Technical Services (1989). Botanical and zoological study, Four Mile
Creek Wildlife Sanctuary. Environmental & Technical Services Pty. Ltd. (for
Comalco Aluminium (Bell Bay) Ltd.
Environmental & Technical Services Pty Ltd (1991). Acoustic Survey.
Environmental & Technical Services Pty Ltd (1998). Sound Level Survey.
EPA, (1989). Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund, Volume I: Human Health
Evaluation Manual (Part A). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Office of
Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Toxics Integration Branch,
Washington, DC, EPA/540/1-89/002.
Eslake, S (2005). Tasmanias economic recovery: how sustainable is it? Presentation

Papers, Saul Eslake, Chief Economist, ANZ Bank, WWW publication at
http://www.anz.com/business/info_centre/economic_commentary/Tas_Eco_So
cy.pdf, accessed 11/04/2006.
Faith, D.P., Minchin, P.R. and Belbin, L. (1987) Compositional dissimilarity as a robust
measure of ecological distance. Vegetatio 69: 57-68.
Forest Practices Authority (2005). Forest Botany Manual: Module 3- Ben Lomond
Region. Forest Practices Authority, Tasmania.

Forest Practices Authority. 2002. Threatened Fauna Manual for Production Forests in
Tasmania http://www.fpa.tas.gov.au/index.php?id=20
Forlin et al (2004) Vol 3 Endocrine disruption in marine fish pulp mill effluent
Foster, D, Nittim, R & Walker, J (1986). Tamar River Siltation Study. University of New
South Wales. Water Research Laboratory Technical Report No. 85/07.
Frogs Australia Network (2005). Australian Frog Database. WWW publication at

http://frogsaustralia.net.au/frogs/, accessed 20/10/05.
Furlani, D.M. (1996) A guide to the introduced marine species in Australian waters.
Technical Report No. 5, Division of Fisheries, CSIRO, Hobart.
G.M. Dimmock, S.B Spanswick & D.B Kidd (2001). Revised Beaconsfield-George
Town Reconnaissance Soil Map of Tasmania. Department of Primary
Industries, Water & Environment.
Garnett, S. & Crowley, G. (2000.) Action Plan for Australian Birds 2000. Environment
Australia, Canberra.
Garrett, M. (1996). The ferns of Tasmania: their ecology and distribution. Tasmanian
Forest Research Council. Hobart
Gatehouse R. (2004). Ecological Risk Assessment of Dioxins in AustraliaTechnical

Report No.11. Department of the Environment and Heritage, May 2004. WWW
publication at http://www.deh.gov.au/industry/chemicals/dioxins/report-11/,
Gawne, B. and Richardson, A. (1992). Temco/Comalco Tamar River Study Report.

Deakin University Centre for Biological and Chemical Research, Melbourne.
George Town Council (2003). George Town Council Annual Report 2002-2003.
George Town Council, George Town, Tasmania.
George Town Council (2004). Industry Development Plan: Preliminary Findings.

George Town Council, George Town, Tasmania.
George Town Council (2005) Waste Management, WWW publication at

http://www.georgetown.tas.gov.au, accessed 02/08/2005.
George Town Council (2005). George Town Council. WWW publication at

http://www.georgetown.tas.gov.au/, accessed 11/04/2006
George Town Municipality (1991). George Town Planning Scheme, WWW publication
at
http://www.georgetown.tas.gov.au/webdata/resources/files/Planning_Scheme.
pdf, accessed 11/04/2006.

Geoscience Australia (2005), Law of the Sea. WWW publication at
http://www.ga.gov.au/oceans/factsheets/20010919_16.jsp, accessed
11/05/2005.
Geoscience Australia (2005). Australias Maritime Boundaries. WWW publication at

http://www.ga.gov.au/nmd/mapping/marbound, accessed 11/05/2005.
Geoscience Australia, OzEstuaries (2005), Economic Value of Estuarine Commercial

Fisheries. WWW publication at
http://www.ozestuaries.org/indicators/SI_commercial_fisheries_f.html,
accessed 10/06/2005
GHD (2005). Dispersion Modelling to Assist in Siting of an Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring Station in Tamar Valley Air Shed. Position paper to DPIWE, June
2005
GHD Pty Ltd (2005). George Town Council George Town Waste Water Treatment
Plant 2004/2005 Report, Launceston (November 2005).
GHD Pty Ltd (2006a). Gunns Ltd - Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern
Tasmania, Kraft Pulp Mill - Noise Assessment, Newcastle (May 2006).
GHD Pty Ltd (2006b). Proposed Pulp Mill- Bell Bay, Impact on Air Quality. Report
prepared for Gunns Ltd as part of the IIS (July 2006).
GHD Pty Ltd (2006c). Gunns Ltd - Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern
Tasmania, Kraft Pulp Mill Flora
GHD Pty Ltd (2006d). Gunns Ltd - Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern
Tasmania, Kraft Pulp Mill Fauna
GHD Pty Ltd (2006e). Gunns Ltd - Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern
Tasmania, Kraft Pulp Mill Water supply
GHD Pty Ltd (2006f). Gunns Ltd - Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern
Tasmania, Kraft Pulp Mill Donovans Bay
GHD Pty Ltd (2006g). Gunns Ltd - Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern
Tasmania, Kraft Pulp Mill Transport
GHD Pty Ltd (2006h). Gunns Ltd - Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern
Tasmania, Kraft Pulp Mill Hydrodynamic modelling outfall
GHD Pty Ltd (2006i). Gunns Ltd - Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern
Tasmania, Kraft Pulp Mill Hydrodynamic modelling Tamar River
GHD Pty Ltd (2006j). Gunns Ltd - Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern
Tasmania, Kraft Pulp Mill Preliminary Risk Analysis
GHD Pty Ltd (2006k). Gunns Ltd - Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern
Tasmania, Kraft Pulp Mill Community Consultation Report

GHD Pty Ltd (2006l). Gunns Ltd - Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern
Tasmania, Kraft Pulp Mill Social Impact Assessment
Gill, E. D. 1968. Aboriginal bone implement from fossil bone bed, Tasmania. Records
of the Queen Victoria Museum, 31:1-5.
Gisiner R. (ed.) (1998). Proceedings of the workshop on the effects of anthropogenic

noise in the marine environment. 10-12 February 1998, Office of Naval
Research, 141 pp.
Graham, B (1999). Hydrological analysis of rivers in the Pipers catchment. In Bobbi,

C., Graham, B., Read, M., and Nelson, M., 1999. State of the River Report for
the Pipers River Catchment. Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Environment, Hobart.
Graham, V. (2005). Aboriginal heritage survey of the Gunns East Tamar proposed pulp
mill site and desktop survey of a proposed dam on Pipers River and
associated proposed pipeline route, northern Tasmania. Draft report for Gunns
Limited.
Green, G. and Coughanowr, C. (2003) State of the Derwent Estuary: a review of

pollution sources, loads and environmental quality data from 1997-2003.
Derwent Estuary Program, DPIWE, Tasmania.
Green, R. (2000). Scenic and town character assessment. Australian Planner, Vol. 37,
p. 1.
Green, R. (2000a) Perceived Town Character: linking environmental features to

connotative meaning. In Building Bridges: In proceedings of the 31st annual
conference of Environmental Design Research Association (EDRA):
Connecting People, Research and Design. San Francisco.
Greening Australia (Tasmania) (2001). Botanical Survey Stage 1: Five Mile Bluff to Bell
Bay (Tasmania). Report prepared for Duke Energy International (Tasmania
Natural Gas Project).
Greilach, P., Black, K., De Lange, W., Edgar, G., Holloway, M., Jenkins, G.,
OCallaghan, P. and Roberts, W. (1993) An assessment of environmental
effects of a submarine optical fibre cable crossing of Bass Strait. Report to
Telecom Australia from the Victorian Institute of Marine Sciences.
Grigione, M.M. and Mrykalo, R. 2004. Effects of artificial night lighting on endangered
ocelots (Leopardus paradalis) and nocturnal prey along the United States-
Mexico border: A literature review and hypotheses of potential impacts. Urban
Ecosystems 7 (1): 65-77.
Grubb Shaft Gold & Heritage Museum (1997), Beaconsfield Gold N.L., Grubb Shaft
Gold & Heritage Museum,
http://www.beaconsfieldgold.com.au/GrubbShaftMuseum.html, accessed
07/06/2005.

Gunns Limited (2003). Gunns Corporate, Gunns Ltd. WWW publication at
http//www.gunns.com.au accessed 11/04/06.
Gunns Limited (2004). Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern Tasmania-
Project Overview. Gunns Limited, Launceston.
Gunns Limited (2004b). Programme for Endorsement of Forest Certification Schemes.

Gunns Limited, Launceston.
Gunns Limited (2005). Bell Bay Pulp Mill Project, Frequently Asked Questions, WWW
publication at http://www.gunnspulpmill.com.au/faqs.html, accessed
11/04/2006.
Gunthorpe. L., Nottage, M., Palmer, D. and Wu, R (1997). Testing for sublethal toxicity
using gametes of Hormosira banksii: protocol. National Pulp Mills Research
Program, Technical Report No. 22, CSIRO, Canberra. 31pp
Gurung, S. (2001). Tasmanian Acid Drainage Reconnaissance: Distribution of Acid

Sulphate Soils in Tasmania. Mineral Resources Tasmania, Department of
Infrastructure, Energy and Resources, Hobart.
Hallegraeff, G.M., Bolch, C.J., Blackburn, S.I. and Oshima, Y. (1991) Species of the
toxigenic dinoflagellate genus Alexandrium in southeastern Australian waters.
Botanica Marina 34:575587.
Hamilton, F. (1999). Assessments of Aboriginal cultural heritage at Mangalore, Orford,

Mount Direction and Stony Rise. A report prepared for GHD and the
Tasmanian Aboriginal Land Council.
Hargrave Pipeline Group Pty Ltd (2005/06). Gas Pipeline Lateral & Station, Design
Basis Document. Unpublished report prepared for Gunns Ltd Pulp Mill Project,
April 2005.
Harris, S. & Kitchener, A. (eds.). (2004). Tasmanias Vegetation A technical manual

for TASVEG: Tasmanias vegetation map. Version 1.0. Department of Primary
Harris, S. and Kitchener, A (2005). From Forest to Fjaeldmark: Descriptions of

Tasmanias Vegetation. Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Environment, Printing Authority of Tasmania, Hobart.
Hayes, K., Sliwa, C., Migus, S., McEnnulty, F. and Dunstan, P. (2005). National priority
pests: Part II Ranking of Australian marine pests. Department of Environment
and Heritage by CSIRO Marine Research, February. WWW publication at
http://www.marine.csiro.au/crimp/reports/PriorityPestsFinalreport.pdf,
Hedge, P. (1998) Strategy for the management of rice grass (Spartina anglica) in
Tasmania, Australia. Rice Grass Advisory Group, Tasmania.

Henderson, D.G. (1981). Studies on Palaearctic waders at George Town, Tasmania.
The Stilt 1, 2.
Higgins, P.J. (Senior Editor) (1999) Handbook of Australian, New Zealand & Antarctic
Birds (HANZAB) Volume 4 Parrots to Dollarbird. Oxford University Press,
Melbourne.
Higgins, P.J. and Davies, S.J.J.F. (Editors) (1996) Handbook of Australian, New
Zealand & Antarctic Birds (HANZAB) Volume 3 Snipe to Pigeons. Oxford
University Press, Melbourne.
Higgins, P.J., Peter, J.M. (2001) Handbook of Australian, New Zealand & Antarctic
Birds (HANZAB) Volume 6 Pardalotes to Shrike-thrushes. Oxford University
Press, Melbourne.
Higgins, P.J., Peter, J.M., Steele, W.K. (2001) Handbook of Australian, New Zealand &
Antarctic Birds (HANZAB) Volume 5 Tyrant-flycatchers to Chats. Oxford
University Press, Melbourne.
Hillyer,M.J., Burton C.S., (1980). The ExEx methods: incorporating variability in

Sulphur Dioxide emissions into Power Plant Impact Assessment. Systems
Applications, Inc.,San Raphael,CA. prepared for USEPA, contract # 68013957.
Holway (2005). Edge effects of an invasive species across a natural ecological

boundary. Biological Conservation, 121 (4): 561-567
HPG (2006). Gunns Pulp Mill Project Effluent Pipeline Design Basis Document.
Hughes, J.M.R. and Davis, G.L. (1989) Aquatic plants of Tasmania. Department of
Geography, University of Melbourne.
Hurley, P (2005). The Air Pollution Model (TAPM) Version 3: Part 1; Technical
Description. CSIRO Atmospheric Research Technical Paper No. 71, 2005.
This and other verification studies are available at
http://www.dar.csiro.au/res/aq/TAPM.
Hydro Electric Company (1994), The Hydro Electric Commission Water Resources
Group, 1994 Annual Data Review. HEC, Hobart, Tasmania.
Hydro Tasmania (2001) Tasmanian Natural Gas Project Development Proposal and
Environmental Management Plan, Stage One, April 2001
Hydro Tasmania (2003). Scientific Report on Cataract Gorge. WWW publication at

http://www.hydro.com.au/documents/Our%20Environment/Cataract_Gorge_P
D_Final1.pdf, accessed 02/08/2005.
Hydro Tasmania (2006). Background. WWW publication at http://www.hydro.com.au,


Inland Fisheries Service. 2005. Freshwater Fish Facts: Australian Grayling. Inland
Fisheries Service, Moonah, Tasmania
http://www.ifc.tas.gov.au/fact_sheets/grayling.html 20/01/06.
Innovation Alberta (2004). Celebrating Science, Research and the Inventive Spirit.
WWW publication at http://www.innovationalberta.com, accessed 11/04/2006.
Inter Agency Policy and Projects Unit (2004). Telecommunications in Tasmania: 2004
Market Competitiveness Report. WWW publication at
http://www.go.tas.gov.au/telecommunications/tit_market_competitiveness_200
4.htm, accessed 24/05/2005.
International Health Regulations (1969) Article 53, WWW publication at http://www-

nehc.med.navy.mil/nepmu2/pmttoolbox/ENTOMOLOGY_files%5CShipboard%
20Pest%20Control%20Manual%5C03%20DATA%20FILES%20(R)%5CINTER
NATIONAL%20HEALTH%20REGULATIONS%5CINTERNATIONAL%20HEAL
TH%20REGULATIONS%20(1969).pdf, accessed 11/04/2006.
International Maritime Organization (2002), http://www.imo.org/home.asp, accessed

06/05/2005
International Maritime Organization (2002), International Convention for the Control

and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments,
http://www.imo.org/home.asp, accessed 30/05/2005.
International Maritime Organization (2002), International Convention for the Prevention

of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating
thereto (MARPOL 73/78),
www.imo.org/Conventions/contents.asp?doc_id=678&topic_id=258, accessed
06/05/2005
Jaakko Poyry (2005). NOx Issues , Technical Report 7 June 2005.
Jaakko Pyry Consulting (2006). Pre Engineering for the New Pulp Mill, Report
completed for Gunns Limited, Bell Bay Pulp Mill Project, Tasmania, Report No
16B0104-E0001.
Jaako Pyry Consulting (2004). Greenfield Pulpmill in Tasmania, Preliminary

Information for the Integrated Impact Statement (Draft), for Gunns Limited,
Launceston.
James, R.J., Lincoln Smith, M.P., Fairweather, P.G. (1995). Sieve mesh-size and
taxonomic resolution needed to describe natural spatial variation of marine
macrofauna. Marine Ecology Progress Series. 118: 187-198.
Jones D, Wapstra H, Tonelli P and Harris S (1999). The Orchids of Tasmania,

Melbourne University Press, Victoria.
Jones, D.N. and Nealson, T. (2003). Management of aggressive Australian magpies by

translocation. Wildlife Research 30:167-177.

Jones, E. 1989. 55. Felidae, in Walton, D. W. & Richardson, B.J.(eds.). Fauna of
Australia Volume 1B: Mammalia. CSIRO Publishing.
Jones, R. (1971). Rocky Cape and the problem of the Tasmanians. Unpublished PhD
thesis, University of Sydney.
Jones, R. (1974). Tasmanian Tribes. Appendix to Tindale, N.B. Aboriginal tribes of

Australia, ANU Press, Canberra.
Jones, R., Cosgrove, R., Allen, J., Cane, S., Kiernan, K., Webb, S., Loy, T., West, D.
and Stadler, E. (1988). An archaeological reconnaissance of karst caves within
the Southern Forests region of Tasmania, Australian Archaeology, 26:1-23.
Jordan, A. (1996) Assessment of seagrass beds in the Tamar River and selected sites
between Low Head and Five Mile Bluff. Progress report to the Long Term
Impact Assessment Group Iron Baron Long Term Impact Assessment
Program.
Jordan, A., Lawler, M., Halley, V. and Barrett, N. (2005) Seabed habitat mapping in the
Kent Group of islands and its role in marine protected area planning. Aquatic
Conservation: Marine and Freshwater Ecoststems 15: 5170.
Jordan, A.R. Mills, D.M. Ewing, G. and Lyle, J.M. (1998). Assessment of Inshore
Habitats Around Tasmania for Life-History Stages of Commercial Finfish
Species, Marine research Laboratories - Tasmanian Aquaculture and Fisheries
Institute, University of Tasmania, Hobart.
Jordan, G.J. (1996). Comment: Eocene continental climates and latitudinal

temperature gradients., Geology, 23: 1054.
Jordon, A. (1996). Assessment of seagrass beds in the Tamar River and selected
sites between Low Head and Five Mile Bluff. Progress report to the long-term
impact assessment Group Iron Baron Long Term Impact Assessment
Program. Department of Primary Industry, Water and Environment, Hobart,
Tasmania.
Katrak, G & Bird F.L (2003). Comparative effects of the coexisting bioturbators,
Trypaea australiensis and Heloecius cordiformis, on intertidal sediments.
Marine and Freshwater Research 54: 701-708.
Keane, J.P. and Neira, F.J. (2004) First record of mosquitofish, Gambusia holbrooki, in
Tasmania, Australia: stock structure and reproductive biology. New Zealand
Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 38: 857867.
Kee, S. (1990). Midlands Aboriginal archaeological site survey. Occasional Paper

No.26, Department of Parks, Wildlife and Heritage, Hobart.
Kee, S. (1991). Aboriginal archaeological sites in North East Tasmania. Occasional

Paper No.28, Department of Parks, Wildlife and Heritage, Hobart.

Keith, D. (1996). Fire-driven extinction of plant populations: a synthesis of theory and
review of evidence from Australian vegetation. Proceedings of the Linnaean
Society of N.S.W. 116: 37-78.
Keith, D. (1998). Recovery Plan: Tasmanian Forest Epacrids 1999-2004. Parks and
Wildlife Service, Hobart.
Kemper, C., Gibbs, P., Obendorf, D., Marvanek, S. and Lenghaus, C. (1994). A review of heavy metal and
organochlorine levels in marine mammals in Australia. Sci Total Environ. 154:129-139.
Kent, M. & Coker, P. (1992). Vegetation description and analysis. CRC Press, Boca
Raton, USA.
Keough, M. J. and Mapstone, B. D. (1995). Protocols for designing marine ecological
monitoring programs associated with feasibility of using risk assessment
techniques to evaluate the potential BEK mills. National Pulp Mills Research
Program Technical Report No. 11. Canberra: CSIRO, 185 pp.
Kevekordes, K. and Clayton, M.N. (1996). Using developing embryos of Hormosira

banksii (Phaeophyta) as a marine bioassay system. International Journal of
Plant Science, 157: 582-585
Kiernan, K., Jones, R. and Ranson, D. (1983). New evidence from Fraser Cave for
glacial age man in south-west Tasmania. Nature 301(6): 28-32.
Kilpatrick, S & Guenther, J. (2000). Industry Skills Audit for the George Town Council:
Final Repor., Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra.
Kingston, T. (1998) Impact of the Iron Baron oil spill on flora and fauna within the
intertidal region of rocky shores. Iron Baron Oil Spill 1995, Long Term
Environmental Impact and Recovery report.
Kirkpatrick J.B and Backhouse S (2004). Native Trees of Tasmania. Pandani Press,
Hobart, Tasmania.
Kirkpatrick, J.B. (1993). Tasmania in Conservation of lowland native grasslands in

south-eastern Australia (eds. K. McDougall & J.B. Kirkpatrick). World Wide
Fund for Nature Australia.
Kirkpatrick, J.B., (1996). The Northeast in its context. Records of the Queen Victoria
Museum, Launceston 103, 7-12.
Kirkpatrick, J.B., Barker, P., Brown, M.J., Harris, S. & Mackie, R. (1994). The
Reservation Status of Tasmanian Vascular Plant Communities. Tasmanian
Conservation Trust Incorporated, Hobart.
Kirkpatrick, J.B., Barker, P., Brown, M.J., Harris, S. and Mackie, R. (1995). The
Reservation Status of Tasmanian Vascular Plant Communities. Tasmanian
Parks and Wildlife Service Wildlife Scientific Report 95/4.

Kivimaa, P. and Mickwitz, P. (2004). Driving Forces for Environmentally Sounder
Innovations: The Case of Finnish Pulp and Paper Industry. In: Klaus Jacob,
Manfred Binder and Anna Wieczorek (eds.) Governance for Industrial
Transformation. Berlin.
Koehnken, L. (2001). North-east rivers environmental review: A Review of Tasmanian

environmental quality data to 2001. Tasmanian Department of Primary
Krassoi, F.R. (1995). Salinity adjustments of effluents for use with marine bioassays:
effects on the larvae of the doughboy scallop Chlamys asperrimus and the
Sydney rock oyster Saccostrea commercialis. Australasian journal of
Ecotoxicology 1:143-148.
Krassoi, F.R., Everett, D., and Anderson, I. (1996). Protocol for using Doughboy
scallop Chlamys asperrima (Mollusca:Pectinidae) L. to test the sublethal
toxicity of single compounds and effluents. National Pulp Mills Research
Program, Technical Report No.17, CSIRO, Canberra. 56pp
Krebs, C.J. (1994). Ecology: the experimental analysis of distribution and abundance.
4th ed., Harper, New York.
Land and Water Biodiversity Committee. (2003) Minimum Construction Requirements

for Water Bores in Australia Ed 2.
Lara, A. L. and Neira, F. J. (2003). Studies on the early life history of fishes in the
Tamar Estuary, Tasmania. Unpublished Final Project Report to Natural
Heritage Trust. Australian Maritime College. 70 p. WWW publication at
http://tamar-nrm.org.au/pages/frames/reports/report_pdfs/AMC1.PDF
Larcombe, J., Brooks, K., Charalambou, C., Fenton, M., Fisher, M., Kinloch, M., and
Summerson, R. (2002). Marine Matters Atlas of marine activities and coastal
communities in Australias South-East Marine Region, Bureau of Rural
Sciences, Canberra.
Larkin, R. 1996. Effects of Military Noise on Wildlife: A Literature Review. Center for
Wildlife Ecology, Illinois USA.
Larkin. PA (1996). Concepts and issues in marine ecosystem management. Reviewed

in Fish Biology and Fisheries 6: 139-64 Plinius Secundus 74. Historia naturalis.
Amanuensis, Roma.
Last, P.R. (1983) Aspects of the ecology and zoogeography of fishes from soft bottom
habitats of the Tasmanian shore zone. PhD Thesis, University of Tasmania.
Last, P.R., Scott, E.O.G. and Talbot, F.H. (1983) Fishes of Tasmania. Tasmanian
Fisheries Development Authority, Hobart, Tasmania.

Latinovic. M & Bacon. C.A. (2003). Groundwater Prospectivity of Tasmania (map
1:500,000), Mineral Resources Tasmanian Geological Survey Record
2003/01, Department of Infrastructure of Energy and Resources.
Launceston City Council (2002), Launceston City Council. WWW publication at

http://www.launceston.tas.gov.au.
Launceston Environment Centre (2003). Backyard Biodiversity Program 2001-2003,

Incorporating The State of Knowledge. Report to the Tamar Region Natural
Resources Management Strategy Reference Group Inc. & The Natural
Heritage Trust.
Launceston Environment Centre (2004-2005). Trevallyn State Reserve. WWW

publication at http://www.lec.org.au/projtsr.php, accessed 02/08/2005.
Lazarus, E., Lawrence, N. & Potts, W. (2003). Threatened Flora of Tasmania CD,
Threatened Species Unit, Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Environment, Hobart (http://www.gisparks.tas.gov.au/ThreatenedFloraCD/,
accessed 12/07/05)
Lazarus, E., Lawrence, N. & Potts, W. 2003. Threatened Flora of Tasmania CD,
Threatened Species Unit, Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Environment, Hobart (http://www.gisparks.tas.gov.au/ThreatenedFloraCD/,
accessed 12/07/05)
Lehtinen (2004) Vol 3 Organochlorines-could be from a Jaakko Poyry document
Leonardos. G. Kendall. D. & Barnard. N. (1969). Odor threshold determination of 53

odorant chemicals. Japanese Air Pollution Control Association. 19: 91-95.
Levay, G. (1994) Development of standard methods for generic analyses of

halogenated organics in BKM effluents and environment. National Pulp Mills
Program, Project AIA.
Light Harmony (2005). Report of Compliance with Requirements of Australian

Standard AS4282-1997 Control of the Effects of Outdoor Lighting For
Proposed Bleached Kraft Pulp Mill in Northern Tasmania By Gunns Limited
Lighthouses of Australia Incorporated (2005). Lighthouses of Tasmania, The Low Head

Lighthouse. WWW publication at
http://www.lighthouse.net.au/lights/TAS/Low%20Head/Low%20Head.htm,
accessed 9/05/2005
Lindenmayer. D & Burgman. M (2005). Practical Conservation Biology. CSIRO

Publications.
Lindvall T. (1974). Monitoring odorous air pollution in the field with human observers.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. 237:247-260.

Ling B. (2005) 2-210- should be a report from Launceston City Council by Brendan
Ling
Littlejohn, M. 2003. Frogs of Tasmania: Fauna of Tasmania Handbook No. 6(2nd. Edn.)
University of Tasmania, Hobart.
Livingstone, A (March 2005) personal communication Hydro Tasmania
Long, E.R., MacDonald, D.D., Smith, S.L. and Calder, E.D. (1995). Incidence of
adverse biological effects within ranges of chemical concentrations in marine
and estuarine sediments. Environment Management 19: 81-97.
Lourandos. H (1983). 10,000 years in the Tasmanian Highlands. Australian

Archaeological Association Inc.
Low Head Historic Precinct (2005). About Low Head Pilot Station.
http://www.lhhp.com.au, accessed 17/05/2005.
Lowell, R.B., Ribey, S.C., Ellis, I.K., Porter, E.L., Culp, J.M., Grapentine, L.C.,
McMaster, M.E., Munkittrick, K.R., Scroggins, R.P. (2003). National
assessment of the pulp and paper environmental effects monitoring data.
National Water Research Institute, Burlington, Ontario. NWRI Contribution No
03-521.
Lowell, R.B., Ring, B., Pastershank, G., Walker, S., Trudel, L., Hedley, K. (2005).
National assessment of pulp and paper environmental effects monitoring data:
Findings from cycles 1 through 3. National Water Research Institute,
Burlington, Ontario. NWRI Scientific Assessment Report Series No 5. 40p.
Loyn, R.H. 1986. The Seabirds of Australia. Anugs & Roberston Publishers, London.
Lyle. J.M. (2005). 2000/01 Survey of Recreational Fishing In Tasmania (March 2005),
Tasmanian Aquaculture and Fisheries Institute, University of Tasmania.
M.J. Keough and B.D. Mapstone (1995), National Pulp Mills Research Program
Technical Report No. 11. Vol 4, 6-17
Marchant, S. and Higgins, P.J. (Editors) 1993. Handbook of Australian, New Zealand &
Antarctic Birds (HANZAB) Volume 2 Raptors to Lapwings. Oxford University
Press, Melbourne.
Marchant, S. and Higgins, P.J. (Editors) 2004. Handbook of Australian, New Zealand &
Antarctic Birds (HANZAB) Volume 1 Part B Australian Pelican to Ducks.
Oxford University Press, Melbourne.
Marchant, S. and Higgins, R.J. (coordinators). (1990). Handbook of Australian, New

Zealand and Antarctic Birds. Vol 1. Part A. Oxford University Press, Sydney.
MarineBio (2005) Balaenoptera musculus, Blue Whale. WWW publication at

http://marinebio.org/species.asp?id=41, accessed 2005.

Maunsell Aecom (2005). Bell Bay Pulp Mill Wharf Facility Conceptual Design Study.
Report for Gunns Limited, September 2005.
Maxwell, S., Burbidge, A. & Morris, K. (eds.). 1996. The 1996 Action Plan for
Australian Marsuipials and Monotremes, Wildlife Australia, Canberra.
McCauley. R (1994). Impact of petroleum. Seismic survey. National Oceans Office.
McCauley. R and Duncan. A (2001). Impact of petroleum. Seismic survey. National

Oceans Office.
McGowan, A. (1990). Ida Bay karst study: archaeological resources of the Ida Bay
karst and the impact of limestone quarrying. Department of Parks, Wildlife and
Heritage, Tasmania.
McMaster, M.E., Parrott, J.L. and Hewitt, L.M. (2004). A decade of research on the
environmental impacts of pulp and paper mill effluents in Canada (1992-2002).
National Research Institute, Environment Canada, Canada. 62p
Meander Valley Council (2000), Natural Resource Management Strategy, 1st Edition.
Report prepared by Inspiring Place Consultants for Meander Valley Council.
WWW publication at
http://www.meander.tas.gov.au/webdata/resources/files/nrm_strategy.pdf.
Meander Valley Council (2005), Natural Resource Management Strategy (2nd Edition).
Report prepared by Brownlea S. and Bennett M., Meander Valley Council,
Westbury. WWW publication at
http://www.meander.tas.gov.au/webdata/resources/files/MVC_NRM_Strategy_
2nd_Ed.pdf.
Miedecke and Partners (1993) Distributional survey of the marine macro-invertebrate

fauna of Deceitful Cove, Tamar River, northern Tasmania. BHP Manganese
TEMCO, COMALCO Aluminium (Bell Bay) Ltd.
MillWatch (2001). MillWatch No. 33 September 2001. WWW publication at

http://www.rfu.org/Archives_MillWatch/Millwtch33.htm
Minchin R.F (unknown) Tasmanian Wildflowers Volume One, Regal Publications,

Launceston, Tasmania.
Mineral Resources Tasmania (2003). Tasmanian Geological Survey Record 2003/01,

A review of groundwater in Tasmania. Compiled by Bacon, C & Latinovic, M.
WWW publication at
http://www.mrt.tas.gov.au/pls/portal/docs/PAGE/MRT_INTERNET_PAGE_GR
OUP/MRT_GEOLOGICAL_INFORMATION/MRT_GROUNDWATER/UR2003_
01.PDF, accessed 4/08/2006.
Mineral Resources Tasmania (2005), Mineral Resources Tasmania,

http://www.mrt.tas.gov.au, accessed 30/05/2005

Mineral Resources Tasmania (2005), Mineral Resources Tasmania,
http://www.mrt.tas.gov.au, accessed 15/06/2005.
Minerals Council of Australia (2004), Geography, Location and Access,

http://www.minerals.org.au/envirosmart/case_studies/tas/geography,
15/06/2005
Minerals Resources Australia (2002). Tasmanian Exports. WWW publication at

http://www.mrt.tas.gov.au, accessed 02/082005.
Mitchell, I., Jones, A. & Crawford, C. (2000). Distribution of Feral Pacific Oysters and
Environmental Conditions. Natural Heritage Trust Report, NHT Project No.
FAP13077, Marine Research Laboratories- Tasmanian Aquaculture and
Fisheries Institute, University of Tasmania
Mondon, J.A. (2000). Ecotoxicology of contaminated marine sediments in Tasmanian

Estuaries. Unpublished PhD Thesis. Department of Zoology, University of
Tasmania.
Mondon, J.A., Nowak, B.F. and Sodergren, A. (2001). Persistant organic pollutants in
oysters Crassostrea gigas and sand flathead Platycephalus bassensis from
Tasmanian estuarine and coastal waters. Marine Pollution Bulletin 42(2): 157-
161.
Moore, M. (1997). Aboriginal archaeology of dry sclerophyll forest conservation

reserves in eastern Tasmania: a study of Tasmanian lithic technology. A report
to Forestry Tasmania, 2 vols.
Morcombe, M. (2003) Field Guide to Australian Birds. Steve Parish Publishing Pty Ltd.,
Queensland Australia.
Mulvaney, D. J. (1975). Prehistory of Australia, Penguin.
Murphy, R.J., Crawford C.M. and Barmuta, L. (2003). Estuarine health in Tasmania,
status and indicators: water quality. Technical Report Series Number 16,
Tasmanian Aquaculture and Fisheries Institute, Hobart.
Murray, P., Goede, A. and Bada, J. (1980). Pleistocene human occupation at

Beginners Luck Cave, Florentine Valley, Tasmania. Archaeology and Physical
Anthropology in Oceania, 15:142-152.
National Council for Air and Stream Improvement, Inc. (NCASI). 2003. Effects of
Timed Exposure to Biologically Treated OD+ECF Bleached Kraft Mill Effluent
on Reproduction Responses of Male and Female Fathead Minnows. Technical
Bulletin No. 0864. Research Triangle Park, NC: National Council for Air and
Stream Improvement, Inc.
National Environment Protection Council (2004) National Environment Protection

Measure (Movement of the Controlled Waste between States and Territories).
WWW publication at

http://www.ephc.gov.au/pdf/waste/cw_nepm_as_varied_dec_04.pdf, accessed
11/04/2006.
National Grid (2005). National Grid. WWW publication at

http://www.basslink.com.au/About_TheProject.html, accessed 24/05/2005.
National Occupational Health and Safety Commission (NOHSC) (2002) Control of

Major Hazard Facilities National Standard [NOHSC:1014(2002)] National Code
of Practice [NOHSC:2016(1996)], (October 2002).
National Oceans Office (2005), Australias Ocean Policy. WWW publication at

http://www.oceans.gov.au/the_oceans_policy_overview.jsp, accessed
30/05/2005.
National Oceans Office (2005), Background: The Law of the Sea and Agenda 21 - An
Evolving Regime Of State Rights and Duties For the Ocean. WWW publication
at http://www.oceans.gov.au/background_paper_2/page_006.jsp, accessed
11/05/2005.
National Oceans Office (2005), Impact of Aquaculture, Aquaculture Locations. WWW

publication at http://www.oceans.gov.au/impacts_aquaculture/page_002.jsp,
accessed 05/2005.
Natural Heritage Trust (2004) Technical Report No. 8 Personal Monitoring of Selected
VOCs: The Contribution of Woodsmoke to Exposure
Natural Heritage Trust (2004), Programs of the first phase of the Natural Heritage
Trust: Clean Seas Program. WWW publication at
http://www.nht.gov.au/nht1/programs/csp/index.html, accessed 30/05/2005.
Nedwell, Dr. J., Turnpenny, Dr. A., Langworthy, J., and Edwards, B. (2003).
Measurements of underwater noise during piling at the Red Funnel Terminal,
Southhampton, and observations of its effect on caged fish. Subacoustech Ltd.
Report Reference: 558 R 0207
Nelson, M. (1999). Index of River Condition for the Pipers River Catchment.
Department of Primary Industry, Water and Environment.
NEPC (1998). National Environment Protection Measure and Revised Impact

Statement for Ambient Air Quality. 26 June 1998.
NEPC (2003). National Environment Protection Measure for Ambient Air Quality,
National Environmental Protection Council. May 2003. WWW publication at
http://www.ephc.gov.au/nepms/air/air_variation.html.
Noble, K.E. (1992). Land Capability Survey of Tasmania. Tamar 1:100 000 map.
Department of Primary Industry, Tasmania, Australia.
Norris R.H. (1979). The ecological effects of mining effluents on the South Esk River
(northeast Tasmania). Ph D thesis, University of Tasmania.

Norske Skog (2005). Norske Skog: a world leader in the paper industry. WWW
publication at http://www.norske-skog.com
Norstrom, R.J., Simon M. and Muir D.C.G. (1990). Polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins

and dibenzofurans in marine mammals in the Canadian north. Environ. Pollut.
66:1-19.
North, A. (2000). Basslink Tasmanian Section Thematic mapping, options and impact
assessment: Biological values. A.J. North & Associates, Kellevie (for Pitt &
Sherry).
North, A. and Ashworth, J. (2001). Basslink Tasmanian Section, Four Mile Bluff to Bell
Bay, Botanical Survey and Fauna Habitat Assessment. Report forming part of
the development plan and environmental management plan (DP&EMP) Pitt &
Sherry Consulting Engineers.
Northern Tasmania Regional Development Board (2002). Resoruces.

http://www.northerntasmania.info/aboutus.html, accessed 02/08/2005.
Northern Tasmanian Regional Development Board (2002). Profiles of Northern

Tasmanias Core Industry Sectors, Report for the Department of Transport and
Regional Services.
Norwegian Trade Portal (2005). WWW publication at

http://www.nortrade.com/Paper/Articles/showarticle.aspx?id=158&sectorid=27
Norwood, R. (2004). Air Quality Strategy, Tamar Valley Airshed, Consultation Draft.
Prepared for the Tamar Valley Air Quality Strategy Steering Committee.
NSR Environmental Consultants (2001). Basslink Draft Integrated Impact Assessment

Statement Main Report, Melbourne.
NSW Department of Environment and Conservation ( 2004). Threatened Species

Survey and Assessment: Guidelines for developments and activities. New
South Wales Department of Environment and Conservation, Hurstville, NSW.
NSW Department of Environment and Conservation. 2004. Threatened Biodiversity

Survey and Assessment: Guidelines for Development Activities Working
Draft November
http://www.nationalparks.nsw.gov.au/pdfs/tbsa_guidelines_draft.pdf
NSW EPA Environmental Noise Control Manual, June, 1994.
NSW EPA Industrial Noise Policy, January, 2000.

NSW Minerals Council & Holmes Air Sciences (2000). Particulate Matter and Mining
(Interim Report), July 2000.
O'Brien, P. E. (2002) Impacts of marine acoustic technology on the Antarctic

environment SCAR Ad Hoc group on marine acoustic technology; unpublished
32 pp

Oceans Australia (2005). Aquaculture Impacts. http://www.oceans.gov.au, accessed
02/08/2005.
Oehme et al (1996) Vol 3 Arctic ringed seals- same source as OBrien
Olsen, A.M. (1954) The biology, migration, and growth rate of the school shark,
Galeorhinus australis (Macleay) (Carcharhinidae) in south eastern Australian
waters. Australian Journal of Marine and Freshwater Research 5: 353-410.
Orica Quarry Services, (2005). Blasting Risk Assessment for Gunns Limited Proposed
Pulp Mill Development Site, Tasmania.
PAE (2005). Review of Air Dispersion Modelling and Background Monitoring Data for
the Proposed Bell Bay Pulp Mill. #2088 11 Nov. 2005. paper to RPDC
Page M (1998). The Eucalypts of Tasmania. Launceston, Tasmania.
Parks and Wildlife (2005). Narawntapu National Park. WWW publication at

http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/natparks/narawntapu/, accessed 02/08/2005.
Parks and Wildlife Service (2004) Geoconservation areas - GTSpot
Parks and Wildlife Service (2004), Fauna and Flora of the Tamar Wetlands Reserve.
WWW publication at
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/reserves/tamar/FaunaFlora.pdf, accessed
05/2005.
Parks and Wildlife Service (2004), Management: Reserves under the Nature
Conservation Act 2002, National Parks. WWW publication at
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/manage/parksres/np.html, accessed 10/05/2005.
Conservation Act 2002, Nature Reserves. WWW publication at
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/manage/parksres/nr.html, accessed 10/05/2005.
Conservation Act 2002, Conservation Areas. WWW publication at
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/manage/parksres/ca.html, accessed 10/05/2005.
Conservation Act 2002, Nature Recreation Areas. WWW publication at
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/manage/parksres/nra.html, accessed 10/05/2005.
Conservation Act 2002, Historic Sites. WWW publication at
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/manage/parksres/hs.html, accessed 10/05/2005
Parks and Wildlife Service (2005). Latest News and Media Releases. WWW
publication at http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/latest/sperm_whales/index.html.

Parks and Wildlife Service (2005). Tamar River Conservation Area. WWW publication
at http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/reserves/tamar/, accessed 02/08/2005.
Parks and Wildlife Service (2005). Visitor's Guide to Tasmania's Reserves, Tamar
River Conservation Area. WWW publication at
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/reserves/tamar, accessed 7/06/2005.
Parks and Wildlife Service GIS (2002). Natural Values Report- Pipers River Dam.
http://www.gisparks.tas.gov.au/ValueReports/Vrep0502151558_29.html,
Parks Victoria (2001). Marine Natural Values Study. Parks Victoria Technical Series
Number 1.
Parliament of Tasmania (2003), Members of the Tasmanian Legislative Council, Kerry

Finch MLC, Member for Rosevears, York Town Historical Site,
http://www.parliament.tas.gov.au/lc/finch/york.htm, accessed 10/05/2005.
Parry. G. D., Campbell, S. J. & Hobday, D. K. (1990). Marine Resources off East
Gippsland. Southeastern Australia. Technical Report No. 72 Marine Science
Laboratories. Queenscliff, Victoria, Australia.
Pemberton, D. (1998) Fur seal monitoring report. Iron Baron Oil Spill 1995, Long Term
Environmental Impact and Recovery report.
Personal communication: Jenny Dyring, Investigation Officer, Strategic Initiatives &

Legislative Review, Integrated Policies & Strategies, DPIWE (email forwarded
from Suzette Weeding Gunns).
Petch, D.A. (1988). Variation in the spioned polychaete Boccardia

proboscidea.Unpublished PhD thesis. University of Melbourne.
Phillips, A.W. (1975). The Establishment of Spartina in the Tamar Estuary, Tasmania.
Royal Society of Tasmania; Hobart [University Library, Hobart].
Pietsch, R.S. (1994). The fate of urban common brushtail possums (Trichosurus
vulpecula) translocated to sclerophyll forest, in Reintroduction Biology of
Australian and New Zealand fauna., M. Serena, (Ed.), Surrey Beatty: Sydney.
p. 113-120.
Pinkard, D (1980). Land Systems of Tasmania Region 4. Tasmanian Department of

Agriculture, Hobart.
Pirzl, H. & Coughanowr, C. (1997). State of the Tamar Estuary: a review of

environmental quality data to 1997. Supervising Scientist Report 128,
Supervising Scientist, Canberra.
Pitt and Sherry (2006a). Gunns Pulp Mill Solid Waste Landfill Conceptual Design
Pitt and Sherry (2006b). Workers Accommodation Facility Report

Pitt and Sherry (2006c). Geomorphological Assessment - Proposed Pulp Mill Effluent
Pipeline Shoreline Crossing Area
Pitt and Sherry (2006d). Bell Bay Pulp Mill Project Proposed Pipeline Four Mile Bluff,
Georgetown Onshore Geotechnical Investigation.
Pitt and Sherry (2006e). Gunns pulp mill effluent pipeline Four Mile Beach dune
crossing remediation and revegetation.
Pitt and Sherry (2006f). Gunns Pulp Mill Water Supply, Tamar River Crossing Pipeline
Installation
Platypus House, Platypus House. WWW publication at

http://www.platypushouse.com.au, accessed 07/06/2005.
Pollington, M. & Woodward, I. (2005). Gunns Pulp Mill Effluent Pipeline Four Mile
Beach dune crossing remediation and revegetation (draft report). Pitt & Sherry
(for Gunns Limited).
Pope & Talbot (2005). Pope & Talbot. WWW publication at http://www.poptal.com/
Port Of Launceston (PoL) (2004). Port of Launceston Annual Report 2004.
Power, M. (2001) Air Pollution Dispersion within the Tamar Valley, PhD Thesis,
University of Tasmania, July 2001.
Pringle, A. W. (1982). Tidal immersion of the Tamar Estuary Spartina marsh,

Tasmania, Australia. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of
Tasmania, 116, 143-152.
Pringle, A.W. (1982). Tidal immersion of the Tamar estuary Spartina marsh. Papers
and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania. 116: 143-152.
Pringle, A.W. (1993). Spartina anglica colonisation and physical effects in the Tamar
estuary, Tasmania 1971-91. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of
Tasmania, 127: 1-10.
Private Forests Reserves Program (2005). Private Forests Reserve Program. WWW
publication at http://www.pfrp.tas.gov.au/, accessed 02/08/2005.
Private Forests Tasmania (2005). Private Forests Tasmania. WWW publication at

http://www.privateforests.tas.gov.au/, accessed 3/06/2005.
Private Forests Tasmania (2006), Tasmania. http://www.privateforests.tas.gov.au/
Proctor, C. and Thresher, R. (1997) The invasive history, distribution and abundance of
C. maenas in Australia, p. 31. In: Thresher, R.E (ed). Proceedings of the first
international workshop on the demography, impacts and management of
introduced populations of the European crab, Carcinus maenas. Centre for
Research on Introduced Marine Pests. Technical Report No. 11. CSIRO
Marine Research, Hobart.

Protected Areas on Private Lands Program, Department of Primary Industries, Water
and Environment (2003). WWW publication at http://www.papl.tas.gov.au,
Public Land Use Commission (1996). Environment and Heritage report. Background
report C Vol I-V. Public Land Use Commission (Tasmania). Report prepared
for the Tasmanian Regional Forest Agreement.
Publication Database on Pulp and Paper (2005). WWW publication at

www.emcentre.com/unepweb/publication/pulp_paper.html
Pulp Mill Task Force (2005) Pulp Mill Accommodation Framework, Graph: Manpower
estimate during construction
Pulp Mill Task Force, (May 2005), Update Report on Workforce Accommodation
Qian, X., Koerner, R.M. & Gray, D.H. (2002). Geotechnical Aspects of Landfill Design
and Construction. Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA.
Radle A. L (not dated). The Effect of Noise on Wildlife: A Literature Review, World
Forum for Acoustic Ecology, University of Oregon, Education Euguene.
http://interact.uoregon.edu/medialit/wfae/readings/radle.html
Ratio Consultants Pty. Ltd. (2002). George Town Council Development Strategy
(2001-2021). Report prepared for George Town Council.
Ratkowsky, A.V., Ratkowsky, D.A. & Kantvilas, G. (1993). The plants of the Trevallyn
State Recreation Area, Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Tasmania, 127: 49-54.
Read, M. (1999). Aquatic Ecology of Rivers in the Pipers Catchment, A Report

Forming Part of the Requirements for State of Rivers Reporting. Department of
Primary Industry, Water and Environment.
Rees, C.G. (1994) Tasmanian seagrass communities. Unpublished Masters Thesis.

Centre for Environmental Studies, Department of Geography and
Environmental Studies, University of Tasmania, Hobart.
Region North (2005), Regional Waste Management Strategy.
Reid, T & Park, P. 2003. Continuing decline of Eastern Curlew, Numenius

madagascariensis, in Tasmania. EMU 103(3) 279 283.
Richmond, M.H. (1990) Tasmanian sea shells. Vol. 1, Richmond Printers, Tasmania.
Richmond, M.H. (1992) Tasmanian sea shells. Vol. 2, Richmond Printers, Tasmania.
Ritz, D.A., Woehler, E., Williams, H., Everard, L. & Knowles, C. 1980. Ecological study
of Big Bay and its environs, N. Tasmania. Zoology Department, University of
Tasmania (for Hydro-Electric Commission).

Ross, B., Summers, R. and Burgess, R. (1992). East Tamar Highway Archaeological
Survey, Aboriginal and historic sites. Report prepared for Smith, Sale and
Burbury Engineers, Hobart.
RPDC (2004). State of the Environment Report, Tasmania 2003. Resource Planning
and Development Commission. WWW publication at
http://www.rpdc.tas.gov.au/soer/, accessed 18/02/2005 & 05/2005.
RPDC (2004a). Development of new environmental emission limit guidelines for any
new bleached eucalypt Kraft pulp mill in Tasmania- Volume 1. Resource
Planning and Development Commission, Tasmania.
RPDC (2004b). Recommended environmental emission limit guidelines for any new
bleached eucalypt Kraft pulp mill in Tasmania- Volume 2. Resource Planning
and Development Commission, Tasmania.
RPDC (2004c). Draft Guidelines for an Integrated Impact Statement- proposed

bleached Kraft pulp mill by Gunns Limited. Resource Planning and
Development Commission, Tasmania.
RPDC (2005). Report on Final Scope Guidelines for the Integrated Impact. Resource
Planning and Development Commission, Tasmania.
Scenic Spectrums (2004) Port Phillip Bay Channel Deepening EES Visual Impact
Assessment. Scenic Perception Survey Results
Schnurbusch, S.A. (2000). A Mixing Zone Guidance Document Prepared for the
Oregon Department of Environmental Quality. Portland State University.
Scholin, C.A., Hallegraeff, G.M. and Anderson, D.M. (1995) Molecular evolution of the
Alexandrium tamarense species complex (Dynophyceae): dispersal in the
north American and west Pacific regions. Phycologia 34:472485.
Seahorse World (2005), Welcome to Seahorse World. WWW publication at

http://www.seahorseworld.com.au, accessed 7/06/2005.
Seen, A., Townsend, A. Atkinson, B., Ellison. J., Harrison, J.and Heijnis, H. (2004),
Determining the History and Sources of Contaminants in Sediments in the
Tamar Estuary, Tasmania, Using 210Pb Dating and Stable Pb Isotope
Analyses, Environmental Chemistry, vol. 1, p 49-54, CSIRO Publishing, WWW
publication at
http://www.publish.csiro.au/view/journals/dsp_journal_fulltext.cfm?nid=188&f=
EN04011, accessed 30/05/2005.
Sharples, C (1996). The Geology and Landforms of Northeast Tasmania. In M.

Mesibov Ed. Biogeography of Northeast Tasmania. Records of the Queen
Victoria Museum, Launceston, Volume 103.
Sim, R. (1994). Prehistoric human occupation in the King and Furneaux Island
regions, Bass Strait. In M. Sullivan, S. Brockwell & A. Webb (ed.), Archaeology

in the North: Proceedings of the 1993 Australian Archaeological Association
Conference: 358-74. Darwin: North Australia Research Unit (ANU).
Simon, J. and Laginestra, E. (1997). Bioassay for testing sublethal toxicity in effluents,
using gametes of the sea urchin Heliocidaris tuberculata. National Pulp Mills
Research Program, Technical Report No. 20, CSIRO, Canberra. 42pp.
Siskind, D.E., Stagg, M.S., Wiegand, J.E., Schultz, D.L. (1994). Surface Mine Blasting
Near Pressurized Transmission Pipelines. United States Dept of Interior
Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Reinforcement.
Smith, B.J. (1995). Tamar Invertebrates: Atlas of the Common Species. Queen Victoria
Museum and Art Gallery, Launceston.
Smith, B.J. (1997a). Tamar Intertidal Invertebrates. An Atlas of Common Species.

Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery, Launceston, 88 pp.
Smith, B.J. (1997b). Invertebrate Fauna of the Tamar Estuary, Northern Tasmania.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 56: 475-482.
Smith, J. (2000). Eubalaena australis (On-line), Animal Diversity Web. WWW

publication at
http://animaldiversity.ummz.umich.edu/site/accounts/information/Eubalaena_a
ustralis.html.
Solomon, K.R. (1996). Chlorine in the Bleaching of Pulp and Paper. Pure Appl. Chem.
Vol. 68, No. 9, pp. 1721-1730.
Solomon, K., Bergman, H., Huggett, R., Mackay, D., McKague, B. (2005). A review
and assessment of the ecological risks associated with the use of chlorine
dioxide for the bleaching of pulp. Alliance for Environmental Technology.
Accessed 30th November 2005.
Spellerberg, I.F. 1998. Ecological effects of roads and traffic: a literature review. Global
Ecology and Biogeography Lettes 7: 317-333.
Sprod, D., Ketelaar, A. and Armstrong, D. (2002). River Management Plan- Pipers
River, Tamar Region Natural Resource Management Strategy Reference
Group Inc.
Stanton, S. (1999). An assessment of Aboriginal cultural heritage values in relation to

Stage 1 of the proposed Basslink Project: Section 6 George Town coast to
Bell Bay Sub Station. A report prepared for Austral Archaeology Pty. Ltd. And
the Tasmanian Aboriginal Land Council.
Stanton, S. (2000). An Aboriginal cultural heritage assessment of the proposed

Basslink eastern corridor, near George Town in northern Tasmania. A report
prepared for Austral Archaeology Pty. Ltd. And the Tasmanian Aboriginal Land
Council.

Stanton, S. (2001). An Aboriginal cultural heritage assessment of the preferred
Basslink eastern alignment (Route Option 1), from the coastline near Four
Mile Bluff to George Town substation at Bell Bay, in northern Tasmania. A
report prepared for Austral Archaeology Pty. Ltd. And the Tasmanian
Aboriginal Land Council.
Stanton, S. and Painter, R. (2001). Tasmania Natural Gas Project Report on the
Aboriginal Heritage Study. A report to Duke Energy International and Hydro
Stephenson EMF (1995), Tamar Valley Airshed Study. Report #11593 for Department
of Environment and Land Management, June 1995.
Stevens (1999). Fishing Around Tasmania - Mike Stevens' Guide to Fresh and Salt
Water. Stevens Publishing, Launceston.
Stone, T. and Stanton, S. (1998). An Aboriginal site survey of the Stony Head Training
Area, northern Tasmania. A report to the Department of Defence.
Stora Enso (2000). Stora Enso. WWW publication at http://www.storaenso.com
Strahan, R (Ed.) (1995). The mammals of Australia. Reed Books, Chatswood, NSW.
Sullivan, J.B. Jr. and Krieger G.R. (eds.) (1992). Hazardous materials toxicology-
Clinical principles of environmental health. Baltimore, MD: Williams and
Wilkins, pp605, 713. As cited in National Library of Medicine, 2005a&c.
Sutherland, F. (1972). The classification, distribution, analysis and sources of materials

in flaked stone implements of Tasmanian Aborigines. Records of the Queen
Victoria Museum, 42:1-46.
Swift Parrot Recovery Team. 2001. Swift Parrot (Lathamus discolor) Recovery Plan
2001-2005. Tasmanian Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Environment.
Tamar Region Natural Resource Management (Tamar- NRM) (2001), Sedimentation ~

Our Goals. WWW publication at http://tamar-
nrm.org.au/pages/TRNRMWEB2/pages/issue5/intro5.htm, accessed 05/2005.
Tamar River Cruises (2004), Your Tamar River Cruise, Cruise Options. WWW
publication at http://www.tamarrivercruises.com.au/pages/cruises.html,
accessed 7/06/2005.
Tamar Valley Semaphore (n.d.). Semaphore Stations in Northern Tasmania.

http://www.tamarvalleysemaphore.org.au/, accessed 02/08/2005.
Tasker, M. L. and C. Weir (Eds.) (1998). Proceedings of the seismic and marine
mammals workshop, London, June 1998.
Tasmania Parks, Wildlife and Heritage (1991) Development proposal for a Tamar
Island wetlands reserve: discussion paper. Tasmania Parks, Wildlife and
Heritage, Tasmania.

Tasmania.Stauber, J.L., Tsai, J., Vaughan, G.T., Peterson, S.M. and Brockbank, C.I.
(1994). Algae as indicators of toxicity of the effluent from bleached eucalypt
kraft papermills. National Pulp Mills Research Program Technical report No.3,
Canberra: CSIRO, 146pp.
Tasmanian Inland Fisheries Service. 2006. Freshwater Fish Facts Number 25. Giant
freshwater crayfish (Astacopsis gouldi).
http://www.ifs.tas.gov.au/fact_sheets/a_gouldi.html
Tasmanian Minerals Council Limited, Minerals in Tasmania. WWW publication at

http://www.tasminerals.com.au/minerals.htm, accessed 30/05/2005.
Tasmanian Public Land Use Commission (TPLUC) (1996), Environment & Heritage
Report Vol IV, Background Report, Part C, Tasmanian Commonwealth
Regional Forest Agreement, Hobart.
The Fridtjof Nansen Institute, (2005). Yearbook of the International Co-operation on

Environment and Development, Agreements on Environment and
Development, United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (LOS
Convention), (http://www.greenyearbook.org/agree/mar-env/unclos.htm,
The Fridtjof Nansen Institute, (2005). Yearbook of the International Co-operation on

Environment and Development, Agreements on Environment and
Development, International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from
Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto (MARPOL
73/78), www.greenyearbook.org/agree/mar-env/marpol.htm, accessed
06/05/2005.
The Norwegian Pulp and Paper Association (2005). The Norweigen Pulp and Paper
Industry. WWW publication at http://www.pulp-and-
paper.no/html/body_english.html.
The Paperloop Group (2002). WWW publication at

http://www.paperloop.com/db_area/archive/ppi_mag/2002/0208/ppi3.html
Thompson, I. (2001). Morphometric analysis and revision of eastern Australian Hovea

(Brongniartieae-Fabaceae). Australian Systematic Botany 14: 1-99.
Threatened Species Unit (TSU). 2001a. Listing statement: Patersons spider orchid
Arachnorchis patersonii. Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Environment, Tasmania.
Threatened Species Unit (TSU). 2001b. Listing statement: Northern leek orchid
Prasophyllum secutum. Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Threatened Species Unit (TSU). 2001c. Listing statement: Leafy greenhood Pterostylis
cucullata. Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment,
Tasmania.

Threatened Species Unit (TSU). 2002a. Listing statement: Superb or cobra greenhood
Pterostylis grandiflora. Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Threatened Species Unit (TSU). 2002b. Listing statement: Yellow eyebright Euphrasia
scabra. Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment, Tasmania.
Threatened Species Unit (TSU). 2003. Listing statement: Creeping spyridium

Spyridium obcordatum. Department of Primary Industries, Water and
Threatened Species Unit (TSU). 2004. Draft Flora Recovery Plan: Threatened
Tasmanian Grasstrees 2004-2008. Department of Primary Industries, Water
and Environment, Hobart.
Tourism Tasmania (13 May 2005) Low Head Precinct Master Plan,
http://www.tourismtasmania.com.au/tasind/ind_related/lowhead/index.htm,
accessed 9/05/2005.
Tourism Tasmania (2006). Tasmania. http://www.discovertasmania.com.au, accessed

07/06/2005
Travel Online Australia Pty Ltd, regions - Launceston & the Tamar valley,
http://www.tasmania.visitorsbureau.com.au/region6.html, accessed 7/06/2005.
Tyler. 1997. The Action Plan for Australian Frogs. Wildlife Australia, Canberra.
U. S. Air & Waste Management Association (1992). Air Pollution Engineering Manual,
Edited by Buonicore, A. J. and Davis, W. T. 4-244
UK DoE (1999). The categorization of volatile organic compounds. Prepared by AEA

Technology. United Kingdom Department of the Environment. WWW
publication at http://www.environment-
agency.gov.uk/businesss/44304/444362/673288/voc/.
United Nations Environment Program (DNEP) (2001-2005), Convention on Biological

Diversity, http://www.biodiv.org/default.shtml, accessed 30 May 05
United Nations, Division for Ocean Affairs & the Law of the Sea (DOALOS) (2004),
UNCLOS Status,
http://www.un.org/Depts/los/LEGISLATIONANDTREATIES/status.htm,
accessed 11 May 2005.
University of Tasmania (2005). WWW publication at http://www.ruralhealth.utas.edu.au
Urban Renaissance Institute (2005). WWW publication at www.urban-

renaissance.org/urbanren/index.cfm?DSP=content&ContentID=9069
US EPA (1985). Methods for measuring the acute toxicity of effluents to freshwater and
marine organisms. Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH. EPA/600/4-85/013

US EPA (1994). Short term methods for estimating the chronic toxicity of effluents and
receiving waters to marine and estuarine organisms. Second Edition. United
States Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring Systems
Laboratory, Cincinatti, OH. EPA/600/4-91/003.
US EPA (1996a). Bivalve acute toxicity test (embryo larval) OPPTS 850.1055.
Ecological Effects Test Guidelines. United States Environmental Protection
Agency. Prevention, Pesticides and Toxic Substances. EPA/712/C-96/137
US EPA (1996b). Penaeid acute toxicity test OPPTS 850.1045. Ecological Effects Test
Guidelines. United States Environmental Protection Agency. Prevention,
Pesticides and Toxic Substances. EPA/712/C-96/137
US EPA (1998). Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, AP. 42, 4th Edition
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina. 4-244
US EPA (2000a). Methodology for depriving ambient water quality criteria for the
protection of human health (2000). Office of Water. U.S. Environmental
Proetction Agency. Report No: EPA-822-B-00-004.
US EPA (2000b). Estimation program interface (EPI) suite. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency Office of Pollution Prevention Toxics and Syracuse
Research Corporation, Washington D.C.
van den Heuvel, M.R., Bandelj, E., Donald, R., Ellis, R.J., Smith, M.A., Finley, M.,
McCarthy, L.H., Stuthridge, T.R. (2004). Review of reproductive-endocrine
effects of a New Zealand pulp and paper mill effluent. In: Borton, D.L., Hall,
T.J., Fisher, R.P., Thomas, J.F. (eds), Pulp & Paper Mill Effluent
Environmental Fate & Effects. DEStech Publications: Lancaster, PA, USA. 55
66.
Venton and Associates Pty Ltd, (2005). Proposed Pulp Mill Bell Bay, Fuel Gas Pipeline
Capacity Calculation and Recommended Pipeline Diameter, prepared for
Hargrave Pipeline Group Pty Ltd, April 2005.
Verschueren K, Ed. 1983. Handbook of Environmental Data on Organic Chemicals,

2nd ed. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York.
Wager, R. & Jackson, P. (1993). The Action Plan for Australian Freshwater Fishes.
Australian Nature Conservation Agency, Canberra.
Wall, L.E. (1969). Wading birds of the Tamar estuary. Tasmanian Naturalist 16, 1-2.
Walsh, N.G. & Entwisle, T.J. (eds.) (1999). Flora of Victoria, Volume 4: Dicotyledons
Cornaceae to Asteraceae. Inkata Press, Melbourne.
Wankowski, J.W.J. and Moulton, P.L. (1986) Distribution, abundance and biomass
estimates of commercially important demersal fish species in eastern Bass
Strait, Australia. Marine Science Laboratories, Technical Report No. 62.

Warneke, R.A. (2001). Cetaceans in Victoria, Tasmania and Bass Strait with
Reference to the BasssLink project. Unpublished report for NSR
Environmental Consultants.
Watts, D. (2002) Tasmanian Mammals A Field Guide. Peregrine Press, Tasmania

Australia.
Watts, D. (2004) Field Guide to Tasmanian Birds 2nd Edition, New Holland Publishers
Pty Ltd, Australia.
Whiting J, Roberts J, Reeves R and Taylor F and V (2004) Tasmanias Natural Flora,
Tasmanias Natural Flora Editorial Committee, Tasmania.
WHO (2000a). Guidelines for Air Quality. World Health Organisation, Geneva.
WHO (2000b). Air Quality Guidelines for Europe. 2nd Edition. World Health
Organisation Regional Publications, European Series Number 91. WWW
publication at http://www.euro.eho.int/document/e71922.pdf.
Whyley P.J. and Sarsby R.W. (1992). Ground borne vibration from piling. Ground
Engineering May 1992.
Wildcare Tasmania, Gambusia Project,
http://www.wildcaretas.org.au/specialprograms/gambusia/gambusia.htm,
accessed 05/2005 & 02/08/2005.
Wildlife of Tasmania. (2005). Parks and Wildlife Services Tasmania,

http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/wildlife/mammals/potoroo.html, 20/10/05.
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/wildlife/mammals/devil.html, 20/10/05.
http://www.parks.tas.gov.au/wildlife/mammals/bettong.html, 20/10/05.
Williamson D.N (1979) Scenic Perceptions of Australian Landscapes: Research Needs

in a New Frontier. Landscape Australia, Volume 2: 94 101.
Williamson (2004) Guide to Visual Effects Assessment: A State of the Art Review and
Introduction to the Scenic Spectrums Visual Evaluation Model (SS-VEM).
Willis, T.J. and Babcock, R.C. (2000) A baited underwater video system for the
determination of relative density of carnivorous reef fish. Marine and
Freshwater Research 51: 755763.
Witter, D. and Hughes, P. (1983). An archaeological investigation of the Bowning to

Booroowa gas pipeline, Anutech, Canberra.
Wood and Associates (2000). Tamar Estuary Fish and Sediments Study. First Year
Report for Tasmanian Department of Health and Human Services, August
2000.
World Forum for Acoustic Ecology, The Effects of Noise on Wildlife: A Literature
Review
Zellstoff Pls AG (2005). WWW publication at http://www.zellstoff-poels

Zube, E.H., Pitt, D.G. and Anderson, T.W. (1975). Perception and prediction of scenic
resource values of the North-east. In E.N. Zube, R.O. Brush and J.G. Fabos
(eds), Landscape Assessment: Values, Perceptions and Resources.
Stroudsburg: Dowden Hutchinson and Ross, 151-167.


V1b PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

V1b PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

6.

At present, woodchips are exported from Tasmania to numerous international clients

Gunns proposes to construct an elemental chlorine-free (ECF) bleached hardwood and

This section describes the pulp mill components.

A new wharf facility;

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Diagrammatic representation of the above is shown in Figure 6-1.

Photographs of these components are shown in Photograph Sheet 6-1. The

6.1.2 Design Objectives

The lead design objective of the project is to build a cost-effective, state-of-the-art,

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Figure 6-1 Simplified Diagram of the Pulp Mill Process

In October 2004, the Tasmanian government adopted the Recommended

Table 6-1 Effluent Limits

Daily maximum 3.6 34 4.5 0.4 72

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Table 6-2 Gaseous Emissions Limits

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

SO2 (from all sources, annual average)

Inorganic chlorine compounds (HCl, etc., all sources, monthly average)

A report 16B01040-E0014 NOx Issues is contained at Annex XV, Appendix 8,

The Emission Guidelines stipulate a strict, 3-minute average ground level

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Other Environmental Stipulations

6.1.4 Design Basis

Bleaching will be done with an ECF sequence.

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Table 6-3 Operational Efficiency at Peak Pulp Mill Capacity*

Annual operating days d/a 350

Average daily production, bleached pulp ADt/d 3 143

Design capacity, bleached pulp ADt/d 3 492

6.2 Pulpwood Supply

6.2.1 Background to Forest Operations in Tasmania

Forest operations in Tasmania are governed by a number of legislative and policy

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

the Tasmanian Regional Forest Agreement (including amendments and the

Tasmanian Regional Forest Agreement

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Comprehensive, Adequate and Representative Reserve System public land

This categorisation of land included detailed scientific assessment of biological, social

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Comprehensive, Adequate and Representative (CAR) Reserve System - Private

Permanent Native Forest Estate

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Employment and Industry Development

These actions include:

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Statutory Framework for Conduct of Forest Operations

Forest Practices Act 1985

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Other key features include:

Forest Practices Code

Forest Practices Plans

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

System and Forest Management Certification

Supply of forest products from Gunns processing facilities adheres to a Chain of

Australian Forestry Standard

32/11709/9026 Bell Bay Pulp Mill

Figure 6-2 Sustainable Forest Management context under the Australian

As part of an integrated management system approach, Gunns maintains detailed